diff options
| -rw-r--r-- | docs/installer/de.po | 2968 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | docs/installer/el.po | 2939 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | docs/installer/eo.po | 2649 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | docs/installer/es.po | 3349 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | docs/installer/et.po | 2836 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | docs/installer/fr.po | 2920 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | docs/installer/help.pot | 2000 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | docs/installer/nl.po | 2889 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | docs/installer/pt_BR.po | 2876 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | docs/installer/ru.po | 2969 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | docs/installer/sv.po | 2509 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | docs/installer/tr.po | 2851 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | docs/installer/uk.po | 3073 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | docs/installer/uk/add_supplemental_media.xml | 7 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | docs/installer/uk/configureX_card_list.xml | 3 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | docs/installer/uk/media_selection.xml | 2 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | docs/installer/uk/misc-params.xml | 2 |
17 files changed, 19039 insertions, 17803 deletions
diff --git a/docs/installer/de.po b/docs/installer/de.po index 29bbbd00..9e1db8ef 100644 --- a/docs/installer/de.po +++ b/docs/installer/de.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia Installer Help\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-07-07 10:48+0400\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-10-09 20:39+0400\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: Deutsch <mageia-de@mageia.org>\n" @@ -89,6 +89,70 @@ msgstr "" "replaceable></application> neu ist, klicken Sie auf den Knopf " "<guibutton><replaceable>Veröffentlichungshinweise</replaceable></guibutton>." +#. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 en/media_selection.xml:1 +msgid "en" +msgstr "de" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:10 +msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)" +msgstr "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)" + +#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24 +msgid "" +"This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can " +"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The " +"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " +"during the next steps." +msgstr "" +"Dieser Bildschirm zeigt alle bereits erkannten Medien. Sie können andere " +"Quellen für das Runterladen von Paketen auswählen, wie optische Laufwerke " +"oder Netzwerkquellen. Die Quellenauswahl bestimmt, welche Pakete während der " +"nächsten Schritte zur Verfügung stehen." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29 +msgid "For a network source, there are two steps to follow:" +msgstr "Für die Netzwerkquellen müssen zwei Schritte beachtet werden:" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:33 +msgid "Choosing and activation of the network, if not already up." +msgstr "" +"Auswählen und Aktivieren der Netzwerkverbindung, falls sie noch nicht " +"hergestellt ist" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:37 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Selecting a mirror or specifying a URL (very first entry). By selecting a " +"mirror, you have access to the selection of all repositories managed by " +"Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With " +"the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS " +"installation." +msgstr "" +"Auswählen eines Servers oder die URL angeben (der allerste Eintrag). Durch " +"die Auswahl eines Servers haben sie die Auswahl aller verfügbaren Quellen, " +"die Mageia anbietet, wie 'non-free', 'tainted' und 'updates'. Durch die URL " +"können sie eine bestimmte Quelle oder ihre eigene NFS Installation auswählen." + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:4 msgid "User and Superuser Management" @@ -466,579 +530,690 @@ msgstr "" "vorgeschlagenen Partitionen formatiert werden sollen oder noch weitere." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:18 -msgid "DrakX, the Mageia Installer" -msgstr "DrakX, das Mageia Installationsprogramm" +#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:5 +msgid "Desktop Selection" +msgstr "Desktopauswahl" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:21 +#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11 msgid "" -"Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia " -"Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as " -"possible." +"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine " +"tune your choice." msgstr "" -"Egal, ob Sie ein neuer oder ein erfahrener GNU/Linux-Anwender sind, das " -"Mageia Installationsprogramm wurde so gestaltet, dass es Ihnen die " -"Installation oder eine Aktualisierung so leicht wie möglich macht." +"Je nachdem, welche Auswahl Sie hier treffen, werden weitere Auswahlfenster " +"angezeigt, um Ihre Installation individuell zu gestalten." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:29 +#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:13 msgid "" -"The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will " -"start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need." +"After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package " +"installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the " +"<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button" msgstr "" -"Der Startbildschirm enthält verschiedene Optionen, wobei die vorgegebene " -"Option das Installationsprogramm startet. Normalerweise ist dies alles, was " -"Sie tun müssen." +"Nach den Auswahlschritten wird während der Paketinstallation eine " +"Präsentation angezeigt. Die Präsentation kann durch Anklicken des " +"<guilabel>Details</guilabel>-Knopfes beendet werden." -#. type: Content of: <section><figure><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:35 -msgid "Installation Welcome Screen" -msgstr "Willkommensbildschirm der Installation" +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:20 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:39 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\"> </imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"Choose whether you prefer to use the <application>KDE</application> or " +"<application>Gnome</application> desktop environment. Both come with a full " +"set of useful applications and tools. Tick <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if " +"you want to use neither or both, or if you want something other than the " +"default software choices for these desktop environments. The " +"<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, " +"sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default." msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"Wählen Sie hier Ihre bevorzugte Desktopumgebung <application>KDE</" +"application> oder <application>Gnome</application>. Beide bieten einen " +"vollständigen Satz an nützlichen Programmen und Werkzeugen. Setzen Sie bei " +"<guilabel>\"Benutzerdefiniert\"</guilabel> ein Häkchen, falls Sie keine der " +"vorgegebenen Konfigurationen, sondern eine eigene Zusammenstellung benutzen " +"wollen. Der <application>LXDE</application>-Desktop benötigt weniger " +"Ressourcen als die beiden eben genannten, bietet dafür aber weniger \"Eye " +"Candy\" und es werden standardmäßig weniger Pakete installiert." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure> -#: en/installer.xml:34 en/installer.xml:90 +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:4 +msgid "Package Group Selection" +msgstr "Paketgruppenauswahl" + +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:10 msgid "" -"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=" -"\"1\"/>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=" -"\"1\"/>" +" <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:47 +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:16 msgid "" -"If there are problems during install, then it may be necessary to use " -"special installation options, see <xref linkend=\"installationOptions\"></" -"xref>." +"Packages have been sorted into groups, to make choosing what you need on " +"your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however " +"more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which " +"become visible as the mouse is hovered over them." msgstr "" -"Treten während der Installation Probleme auf, kann es nötig sein, spezielle " -"Installationsoptionen zu verwenden, siehe <xref linkend=\"installationOptions" -"\"/>." +"Um die Paketauswahl zu erleichtern, wurden Programmpakete in Gruppen " +"sortiert. Die Gruppen sind größtenteils selbsterklärend. Falls Sie aber " +"doch weitere Informationen zu dem Inhalt wünschen, brauchen Sie nur die " +"Minihilfen aufrufen. Sie tun das, indem Sie mit der Maus einfach über die " +"Gruppen fahren." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:52 -msgid "The installation steps" -msgstr "Die Installationsschritte" +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:23 +msgid "Workstation." +msgstr "Workstation" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:55 +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:27 +msgid "Server." +msgstr "Server" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:31 +msgid "Graphical Environment." +msgstr "Grafische Umgebung" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:35 msgid "" -"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed " -"on the side panel of the screen." +"Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or " +"remove packages." msgstr "" -"Der Installationsprozess ist in mehrere Schritte unterteilt, die an der " -"linken Seite des Bildschirms verfolgt werden können." +"Individuelle Paketauswahl (Um händisch Pakete hinzuzufügen oder entfernen zu " +"können, wählen Sie bitte diese Option.)" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:58 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:39 msgid "" -"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</" -"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options." +"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do " +"a minimal install." msgstr "" -"Jeder dieser Schritte besitzt einen oder mehrere Bildschirme, die auch einen " -"Knopf <guibutton>\"Fortgeschrittene Optionen\"</guibutton> mit weiteren " -"zusätzlichen Optionen haben." +"Um eine minimale Installation durch zu führen, lesen Sie bitte die Anweisung " +"<xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> ." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:62 +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4 +msgid "Choose Individual Packages" +msgstr "Wählen Sie individuelle Pakete" + +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11 msgid "" -"Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further " -"explanations about the current step." +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"Die meisten Bildschirme enthalten einen <guibutton>Hilfe</guibutton>-Knopf, " -"über den Sie weitere Erklärungen zum momentan ausgeführten Schritt erhalten." +" <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/installer.xml:66 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17 msgid "" -"If somewhere during install you decide to stop the installation, it is " -"possible to reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a " -"partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your " -"computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well " -"leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure " -"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys " -"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " -"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot." +"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation." msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie an irgendeiner Stelle entscheiden, die Installation zu stoppen, ist " -"es möglich, einen Neustart auszuführen. Überlegen Sie sich dies aber " -"zweimal, bevor Sie dies ausführen. Wurde eine Partition bereits formatiert " -"oder ein Update hat mit der Installation begonnen, so ist Ihr Computer " -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">nicht mehr im gleichen Zustand</emphasis> und ein " -"Neustart kann Sie sehr leicht mit einem <emphasis role=\"bold\">nicht mehr " -"verwendbaren System</emphasis> zurücklassen. Wenn Sie trotz allem sicher " -"sind, einen Neustart auszuführen, wechseln Sie mit <emphasis role=\"bold" -"\">Alt+Strg+F2</emphasis>. Anschließend betätigen Sie <emphasis role=\"bold" -"\">Alt+Strg+Entf</emphasis>, um einen Neustart auszulösen." - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:80 -msgid "Installation options" -msgstr "Installationsoptionen" +"Hier können Sie weitere Pakete aus- oder abwählen, um Ihre Installation " +"anzupassen." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:83 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20 msgid "" -"If the installation fails then it may be necessary to try again by using one " -"of the extra options available by hitting the <guibutton>F1 (Help)</" -"guibutton> key see <xref linkend=\"dx-welcome\"></xref>" +"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</" +"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving " +"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same " +"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and " +"choosing to load it." msgstr "" -"Falls die Installation nicht funktioniert, kann es nötig sein, sie mit einer " -"der zusätzlichen Optionen zu wiederholen. Betätigen Sie dafür den Knopf " -"<guibutton>\"F1\" (Hilfe)</guibutton>." +"Nachdem Sie Ihre Wahl getroffen haben, können Sie auf das " +"<guibutton>Diskettensymbol</guibutton> am unteren Ende der Seite klicken, um " +"die Paketauswahl zu speichern. Ebenso funktioniert das Speichern auf einen " +"USB-Stick. In diesem Fall können Sie diese Paketauswahl nutzen, um die " +"gleichen Pakete auf einem anderen System zu installieren. Sie können dies " +"tun, indem Sie bei der Installation den selben Knopf anklicken und dann " +"diese gesicherte Auswahldatei laden." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:87 -msgid "This will open the following text based help." -msgstr "Dies öffnet die die nachfolgend gezeigte textbasierte Hilfe." +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/configureServices.xml:12 +msgid "Configure your Services" +msgstr "Konfigurieren Ihrer Dienste" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:91 -msgid "Installation Help Screen" -msgstr "Hilfebildschirm der Installation" +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/configureServices.xml:21 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:96 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureServices.xml:27 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system." msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\"/> </imageobject>" +"Hier können Sie einstellen, welche Dienste ausgeführt (oder auch nicht " +"ausgeführt) werden sollen, nachdem Ihr System gestartet wurde." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:105 -msgid "Installation Problems and Possible Solutions" -msgstr "Installationsprobleme und mögliche Lösungen" +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureServices.xml:30 +msgid "" +"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and " +"see all services in it." +msgstr "" +"Sie finden hier vier Gruppen. Klicken Sie auf das Dreieck vor einer Gruppe, " +"um alle Dienste zu sehen, die von dieser Gruppe bereitgestellt werden." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:111 -msgid "No Graphical Interface" -msgstr "Keine grafische Schnittstelle" +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureServices.xml:34 +msgid "The setting DrakX chose are usually good." +msgstr "" +"Normalerweise wählt <emphasis role=\"bold\">DrakX</emphasis> passende " +"Einstellungen." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:116 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureServices.xml:37 msgid "" -"After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " -"This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low " -"resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt." +"If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info " +"box below." msgstr "" -"Nach dem Startbildschirm gelangen Sie nicht zur Sprachauswahl. Dies kann bei " -"einigen Grafikkarten und älteren Systemen vorkommen. Versuchen Sie eine " -"niedrigere Auflösung, in dem Sie an der Eingabeaufforderung <code>vgalo</" -"code> eingeben." +"Wenn Sie einen Dienst markieren, werden in einer darunter sichtbaren Infobox " +"einige Informationen zu diesem Dienst angezeigt." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:123 -msgid "" -"If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " -"In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit " -"ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be " -"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit " -"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode.<emphasis></emphasis>" +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureServices.xml:41 +msgid "Only change things when you know very well what you are doing." msgstr "" -"Ist die Hardware sehr alt, kann unter Umständen eine grafische Installation " -"nicht möglich sein. In diesem Falle sollten Sie eine Installation im " -"Textmodus versuchen. Um dies zu erreichen, drücken Sie am Startbildschirm " -"ESC und bestätigen Sie, dass Sie in den Textmodus von GRUB wechseln wollen. " -"Hier geben Sie \"<literal>text</literal>\" (ohne Anführungszeichen) ein und " -"drücken die <emphasis role=\"bold\">Eingabetaste</emphasis>, um zum " -"Textmodus des Installationsprogramms zu gelangen." +"Ändern Sie diese Einstellungen nur dann, wenn Sie genau wissen, was Sie tun." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:135 -msgid "The Install Freezes" -msgstr "Die Installation friert ein" +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:12 +msgid "Configure your Timezone" +msgstr "Konfiguration der Zeitzone" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:138 +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 msgid "" -"If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a " -"problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of " -"hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type " -"<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with " -"other options as necessary." +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." +"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"Wenn das System während der Installation einfriert, ist das möglicherweise " -"auf ein Problem mit der Erkennung der Hardware zurückzuführen. In diesem " -"Falle sollte die automatische Erkennung der Hardware umgangen und später " -"behandelt werden. Versuchen Sie Folgendes: Drücken Sie am Startbildschirm " -"die Taste <emphasis role=\"bold\">\"F6 Kernel Optionen\"</emphasis> und " -"tragen Sie den Befehl <code>noauto</code> gefolgt von ENTER ein. Diese " -"Option kann auch mit anderen Optionen kombiniert werden, falls dies nötig " -"ist." +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." +"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:147 -msgid "Kernel Options" -msgstr "Kernel Optionen" +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26 +msgid "" +"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the " +"same time zone." +msgstr "" +"Wählen Sie die von Ihnen gewünschte Zeitzone, indem Sie ihr Land oder eine " +"Stadt in Ihrer Nähe aus der gleichen Zeitzone wählen." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:150 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30 msgid "" -"These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " -"available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " -"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e." -"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." +"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to " +"GMT, also known as UTC." msgstr "" -"Dies wird eher selten benötigt, aber in einigen Fällen kann die Hardware " -"einen falschen Wert des verfügbaren RAMs liefern oder der Rechner friert ein " -"(siehe oben). Um den Speicher manuell einzugeben, verwenden Sie den " -"Parameter <emphasis><code>mem=xxxM</code></emphasis>, wobei xxx den " -"korrekten Wert des RAM-Speichers darstellt. Z.B. <emphasis><code>mem=256M</" -"code></emphasis> bestimmt eine Größe von 256MB RAM." +"Im nächsten Bildschirm können Sie wählen, ob ihre Hardware-Uhr auf lokale " +"Zeit oder auf GMT, auch als UTC bekannt, gesetzt wird." + +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35 +msgid "" +"If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they " +"are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT." +msgstr "" +"Besitzen Sie mehr als ein Betriebssystem, so vergewissern Sie sich, dass " +"alle Betriebssysteme entweder auf Lokalzeit oder auf UTC/GMT gesetzt sind." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:23 -msgid "Install or Upgrade" -msgstr "Installation oder Aktualisierung" +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11 +msgid "Choose an X Server (Configure your Graphic Card)" +msgstr "Einen X-Server auswählen (Ihre Grafikkarte einrichten)" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:27 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass." -"png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34 -msgid "Install" -msgstr "Installation" +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21 +msgid "" +"DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually " +"correctly identify your video device." +msgstr "" +"DrakX verfügt über eine umfassende Datenbank für Grafikkarten und wird meist " +"Ihre Grafikkarte korrekt erkennen." -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:36 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24 msgid "" -"Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation." +"If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know " +"which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:" msgstr "" -"Verwenden Sie diese Option für eine frische <application>Mageia</" -"application>-Installation." +"Falls der Installer Ihre Grafikkarte nicht korrekt erkannt hat und Sie nicht " +"wissen, welche Sie haben, können Sie sie folgendermaßen aus dem Baum " +"auswählen:" -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:41 -msgid "Upgrade" -msgstr "Aktualisiere Mageia" +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69 +msgid "vendor" +msgstr "Hersteller" -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:43 +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:31 +msgid "then the name of your card" +msgstr "Der Name der Karte" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:35 +msgid "and the type of card" +msgstr "Der Typ der Karte" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:39 msgid "" -"If you have one or more <application>Mageia 2</application> installations on " -"your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the " -"latest release." +"If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in " +"the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the " +"Xorg category" msgstr "" -"Falls Sie eine oder mehrere Installationen von <application>Mageia 2</" -"application> auf Ihrem System haben, ermöglicht Ihnen der Installer, eine " -"vorhandene <application>Mageia 2</application> Installation auf die neueste " -"Version zu aktualisieren." +"Falls Sie Ihre Karte nicht in der Herstellerliste finden, weil sie sich " +"nicht in der Datenbank befindet oder weil es sich um eine ältere Karte " +"handelt, könnten Sie einen passenden Treiber in Xorg finden." -#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:49 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43 msgid "" -"If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to " -"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been " -"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " -"the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an " -"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you " -"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " -"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</" -"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." +"The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card " +"drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the " +"option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities." msgstr "" -"Falls Sie während des Installationsvorgangs die Installation abbrechen " -"wollen, besteht die Möglichkeit, das System neu zu booten. Denken Sie aber " -"zweimal nach, bevor Sie das tun. Nachdem eine Partition formatiert oder " -"Aktualisierungen aufgespielt wurden, besitzt der Computer nicht mehr den " -"ursprünglichen Status und ein Neustart könnte ein instabiles System zur " -"Folge haben. Falls Sie trotz allem sicher sind, dass Sie einen Neustart " -"durchführen wollen, wechseln Sie durch das Drücken der Tastenkombination " -"<guilabel>Strg+Alt+F2</guilabel> zum Terminal. Danach drücken Sie bitte " -"<guilabel>Strg+Alt+Entf</guilabel> um den Neustart durchzuführen." +"Die Xorg-Liste enthält mehr als 40 generische und quelloffene Treiber für " +"Grafikkarten. Falls Sie noch immer keinen passenden Treiber für Ihre Karte " +"finden, können Sie den VESA-Treiber verwenden, welcher grundlegende " +"Funktionalität bietet." -#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> -#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:60 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48 msgid "" -"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you " -"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " -"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</" -"emphasis> do this later in the install." +"Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access " +"to the Commandline Interface." msgstr "" -"Falls Sie es versäumt haben, bei der Installation eine zusätzliche Sprache " -"hinzuzufügen, können Sie vom \"Installations- oder Upgrade-Fenster\" zum " -"Auswahlmenü der Sprachen durch das Drücken der Tastenkombination " -"<guilabel>Strg+Alt+Pos1</guilabel> zurückkehren. Tun Sie das " -"<emphasis>nicht</emphasis> später im Installationsprozess." +"Denken Sie daran, dass es durch Auswahl eines inkompatiblen Treibers " +"passieren kann, dass Sie lediglich Zugriff auf eine " +"Befehlszeilenschnittstelle erhalten." -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14 -msgid "Keyboard" -msgstr "Tastatur" +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51 +msgid "" +"Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which " +"may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from " +"the card manufacturers' websites." +msgstr "" +"Einige Grafikkartenhersteller bieten proprietäre Treiber für Linux an, " +"welche nur in den \"Nonfree\"-Paketquellen oder in einigen Fällen nur über " +"die Webseite des Herstellers erhältlich sind." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:17 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable " -"keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout." +"The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them. If " +"you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot." msgstr "" -"DrakX wählt eine Tastatur, die zu der von Ihnen gewählten Sprache passt. " -"Wird keine passende Tastatur gefunden, so wird die Belegung einer US-" -"Tastatur verwendet." +"Die \"Nonfree\"-Paketquellen müssen ausdrücklich aktiviert werden. Sie " +"sollten dies nach dem ersten Neustart tun." +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4 +msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration" +msgstr "Konfiguration der Grafikkarte und des Bildschirms" + +#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22 +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" align=\"center\" " -"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18 +msgid "" +"No matter which graphical environment (also known as desktop environment) " +"you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are " +"all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window " +"System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for " +"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or " +"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</" +"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can " +"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you " +"think the choice is incorrect." +msgstr "" +"Egal, welche grafische Umgebung (auch als Desktop bekannt) Sie für die " +"Installation von <application>Mageia</application> wählen, diese basieren " +"alle auf der grafischen Benutzerschnittstelle namens <acronym>X-Window-" +"System</acronym>, oder vereinfacht <acronym>X</acronym>. Um in Folge " +"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> " +"oder eine andere grafische Umgebung zum Laufen zu bringen, müssen die " +"nachfolgenden Einstellungen von <acronym>X</acronym> korrekt sein. Wählen " +"Sie die korrekten Einstellungen, wenn Sie entdecken, dass " +"<application>DrakX</application> keine Auswahl trifft, oder wenn Sie " +"glauben, dass die Auswahl nicht korrekt ist." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30 +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31 msgid "" -"Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. " -"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications " -"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a " -"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " -"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en." -"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card " +"from the list if needed." msgstr "" -"Vergewissern Sie sich, dass diese Auswahl korrekt ist, oder wählen sie eine " -"andere Tastaturbelegung. Sind Sie sich nicht sicher, welche Belegung Ihre " -"Tastatur verwendet, so sehen Sie in der Beschreibung nach, die mit Ihrem " -"System mitgeliefert wurde, oder fragen Sie den Computerhändler. " -"Möglicherweise finden Sie auch ein Etikett auf der Unterseite der Tastatur, " -"um diese zu identifizieren. Sie können aber auch hier nachsehen: <link xlink:" -"href=\"http://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tastaturbelegung\">de.wikipedia.org/wiki/" -"Tastaturbelegung</link>" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Grafikkarte</guibutton></emphasis>: Wählen Sie Ihre " +"Karte aus der Liste, wenn nötig." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40 +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37 msgid "" -"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</" -"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there." +"<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: You can choose " +"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> when applicable, or choose your monitor " +"from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. " +"Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the " +"horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor." msgstr "" -"Ist Ihre Tastatur nicht in der angezeigten Liste zu finden, klicken Sie auf " -"<guibutton>Mehr</guibutton>, um eine vollständige Liste zu erhalten, und " -"wählen hier Ihre Tastatur." +"<emphasis><guibutton>Bildschirm</guibutton></emphasis>: Sie können " +"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> wählen, falls verfügbar, oder Ihren " +"Bildschirm aus einer der beiden Listen (<guilabel>Hersteller</guilabel> oder " +"<guilabel>Generisch</guilabel>) wählen. Wählen Sie " +"<guilabel>Benutzerdefiniert</guilabel> wenn Sie es bevorzugen, die " +"horizontale und vertikale Wiederholfrequenz Ihres Bildschirms manuell " +"einzustellen." -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para> -#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45 +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45 +msgid "Incorrect refresh rates may damage your monitor" +msgstr "Unkorrekte Wiederholfrequenzen können Ihren Bildschirm zerstören" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:51 msgid "" -"After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, " -"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though " -"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " -"and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the " -"full list." +"<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired " +"resolution and color depth of your monitor here." msgstr "" -"Nachdem Sie eine Tastatur aus dem Dialog <guibutton>Mehr</guibutton> gewählt " -"haben, kehren Sie in den ersten Dialog zum Auswählen der Tastatur zurück, " -"und es wird hier angezeigt, dass eine Tastatur aus diesem Dialog ausgewählt " -"wurde. Sie können ohne weiteres diese Anomalie ignorieren und mit der " -"Installation fortfahren: Ihre Tastatur ist eine, die aus der vollständigen " -"Liste gewählt wurde." +"<emphasis><guibutton>Auflösung</guibutton></emphasis>: Legen Sie hier die " +"entsprechende Auflösung und Farbtiefe für Ihren Bildschirm fest." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:55 +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56 msgid "" -"If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an " -"extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin " -"and non-Latin keyboard layouts" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not " +"always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your " +"settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your " +"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. " +"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be " +"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " +"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</" +"emphasis>" msgstr "" -"Wählen Sie eine Tastatur, die auf nicht-lateinischen Zeichen beruht, so " -"sehen Sie einen zusätzlichen Dialog, der Sie fragt, wie Sie zwischen den " -"lateinischen und nicht-lateinischen Tastaturbelegungen umschalten möchten." +"<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: Der Test-Knopf ist während " +"der Installation nicht immer sichtbar. Ist der Knopf sichtbar, so können Sie " +"Ihre Einstellungen überprüfen, indem Sie diesen Knopf betätigen. Wenn eine " +"Frage angezeigt wird, ob Ihre Einstellungen korrekt sind, so antworten Sie " +"mit \"Ja\" und die Einstellungen werden übernommen. Wenn Sie aber nichts " +"sehen, so kehren Sie nach kurzer Zeit zum Konfigurationsbildschirm zurück " +"und erhalten die Möglichkeit, alle Einstellungen zu ändern, bis der Test " +"zufriedenstellend verläuft. <emphasis>Vergewissern Sie sich, dass Sie sich " +"mit den getätigten Einstellungen nicht außerhalb der Grenzwerte Ihres " +"Bildschirms befinden, wenn der Knopf nicht verfügbar ist.</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67 +msgid "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to " +"enable or disable various options." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Optionen</guibutton></emphasis>: Hier können Sie " +"verschiedene Optionen aktivieren oder deaktivieren." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/configureServices.xml:12 -msgid "Configure your Services" -msgstr "Konfigurieren Ihrer Dienste" +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18 +msgid "Choosing your Monitor" +msgstr "Auswahl des Monitors" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/configureServices.xml:21 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:21 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually " +"correctly identify yours." msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"DrakX besitzt eine umfassende Datenbank von Monitoren und erkennt " +"normalerweise ihren Monitor korrekt." -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureServices.xml:27 +#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26 msgid "" -"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system." +"<emphasis>Selecting a monitor with different characteristics could damage " +"your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing " +"what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor " +"documentation" msgstr "" -"Hier können Sie einstellen, welche Dienste ausgeführt (oder auch nicht " -"ausgeführt) werden sollen, nachdem Ihr System gestartet wurde." +"<emphasis> Die Auswahl eines Monitors mit falschen Charakteristika kann " +"Ihren Monitor oder Ihre Grafikkarte beschädigen. Bitte stellen Sie sicher, " +"dass Sie genau wissen, was Sie tun </emphasis> Im Zweifel schauen Sie doch " +"bitte in die Dokumentation des Monitors" -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureServices.xml:30 +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34 msgid "" -"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and " -"see all services in it." +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" -"Sie finden hier vier Gruppen. Klicken Sie auf das Dreieck vor einer Gruppe, " -"um alle Dienste zu sehen, die von dieser Gruppe bereitgestellt werden." +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureServices.xml:34 -msgid "The setting DrakX chose are usually good." +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42 +msgid "<emphasis>Custom</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>Custom</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44 +msgid "" +"This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh " +"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the " +"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are " +"displayed." msgstr "" -"Normalerweise wählt <emphasis role=\"bold\">DrakX</emphasis> passende " -"Einstellungen." +"Die Einstellung erlaubt es Ihnen zwei kritische Einstellungen, die vertikale " +"Wiederholraten und horizontalen Synchronisationsfrequenzen, einzustellen. " +"Die vertikale Wiederholrate bestimmt, wie oft das Bild neu aufgebaut wird " +"und die horizontalen Synchronisationsfrequenz legt die Rate fest, wieviele " +"Scanlinien dargestellt werden." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureServices.xml:37 +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49 msgid "" -"If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info " -"box below." +"It is <emphasis>VERY IMPORTANT</emphasis> that you do not specify a monitor " +"type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you " +"may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and " +"consult your monitor documentation." msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie einen Dienst markieren, werden in einer darunter sichtbaren Infobox " -"einige Informationen zu diesem Dienst angezeigt." +"Es ist <emphasis>SEHR WICHTIG</emphasis>, dass Sie keinen Monitor auswählen, " +"dessen Wiederholrate höher als die Shres Monitors liegt: dies kann zu " +"Schäden an ihrem Monitor führen. Wählen Sie im Zweifel lieber eine " +"niedrigere Einstellung und schauen Sie in die Dokumentation ihres Monitors" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureServices.xml:41 -msgid "Only change things when you know very well what you are doing." +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:55 +msgid "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:58 +msgid "" +"This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the " +"monitor database." msgstr "" -"Ändern Sie diese Einstellungen nur dann, wenn Sie genau wissen, was Sie tun." +"Dies ist die Standardeinstellung und es wird versucht den Monitor anhand der " +"Datenbank zu bestimmen" -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:23 -msgid "Please choose a language to use" -msgstr "Bitte wählen Sie eine Sprache für die Installation" +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63 +msgid "<emphasis>Vendor</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>Vendor</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:26 +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:65 msgid "" -"Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your " -"continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during " -"the installation and for your installed system." +"If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which " +"one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:" msgstr "" -"Wählen Sie die von Ihnen bevorzugte Sprache, indem Sie zuerst die Liste für " -"Ihren Kontinent aufklappen. Beachten Sie dabei auch, dass einige Sprachen " -"auch mehrere Dialekte enthalten können. <application>Mageia</application> " -"verwendet diese Auswahl für das Installationsprogramm und das installierte " -"System." +"Falls das Installationsprogramm Ihren Monitor nicht korrekt erkannt hat und " +"Sie wissen, um welchen Monitor es sich handelt, können Sie den Monitor " +"anhand folgender Optionen auswählen:" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73 +msgid "the monitor manufacturers name" +msgstr "Monitorbezeichnung" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:77 +msgid "the monitor description" +msgstr "Monitorbeschreibung" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:30 +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:82 +msgid "<emphasis>Generic</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>Generic</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84 msgid "" -"If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your " -"system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the " -"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be " -"difficult to add extra language support after installation." +"selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as " +"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is " +"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver " +"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it " +"may be wise to be conservative in your selections." msgstr "" -"Wünschen (oder benötigen) Sie mehrere installierte Sprachen auf Ihrem " -"System, für Sie selbst und/oder andere Anwender, dann sollten Sie den Knopf " -"<emphasis role=\"bold\"><emphasis role=\"bold\">Mehrere Sprachen</emphasis></" -"emphasis> anklicken, um diese Sprachen nun hinzuzufügen. Es ist etwas " -"komplexer, erst nach der Installation weitere Sprachen hinzuzufügen." +"Die Auswahl dieser Gruppe zeigt rund 30 Anzeigeneinstellungen wie 1024x768 @ " +"60Hz und beinhaltet auch Flachbildschirme, die in Laptops verbaut sind. Die " +"Auswahl dieser Gruppe ist ausreichend, wenn Sie den Vesa Grafikkartentreiber " +"benutzen müssen, sollte Ihre Grafikkarte nicht automatisch erkannt werden. " +"Nochmal: es ist besser eher zu niedrige Einstellungen zu wählen." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:19 +msgid "Custom disk partitioning with DiskDrake" +msgstr "Benutzerdefinierte Laufwerkspartitionierung mit DiskDrake" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:36 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:44 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:33 msgid "" -"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them " -"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " -"marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ." +"If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " +"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The " +"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " +"set, otherwise your system will be unbootable." msgstr "" -"Auch wenn Sie mehr als eine Sprache wählen, müssen Sie zuerst im ersten " -"Auswahlbildschirm jene Sprache wählen, die von Ihnen bevorzugt wird. Diese " -"wird dann am Bildschirm für mehrere Sprachen als gewählt markiert." +"Wünschen Sie auf Ihrer / -Partition (Wurzelverzeichnis) eine " +"Verschlüsselung, müssen Sie sicherstellen, dass Sie eine eigene <literal>/" +"boot</literal>-Partition besitzen. Die Option Verschlüsselung für die " +"<literal>/boot</literal>- Partition darf <emphasis role=\"bold\">NICHT</" +"emphasis> gesetzt werden, da sonst das System nicht gebootet werden kann." -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:51 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:39 msgid "" -"If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then " -"it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well." +"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, " +"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " +"is in them before you start." msgstr "" -"Ist die Tastaturbelegung nicht die gleiche wie die von Ihnen bevorzugte " -"Sprache, dann ist es empfehlenswert, auch die Sprache Ihrer Tastaturbelegung " -"zu wählen." +"Hier können Sie das Layout Ihres Laufwerks (Ihrer Laufwerke) bestimmen. Sie " +"können Partitionen löschen oder erstellen, das Dateisystem einer Partition " +"oder dessen Größe ändern, oder auch den vorhandenen Inhalt betrachten, bevor " +"Sie daran Änderungen vornehmen." -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:57 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:42 msgid "" -"Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the " -"\"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your " -"language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages." +"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an " +"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." msgstr "" -"Mageia verwendet als Vorgabe die Unterstützung von UTF-8 (Unicode). Dies " -"kann unter Umständen am Bildschirm für \"Mehrere Sprachen\" deaktiviert " -"sein, falls bekannt ist, dass für diese Sprache keine solche Unterstützung " -"vorhanden ist. Sperren von UTF-8 gilt für alle installierten Sprachen." +"Dies ist der Reiter für jedes entdeckte Laufwerk oder Speichermedium, wie " +"einem USB-Stick. So z.B. <emphasis>sda</emphasis>, <emphasis>sdb</emphasis> " +"und <emphasis>sdc</emphasis>, wenn drei Laufwerke gefunden wurden." -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:64 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:45 msgid "" -"You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia " -"Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system." +"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected " +"storage device" msgstr "" -"Sie können die Systemsprache nach der Installation im <emphasis role=\"bold" -"\">Mageia Kontrollzentrum -> System -> Auswählen der Region und " -"Sprache</emphasis> jederzeit ändern." - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:4 -msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted" -msgstr "Bestätigen, dass die Festplatte formatiert wird" +"Wählen Sie <guibutton>Alles löschen</guibutton>, um alle Partitionen des " +"gewählten Laufwerks zu löschen." -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 -#. test comment - johnr -#. 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct -#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I -#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD -#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:47 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" -"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, " +"or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it." msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" -"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Für alle anderen Aktionen:</emphasis> Klicken Sie " +"zuerst auf die gewünschte Partition. Dann sehen Sie sich den Inhalt an " +"(falls vorhanden) oder wählen ein Dateisystem und einen Einhängepunkt, " +"ändern Sie die Größe oder löschen Sie die Partition." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24 -msgid "" -"Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your " -"choice." +#: en/diskdrake.xml:49 +msgid "Continue until you adjusted everything to your wishes." msgstr "" -"Klicken Sie auf <guibutton>Abbrechen</guibutton>, wenn Sie sich bei der " -"Auswahl nicht sicher sind." +"Wiederholen Sie diesen Vorgang für alle Laufwerke, bis alle Einstellungen " +"Ihren Wünschen entsprechen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 -msgid "" -"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every " -"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." -msgstr "" -"Klicken Sie auf <guibutton>Weiter</guibutton>, wenn Sie sich sicher sind und " -"jede Partition, jedes Betriebssystem und alle Daten auf dem Laufwerk löschen " -"wollen." +#: en/diskdrake.xml:51 +msgid "Click <guibutton>Done</guibutton> when you're ready." +msgstr "Ist alles bereit, so klicken Sie auf <guibutton>Fertig</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:25 @@ -1225,243 +1400,65 @@ msgstr "" "Außerdem stellen sie sicher, dass alle Partitionen mit einer geraden Anzahl " "an Megabytes erstellt werden" -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:5 -msgid "Desktop Selection" -msgstr "Desktopauswahl" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11 -msgid "" -"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine " -"tune your choice." -msgstr "" -"Je nachdem, welche Auswahl Sie hier treffen, werden weitere Auswahlfenster " -"angezeigt, um Ihre Installation individuell zu gestalten." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:13 -msgid "" -"After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package " -"installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the " -"<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button" -msgstr "" -"Nach den Auswahlschritten wird während der Paketinstallation eine " -"Präsentation angezeigt. Die Präsentation kann durch Anklicken des " -"<guilabel>Details</guilabel>-Knopfes beendet werden." - -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:20 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:26 -msgid "" -"Choose whether you prefer to use the <application>KDE</application> or " -"<application>Gnome</application> desktop environment. Both come with a full " -"set of useful applications and tools. Tick <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if " -"you want to use neither or both, or if you want something other than the " -"default software choices for these desktop environments. The " -"<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, " -"sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default." -msgstr "" -"Wählen Sie hier Ihre bevorzugte Desktopumgebung <application>KDE</" -"application> oder <application>Gnome</application>. Beide bieten einen " -"vollständigen Satz an nützlichen Programmen und Werkzeugen. Setzen Sie bei " -"<guilabel>\"Benutzerdefiniert\"</guilabel> ein Häkchen, falls Sie keine der " -"vorgegebenen Konfigurationen, sondern eine eigene Zusammenstellung benutzen " -"wollen. Der <application>LXDE</application>-Desktop benötigt weniger " -"Ressourcen als die beiden eben genannten, bietet dafür aber weniger \"Eye " -"Candy\" und es werden standardmäßig weniger Pakete installiert." - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:4 -msgid "Package Group Selection" -msgstr "Paketgruppenauswahl" - -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:10 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -" <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:16 -msgid "" -"Packages have been sorted into groups, to make choosing what you need on " -"your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however " -"more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which " -"become visible as the mouse is hovered over them." -msgstr "" -"Um die Paketauswahl zu erleichtern, wurden Programmpakete in Gruppen " -"sortiert. Die Gruppen sind größtenteils selbsterklärend. Falls Sie aber " -"doch weitere Informationen zu dem Inhalt wünschen, brauchen Sie nur die " -"Minihilfen aufrufen. Sie tun das, indem Sie mit der Maus einfach über die " -"Gruppen fahren." - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:23 -msgid "Workstation." -msgstr "Workstation" - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:27 -msgid "Server." -msgstr "Server" - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:31 -msgid "Graphical Environment." -msgstr "Grafische Umgebung" - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:35 -msgid "" -"Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or " -"remove packages." -msgstr "" -"Individuelle Paketauswahl (Um händisch Pakete hinzuzufügen oder entfernen zu " -"können, wählen Sie bitte diese Option.)" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:39 -msgid "" -"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do " -"a minimal install." -msgstr "" -"Um eine minimale Installation durch zu führen, lesen Sie bitte die Anweisung " -"<xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> ." - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4 -msgid "Choose Individual Packages" -msgstr "Wählen Sie individuelle Pakete" - -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -" <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17 -msgid "" -"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation." -msgstr "" -"Hier können Sie weitere Pakete aus- oder abwählen, um Ihre Installation " -"anzupassen." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20 -msgid "" -"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</" -"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving " -"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same " -"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and " -"choosing to load it." -msgstr "" -"Nachdem Sie Ihre Wahl getroffen haben, können Sie auf das " -"<guibutton>Diskettensymbol</guibutton> am unteren Ende der Seite klicken, um " -"die Paketauswahl zu speichern. Ebenso funktioniert das Speichern auf einen " -"USB-Stick. In diesem Fall können Sie diese Paketauswahl nutzen, um die " -"gleichen Pakete auf einem anderen System zu installieren. Sie können dies " -"tun, indem Sie bei der Installation den selben Knopf anklicken und dann " -"diese gesicherte Auswahldatei laden." - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:19 -msgid "Custom disk partitioning with DiskDrake" -msgstr "Benutzerdefinierte Laufwerkspartitionierung mit DiskDrake" +#. type: Content of: <article><info><title> +#: en/DrakX.xml:3 +msgid "Installation with DrakX" +msgstr "Installation mit Hilfe von DrakX" -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:26 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> +#: en/DrakX.xml:6 +msgid "<note>" +msgstr "<note>" -#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:33 +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> +#: en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" -"If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " -"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The " -"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " -"set, otherwise your system will be unbootable." +"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " +"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " +"while installing." msgstr "" -"Wünschen Sie auf Ihrer / -Partition (Wurzelverzeichnis) eine " -"Verschlüsselung, müssen Sie sicherstellen, dass Sie eine eigene <literal>/" -"boot</literal>-Partition besitzen. Die Option Verschlüsselung für die " -"<literal>/boot</literal>- Partition darf <emphasis role=\"bold\">NICHT</" -"emphasis> gesetzt werden, da sonst das System nicht gebootet werden kann." +"Niemand wird alle Installationsfenster sehen, die Sie in dieser Anleitung " +"sehen. Welche Fenster Sie sehen werden, hängt von Ihrer Hardware und den " +"Entscheidungen, die Sie währen der Installation treffen, ab." -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:39 -msgid "" -"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, " -"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " -"is in them before you start." -msgstr "" -"Hier können Sie das Layout Ihres Laufwerks (Ihrer Laufwerke) bestimmen. Sie " -"können Partitionen löschen oder erstellen, das Dateisystem einer Partition " -"oder dessen Größe ändern, oder auch den vorhandenen Inhalt betrachten, bevor " -"Sie daran Änderungen vornehmen." +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakX.xml:10 +msgid "</note>" +msgstr "</note>" -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:42 +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" -"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an " -"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." +"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " +"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" +"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." msgstr "" -"Dies ist der Reiter für jedes entdeckte Laufwerk oder Speichermedium, wie " -"einem USB-Stick. So z.B. <emphasis>sda</emphasis>, <emphasis>sdb</emphasis> " -"und <emphasis>sdc</emphasis>, wenn drei Laufwerke gefunden wurden." +"Die Texte und Bildschirmfotos in dieser Anleitung sind unter der Lizens CC " +"BY-SA 3.0 verfügbar <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-" +"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>" -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:45 +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" -"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected " -"storage device" +"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." msgstr "" -"Wählen Sie <guibutton>Alles löschen</guibutton>, um alle Partitionen des " -"gewählten Laufwerks zu löschen." +"Diese Anleitung wurde mit Hilfe von <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com" +"\">Calenco CMS</link> erstellt, entwickelt von <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>" -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:47 +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" -"For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, " -"or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Für alle anderen Aktionen:</emphasis> Klicken Sie " -"zuerst auf die gewünschte Partition. Dann sehen Sie sich den Inhalt an " -"(falls vorhanden) oder wählen ein Dateisystem und einen Einhängepunkt, " -"ändern Sie die Größe oder löschen Sie die Partition." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:49 -msgid "Continue until you adjusted everything to your wishes." +"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" +"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" +"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." msgstr "" -"Wiederholen Sie diesen Vorgang für alle Laufwerke, bis alle Einstellungen " -"Ihren Wünschen entsprechen." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:51 -msgid "Click <guibutton>Done</guibutton> when you're ready." -msgstr "Ist alles bereit, so klicken Sie auf <guibutton>Fertig</guibutton>." +"Es wurde von Freiwilligen in ihrer Freizeit geschrieben. Bitte kontaktieren " +"Sie <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team" +"\">Documentation Team</link>, wenn Sie dazu beitragen möchten, diese " +"Anleitung zu verbessern." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/exitInstall.xml:4 @@ -1600,6 +1597,241 @@ msgstr "" "guibutton>, um mit der Installation fortzufahren." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:18 +msgid "DrakX, the Mageia Installer" +msgstr "DrakX, das Mageia Installationsprogramm" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:21 +msgid "" +"Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia " +"Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as " +"possible." +msgstr "" +"Egal, ob Sie ein neuer oder ein erfahrener GNU/Linux-Anwender sind, das " +"Mageia Installationsprogramm wurde so gestaltet, dass es Ihnen die " +"Installation oder eine Aktualisierung so leicht wie möglich macht." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:29 +msgid "" +"The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will " +"start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need." +msgstr "" +"Der Startbildschirm enthält verschiedene Optionen, wobei die vorgegebene " +"Option das Installationsprogramm startet. Normalerweise ist dies alles, was " +"Sie tun müssen." + +#. type: Content of: <section><figure><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:35 +msgid "Installation Welcome Screen" +msgstr "Willkommensbildschirm der Installation" + +#. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject> +#: en/installer.xml:39 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\"> </imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure> +#: en/installer.xml:34 en/installer.xml:90 +msgid "" +"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=" +"\"1\"/>" +msgstr "" +"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=" +"\"1\"/>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:47 +msgid "" +"If there are problems during install, then it may be necessary to use " +"special installation options, see <xref linkend=\"installationOptions\"></" +"xref>." +msgstr "" +"Treten während der Installation Probleme auf, kann es nötig sein, spezielle " +"Installationsoptionen zu verwenden, siehe <xref linkend=\"installationOptions" +"\"/>." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:52 +msgid "The installation steps" +msgstr "Die Installationsschritte" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:55 +msgid "" +"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed " +"on the side panel of the screen." +msgstr "" +"Der Installationsprozess ist in mehrere Schritte unterteilt, die an der " +"linken Seite des Bildschirms verfolgt werden können." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:58 +msgid "" +"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</" +"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options." +msgstr "" +"Jeder dieser Schritte besitzt einen oder mehrere Bildschirme, die auch einen " +"Knopf <guibutton>\"Fortgeschrittene Optionen\"</guibutton> mit weiteren " +"zusätzlichen Optionen haben." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:62 +msgid "" +"Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further " +"explanations about the current step." +msgstr "" +"Die meisten Bildschirme enthalten einen <guibutton>Hilfe</guibutton>-Knopf, " +"über den Sie weitere Erklärungen zum momentan ausgeführten Schritt erhalten." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> +#: en/installer.xml:66 +msgid "" +"If somewhere during install you decide to stop the installation, it is " +"possible to reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a " +"partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your " +"computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well " +"leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure " +"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys " +"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " +"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot." +msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie an irgendeiner Stelle entscheiden, die Installation zu stoppen, ist " +"es möglich, einen Neustart auszuführen. Überlegen Sie sich dies aber " +"zweimal, bevor Sie dies ausführen. Wurde eine Partition bereits formatiert " +"oder ein Update hat mit der Installation begonnen, so ist Ihr Computer " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">nicht mehr im gleichen Zustand</emphasis> und ein " +"Neustart kann Sie sehr leicht mit einem <emphasis role=\"bold\">nicht mehr " +"verwendbaren System</emphasis> zurücklassen. Wenn Sie trotz allem sicher " +"sind, einen Neustart auszuführen, wechseln Sie mit <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Alt+Strg+F2</emphasis>. Anschließend betätigen Sie <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Alt+Strg+Entf</emphasis>, um einen Neustart auszulösen." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:80 +msgid "Installation options" +msgstr "Installationsoptionen" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:83 +msgid "" +"If the installation fails then it may be necessary to try again by using one " +"of the extra options available by hitting the <guibutton>F1 (Help)</" +"guibutton> key see <xref linkend=\"dx-welcome\"></xref>" +msgstr "" +"Falls die Installation nicht funktioniert, kann es nötig sein, sie mit einer " +"der zusätzlichen Optionen zu wiederholen. Betätigen Sie dafür den Knopf " +"<guibutton>\"F1\" (Hilfe)</guibutton>." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:87 +msgid "This will open the following text based help." +msgstr "Dies öffnet die die nachfolgend gezeigte textbasierte Hilfe." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:91 +msgid "Installation Help Screen" +msgstr "Hilfebildschirm der Installation" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><mediaobject> +#: en/installer.xml:96 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:105 +msgid "Installation Problems and Possible Solutions" +msgstr "Installationsprobleme und mögliche Lösungen" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:111 +msgid "No Graphical Interface" +msgstr "Keine grafische Schnittstelle" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/installer.xml:116 +msgid "" +"After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " +"This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low " +"resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt." +msgstr "" +"Nach dem Startbildschirm gelangen Sie nicht zur Sprachauswahl. Dies kann bei " +"einigen Grafikkarten und älteren Systemen vorkommen. Versuchen Sie eine " +"niedrigere Auflösung, in dem Sie an der Eingabeaufforderung <code>vgalo</" +"code> eingeben." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/installer.xml:123 +msgid "" +"If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " +"In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit " +"ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be " +"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit " +"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode.<emphasis></emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Ist die Hardware sehr alt, kann unter Umständen eine grafische Installation " +"nicht möglich sein. In diesem Falle sollten Sie eine Installation im " +"Textmodus versuchen. Um dies zu erreichen, drücken Sie am Startbildschirm " +"ESC und bestätigen Sie, dass Sie in den Textmodus von GRUB wechseln wollen. " +"Hier geben Sie \"<literal>text</literal>\" (ohne Anführungszeichen) ein und " +"drücken die <emphasis role=\"bold\">Eingabetaste</emphasis>, um zum " +"Textmodus des Installationsprogramms zu gelangen." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:135 +msgid "The Install Freezes" +msgstr "Die Installation friert ein" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:138 +msgid "" +"If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a " +"problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of " +"hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type " +"<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with " +"other options as necessary." +msgstr "" +"Wenn das System während der Installation einfriert, ist das möglicherweise " +"auf ein Problem mit der Erkennung der Hardware zurückzuführen. In diesem " +"Falle sollte die automatische Erkennung der Hardware umgangen und später " +"behandelt werden. Versuchen Sie Folgendes: Drücken Sie am Startbildschirm " +"die Taste <emphasis role=\"bold\">\"F6 Kernel Optionen\"</emphasis> und " +"tragen Sie den Befehl <code>noauto</code> gefolgt von ENTER ein. Diese " +"Option kann auch mit anderen Optionen kombiniert werden, falls dies nötig " +"ist." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:147 +msgid "Kernel Options" +msgstr "Kernel Optionen" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:150 +msgid "" +"These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " +"available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " +"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e." +"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." +msgstr "" +"Dies wird eher selten benötigt, aber in einigen Fällen kann die Hardware " +"einen falschen Wert des verfügbaren RAMs liefern oder der Rechner friert ein " +"(siehe oben). Um den Speicher manuell einzugeben, verwenden Sie den " +"Parameter <emphasis><code>mem=xxxM</code></emphasis>, wobei xxx den " +"korrekten Wert des RAM-Speichers darstellt. Z.B. <emphasis><code>mem=256M</" +"code></emphasis> bestimmt eine Größe von 256MB RAM." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/installUpdates.xml:3 msgid "Updates" msgstr "Aktualisierungen (Updates)" @@ -1648,6 +1880,131 @@ msgstr "" "Installation fortzufahren." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/media_selection.xml:3 +msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)" +msgstr "Media Selection (Nonfree)" + +#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media) +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong) +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/media_selection.xml:12 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/media_selection.xml:18 +msgid "" +"Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are " +"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories " +"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " +"the next steps." +msgstr "" +"Hier sehen sie die Liste aller verfügbaren Quellen. Abhängig von dem " +"ausgewählten Installationsmedium sind nicht alle Quellen vorhanden. Die " +"Auswahl der Quellen legt fest, welche Pakete während der nächsten Schritte " +"zur Verfügung stehen." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/media_selection.xml:25 +msgid "" +"The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains " +"the base of the distribution." +msgstr "" +"Die <emphasis>Core</emphasis> Quelle kann nicht deaktiviert werden, da sie " +"die grundlegenden Pakete der Distribution enthält." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/media_selection.xml:30 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-" +"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source " +"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " +"nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi " +"cards, etc." +msgstr "" +"Die <emphasis>Non-free</emphasis> Quelle enthält Pakete, die kostenlos sind, " +"d.h. Mageia darf sie weiterverbreiten, aber sie enthalten closed-source " +"software (daher der Name 'Nonfree'). Zum Beispiel enthält diese Quelle " +"proprietäre Grafikkarten-Treiber von nVidia und ATI, Firmware für " +"verschiedene WLAN Karten, etc." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/media_selection.xml:38 +msgid "" +"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under " +"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is " +"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. " +"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed " +"to play commercial video DVD, etc." +msgstr "" +"Die <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> Quelle enthält Pakete, die unter freien " +"Lizenzen veröffentlicht sind. Die Hauptkriterien warum diese Pakete in " +"diesen Quelle aufgenommen werden, sind eventuelle Verletzungen von Patenten " +"oder Urheberrechten in einigen Ländern, z.B. Multimedia Codecs, die zum " +"Abspielen von verschiedenen Audio- oder Videodateien benötigt werden, sowie " +"zum Abspielen von kommerziellen Video DVDs, etc." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/minimal-install.xml:3 +msgid "Minimal Install" +msgstr "Minimale Installation" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/minimal-install.xml:9 +msgid "" +"You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the " +"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></" +"xref>." +msgstr "" +"Durch das Abwählen aller Paketgruppen im Auswahlmenü können Sie eine " +"minimale Installation wählen, siehe <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></" +"xref>." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/minimal-install.xml:10 +msgid "" +"Minimal Installation is intended for those with specific uses in mind for " +"their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised " +"workstation. You will probably use this option combined with Manual Package " +"Selection, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." +msgstr "" +"Eine minimale Installation ist für spezielle Einsatzgebiete gedacht. " +"<application>Mageia</application> kann also auch als Server oder auf einer " +"spezialisierten Workstation eingesetzt werden. Möglicherweise werden Sie " +"diese Option in Kombination mit der manuellen Paketauswahl nutzen, siehe " +"<xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/minimal-install.xml:14 +msgid "" +"If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer " +"you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X." +msgstr "" +"Falls Sie diese Installationsart wählen, wird das nächste Fenster eine " +"spezielle Paketauswahl zur Installation anbieten (z.B. Dokumentation, " +"X, ...)." + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/minimal-install.xml:19 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:3 msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters" msgstr "Summary of miscellaneous parameters" @@ -1883,10 +2240,11 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Netzwerk</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:163 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "You can configure your network here, but for network cards with non-free " "drivers it is better to do that after reboot, in the <application>Mageia " -"Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the non-free media " +"Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the Nonfree media " "repositories." msgstr "" "Sie können Ihr Netzwerk hier konfigurieren, für Netzwerkkarten mit non-free " @@ -1986,117 +2344,383 @@ msgstr "" "erlauben (keine Firewall)." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:12 -msgid "Configure your Timezone" -msgstr "Konfiguration der Zeitzone" +#: en/securityLevel.xml:12 +msgid "Security Level" +msgstr "Sicherheitsstufe" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" #. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 +#: en/securityLevel.xml:19 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." -"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." -"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26 +#: en/securityLevel.xml:24 +msgid "You can adjust your security level here." +msgstr "Hier können Sie die Sicherheitsstufe einstellen." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/securityLevel.xml:27 msgid "" -"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the " -"same time zone." +"Leave the default settings as they are, if you don't know what to choose." msgstr "" -"Wählen Sie die von Ihnen gewünschte Zeitzone, indem Sie ihr Land oder eine " -"Stadt in Ihrer Nähe aus der gleichen Zeitzone wählen." +"Lassen Sie diese Einstellungen, so wie sie sind, wenn Sie nicht genau " +"wissen, was Sie tun." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30 +#: en/securityLevel.xml:30 msgid "" -"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to " -"GMT, also known as UTC." +"After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings " +"in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center." msgstr "" -"Im nächsten Bildschirm können Sie wählen, ob ihre Hardware-Uhr auf lokale " -"Zeit oder auf GMT, auch als UTC bekannt, gesetzt wird." +"Nach der Installation ist es jederzeit möglich, die Sicherheitseinstellungen " +"zu ändern, indem Sie im Mageia Kontrollzentrum den Abschnitt " +"<guilabel>Sicherheit</guilabel> an der linken Seite des Fensters wählen." -#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35 +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/selectCountry.xml:13 +msgid "Select your Country / Region" +msgstr "Wählen des Landes / der Region" + +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/selectCountry.xml:21 msgid "" -"If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they " -"are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT." +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" -"Besitzen Sie mehr als ein Betriebssystem, so vergewissern Sie sich, dass " -"alle Betriebssysteme entweder auf Lokalzeit oder auf UTC/GMT gesetzt sind." +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:17 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/selectCountry.xml:27 msgid "" -"Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> " -"partition" +"Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, " +"like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country " +"can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network." msgstr "" -"Größenänderung einer <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" -"application>- Partition" +"Wählen Sie Ihr Land oder Ihre Region. Dies ist für alle Einstellungen nötig, " +"wie für die Währung und die für dieses Land gültigen Einstellungen des " +"Funknetzes. Setzen Sie das falsche Land, kann dies zu einer Fehlfunktion " +"des WLANs führen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:21 +#: en/selectCountry.xml:32 +msgid "" +"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</" +"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." +msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie Ihr Land nicht in der Liste finden, klicken Sie auf den Knopf " +"<guilabel>Andere Länder</guilabel> und wählen Sie hier Ihr Land und Ihre " +"Region." + +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/selectCountry.xml:37 +msgid "" +"If your country is only in the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> list, " +"after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the " +"first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real " +"choice." +msgstr "" +"Finden Sie Ihr Land nur in der Liste <guilabel>Andere Länder</guilabel>, " +"nachdem Sie auf <guibutton>OK</guibutton> geklickt haben, so hat es den " +"Anschein, als hätten Sie ein Land aus der ersten Liste gewählt. Bitte " +"ignorieren Sie dies, DrakX befolgt die von Ihnen getroffene Auswahl." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/selectCountry.xml:46 +msgid "Input method" +msgstr "Eingabemethode" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/selectCountry.xml:49 +msgid "" +"In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an " +"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input " +"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " +"default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India Live-" +"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method " +"so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input methods(SCIM, " +"GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be installed if you " +"added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." +msgstr "" +"Am Bildschirm <guilabel>Andere Länder</guilabel> können Sie auch eine " +"Eingabemethode wählen (am Ende der Liste). Eingabemethoden erlauben es dem " +"Benutzer, multilinguale Zeichen (Chinesisch, Japanisch, Koreanisch, usw.) " +"einzugeben. IBus ist die vorgegebene Eingabemethode der Mageia-DVDs, " +"Afrikanisch/Indischen und Asien/nicht-Indischen Live-CDs. Für Asien und " +"Afrika wird IBus als vorgegebene Eingabemethode gesetzt, so dass Benutzer " +"dies nicht händisch konfigurieren müssen. Andere Eingabemethoden (SCIM, " +"GCIN, HIME, usw.) stellen ähnliche Funktionen zur Verfügung und können " +"installiert werden, wenn Sie vor der Paketauswahl ein HTTP/FTP-Medium " +"hinzufügen." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> +#: en/selectCountry.xml:61 msgid "" -"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" -"application> partition. Choose which one should be made smaller to make " -"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>." +"If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it " +"after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -> " +"\"System\", or by running localedrake as root." msgstr "" -"Sie besitzen mehr als eine <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" -"application>-Partition. Wählen Sie die Partition, die verkleinert werden " -"soll, um den Platz zu schaffen, in dem anschließend <application>Mageia</" -"application> installiert werden soll." +"Vermissen Sie während der Installation die Einstellungen der Eingabemethode, " +"so können Sie darauf zugreifen, sobald Sie mittels \"Konfigurieren Ihres " +"Computers\" -> \"System\" neu gestartet haben, oder indem Sie <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> als <emphasis role=\"bold\">root</" +"emphasis> ausführen." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/setupSCSI.xml:11 -msgid "Setup SCSI" -msgstr "SCSI-Laufwerke einrichten" +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:23 +msgid "Install or Upgrade" +msgstr "Installation oder Aktualisierung" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 -#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) -#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the -#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/setupSCSI.xml:26 +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:27 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34 +msgid "Install" +msgstr "Installation" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:36 +msgid "" +"Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation." +msgstr "" +"Verwenden Sie diese Option für eine frische <application>Mageia</" +"application>-Installation." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:41 +msgid "Upgrade" +msgstr "Aktualisiere Mageia" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:43 +msgid "" +"If you have one or more <application>Mageia 2</application> installations on " +"your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the " +"latest release." +msgstr "" +"Falls Sie eine oder mehrere Installationen von <application>Mageia 2</" +"application> auf Ihrem System haben, ermöglicht Ihnen der Installer, eine " +"vorhandene <application>Mageia 2</application> Installation auf die neueste " +"Version zu aktualisieren." + +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:49 +msgid "" +"If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to " +"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been " +"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " +"the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an " +"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you " +"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " +"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</" +"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." +msgstr "" +"Falls Sie während des Installationsvorgangs die Installation abbrechen " +"wollen, besteht die Möglichkeit, das System neu zu booten. Denken Sie aber " +"zweimal nach, bevor Sie das tun. Nachdem eine Partition formatiert oder " +"Aktualisierungen aufgespielt wurden, besitzt der Computer nicht mehr den " +"ursprünglichen Status und ein Neustart könnte ein instabiles System zur " +"Folge haben. Falls Sie trotz allem sicher sind, dass Sie einen Neustart " +"durchführen wollen, wechseln Sie durch das Drücken der Tastenkombination " +"<guilabel>Strg+Alt+F2</guilabel> zum Terminal. Danach drücken Sie bitte " +"<guilabel>Strg+Alt+Entf</guilabel> um den Neustart durchzuführen." + +#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:60 +msgid "" +"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you " +"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " +"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</" +"emphasis> do this later in the install." +msgstr "" +"Falls Sie es versäumt haben, bei der Installation eine zusätzliche Sprache " +"hinzuzufügen, können Sie vom \"Installations- oder Upgrade-Fenster\" zum " +"Auswahlmenü der Sprachen durch das Drücken der Tastenkombination " +"<guilabel>Strg+Alt+Pos1</guilabel> zurückkehren. Tun Sie das " +"<emphasis>nicht</emphasis> später im Installationsprozess." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14 +msgid "Keyboard" +msgstr "Tastatur" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupSCSI.xml:32 +#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:17 msgid "" -"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers " -"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " -"fail to recognise the drive." +"DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable " +"keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout." msgstr "" -"DrakX erkennt normalerweise Festplatten korrekt. Möglicherweise treten bei " -"der Erkennung alter SCSI-Controller Probleme auf. In diesem Fall könnte die " -"Installation der notwendigen Treiber fehlschlagen." +"DrakX wählt eine Tastatur, die zu der von Ihnen gewählten Sprache passt. " +"Wird keine passende Tastatur gefunden, so wird die Belegung einer US-" +"Tastatur verwendet." + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" align=\"center\" " +"></imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. " +"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications " +"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a " +"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " +"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en." +"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" +msgstr "" +"Vergewissern Sie sich, dass diese Auswahl korrekt ist, oder wählen sie eine " +"andere Tastaturbelegung. Sind Sie sich nicht sicher, welche Belegung Ihre " +"Tastatur verwendet, so sehen Sie in der Beschreibung nach, die mit Ihrem " +"System mitgeliefert wurde, oder fragen Sie den Computerhändler. " +"Möglicherweise finden Sie auch ein Etikett auf der Unterseite der Tastatur, " +"um diese zu identifizieren. Sie können aber auch hier nachsehen: <link xlink:" +"href=\"http://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tastaturbelegung\">de.wikipedia.org/wiki/" +"Tastaturbelegung</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40 +msgid "" +"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</" +"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there." +msgstr "" +"Ist Ihre Tastatur nicht in der angezeigten Liste zu finden, klicken Sie auf " +"<guibutton>Mehr</guibutton>, um eine vollständige Liste zu erhalten, und " +"wählen hier Ihre Tastatur." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para> +#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45 +msgid "" +"After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, " +"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though " +"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " +"and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the " +"full list." +msgstr "" +"Nachdem Sie eine Tastatur aus dem Dialog <guibutton>Mehr</guibutton> gewählt " +"haben, kehren Sie in den ersten Dialog zum Auswählen der Tastatur zurück, " +"und es wird hier angezeigt, dass eine Tastatur aus diesem Dialog ausgewählt " +"wurde. Sie können ohne weiteres diese Anomalie ignorieren und mit der " +"Installation fortfahren: Ihre Tastatur ist eine, die aus der vollständigen " +"Liste gewählt wurde." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:55 +msgid "" +"If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an " +"extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin " +"and non-Latin keyboard layouts" +msgstr "" +"Wählen Sie eine Tastatur, die auf nicht-lateinischen Zeichen beruht, so " +"sehen Sie einen zusätzlichen Dialog, der Sie fragt, wie Sie zwischen den " +"lateinischen und nicht-lateinischen Tastaturbelegungen umschalten möchten." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:23 +msgid "Please choose a language to use" +msgstr "Bitte wählen Sie eine Sprache für die Installation" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupSCSI.xml:36 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:26 msgid "" -"If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) " -"you have." +"Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your " +"continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during " +"the installation and for your installed system." msgstr "" -"Falls dies geschieht, müssen Sie DrakX händisch mitteilen, welche SCSI-" -"Laufwerke Sie haben." +"Wählen Sie die von Ihnen bevorzugte Sprache, indem Sie zuerst die Liste für " +"Ihren Kontinent aufklappen. Beachten Sie dabei auch, dass einige Sprachen " +"auch mehrere Dialekte enthalten können. <application>Mageia</application> " +"verwendet diese Auswahl für das Installationsprogramm und das installierte " +"System." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupSCSI.xml:39 -msgid "DrakX should then be able to configure the drive(s) correctly." -msgstr "Danach sollte DrakX die Laufwerke korrekt konfigurieren können." +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:30 +msgid "" +"If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your " +"system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the " +"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be " +"difficult to add extra language support after installation." +msgstr "" +"Wünschen (oder benötigen) Sie mehrere installierte Sprachen auf Ihrem " +"System, für Sie selbst und/oder andere Anwender, dann sollten Sie den Knopf " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\"><emphasis role=\"bold\">Mehrere Sprachen</emphasis></" +"emphasis> anklicken, um diese Sprachen nun hinzuzufügen. Es ist etwas " +"komplexer, erst nach der Installation weitere Sprachen hinzuzufügen." + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:36 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:44 +msgid "" +"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them " +"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " +"marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ." +msgstr "" +"Auch wenn Sie mehr als eine Sprache wählen, müssen Sie zuerst im ersten " +"Auswahlbildschirm jene Sprache wählen, die von Ihnen bevorzugt wird. Diese " +"wird dann am Bildschirm für mehrere Sprachen als gewählt markiert." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:51 +msgid "" +"If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then " +"it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well." +msgstr "" +"Ist die Tastaturbelegung nicht die gleiche wie die von Ihnen bevorzugte " +"Sprache, dann ist es empfehlenswert, auch die Sprache Ihrer Tastaturbelegung " +"zu wählen." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:57 +msgid "" +"Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the " +"\"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your " +"language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages." +msgstr "" +"Mageia verwendet als Vorgabe die Unterstützung von UTF-8 (Unicode). Dies " +"kann unter Umständen am Bildschirm für \"Mehrere Sprachen\" deaktiviert " +"sein, falls bekannt ist, dass für diese Sprache keine solche Unterstützung " +"vorhanden ist. Sperren von UTF-8 gilt für alle installierten Sprachen." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:64 +msgid "" +"You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia " +"Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system." +msgstr "" +"Sie können die Systemsprache nach der Installation im <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Mageia Kontrollzentrum -> System -> Auswählen der Region und " +"Sprache</emphasis> jederzeit ändern." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectMouse.xml:4 @@ -2146,6 +2770,80 @@ msgstr "" "Multifunktionsmaus zu konfigurieren." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:5 +msgid "Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry" +msgstr "Hinzufügen oder ändern eines Boot Menü Eintrags" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:10 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:17 +msgid "" +"You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the " +"relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen " +"and editing the screen that pops up on top of it." +msgstr "" +"Sie können einen Eintrag hinzufügen oder den vorher gewählten ändern, indem " +"Sie den entprechenden Knopf im<emphasis>Bootloader Konfigurationsbildschirm</" +"emphasis>drücken und die Einstellungen im Fenster, welches darüber " +"erscheint, verändern." + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:21 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:26 +msgid "" +"Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an " +"entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one." +msgstr "" +"Einige risikofreie Dinge ändern die Bezeichnung eines Eintrags und " +"aktivieren das Kästchen, welches den Eintrag als Standart setzt." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:27 +msgid "" +"You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely." +msgstr "" +"Sie können die korrekte Versionsnummer eines Eintrags hinzufügen, oder ihn " +"vollständig umbenennen." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:28 +msgid "" +"The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a " +"choice while booting up." +msgstr "" +"Sollten Sie beim Bootvorgang keine andere Auswahl treffen, wird der " +"Standarteintrag vom System gestartet." + +#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:29 +msgid "" +"Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " +"just try something without knowing what you are doing." +msgstr "" +"Das Verändern anderer Dinge könnte Ihren Bootvorgang verhindern. Bitte " +"probieren Sie nichts aus, ohne zu wissen, was Sie tun." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:3 msgid "Bootloader main options" msgstr "Haupt-Optionen des Bootloaders" @@ -2319,806 +3017,108 @@ msgstr "" "Ankreuzfeld für <guilabel>\"/tmp\" bei jedem Systemstart säubern</guilabel>. " "Dies hilft Ihnen, mehr Platz frei zu halten." -#. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> -#: en/DrakX.xml:1 en/media_selection.xml:1 en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 -msgid "en" -msgstr "de" - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><title> -#: en/DrakX.xml:3 -msgid "Installation with DrakX" -msgstr "Installation mit Hilfe von DrakX" - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> -#: en/DrakX.xml:6 -msgid "<note>" -msgstr "<note>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:7 -msgid "" -"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " -"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " -"while installing." -msgstr "" -"Niemand wird alle Installationsfenster sehen, die Sie in dieser Anleitung " -"sehen. Welche Fenster Sie sehen werden, hängt von Ihrer Hardware und den " -"Entscheidungen, die Sie währen der Installation treffen, ab." - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:10 -msgid "</note>" -msgstr "</note>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:12 -msgid "" -"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " -"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" -"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." -msgstr "" -"Die Texte und Bildschirmfotos in dieser Anleitung sind unter der Lizens CC " -"BY-SA 3.0 verfügbar <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-" -"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:16 -msgid "" -"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." -msgstr "" -"Diese Anleitung wurde mit Hilfe von <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com" -"\">Calenco CMS</link> erstellt, entwickelt von <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:18 -msgid "" -"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" -"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" -"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." -msgstr "" -"Es wurde von Freiwilligen in ihrer Freizeit geschrieben. Bitte kontaktieren " -"Sie <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team" -"\">Documentation Team</link>, wenn Sie dazu beitragen möchten, diese " -"Anleitung zu verbessern." - #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11 -msgid "Choose an X Server (Configure your Graphic Card)" -msgstr "Einen X-Server auswählen (Ihre Grafikkarte einrichten)" - -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21 -msgid "" -"DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually " -"correctly identify your video device." -msgstr "" -"DrakX verfügt über eine umfassende Datenbank für Grafikkarten und wird meist " -"Ihre Grafikkarte korrekt erkennen." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24 -msgid "" -"If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know " -"which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:" -msgstr "" -"Falls der Installer Ihre Grafikkarte nicht korrekt erkannt hat und Sie nicht " -"wissen, welche Sie haben, können Sie sie folgendermaßen aus dem Baum " -"auswählen:" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69 -msgid "vendor" -msgstr "Hersteller" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:31 -msgid "then the name of your card" -msgstr "Der Name der Karte" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:35 -msgid "and the type of card" -msgstr "Der Typ der Karte" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:39 -msgid "" -"If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in " -"the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the " -"Xorg category" -msgstr "" -"Falls Sie Ihre Karte nicht in der Herstellerliste finden, weil sie sich " -"nicht in der Datenbank befindet oder weil es sich um eine ältere Karte " -"handelt, könnten Sie einen passenden Treiber in Xorg finden." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43 -msgid "" -"The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card " -"drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the " -"option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities." -msgstr "" -"Die Xorg-Liste enthält mehr als 40 generische und quelloffene Treiber für " -"Grafikkarten. Falls Sie noch immer keinen passenden Treiber für Ihre Karte " -"finden, können Sie den VESA-Treiber verwenden, welcher grundlegende " -"Funktionalität bietet." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48 -msgid "" -"Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access " -"to the Commandline Interface." -msgstr "" -"Denken Sie daran, dass es durch Auswahl eines inkompatiblen Treibers " -"passieren kann, dass Sie lediglich Zugriff auf eine " -"Befehlszeilenschnittstelle erhalten." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51 -msgid "" -"Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which " -"may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from " -"the card manufacturers' websites." -msgstr "" -"Einige Grafikkartenhersteller bieten proprietäre Treiber für Linux an, " -"welche nur in den \"Nonfree\"-Paketquellen oder in " -"einigen Fällen nur über die Webseite des Herstellers erhältlich sind." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55 -msgid "" -"The Nonfree repository need to be explicitly enabled to access them. If you " -"didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot." -msgstr "" -"Die \"Nonfree\"-Paketquellen müssen ausdrücklich aktiviert " -"werden. Sie sollten dies nach dem ersten Neustart tun." - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18 -msgid "Choosing your Monitor" -msgstr "Auswahl des Monitors" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:21 -msgid "" -"DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually " -"correctly identify yours." -msgstr "" -"DrakX besitzt eine umfassende Datenbank von Monitoren und erkennt " -"normalerweise ihren Monitor korrekt." - -#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26 -msgid "" -"<emphasis>Selecting a monitor with different characteristics could damage " -"your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing " -"what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor " -"documentation" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis> Die Auswahl eines Monitors mit falschen Charakteristika kann " -"Ihren Monitor oder Ihre Grafikkarte beschädigen. Bitte stellen Sie sicher, " -"dass Sie genau wissen, was Sie tun </emphasis> Im Zweifel schauen Sie doch " -"bitte in die Dokumentation des Monitors" - -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." -"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." -"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42 -msgid "<emphasis>Custom</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>Custom</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44 -msgid "" -"This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh " -"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the " -"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are " -"displayed." -msgstr "" -"Die Einstellung erlaubt es Ihnen zwei kritische Einstellungen, die vertikale " -"Wiederholraten und horizontalen Synchronisationsfrequenzen, einzustellen. " -"Die vertikale Wiederholrate bestimmt, wie oft das Bild neu aufgebaut wird " -"und die horizontalen Synchronisationsfrequenz legt die Rate fest, wieviele " -"Scanlinien dargestellt werden." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49 -msgid "" -"It is <emphasis>VERY IMPORTANT</emphasis> that you do not specify a monitor " -"type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you " -"may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and " -"consult your monitor documentation." -msgstr "" -"Es ist <emphasis>SEHR WICHTIG</emphasis>, dass Sie keinen Monitor auswählen, " -"dessen Wiederholrate höher als die Shres Monitors liegt: dies kann zu " -"Schäden an ihrem Monitor führen. Wählen Sie im Zweifel lieber eine " -"niedrigere Einstellung und schauen Sie in die Dokumentation ihres Monitors" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:55 -msgid "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:58 -msgid "" -"This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the " -"monitor database." -msgstr "" -"Dies ist die Standardeinstellung und es wird versucht den Monitor anhand der " -"Datenbank zu bestimmen" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63 -msgid "<emphasis>Vendor</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>Vendor</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:65 -msgid "" -"If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which " -"one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:" -msgstr "" -"Falls das Installationsprogramm Ihren Monitor nicht korrekt erkannt hat und " -"Sie wissen, um welchen Monitor es sich handelt, können Sie den Monitor " -"anhand folgender Optionen auswählen:" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73 -msgid "the monitor manufacturers name" -msgstr "Monitorbezeichnung" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:77 -msgid "the monitor description" -msgstr "Monitorbeschreibung" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:82 -msgid "<emphasis>Generic</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>Generic</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84 -msgid "" -"selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as " -"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is " -"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver " -"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it " -"may be wise to be conservative in your selections." -msgstr "" -"Die Auswahl dieser Gruppe zeigt rund 30 Anzeigeneinstellungen wie 1024x768 @ " -"60Hz und beinhaltet auch Flachbildschirme, die in Laptops verbaut sind. Die " -"Auswahl dieser Gruppe ist ausreichend, wenn Sie den Vesa Grafikkartentreiber " -"benutzen müssen, sollte Ihre Grafikkarte nicht automatisch erkannt werden. " -"Nochmal: es ist besser eher zu niedrige Einstellungen zu wählen." - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4 -msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration" -msgstr "Konfiguration der Grafikkarte und des Bildschirms" - -#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18 -msgid "" -"No matter which graphical environment (also known as desktop environment) " -"you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are " -"all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window " -"System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for " -"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or " -"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</" -"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can " -"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you " -"think the choice is incorrect." -msgstr "" -"Egal, welche grafische Umgebung (auch als Desktop bekannt) Sie für die " -"Installation von <application>Mageia</application> wählen, diese basieren " -"alle auf der grafischen Benutzerschnittstelle namens <acronym>X-Window-" -"System</acronym>, oder vereinfacht <acronym>X</acronym>. Um in Folge " -"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> " -"oder eine andere grafische Umgebung zum Laufen zu bringen, müssen die " -"nachfolgenden Einstellungen von <acronym>X</acronym> korrekt sein. Wählen " -"Sie die korrekten Einstellungen, wenn Sie entdecken, dass " -"<application>DrakX</application> keine Auswahl trifft, oder wenn Sie " -"glauben, dass die Auswahl nicht korrekt ist." - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31 -msgid "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card " -"from the list if needed." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Grafikkarte</guibutton></emphasis>: Wählen Sie Ihre " -"Karte aus der Liste, wenn nötig." - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37 -msgid "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: You can choose " -"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> when applicable, or choose your monitor " -"from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. " -"Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the " -"horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Bildschirm</guibutton></emphasis>: Sie können " -"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> wählen, falls verfügbar, oder Ihren " -"Bildschirm aus einer der beiden Listen (<guilabel>Hersteller</guilabel> oder " -"<guilabel>Generisch</guilabel>) wählen. Wählen Sie " -"<guilabel>Benutzerdefiniert</guilabel> wenn Sie es bevorzugen, die " -"horizontale und vertikale Wiederholfrequenz Ihres Bildschirms manuell " -"einzustellen." - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> -#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45 -msgid "Incorrect refresh rates may damage your monitor" -msgstr "Unkorrekte Wiederholfrequenzen können Ihren Bildschirm zerstören" - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:51 -msgid "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired " -"resolution and color depth of your monitor here." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Auflösung</guibutton></emphasis>: Legen Sie hier die " -"entsprechende Auflösung und Farbtiefe für Ihren Bildschirm fest." - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56 -msgid "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not " -"always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your " -"settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your " -"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. " -"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be " -"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " -"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</" -"emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: Der Test-Knopf ist während " -"der Installation nicht immer sichtbar. Ist der Knopf sichtbar, so können Sie " -"Ihre Einstellungen überprüfen, indem Sie diesen Knopf betätigen. Wenn eine " -"Frage angezeigt wird, ob Ihre Einstellungen korrekt sind, so antworten Sie " -"mit \"Ja\" und die Einstellungen werden übernommen. Wenn Sie aber nichts " -"sehen, so kehren Sie nach kurzer Zeit zum Konfigurationsbildschirm zurück " -"und erhalten die Möglichkeit, alle Einstellungen zu ändern, bis der Test " -"zufriedenstellend verläuft. <emphasis>Vergewissern Sie sich, dass Sie sich " -"mit den getätigten Einstellungen nicht außerhalb der Grenzwerte Ihres " -"Bildschirms befinden, wenn der Knopf nicht verfügbar ist.</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67 -msgid "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to " -"enable or disable various options." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Optionen</guibutton></emphasis>: Hier können Sie " -"verschiedene Optionen aktivieren oder deaktivieren." - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:5 -msgid "Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry" -msgstr "Hinzufügen oder ändern eines Boot Menü Eintrags" - -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:10 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:17 -msgid "" -"You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the " -"relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen " -"and editing the screen that pops up on top of it." -msgstr "" -"Sie können einen Eintrag hinzufügen oder den vorher gewählten ändern, indem " -"Sie den entprechenden Knopf im<emphasis>Bootloader Konfigurationsbildschirm</" -"emphasis>drücken und die Einstellungen im Fenster, welches darüber " -"erscheint, verändern." +#: en/setupSCSI.xml:11 +msgid "Setup SCSI" +msgstr "SCSI-Laufwerke einrichten" +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 +#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) +#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the +#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:21 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:26 -msgid "" -"Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an " -"entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one." -msgstr "" -"Einige risikofreie Dinge ändern die Bezeichnung eines Eintrags und " -"aktivieren das Kästchen, welches den Eintrag als Standart setzt." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:27 -msgid "" -"You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely." -msgstr "" -"Sie können die korrekte Versionsnummer eines Eintrags hinzufügen, oder ihn " -"vollständig umbenennen." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:28 -msgid "" -"The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a " -"choice while booting up." -msgstr "" -"Sollten Sie beim Bootvorgang keine andere Auswahl treffen, wird der " -"Standarteintrag vom System gestartet." - -#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:29 -msgid "" -"Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " -"just try something without knowing what you are doing." -msgstr "" -"Das Verändern anderer Dinge könnte Ihren Bootvorgang verhindern. Bitte " -"probieren Sie nichts aus, ohne zu wissen, was Sie tun." - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/minimal-install.xml:3 -msgid "Minimal Install" -msgstr "Minimale Installation" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/minimal-install.xml:9 -msgid "" -"You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the " -"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></" -"xref>." -msgstr "" -"Durch das Abwählen aller Paketgruppen im Auswahlmenü können Sie eine " -"minimale Installation wählen, siehe <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></" -"xref>." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/minimal-install.xml:10 +#: en/setupSCSI.xml:26 msgid "" -"Minimal Installation is intended for those with specific uses in mind for " -"their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised " -"workstation. You will probably use this option combined with Manual Package " -"Selection, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"Eine minimale Installation ist für spezielle Einsatzgebiete gedacht. " -"<application>Mageia</application> kann also auch als Server oder auf einer " -"spezialisierten Workstation eingesetzt werden. Möglicherweise werden Sie " -"diese Option in Kombination mit der manuellen Paketauswahl nutzen, siehe " -"<xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/minimal-install.xml:14 -msgid "" -"If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer " -"you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X." -msgstr "" -"Falls Sie diese Installationsart wählen, wird das nächste Fenster eine " -"spezielle Paketauswahl zur Installation anbieten (z.B. Dokumentation, " -"X, ...)." - -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/minimal-install.xml:19 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/securityLevel.xml:12 -msgid "Security Level" -msgstr "Sicherheitsstufe" - -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/securityLevel.xml:19 +#: en/setupSCSI.xml:32 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers " +"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " +"fail to recognise the drive." msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/securityLevel.xml:24 -msgid "You can adjust your security level here." -msgstr "Hier können Sie die Sicherheitsstufe einstellen." +"DrakX erkennt normalerweise Festplatten korrekt. Möglicherweise treten bei " +"der Erkennung alter SCSI-Controller Probleme auf. In diesem Fall könnte die " +"Installation der notwendigen Treiber fehlschlagen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/securityLevel.xml:27 +#: en/setupSCSI.xml:36 msgid "" -"Leave the default settings as they are, if you don't know what to choose." +"If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) " +"you have." msgstr "" -"Lassen Sie diese Einstellungen, so wie sie sind, wenn Sie nicht genau " -"wissen, was Sie tun." +"Falls dies geschieht, müssen Sie DrakX händisch mitteilen, welche SCSI-" +"Laufwerke Sie haben." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/securityLevel.xml:30 -msgid "" -"After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings " -"in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center." -msgstr "" -"Nach der Installation ist es jederzeit möglich, die Sicherheitseinstellungen " -"zu ändern, indem Sie im Mageia Kontrollzentrum den Abschnitt " -"<guilabel>Sicherheit</guilabel> an der linken Seite des Fensters wählen." +#: en/setupSCSI.xml:39 +msgid "DrakX should then be able to configure the drive(s) correctly." +msgstr "Danach sollte DrakX die Laufwerke korrekt konfigurieren können." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/selectCountry.xml:13 -msgid "Select your Country / Region" -msgstr "Wählen des Landes / der Region" +#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:4 +msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted" +msgstr "Bestätigen, dass die Festplatte formatiert wird" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 +#. test comment - johnr +#. 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct +#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I +#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD +#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/selectCountry.xml:21 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/selectCountry.xml:27 +#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19 msgid "" -"Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, " -"like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country " -"can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network." +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" +"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"Wählen Sie Ihr Land oder Ihre Region. Dies ist für alle Einstellungen nötig, " -"wie für die Währung und die für dieses Land gültigen Einstellungen des " -"Funknetzes. Setzen Sie das falsche Land, kann dies zu einer Fehlfunktion " -"des WLANs führen." +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" +"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/selectCountry.xml:32 -msgid "" -"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</" -"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." -msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie Ihr Land nicht in der Liste finden, klicken Sie auf den Knopf " -"<guilabel>Andere Länder</guilabel> und wählen Sie hier Ihr Land und Ihre " -"Region." - -#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/selectCountry.xml:37 +#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24 msgid "" -"If your country is only in the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> list, " -"after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the " -"first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real " +"Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your " "choice." msgstr "" -"Finden Sie Ihr Land nur in der Liste <guilabel>Andere Länder</guilabel>, " -"nachdem Sie auf <guibutton>OK</guibutton> geklickt haben, so hat es den " -"Anschein, als hätten Sie ein Land aus der ersten Liste gewählt. Bitte " -"ignorieren Sie dies, DrakX befolgt die von Ihnen getroffene Auswahl." - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/selectCountry.xml:46 -msgid "Input method" -msgstr "Eingabemethode" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/selectCountry.xml:49 -msgid "" -"In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an " -"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input " -"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " -"default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India Live-" -"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method " -"so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input methods(SCIM, " -"GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be installed if you " -"added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." -msgstr "" -"Am Bildschirm <guilabel>Andere Länder</guilabel> können Sie auch eine " -"Eingabemethode wählen (am Ende der Liste). Eingabemethoden erlauben es dem " -"Benutzer, multilinguale Zeichen (Chinesisch, Japanisch, Koreanisch, usw.) " -"einzugeben. IBus ist die vorgegebene Eingabemethode der Mageia-DVDs, " -"Afrikanisch/Indischen und Asien/nicht-Indischen Live-CDs. Für Asien und " -"Afrika wird IBus als vorgegebene Eingabemethode gesetzt, so dass Benutzer " -"dies nicht händisch konfigurieren müssen. Andere Eingabemethoden (SCIM, " -"GCIN, HIME, usw.) stellen ähnliche Funktionen zur Verfügung und können " -"installiert werden, wenn Sie vor der Paketauswahl ein HTTP/FTP-Medium " -"hinzufügen." - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/selectCountry.xml:61 -msgid "" -"If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it " -"after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -> " -"\"System\", or by running localedrake as root." -msgstr "" -"Vermissen Sie während der Installation die Einstellungen der Eingabemethode, " -"so können Sie darauf zugreifen, sobald Sie mittels \"Konfigurieren Ihres " -"Computers\" -> \"System\" neu gestartet haben, oder indem Sie <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> als <emphasis role=\"bold\">root</" -"emphasis> ausführen." - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/media_selection.xml:3 -msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)" -msgstr "Media Selection (Nonfree)" - -#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media) -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong) -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/media_selection.xml:12 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" -"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" -"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/media_selection.xml:18 -msgid "" -"Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are " -"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories " -"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " -"the next steps." -msgstr "" -"Hier sehen sie die Liste aller verfügbaren Quellen. Abhängig von dem " -"ausgewählten Installationsmedium sind nicht alle Quellen vorhanden. Die " -"Auswahl der Quellen legt fest, welche Pakete während der nächsten Schritte " -"zur Verfügung stehen." - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/media_selection.xml:25 -msgid "" -"The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains " -"the base of the distribution." -msgstr "" -"Die <emphasis>Core</emphasis> Quelle kann nicht deaktiviert werden, da sie " -"die grundlegenden Pakete der Distribution enthält." - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/media_selection.xml:30 -msgid "" -"The <emphasis>Non-free</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-" -"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source " -"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " -"nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi " -"cards, etc." -msgstr "" -"Die <emphasis>Non-free</emphasis> Quelle enthält Pakete, die kostenlos sind, " -"d.h. Mageia darf sie weiterverbreiten, aber sie enthalten closed-source " -"software (daher der Name 'Nonfree'). Zum Beispiel enthält diese Quelle " -"proprietäre Grafikkarten-Treiber von nVidia und ATI, Firmware für " -"verschiedene WLAN Karten, etc." - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/media_selection.xml:38 -msgid "" -"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under " -"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is " -"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. " -"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed " -"to play commercial video DVD, etc." -msgstr "" -"Die <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> Quelle enthält Pakete, die unter freien " -"Lizenzen veröffentlicht sind. Die Hauptkriterien warum diese Pakete in " -"diesen Quelle aufgenommen werden, sind eventuelle Verletzungen von Patenten " -"oder Urheberrechten in einigen Ländern, z.B. Multimedia Codecs, die zum " -"Abspielen von verschiedenen Audio- oder Videodateien benötigt werden, sowie " -"zum Abspielen von kommerziellen Video DVDs, etc." - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:10 -msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)" -msgstr "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)" - -#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"Klicken Sie auf <guibutton>Abbrechen</guibutton>, wenn Sie sich bei der " +"Auswahl nicht sicher sind." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24 +#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 msgid "" -"This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can " -"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The " -"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " -"during the next steps." +"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every " +"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." msgstr "" -"Dieser Bildschirm zeigt alle bereits erkannten Medien. Sie können andere " -"Quellen für das Runterladen von Paketen auswählen, wie optische Laufwerke " -"oder Netzwerkquellen. Die Quellenauswahl bestimmt, welche Pakete während der " -"nächsten Schritte zur Verfügung stehen." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29 -msgid "For a network source, there are two steps to follow:" -msgstr "Für die Netzwerkquellen müssen zwei Schritte beachtet werden:" +"Klicken Sie auf <guibutton>Weiter</guibutton>, wenn Sie sich sicher sind und " +"jede Partition, jedes Betriebssystem und alle Daten auf dem Laufwerk löschen " +"wollen." -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:33 -msgid "Choosing and activation of the network, if not already up." -msgstr "" -"Auswählen und Aktivieren der Netzwerkverbindung, falls sie noch nicht " -"hergestellt ist" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> " +#~ "partition" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Größenänderung einer <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" +#~ "application>- Partition" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:37 -msgid "" -"Selecting a mirror or specifying a URL (very first entry). By selecting a " -"mirror, you have access to the selection of all repositories managed by " -"Mageia, like the non-free , the tainted repositories and the updates. With " -"the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS " -"installation." -msgstr "" -"Auswählen eines Servers oder die URL angeben (der allerste Eintrag). Durch " -"die Auswahl eines Servers haben sie die Auswahl aller verfügbaren Quellen, " -"die Mageia anbietet, wie 'non-free', 'tainted' und 'updates'. Durch die URL " -"können sie eine bestimmte Quelle oder ihre eigene NFS Installation auswählen." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" +#~ "application> partition. Choose which one should be made smaller to make " +#~ "space for installing <application>Mageia</application>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Sie besitzen mehr als eine <application>Windows<superscript>®</" +#~ "superscript></application>-Partition. Wählen Sie die Partition, die " +#~ "verkleinert werden soll, um den Platz zu schaffen, in dem anschließend " +#~ "<application>Mageia</application> installiert werden soll." #~ msgid "Choose hard disk to erase for <application>Mageia</application>" #~ msgstr "" diff --git a/docs/installer/el.po b/docs/installer/el.po index 0db8c7ff..e607d568 100644 --- a/docs/installer/el.po +++ b/docs/installer/el.po @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia Installer Help 3.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-07-07 10:48+0400\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-10-09 20:39+0400\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-16 20:31+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>\n" "Language-Team: Greek <kde-i18n-el@kde.org>\n" @@ -87,6 +87,69 @@ msgstr "" "application>, κάντε κλικ στο κουμπί <guibutton>Σημειώσεις έκδοσης</" "guibutton>." +#. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 en/media_selection.xml:1 +msgid "en" +msgstr "el" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:10 +msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)" +msgstr "Επιλογή μέσων (Διαμόρφωση επιπρόσθετων μέσων εγκατάστασης)" + +#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24 +msgid "" +"This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can " +"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The " +"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " +"during the next steps." +msgstr "" +"Σε αυτήν την οθόνη έχετε μια λίστα των ήδη αναγνωρισμένων αποθετηρίων. " +"Μπορείτε να προσθέσετε και άλλες πηγές πακέτων, όπως έναν οπτικό οδηγό ή μια " +"απομακρυσμένη πηγή. Η επιλογή των πηγών καθορίζει ποια πακέτα θα είναι " +"διαθέσιμα για επιλογή στα επόμενα βήματα." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29 +msgid "For a network source, there are two steps to follow:" +msgstr "Για μια δικτυακή πηγή, θα πρέπει να ακολουθήσετε δυο βήματα:" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:33 +msgid "Choosing and activation of the network, if not already up." +msgstr "Επιλογή και ενεργοποίηση του δικτύου, αν δεν είναι ήδη ενεργοποιημένο." + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:37 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Selecting a mirror or specifying a URL (very first entry). By selecting a " +"mirror, you have access to the selection of all repositories managed by " +"Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With " +"the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS " +"installation." +msgstr "" +"Επιλογή ενός καθρεπτισμού ή καθορισμός του URL (η πρώτη καταχώρηση). " +"Επιλέγοντας έναν καθρεπτισμό , έχετε τη δυνατότητα να επιλέξετε μεταξύ των " +"αποθετηρίων που διαχειρίζονται από τη Mageia, όπως το non-free , tainted και " +"updates. Με το URL, μπορείτε να υποδείξετε ένα συγκεκριμένο αποθετήριο ή τη " +"δική σας εγκατάσταση NFS." + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:4 msgid "User and Superuser Management" @@ -465,572 +528,678 @@ msgstr "" "επιλογές." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:18 -msgid "DrakX, the Mageia Installer" -msgstr "DrakX, ο οδηγός εγκατάστασης της Mageia" +#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:5 +msgid "Desktop Selection" +msgstr "Επιλογή περιβάλλοντος εργασίας" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:21 +#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11 msgid "" -"Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia " -"Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as " -"possible." +"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine " +"tune your choice." msgstr "" -"Είτε είστε νέος στο GNU-Linux είτε είστε ένας έμπειρος χρήστης, ο οδηγός " -"εγκατάστασης της Mageia έχει σχεδιαστεί για να σας βοηθήσει να " -"πραγματοποιήσετε την εγκατάστασή σας ή την αναβάθμισή σας όσο το δυνατόν " -"ευκολότερα." +"Ανάλογα με τις επιλογές σας σε αυτήν την οθόνη, πιθανώς να ερωτηθείτε στη " +"συνέχεια για επιπλέον επιλογές." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:29 +#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:13 msgid "" -"The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will " -"start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need." +"After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package " +"installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the " +"<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button" msgstr "" -"Το μενού της αρχικής οθόνης έχει διάφορες επιλογές, η προκαθορισμένη θα " -"εκκινήσει τον οδηγό εγκατάστασης, και τυπικά είναι αυτό που χρειαζόσαστε." +"Μετά τα βήματα επιλογής, θα δείτε μια προβολή σλάιντ κατά τη διάρκεια της " +"εγκατάστασης των πακέτων. Η προβολή σλάιντ μπορεί να απενεργοποιηθεί " +"πατώντας στο κουμπί <guilabel>Λεπτομέρειες</guilabel>" -#. type: Content of: <section><figure><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:35 -msgid "Installation Welcome Screen" -msgstr "Η πρώτη οθόνη καλωσορίσματος στην εγκατάσταση" +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:20 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:39 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\"> </imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"Choose whether you prefer to use the <application>KDE</application> or " +"<application>Gnome</application> desktop environment. Both come with a full " +"set of useful applications and tools. Tick <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if " +"you want to use neither or both, or if you want something other than the " +"default software choices for these desktop environments. The " +"<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, " +"sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default." msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\"> </imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"Επιλέξτε αν προτιμάτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε το περιβάλλον εργασίας " +"<application>KDE</application> ή <application>Gnome</application>. Και τα " +"δυο έρχονται με ένα πλήρες σύνολο εφαρμογών και εργαλείων. Επιλέξτε " +"<guilabel>Προσαρμοσμένο</guilabel> αν επιθυμείτε να μην χρησιμοποιήσετε ούτε " +"το ένα ούτε το άλλο ή και τα δυο, ή αν επιθυμείτε κάτι άλλο από τα " +"προεπιλεγμένα περιβάλλοντα. Το περιβάλλον LXDE είναι πιο ελαφρύ και από τα " +"δύο προηγούμενα, με λιγότερα καλλωπιστικά στοιχεία και λιγότερα " +"εγκατεστημένα πακέτα από προεπιλογή." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure> -#: en/installer.xml:34 en/installer.xml:90 +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:4 +msgid "Package Group Selection" +msgstr "Επιλογή ομάδας πακέτων" + +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:10 msgid "" -"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=" -"\"1\"/>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=" -"\"1\"/>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:47 +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:16 msgid "" -"If there are problems during install, then it may be necessary to use " -"special installation options, see <xref linkend=\"installationOptions\"></" -"xref>." +"Packages have been sorted into groups, to make choosing what you need on " +"your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however " +"more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which " +"become visible as the mouse is hovered over them." msgstr "" -"Αν παρουσιαστούν προβλήματα κατά την εγκατάσταση, τότε ίσως να χρειαστεί να " -"χρησιμοποιήσετε ειδικές επιλογές, δείτε <xref linkend=\"installationOptions" -"\"></xref>." +"Τα πακέτα έχουν ταξινομηθεί σε ομάδες, για να σας διευκολύνουν στην επιλογή " +"των πακέτων που χρειάζεστε. Το περιεχόμενο των ομάδων διακρίνεται εύκολα από " +"τον τίτλο τους, ωστόσο περισσότερες πληροφορίες σχετικά με το περιεχόμενο " +"του καθενός υπάρχουν στις υποδείξεις που εμφανίζονται κατά το πέρασμα του " +"ποντικιού από πάνω τους." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:52 -msgid "The installation steps" -msgstr "Τα βήματα εγκατάστασης" +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:23 +msgid "Workstation." +msgstr "Σταθμός εργασίας." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:55 +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:27 +msgid "Server." +msgstr "Εξυπηρετητής." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:31 +msgid "Graphical Environment." +msgstr "Γραφικό περιβάλλον." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:35 msgid "" -"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed " -"on the side panel of the screen." +"Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or " +"remove packages." msgstr "" -"Η διεργασία της εγκατάστασης είναι διαχωρισμένη σε μια σειρά βημάτων, τα " -"οποία μπορείτε να παρακολουθήσετε στον πλευρικό πίνακα της οθόνης." +"Επιλογή μεμονωμένων πακέτων: Μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτή την επιλογή " +"για την προσθήκη επιπλέον πακέτων χειροκίνητα." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:58 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:39 msgid "" -"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</" -"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options." +"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do " +"a minimal install." msgstr "" -"Κάθε βήμα έχει μια ή περισσότερες οθόνες οι οποίες μπορεί να διαθέτουν " -"κουμπιά για <guibutton>Προχωρημένες</guibutton> ρυθμίσεις, τις οποίες " -"συνήθως δεν θα χρειαστεί να επιλέξετε." +"Ανατρέξτε στο <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> για οδηγίες σχετικά " +"με το πώς να κάνετε μια ελάχιστη εγκατάσταση." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:62 +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4 +msgid "Choose Individual Packages" +msgstr "Επιλογή μεμονωμένων πακέτων" + +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11 msgid "" -"Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further " -"explanations about the current step." +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"Οι περισσότερες οθόνες διαθέτουν κουμπιά <guibutton>βοήθειας</guibutton> " -"όπου θα βρείτε περισσότερες πληροφορίες σχετικά με το τρέχον βήμα." +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/installer.xml:66 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17 msgid "" -"If somewhere during install you decide to stop the installation, it is " -"possible to reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a " -"partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your " -"computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well " -"leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure " -"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys " -"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " -"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot." +"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation." msgstr "" -"Αν κάποια στιγμή κατά την εγκατάσταση αποφασίσετε να διακόψετε την " -"εγκατάσταση, η επανεκκίνηση είναι εφικτή, αλλά σκεφτείτε πολύ καλά πριν το " -"κάνετε. Από τη στιγμή που μια κατάτμηση έχει μορφοποιηθεί ή έχει ξεκινήσει η " -"εγκατάσταση των ενημερώσεων, ο υπολογιστή σας δεν είναι πια στην ίδια " -"κατάσταση που ήταν πριν και η επανεκκίνηση θα μπορούσε κάλλιστα να σας " -"αφήσει με ένα μη λειτουργικό σύστημα. Αν παρόλα αυτά είστε απόλυτα σίγουρος " -"ότι θέλετε να κάνετε επανεκκίνηση, μεταβείτε σε ένα τερματικό πατώντας τα " -"τρία πλήκτρα <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> ταυτόχρονα. Στη συνέχεια, " -"πατήστε <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> ταυτόχρονα για να κάνετε " -"επανεκκίνηση." +"Εδώ μπορείτε να προσθέσετε οποιαδήποτε επιπλέον πακέτα για να προσαρμόσετε " +"την εγκατάστασή σας." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:80 -msgid "Installation options" -msgstr "Επιλογές εγκατάστασης" +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20 +msgid "" +"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</" +"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving " +"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same " +"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and " +"choosing to load it." +msgstr "" +"Αφού πραγματοποιήσετε την επιλογή σας, μπορείτε να κάνετε κλικ στο " +"<guibutton>εικονίδιο της δισκέτας</guibutton> στο κάτω μέρος της σελίδας " +"ώστε να αποθηκεύσετε την επιλογή των πακέτων σας (μπορείτε επίσης να κάνετε " +"την αποθήκευση σε ένα stick USB). Με αυτόν τον τρόπο μπορείτε να " +"χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτό το αρχείο για να εγκαταστήσετε τα ίδια πακέτα σε κάποιο " +"άλλο σύστημα, κάνοντας κλικ στο ίδιο κουμπί κατά την εγκατάσταση και " +"επιλέγοντας την φόρτωσή του." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:83 +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/configureServices.xml:12 +msgid "Configure your Services" +msgstr "Διαμορφώστε τις υπηρεσίες σας" + +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/configureServices.xml:21 msgid "" -"If the installation fails then it may be necessary to try again by using one " -"of the extra options available by hitting the <guibutton>F1 (Help)</" -"guibutton> key see <xref linkend=\"dx-welcome\"></xref>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"Αν αποτύχει η εγκατάσταση τότε ίσως να χρειαστεί να δοκιμάσετε ξανά " -"χρησιμοποιώντας μια από τις επιπλέον επιλογές διαθέσιμες με το πάτημα του " -"κουμπιού F1 (Βοήθεια) δείτε <xref linkend=\"dx-welcome\"></xref>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:87 -msgid "This will open the following text based help." +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureServices.xml:27 +msgid "" +"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system." msgstr "" -"Στη συνέχεια θα ανοίξει το παρακάτω παράθυρο κειμένου βοήθειας για την " -"εγκατάσταση." +"Εδώ μπορείτε να ορίσετε ποιες υπηρεσίες (δεν) θα πρέπει να εκκινηθούν κατά " +"την εκκίνηση του συστήματός σας." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:91 -msgid "Installation Help Screen" -msgstr "Η πρώτη οθόνη βοήθειας εγκατάστασης" +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureServices.xml:30 +msgid "" +"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and " +"see all services in it." +msgstr "" +"Υπάρχουν τέσσερις ομάδες, κάντε κλικ στο τρίγωνο μπροστά από μια ομάδα για " +"την ανάπτυξή τους και για να δείτε όλες τις υπηρεσίες σε αυτήν." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:96 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureServices.xml:34 +msgid "The setting DrakX chose are usually good." +msgstr "Οι ρυθμίσεις που επιλέγει το DrakX είναι συνήθως σωστές." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureServices.xml:37 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info " +"box below." msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"Αν τονίσετε με το ποντίκι μια υπηρεσία, θα εμφανιστεί μια υπόδειξη με " +"σχετικές πληροφορίες." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:105 -msgid "Installation Problems and Possible Solutions" -msgstr "Προβλήματα στην εγκατάσταση και πιθανές λύσεις" +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureServices.xml:41 +msgid "Only change things when you know very well what you are doing." +msgstr "Αλλάξτε κάτι μόνο αν γνωρίζετε πολύ καλά τι κάνετε." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:111 -msgid "No Graphical Interface" -msgstr "Δεν λειτουργεί το γραφικό περιβάλλον" +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:12 +msgid "Configure your Timezone" +msgstr "Διαμόρφωση της ζώνης ώρας" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:116 +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 msgid "" -"After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " -"This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low " -"resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt." +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." +"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"Μετά την αρχική οθόνη δεν γίνεται μετάβαση στην οθόνη επιλογής γλώσσας. Αυτό " -"μπορεί να συμβεί με ορισμένες κάρτες γραφικών και μερικά παλαιότερα " -"συστήματα. Προσπαθήστε να χρησιμοποιήσετε μια χαμηλή ανάλυση πληκτρολογώντας " -"<code>vgalo</code> στην προτροπή." +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." +"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:123 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26 msgid "" -"If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " -"In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit " -"ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be " -"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit " -"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode.<emphasis></emphasis>" +"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the " +"same time zone." msgstr "" -"Αν πρόκειται για πολύ παλιό υλικό, ίσως η εγκατάσταση σε γραφικό περιβάλλον " -"να είναι αδύνατη. Σε αυτή την περίπτωση μπορείτε να δοκιμάσετε την " -"εγκατάσταση χωρίς γραφικό περιβάλλον. Για να το πραγματοποιήσετε, πατήστε " -"ESC στην πρώτη οθόνη καλωσορίσματος και επιβεβαιώστε με ENTER. Θα φτάσετε σε " -"μια μαύρη οθόνη με τη λέξη «boot:». Πληκτρολογήστε «text» και πατήστε ENTER. " -"Τώρα συνεχίστε την εγκατάσταση σε λειτουργία κειμένου.<emphasis></emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:135 -msgid "The Install Freezes" -msgstr "Πάγωμα της εγκατάστασης" +"Επιλέξτε τη ζώνη ώρας σας επιλέγοντας τη χώρα ή μια πόλη κοντά σας στην ίδια " +"ζώνη ώρας." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:138 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30 msgid "" -"If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a " -"problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of " -"hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type " -"<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with " -"other options as necessary." +"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to " +"GMT, also known as UTC." msgstr "" -"Αν το σύστημα «παγώνει» κατά την εγκατάσταση, η αιτία μπορεί να οφείλεται " -"στον εντοπισμό του υλικού. Σε αυτή την περίπτωση ο αυτόματος εντοπισμός " -"υλικού μπορεί να παρακαμφθεί και να πραγματοποιηθεί αργότερα. Για να " -"δοκιμάσετε αυτή την επιλογή, πληκτρολογήστε <code>noauto</code> στην " -"προτροπή. Αυτή η επιλογή μπορεί επίσης να συνδυαστεί με την προηγούμενη αν " -"κριθεί απαραίτητο." - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:147 -msgid "Kernel Options" -msgstr "Επιλογές πυρήνα" +"Στην επόμενη οθόνη μπορείτε να επιλέξετε τη ρύθμιση του ρολογιού του BIOS " +"στην τοπική ώρα ή GMT, γνωστή και ως UTC." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:150 +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35 msgid "" -"These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " -"available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " -"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e." -"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." +"If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they " +"are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT." msgstr "" -"Μπορεί να χρειαστούν σε σπάνιες περιπτώσεις, αλλά μερικές φορές το υλικό " -"μπορεί να αναφέρει την διαθέσιμη μνήμη RAM λανθασμένα. Για να την ορίσετε " -"χειροκίνητα, μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε την παράμετρο <code>mem=xxxM</" -"code>, όπου xxx το σωστό μέγεθος της RAM. π.χ. <code>mem=256M</code> " -"καθορίζει 256MB RAM." +"Αν έχετε περισσότερα από ένα λειτουργικά συστήματα στον υπολογιστή σας, " +"σιγουρευτείτε ότι όλα έχουν ρυθμιστεί στην τοπική ώρα, ή σε UTC/GMT στο " +"σύνολό τους." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:23 -msgid "Install or Upgrade" -msgstr "Εγκατάσταση ή αναβάθμιση" +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11 +msgid "Choose an X Server (Configure your Graphic Card)" +msgstr "Επιλέξτε έναν εξυπηρετητή X (Διαμόρφωση της κάρτας γραφικών)" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:27 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34 -msgid "Install" -msgstr "Εγκατάσταση" +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21 +msgid "" +"DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually " +"correctly identify your video device." +msgstr "" +"Το DrakX διαθέτει μια πολύ περιεκτική βάση δεδομένων καρτών γραφικών και " +"συνήθως θα αναγνωρίσει σωστά την κάρτα σας." -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:36 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24 msgid "" -"Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation." +"If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know " +"which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:" msgstr "" -"Χρησιμοποιήστε αυτή την επιλογή για μια νέα εγκατάσταση <application>Mageia</" -"application>." +"Αν το πρόγραμμα εγκατάστασης δεν εντόπισε σωστά την κάρτα γραφικών σας και " +"γνωρίζετε τον τύπο της, μπορείτε να την επιλέξετε από τη λίστα δέντρου ανά:" -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:41 -msgid "Upgrade" -msgstr "Αναβάθμιση" +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69 +msgid "vendor" +msgstr "κατασκευαστή" -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:43 +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:31 +msgid "then the name of your card" +msgstr "έπειτα το όνομα του μοντέλου της κάρτας" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:35 +msgid "and the type of card" +msgstr "και τον τύπο της κάρτας" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:39 msgid "" -"If you have one or more <application>Mageia 2</application> installations on " -"your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the " -"latest release." +"If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in " +"the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the " +"Xorg category" msgstr "" -"Αν έχετε μια ή περισσότερες εγκαταστάσεις της <application>Mageia</" -"application> στο σύστημά σας, ο οδηγός εγκατάστασης θα σας επιτρέψει να " -"αναβαθμίσετε μια από αυτές στην τελευταία έκδοση." +"Αν δεν μπορείτε να βρείτε την κάρτα σας στη λίστα κατασκευαστών (διότι δεν " +"βρίσκεται ακόμα στη βάση δεδομένων ή πρόκειται για μια παλιά κάρτα) ίσως να " +"βρείτε έναν κατάλληλο οδηγό στην κατηγορία Xorg" -#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:49 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43 msgid "" -"If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to " -"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been " -"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " -"the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an " -"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you " -"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " -"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</" -"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." +"The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card " +"drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the " +"option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities." msgstr "" -"Αν κάποια στιγμή κατά την εγκατάσταση αποφασίσετε να διακόψετε την " -"εγκατάσταση, η επανεκκίνηση είναι εφικτή, αλλά σκεφτείτε πολύ καλά πριν το " -"κάνετε. Από τη στιγμή που μια κατάτμηση έχει μορφοποιηθεί ή έχει ξεκινήσει η " -"εγκατάσταση των ενημερώσεων, ο υπολογιστή σας δεν είναι πια στην ίδια " -"κατάσταση που ήταν πριν και η επανεκκίνηση θα μπορούσε κάλλιστα να σας " -"αφήσει με ένα μη λειτουργικό σύστημα. Αν παρόλα αυτά είστε απόλυτα σίγουρος " -"ότι θέλετε να κάνετε επανεκκίνηση, μεταβείτε σε ένα τερματικό πατώντας τα " -"τρία πλήκτρα <guilabel>Alt Ctrl F2</guilabel> ταυτόχρονα. Στη συνέχεια, " -"πατήστε <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</guilabel> ταυτόχρονα για να κάνετε " -"επανεκκίνηση." +"Η λίστα του Xorg περιλαμβάνει περισσότερους από 40 γενικούς και ανοιχτού " +"κώδικα οδηγούς καρτών γραφικών. Αν ακόμα δεν μπορείτε να βρείτε έναν οδηγό " +"με την ονομασία της κάρτας σας υπάρχει η επιλογή χρήσης του οδηγού vesa ο " +"οποίος παρέχει τις βασικές λειτουργίες της κάρτας." -#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> -#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:60 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48 msgid "" -"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you " -"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " -"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</" -"emphasis> do this later in the install." +"Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access " +"to the Commandline Interface." msgstr "" -"Αν ανακαλύψετε ότι ξεχάσατε να επιλέξετε μια επιπλέον γλώσσα, μπορείτε να " -"επιστρέψετε από την οθόνη «Εγκατάσταση ή Αναβάθμιση» στην οθόνη επιλογής " -"γλώσσας πατώντας <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. <emphasis>Μην</" -"emphasis> το κάνετε αυτό στα επόμενα βήματα της εγκατάστασης." +"Προσέξτε διότι αν επιλέξετε έναν ακατάλληλο οδηγό θα έχετε πρόσβαση μόνο στη " +"γραμμή εντολών." -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14 -msgid "Keyboard" -msgstr "Πληκτρολόγιο" +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51 +msgid "" +"Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which " +"may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from " +"the card manufacturers' websites." +msgstr "" +"Μερικοί κατασκευαστές καρτών γραφικών παρέχουν ιδιόκτητους οδηγούς για Linux " +"οι οποίοι μπορεί να διατεθούν μόνο από τα αποθετήρια Nonfree και σε " +"ορισμένες περιπτώσεις μόνο από την ιστοσελίδα του κατασκευαστή της κάρτας" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:17 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable " -"keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout." +"The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them. If " +"you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot." msgstr "" -"Το DrakX επιλέγει το κατάλληλο πληκτρολόγιο για τη γλώσσα σας. Αν δεν βρεθεί " -"ένα κατάλληλο πληκτρολόγιο θα οριστεί ως προκαθορισμένο ένα με διάταξη των Η." -"Π.Α." +"Τα αποθετήρια Nonfree θα πρέπει να ενεργοποιηθούν ώστε να αποκτήσετε " +"πρόσβαση, θα πρέπει να το κάνετε μετά την πρώτη σας επανεκκίνηση." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4 +msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration" +msgstr "Διαμόρφωση του X, της κάρτας γραφικών και της οθόνης" +#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22 +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18 +msgid "" +"No matter which graphical environment (also known as desktop environment) " +"you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are " +"all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window " +"System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for " +"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or " +"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</" +"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can " +"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you " +"think the choice is incorrect." +msgstr "" +"Δεν έχει σημασία το γραφικό περιβάλλον (επίσης γνωστό ως περιβάλλον " +"εργασίας) που επιλέγετε για αυτήν την εγκατάσταση της <application>Mageia</" +"application>, όλα είναι βασισμένα σε μια γραφική διεπαφή χρήστη το X Window " +"System, ή απλά X. Έτσι, για να είναι σε θέση το KDE, Gnome, LXDE ή " +"οποιοδήποτε άλλο γραφικό περιβάλλον να λειτουργεί σωστά, οι παρακάτω " +"ρυθμίσεις του X χρειάζεται να είναι σωστές. Επιλέξτε τις σωστές ρυθμίσεις αν " +"μπορείτε να δείτε ότι το DrakX δεν έχει επιλέξει κάποια, ή αν αμφιβάλλετε " +"ότι είναι η σωστή επιλογή." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30 +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31 msgid "" -"Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. " -"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications " -"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a " -"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " -"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en." -"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card " +"from the list if needed." msgstr "" -"Σιγουρευτείτε ότι η επιλογή είναι σωστή ή επιλέξτε μια άλλη διάταξη " -"πληκτρολογίου. Αν δεν γνωρίζετε ποια είναι η διάταξη του πληκτρολογίου σας, " -"δείτε στα χαρακτηριστικά του υπολογιστή σας ή ρωτήστε τον προμηθευτή του " -"υπολογιστή σας. Ίσως υπάρχει και κάποια ετικέτα στο πληκτρολόγιο με κάποιο " -"αναγνωριστικό της διάταξης. Μπορείτε επίσης να δείτε εδώ: <link xlink:href=" -"\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/" -"Keyboard_layout</link>" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Κάρτα γραφικών</guibutton></emphasis>: Επιλέξτε την " +"κάρτα σας από τη λίστα αν είναι απαραίτητο." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40 +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37 msgid "" -"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</" -"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there." +"<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: You can choose " +"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> when applicable, or choose your monitor " +"from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. " +"Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the " +"horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor." msgstr "" -"Αν το πληκτρολόγιό σας δεν βρίσκεται στη λίστα, κάντε κλικ στο " -"<guibutton>Περισσότερα</guibutton> για να δείτε την πλήρη λίστα, και " -"επιλέξτε το πληκτρολόγιό σας από εκεί." +"<emphasis><guibutton>Οθόνη</guibutton></emphasis>: Μπορείτε να επιλέξετε " +"<guilabel>Άμεσης τοποθέτησης και λειτουργίας</guilabel> αν είναι εφικτό, ή " +"επιλέξτε την οθόνη σας από τη λίστα των <guilabel>Κατασκευαστών</guilabel> ή " +"<guilabel>Γενικού τύπου</guilabel>. Επιλέξτε <guilabel>Προσαρμοσμένο</" +"guilabel> αν επιθυμείτε να ορίσετε τις οριζόντιες και κάθετες συχνότητες " +"ανανέωσης της οθόνης σας χειροκίνητα." -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para> -#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45 +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45 +msgid "Incorrect refresh rates may damage your monitor" +msgstr "Μια εσφαλμένη συχνότητα ανανέωσης μπορεί να καταστρέψει την οθόνη σας" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:51 msgid "" -"After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, " -"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though " -"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " -"and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the " -"full list." +"<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired " +"resolution and color depth of your monitor here." msgstr "" -"Μετά την επιλογή ενός πληκτρολογίου από το διάλογο <guibutton>Περισσότερα</" -"guibutton>, θα επιστρέψετε στον πρώτο διάλογο επιλογής πληκτρολογίου και θα " -"φαίνεται ότι έχετε επιλέξει ένα πληκτρολόγιο από αυτή την οθόνη. Μπορείτε " -"ασφαλώς να αγνοήσετε αυτήν τη συμπεριφορά και να συνεχίσετε την εγκατάσταση: " -"Το πληκτρολόγιό σας είναι αυτό που επιλέξατε από την πλήρη λίστα." +"<emphasis><guibutton>Ανάλυση</guibutton></emphasis>: Ορίστε την επιθυμητή " +"ανάλυση και βάθος χρώματος της οθόνης σας εδώ." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:55 +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56 msgid "" -"If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an " -"extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin " -"and non-Latin keyboard layouts" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not " +"always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your " +"settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your " +"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. " +"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be " +"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " +"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</" +"emphasis>" msgstr "" -"Αν επιλέξετε ένα πληκτρολόγιο βασισμένο σε μη λατινικούς χαρακτήρες, θα " -"δείτε έναν επιπλέον διάλογο στον οποίο θα ερωτηθείτε πως επιθυμείτε να " -"κάνετε την εναλλαγή της διάταξης του πληκτρολογίου μεταξύ του λατινικού και " -"του μη λατινικού." +"<emphasis><guibutton>Δοκιμή</guibutton></emphasis>: Το κουμπί δοκιμή δεν " +"εμφανίζεται πάντα κατά την εγκατάσταση. Αν το κουμπί υπάρχει, μπορείτε να " +"ελέγξετε τις ρυθμίσεις σας κάνοντας κλικ σε αυτό. Αν ερωτηθείτε αν οι " +"ρυθμίσεις σας είναι σωστές, μπορείτε να απαντήσετε «Ναι», και οι ρυθμίσεις " +"θα διατηρηθούν. Αν δεν δείτε τίποτα, θα επιστρέψετε στην οθόνη διαμόρφωσης " +"ώστε να ρυθμίσετε εκ νέου τις παραμέτρους έως η δοκιμή που θα " +"πραγματοποιήσετε να είναι επιτυχής. <emphasis>Σιγουρευτείτε ότι οι " +"ρυθμίσεις σας είναι σωστές αν το κουμπί δοκιμής δεν είναι διαθέσιμο</" +"emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67 +msgid "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to " +"enable or disable various options." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Επιλογές</guibutton></emphasis>: Εδώ μπορείτε να " +"επιλέξετε την ενεργοποίηση ή απενεργοποίηση ορισμένων παραμέτρων." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/configureServices.xml:12 -msgid "Configure your Services" -msgstr "Διαμορφώστε τις υπηρεσίες σας" +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18 +msgid "Choosing your Monitor" +msgstr "Επιλογή της οθόνης" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:21 +msgid "" +"DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually " +"correctly identify yours." +msgstr "" +"Το DrakX διαθέτει μια αρκετά περιεκτική βάση δεδομένων συσκευών οθονών και " +"συνήθως θα αναγνωρίσει σωστά και τη δική σας." + +#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26 +msgid "" +"<emphasis>Selecting a monitor with different characteristics could damage " +"your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing " +"what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor " +"documentation" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Η επιλογή μιας οθόνης με διαφορετικά χαρακτηριστικά μπορεί να " +"καταστρέψει την οθόνη σας ή τη συσκευή γραφικών. Παρακαλώ μην προσπαθείτε να " +"κάνετε απλά δοκιμές αν δεν γνωρίζετε τι ακριβώς κάνετε. </emphasis> Αν " +"έχετε αμφιβολίες θα πρέπει να συμβουλευτείτε την τεκμηρίωση της οθόνης σας" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/configureServices.xml:21 +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureServices.xml:27 +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42 +msgid "<emphasis>Custom</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>Προσαρμοσμένο</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44 msgid "" -"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system." +"This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh " +"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the " +"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are " +"displayed." msgstr "" -"Εδώ μπορείτε να ορίσετε ποιες υπηρεσίες (δεν) θα πρέπει να εκκινηθούν κατά " -"την εκκίνηση του συστήματός σας." +"Αυτή η επιλογή σας επιτρέπει να ορίσετε δύο κρίσιμες παραμέτρους, τη " +"συχνότητα της κατακόρυφης ανανέωσης και τη συχνότητα του οριζόντιου " +"συγχρονισμού. Η συχνότητα της κατακόρυφης ανανέωσης ορίζει πόσο συχνά θα " +"ανανεώνεται η οθόνη και ο οριζόντιος συγχρονισμός είναι η συχνότητα στην " +"οποία εμφανίζονται οι γραμμές σάρωσης." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureServices.xml:30 +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49 msgid "" -"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and " -"see all services in it." +"It is <emphasis>VERY IMPORTANT</emphasis> that you do not specify a monitor " +"type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you " +"may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and " +"consult your monitor documentation." msgstr "" -"Υπάρχουν τέσσερις ομάδες, κάντε κλικ στο τρίγωνο μπροστά από μια ομάδα για " -"την ανάπτυξή τους και για να δείτε όλες τις υπηρεσίες σε αυτήν." +"Είναι <emphasis>ΠΟΛΥ ΣΗΜΑΝΤΙΚΟ</emphasis> να μην ορίσετε μια οθόνη με εύρος " +"συγχρονισμού εκτός των δυνατοτήτων της οθόνης σας: μπορεί να καταστρέψετε " +"την οθόνη σας. Αν έχετε αμφιβολία, επιλέξτε μια συντηρητική ρύθμιση και " +"συμβουλευτείτε την τεκμηρίωση της οθόνης σας." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureServices.xml:34 -msgid "The setting DrakX chose are usually good." -msgstr "Οι ρυθμίσεις που επιλέγει το DrakX είναι συνήθως σωστές." +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:55 +msgid "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>Άμεσης τοποθέτησης και λειτουργίας</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureServices.xml:37 +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:58 msgid "" -"If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info " -"box below." +"This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the " +"monitor database." msgstr "" -"Αν τονίσετε με το ποντίκι μια υπηρεσία, θα εμφανιστεί μια υπόδειξη με " -"σχετικές πληροφορίες." +"Αυτή είναι και η εξ' ορισμού επιλογή και γίνεται προσπάθεια εντοπισμού του " +"τύπου της οθόνης από τη βάση δεδομένων με τις συσκευές οθονών." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureServices.xml:41 -msgid "Only change things when you know very well what you are doing." -msgstr "Αλλάξτε κάτι μόνο αν γνωρίζετε πολύ καλά τι κάνετε." - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:23 -msgid "Please choose a language to use" -msgstr "Παρακαλώ επιλέξτε τη γλώσσα που θα χρησιμοποιηθεί" +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63 +msgid "<emphasis>Vendor</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>Κατασκευαστής</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:26 +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:65 msgid "" -"Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your " -"continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during " -"the installation and for your installed system." +"If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which " +"one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:" msgstr "" -"Επιλέξτε την γλώσσα που προτιμάτε, αναπτύσσοντας πρώτα τη λίστα της ηπείρου " -"σας. Η <application>Mageia</application> θα χρησιμοποιήσει αυτή την επιλογή " -"για τον οδηγό εγκατάστασης και για το εγκατεστημένο σύστημα." +"αν το πρόγραμμα εγκατάστασης δεν εντόπισε σωστά την οθόνη σας και γνωρίζεται " +"τον τύπο της, μπορείτε να την επιλέξετε από τη λίστα δέντρου επιλέγοντας ανά:" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73 +msgid "the monitor manufacturers name" +msgstr "το όνομα του μοντέλου της οθόνης" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:77 +msgid "the monitor description" +msgstr "την περιγραφή της οθόνης" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:30 +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:82 +msgid "<emphasis>Generic</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>Γενικού τύπου</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84 msgid "" -"If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your " -"system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the " -"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be " -"difficult to add extra language support after installation." +"selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as " +"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is " +"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver " +"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it " +"may be wise to be conservative in your selections." msgstr "" -"Αν υπάρχει πιθανότητα να χρειαστείτε περισσότερες γλώσσες εγκατεστημένες στο " -"σύστημά σας, για εσάς ή για άλλους χρήστες, τότε θα πρέπει να " -"χρησιμοποιήσετε την επιλογή <guibutton>Πολλαπλές γλώσσες</guibutton> ώστε να " -"τις προσθέσετε τώρα. Δεν είναι δυνατή η προσθήκη υποστήριξης επιπλέον " -"γλωσσών με αυτόματο τρόπο μετά την εγκατάσταση." +"Επιλέγοντας αυτήν την ομάδα θα εμφανιστούν γύρω στις 30 διαμορφώσεις οθονών " +"όπως 1024x768 @ 60Hz συμπεριλαμβάνονται και οι οθόνες Flat των φορητών " +"υπολογιστών. Συχνά είναι μια καλή ομάδα επιλογής οθόνης αν πρέπει να " +"χρησιμοποιήσετε τον οδηγό κάρτας γραφικών Vesa όταν το υλικό της κάρτας " +"γραφικών σας δεν μπορεί να εντοπιστεί αυτόματα. Ακόμα μια φορά θα πρέπει να " +"είστε συντηρητικοί στις επιλογές σας." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:19 +msgid "Custom disk partitioning with DiskDrake" +msgstr "Προσαρμοσμένη κατάτμηση δίσκων με το DiskDrake" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:36 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:44 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:33 msgid "" -"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them " -"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " -"marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ." +"If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " +"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The " +"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " +"set, otherwise your system will be unbootable." msgstr "" -"Παρόλο την επιλογή περισσοτέρων γλωσσών, θα πρέπει να επιλέξετε μια από " -"αυτές ως την προτιμώμενη γλώσσα στην πρώτη οθόνη επιλογής γλώσσας. Θα " -"σημειωθεί επίσης ως επιλεγμένη στην οθόνη πολλαπλών γλωσσών ." +"Αν επιθυμείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε κρυπτογράφηση σε κάποια από τις κατατμήσεις " +"σας σιγουρευτείτε ότι έχετε μια ξεχωριστή κατάτμηση /boot. Η επιλογή " +"κρυπτογράφησης για την κατάτμηση /boot ΔΕΝ θα πρέπει να οριστεί, διαφορετικά " +"δεν θα είναι δυνατή η εκκίνηση του υπολογιστή σας." -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:51 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:39 msgid "" -"If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then " -"it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well." +"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, " +"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " +"is in them before you start." msgstr "" -"Αν η γλώσσα της διάταξης του πληκτρολογίου σας δεν είναι η ίδια με την " -"προτιμώμενη γλώσσα, τότε είναι ορθό να εγκαταστήσετε και τη γλώσσα του " -"πληκτρολογίου σας." +"Εδώ μπορείτε να ρυθμίσετε τη διάταξη των δίσκων σας. Μπορείτε να αφαιρέσετε " +"ή να δημιουργήσετε κατατμήσεις, να αλλάξετε το σύστημα αρχείων μιας " +"κατάτμησης ή να αλλάξετε το μέγεθός της και επιπροσθέτως να δείτε το " +"περιεχόμενό της πριν να ξεκινήσετε." -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:57 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:42 msgid "" -"Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the " -"\"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your " -"language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages." +"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an " +"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." msgstr "" -"Η Mageia χρησιμοποιεί την υποστήριξη UTF-8 (Unicode) από προεπιλογή. Αυτό " -"μπορεί να απενεργοποιηθεί στην οθόνη «Πολλαπλές γλώσσες» αν γνωρίζετε ότι " -"δεν είναι κατάλληλο για τη γλώσσα σας. Η απενεργοποίηση της υποστήριξης " -"UTF-8 θα εφαρμοστεί σε όλες τις γλώσσες." +"Υπάρχει μια καρτέλα για κάθε εντοπισμένο σκληρό δίσκο ή άλλη συσκευή " +"αποθήκευσης, όπως ένα stick USB. Για παράδειγμα sda, sdb και sdc αν υπάρχουν " +"τρία από αυτά." -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:64 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:45 msgid "" -"You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia " -"Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system." +"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected " +"storage device" msgstr "" -"Μπορείτε να αλλάξετε τη γλώσσα του συστήματός σας μετά την εγκατάσταση από " -"το Κέντρο Ελέγχου Mageia -> Σύστημα -> Διαχειριστείτε την τοπικότητα " -"του συστήματός σας." - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:4 -msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted" -msgstr "Επιβεβαίωση του σκληρού δίσκου προς μορφοποίηση" +"Κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Καθαρισμός όλων</guibutton> για να καθαρίσετε όλες " +"τις κατατμήσεις στην επιλεγμένη συσκευή αποθήκευσης" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 -#. test comment - johnr -#. 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct -#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I -#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD -#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:47 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" -"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, " +"or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it." msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" -"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"Για τις υπόλοιπες ενέργειες: κάντε κλικ στην επιθυμητή κατάτμηση πρώτα. Στη " +"συνέχεια δείτε την, ή επιλέξτε ένα σύστημα αρχείων και ένα σημείο " +"προσάρτησης, αλλάξτε το μέγεθός της ή καθαρίστε την." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24 -msgid "" -"Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your " -"choice." -msgstr "" -"Κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Προηγούμενο</guibutton> αν δεν είστε σίγουρος-η " -"για το σκληρό δίσκο που επιλέξατε." +#: en/diskdrake.xml:49 +msgid "Continue until you adjusted everything to your wishes." +msgstr "Συνεχίστε έως ότου ρυθμίσετε οτιδήποτε επιθυμείτε." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 -msgid "" -"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every " -"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." -msgstr "" -"Κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Επόμενο</guibutton> αν είστε σίγουρος-η και " -"επιθυμείτε την διαγραφή όλων των κατατμήσεων, όλων των λειτουργικών " -"συστημάτων και όλων των δεδομένων στον συγκεκριμένο σκληρό δίσκο." +#: en/diskdrake.xml:51 +msgid "Click <guibutton>Done</guibutton> when you're ready." +msgstr "Κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Έγινε</guibutton> όταν είστε έτοιμος-η." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:25 @@ -1217,239 +1386,66 @@ msgstr "" "Σιγουρευτείτε ότι όλες οι κατατμήσεις έχουν δημιουργηθεί με ένα ζυγό αριθμό " "Mb." -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:5 -msgid "Desktop Selection" -msgstr "Επιλογή περιβάλλοντος εργασίας" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11 -msgid "" -"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine " -"tune your choice." -msgstr "" -"Ανάλογα με τις επιλογές σας σε αυτήν την οθόνη, πιθανώς να ερωτηθείτε στη " -"συνέχεια για επιπλέον επιλογές." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:13 -msgid "" -"After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package " -"installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the " -"<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button" -msgstr "" -"Μετά τα βήματα επιλογής, θα δείτε μια προβολή σλάιντ κατά τη διάρκεια της " -"εγκατάστασης των πακέτων. Η προβολή σλάιντ μπορεί να απενεργοποιηθεί " -"πατώντας στο κουμπί <guilabel>Λεπτομέρειες</guilabel>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:20 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:26 -msgid "" -"Choose whether you prefer to use the <application>KDE</application> or " -"<application>Gnome</application> desktop environment. Both come with a full " -"set of useful applications and tools. Tick <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if " -"you want to use neither or both, or if you want something other than the " -"default software choices for these desktop environments. The " -"<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, " -"sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default." -msgstr "" -"Επιλέξτε αν προτιμάτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε το περιβάλλον εργασίας " -"<application>KDE</application> ή <application>Gnome</application>. Και τα " -"δυο έρχονται με ένα πλήρες σύνολο εφαρμογών και εργαλείων. Επιλέξτε " -"<guilabel>Προσαρμοσμένο</guilabel> αν επιθυμείτε να μην χρησιμοποιήσετε ούτε " -"το ένα ούτε το άλλο ή και τα δυο, ή αν επιθυμείτε κάτι άλλο από τα " -"προεπιλεγμένα περιβάλλοντα. Το περιβάλλον LXDE είναι πιο ελαφρύ και από τα " -"δύο προηγούμενα, με λιγότερα καλλωπιστικά στοιχεία και λιγότερα " -"εγκατεστημένα πακέτα από προεπιλογή." - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:4 -msgid "Package Group Selection" -msgstr "Επιλογή ομάδας πακέτων" - -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:10 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:16 -msgid "" -"Packages have been sorted into groups, to make choosing what you need on " -"your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however " -"more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which " -"become visible as the mouse is hovered over them." -msgstr "" -"Τα πακέτα έχουν ταξινομηθεί σε ομάδες, για να σας διευκολύνουν στην επιλογή " -"των πακέτων που χρειάζεστε. Το περιεχόμενο των ομάδων διακρίνεται εύκολα από " -"τον τίτλο τους, ωστόσο περισσότερες πληροφορίες σχετικά με το περιεχόμενο " -"του καθενός υπάρχουν στις υποδείξεις που εμφανίζονται κατά το πέρασμα του " -"ποντικιού από πάνω τους." - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:23 -msgid "Workstation." -msgstr "Σταθμός εργασίας." - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:27 -msgid "Server." -msgstr "Εξυπηρετητής." - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:31 -msgid "Graphical Environment." -msgstr "Γραφικό περιβάλλον." - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:35 -msgid "" -"Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or " -"remove packages." -msgstr "" -"Επιλογή μεμονωμένων πακέτων: Μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτή την επιλογή " -"για την προσθήκη επιπλέον πακέτων χειροκίνητα." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:39 -msgid "" -"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do " -"a minimal install." -msgstr "" -"Ανατρέξτε στο <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> για οδηγίες σχετικά " -"με το πώς να κάνετε μια ελάχιστη εγκατάσταση." - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4 -msgid "Choose Individual Packages" -msgstr "Επιλογή μεμονωμένων πακέτων" - -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17 -msgid "" -"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation." -msgstr "" -"Εδώ μπορείτε να προσθέσετε οποιαδήποτε επιπλέον πακέτα για να προσαρμόσετε " -"την εγκατάστασή σας." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20 -msgid "" -"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</" -"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving " -"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same " -"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and " -"choosing to load it." -msgstr "" -"Αφού πραγματοποιήσετε την επιλογή σας, μπορείτε να κάνετε κλικ στο " -"<guibutton>εικονίδιο της δισκέτας</guibutton> στο κάτω μέρος της σελίδας " -"ώστε να αποθηκεύσετε την επιλογή των πακέτων σας (μπορείτε επίσης να κάνετε " -"την αποθήκευση σε ένα stick USB). Με αυτόν τον τρόπο μπορείτε να " -"χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτό το αρχείο για να εγκαταστήσετε τα ίδια πακέτα σε κάποιο " -"άλλο σύστημα, κάνοντας κλικ στο ίδιο κουμπί κατά την εγκατάσταση και " -"επιλέγοντας την φόρτωσή του." - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:19 -msgid "Custom disk partitioning with DiskDrake" -msgstr "Προσαρμοσμένη κατάτμηση δίσκων με το DiskDrake" +#. type: Content of: <article><info><title> +#: en/DrakX.xml:3 +msgid "Installation with DrakX" +msgstr "Εγκατάσταση με το DrakX" -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:26 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> +#: en/DrakX.xml:6 +msgid "<note>" +msgstr "<note>" -#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:33 +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> +#: en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" -"If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " -"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The " -"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " -"set, otherwise your system will be unbootable." +"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " +"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " +"while installing." msgstr "" -"Αν επιθυμείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε κρυπτογράφηση σε κάποια από τις κατατμήσεις " -"σας σιγουρευτείτε ότι έχετε μια ξεχωριστή κατάτμηση /boot. Η επιλογή " -"κρυπτογράφησης για την κατάτμηση /boot ΔΕΝ θα πρέπει να οριστεί, διαφορετικά " -"δεν θα είναι δυνατή η εκκίνηση του υπολογιστή σας." +"Κανένας δεν βλέπει όλες τις οθόνες του εγκαταστάτη που υπάρχουν σε αυτό το " +"εγχειρίδιο. Για το ποιες οθόνες θα βλέπετε, εξαρτάται από το υλικό σας και " +"τις επιλογές που κάνετε κατά την εγκατάσταση." -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:39 -msgid "" -"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, " -"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " -"is in them before you start." -msgstr "" -"Εδώ μπορείτε να ρυθμίσετε τη διάταξη των δίσκων σας. Μπορείτε να αφαιρέσετε " -"ή να δημιουργήσετε κατατμήσεις, να αλλάξετε το σύστημα αρχείων μιας " -"κατάτμησης ή να αλλάξετε το μέγεθός της και επιπροσθέτως να δείτε το " -"περιεχόμενό της πριν να ξεκινήσετε." +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakX.xml:10 +msgid "</note>" +msgstr "</note>" -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:42 +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" -"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an " -"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." +"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " +"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" +"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." msgstr "" -"Υπάρχει μια καρτέλα για κάθε εντοπισμένο σκληρό δίσκο ή άλλη συσκευή " -"αποθήκευσης, όπως ένα stick USB. Για παράδειγμα sda, sdb και sdc αν υπάρχουν " -"τρία από αυτά." +"Τα κείμενα και τα στιγμιότυπα σε αυτό το εγχειρίδιο είναι διαθέσιμα υπό την " +"άδεια χρήσης CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/" +"licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/deed.el</" +"link>" -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:45 +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" -"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected " -"storage device" +"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." msgstr "" -"Κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Καθαρισμός όλων</guibutton> για να καθαρίσετε όλες " -"τις κατατμήσεις στην επιλεγμένη συσκευή αποθήκευσης" +"Αυτό το εγχειρίδιο δημιουργήθηκε με τη βοήθεια του προγράμματος <link ns6:" +"href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> που αναπτύσσεται από την " +"<link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>" -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:47 +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" -"For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, " -"or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it." +"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" +"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" +"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." msgstr "" -"Για τις υπόλοιπες ενέργειες: κάντε κλικ στην επιθυμητή κατάτμηση πρώτα. Στη " -"συνέχεια δείτε την, ή επιλέξτε ένα σύστημα αρχείων και ένα σημείο " -"προσάρτησης, αλλάξτε το μέγεθός της ή καθαρίστε την." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:49 -msgid "Continue until you adjusted everything to your wishes." -msgstr "Συνεχίστε έως ότου ρυθμίσετε οτιδήποτε επιθυμείτε." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:51 -msgid "Click <guibutton>Done</guibutton> when you're ready." -msgstr "Κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Έγινε</guibutton> όταν είστε έτοιμος-η." +"Δημιουργήθηκε από εθελοντές δουλεύοντας στον ελεύθερο χρόνο τους. Αν " +"επιθυμείτε να βοηθήσετε στην βελτίωση του εγχειριδίου, παρακαλώ " +"επικοινωνήστε με την <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" +"Documentation_team\">Ομάδα της τεκμηρίωσης</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/exitInstall.xml:4 @@ -1586,6 +1582,241 @@ msgstr "" "guibutton> για να συνεχίσετε." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:18 +msgid "DrakX, the Mageia Installer" +msgstr "DrakX, ο οδηγός εγκατάστασης της Mageia" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:21 +msgid "" +"Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia " +"Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as " +"possible." +msgstr "" +"Είτε είστε νέος στο GNU-Linux είτε είστε ένας έμπειρος χρήστης, ο οδηγός " +"εγκατάστασης της Mageia έχει σχεδιαστεί για να σας βοηθήσει να " +"πραγματοποιήσετε την εγκατάστασή σας ή την αναβάθμισή σας όσο το δυνατόν " +"ευκολότερα." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:29 +msgid "" +"The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will " +"start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need." +msgstr "" +"Το μενού της αρχικής οθόνης έχει διάφορες επιλογές, η προκαθορισμένη θα " +"εκκινήσει τον οδηγό εγκατάστασης, και τυπικά είναι αυτό που χρειαζόσαστε." + +#. type: Content of: <section><figure><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:35 +msgid "Installation Welcome Screen" +msgstr "Η πρώτη οθόνη καλωσορίσματος στην εγκατάσταση" + +#. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject> +#: en/installer.xml:39 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\"> </imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\"> </imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure> +#: en/installer.xml:34 en/installer.xml:90 +msgid "" +"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=" +"\"1\"/>" +msgstr "" +"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=" +"\"1\"/>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:47 +msgid "" +"If there are problems during install, then it may be necessary to use " +"special installation options, see <xref linkend=\"installationOptions\"></" +"xref>." +msgstr "" +"Αν παρουσιαστούν προβλήματα κατά την εγκατάσταση, τότε ίσως να χρειαστεί να " +"χρησιμοποιήσετε ειδικές επιλογές, δείτε <xref linkend=\"installationOptions" +"\"></xref>." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:52 +msgid "The installation steps" +msgstr "Τα βήματα εγκατάστασης" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:55 +msgid "" +"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed " +"on the side panel of the screen." +msgstr "" +"Η διεργασία της εγκατάστασης είναι διαχωρισμένη σε μια σειρά βημάτων, τα " +"οποία μπορείτε να παρακολουθήσετε στον πλευρικό πίνακα της οθόνης." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:58 +msgid "" +"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</" +"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options." +msgstr "" +"Κάθε βήμα έχει μια ή περισσότερες οθόνες οι οποίες μπορεί να διαθέτουν " +"κουμπιά για <guibutton>Προχωρημένες</guibutton> ρυθμίσεις, τις οποίες " +"συνήθως δεν θα χρειαστεί να επιλέξετε." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:62 +msgid "" +"Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further " +"explanations about the current step." +msgstr "" +"Οι περισσότερες οθόνες διαθέτουν κουμπιά <guibutton>βοήθειας</guibutton> " +"όπου θα βρείτε περισσότερες πληροφορίες σχετικά με το τρέχον βήμα." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> +#: en/installer.xml:66 +msgid "" +"If somewhere during install you decide to stop the installation, it is " +"possible to reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a " +"partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your " +"computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well " +"leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure " +"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys " +"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " +"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot." +msgstr "" +"Αν κάποια στιγμή κατά την εγκατάσταση αποφασίσετε να διακόψετε την " +"εγκατάσταση, η επανεκκίνηση είναι εφικτή, αλλά σκεφτείτε πολύ καλά πριν το " +"κάνετε. Από τη στιγμή που μια κατάτμηση έχει μορφοποιηθεί ή έχει ξεκινήσει η " +"εγκατάσταση των ενημερώσεων, ο υπολογιστή σας δεν είναι πια στην ίδια " +"κατάσταση που ήταν πριν και η επανεκκίνηση θα μπορούσε κάλλιστα να σας " +"αφήσει με ένα μη λειτουργικό σύστημα. Αν παρόλα αυτά είστε απόλυτα σίγουρος " +"ότι θέλετε να κάνετε επανεκκίνηση, μεταβείτε σε ένα τερματικό πατώντας τα " +"τρία πλήκτρα <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> ταυτόχρονα. Στη συνέχεια, " +"πατήστε <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> ταυτόχρονα για να κάνετε " +"επανεκκίνηση." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:80 +msgid "Installation options" +msgstr "Επιλογές εγκατάστασης" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:83 +msgid "" +"If the installation fails then it may be necessary to try again by using one " +"of the extra options available by hitting the <guibutton>F1 (Help)</" +"guibutton> key see <xref linkend=\"dx-welcome\"></xref>" +msgstr "" +"Αν αποτύχει η εγκατάσταση τότε ίσως να χρειαστεί να δοκιμάσετε ξανά " +"χρησιμοποιώντας μια από τις επιπλέον επιλογές διαθέσιμες με το πάτημα του " +"κουμπιού F1 (Βοήθεια) δείτε <xref linkend=\"dx-welcome\"></xref>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:87 +msgid "This will open the following text based help." +msgstr "" +"Στη συνέχεια θα ανοίξει το παρακάτω παράθυρο κειμένου βοήθειας για την " +"εγκατάσταση." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:91 +msgid "Installation Help Screen" +msgstr "Η πρώτη οθόνη βοήθειας εγκατάστασης" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><mediaobject> +#: en/installer.xml:96 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:105 +msgid "Installation Problems and Possible Solutions" +msgstr "Προβλήματα στην εγκατάσταση και πιθανές λύσεις" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:111 +msgid "No Graphical Interface" +msgstr "Δεν λειτουργεί το γραφικό περιβάλλον" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/installer.xml:116 +msgid "" +"After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " +"This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low " +"resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt." +msgstr "" +"Μετά την αρχική οθόνη δεν γίνεται μετάβαση στην οθόνη επιλογής γλώσσας. Αυτό " +"μπορεί να συμβεί με ορισμένες κάρτες γραφικών και μερικά παλαιότερα " +"συστήματα. Προσπαθήστε να χρησιμοποιήσετε μια χαμηλή ανάλυση πληκτρολογώντας " +"<code>vgalo</code> στην προτροπή." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/installer.xml:123 +msgid "" +"If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " +"In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit " +"ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be " +"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit " +"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode.<emphasis></emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Αν πρόκειται για πολύ παλιό υλικό, ίσως η εγκατάσταση σε γραφικό περιβάλλον " +"να είναι αδύνατη. Σε αυτή την περίπτωση μπορείτε να δοκιμάσετε την " +"εγκατάσταση χωρίς γραφικό περιβάλλον. Για να το πραγματοποιήσετε, πατήστε " +"ESC στην πρώτη οθόνη καλωσορίσματος και επιβεβαιώστε με ENTER. Θα φτάσετε σε " +"μια μαύρη οθόνη με τη λέξη «boot:». Πληκτρολογήστε «text» και πατήστε ENTER. " +"Τώρα συνεχίστε την εγκατάσταση σε λειτουργία κειμένου.<emphasis></emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:135 +msgid "The Install Freezes" +msgstr "Πάγωμα της εγκατάστασης" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:138 +msgid "" +"If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a " +"problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of " +"hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type " +"<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with " +"other options as necessary." +msgstr "" +"Αν το σύστημα «παγώνει» κατά την εγκατάσταση, η αιτία μπορεί να οφείλεται " +"στον εντοπισμό του υλικού. Σε αυτή την περίπτωση ο αυτόματος εντοπισμός " +"υλικού μπορεί να παρακαμφθεί και να πραγματοποιηθεί αργότερα. Για να " +"δοκιμάσετε αυτή την επιλογή, πληκτρολογήστε <code>noauto</code> στην " +"προτροπή. Αυτή η επιλογή μπορεί επίσης να συνδυαστεί με την προηγούμενη αν " +"κριθεί απαραίτητο." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:147 +msgid "Kernel Options" +msgstr "Επιλογές πυρήνα" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:150 +msgid "" +"These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " +"available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " +"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e." +"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." +msgstr "" +"Μπορεί να χρειαστούν σε σπάνιες περιπτώσεις, αλλά μερικές φορές το υλικό " +"μπορεί να αναφέρει την διαθέσιμη μνήμη RAM λανθασμένα. Για να την ορίσετε " +"χειροκίνητα, μπορείτε να χρησιμοποιήσετε την παράμετρο <code>mem=xxxM</" +"code>, όπου xxx το σωστό μέγεθος της RAM. π.χ. <code>mem=256M</code> " +"καθορίζει 256MB RAM." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/installUpdates.xml:3 msgid "Updates" msgstr "Ενημερώσεις" @@ -1632,6 +1863,132 @@ msgid "Then press <guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue" msgstr "Έπειτα κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Επόμενο</guibutton> για να συνεχίσετε" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/media_selection.xml:3 +msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)" +msgstr "Επιλογή μέσων (Nonfree)" + +#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media) +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong) +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/media_selection.xml:12 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/media_selection.xml:18 +msgid "" +"Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are " +"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories " +"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " +"the next steps." +msgstr "" +"Εδώ έχετε τη λίστα με τα διαθέσιμα αποθετήρια. Ανάλογα με το μέσο που " +"χρησιμοποιήσατε για την εγκατάσταση έχετε και διαθέσιμα αποθετήρια. Η " +"επιλογή των αποθετηρίων καθορίζει ποια θα είναι τα διαθέσιμα πακέτα κατά τα " +"επόμενα βήματα της εγκατάστασης." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/media_selection.xml:25 +msgid "" +"The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains " +"the base of the distribution." +msgstr "" +"Το αποθετήριο <emphasis>Core</emphasis> δεν μπορεί να απενεργοποιηθεί διότι " +"περιέχει τη βάση της διανομής." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/media_selection.xml:30 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-" +"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source " +"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " +"nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi " +"cards, etc." +msgstr "" +"Το αποθετήριο <emphasis>Non-free</emphasis> περιέχει πακέτα που είναι " +"δωρεάν, η Mageia μπορεί να κάνει αναδιανομή, αλλά περιέχουν λογισμικό που " +"υπόκειται σε πνευματικά δικαιώματα (εξ'ού και η ονομασία Νonfree που " +"σημαίνει μη ελεύθερο). Για παράδειγμα, σε αυτό το αποθετήριο βρίσκονται οι " +"ιδιόκτητοι οδηγοί των καρτών γραφικών nVidia και ATI, τα firmware διαφόρων " +"καρτών WiFi κλπ." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/media_selection.xml:38 +msgid "" +"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under " +"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is " +"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. " +"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed " +"to play commercial video DVD, etc." +msgstr "" +"Το αποθετήριο <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> περιέχει πακέτα τα οποία " +"διαθέτουν μια ελεύθερη άδεια. Ο κύριος λόγος που αυτά τα πακέτα βρίσκονται " +"σε αυτό το αποθετήριο είναι ότι μπορεί να παραβιάζουν πατέντες και " +"πνευματικά δικαιώματα σε ορισμένες χώρες, π.χ. οι αποκωδικοποιητές πολυμέσων " +"που απαιτούνται για την αναπαραγωγή διαφόρων αρχείων ήχου/βίντεο, πακέτα που " +"απαιτούνται για την αναπαραγωγή εμπορικών βίντεο DVD, κλπ." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/minimal-install.xml:3 +msgid "Minimal Install" +msgstr "Ελάχιστη εγκατάσταση" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/minimal-install.xml:9 +msgid "" +"You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the " +"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></" +"xref>." +msgstr "" +"Μπορείτε να επιλέξετε την Ελάχιστη εγκατάσταση αποεπιλέγοντας τα πάντα στην " +"οθόνη επιλογής Ομάδων πακέτων, δείτε <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></" +"xref>." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/minimal-install.xml:10 +msgid "" +"Minimal Installation is intended for those with specific uses in mind for " +"their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised " +"workstation. You will probably use this option combined with Manual Package " +"Selection, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." +msgstr "" +"Η Ελάχιστη εγκατάσταση προορίζεται για αυτούς που θέλουν να κάνουν μια " +"ειδική χρήση της Mageia, όπως ένας εξυπηρετητής ή έναν εξειδικευμένο σταθμό " +"εργασίας. Πιθανώς θα χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτή την επιλογή σε συνδυασμό με την " +"χειροκίνητη επιλογή πακέτων, δείτε <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></" +"xref>." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/minimal-install.xml:14 +msgid "" +"If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer " +"you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X." +msgstr "" +"Αν επιλέξετε αυτήν την επιλογή εγκατάστασης, τότε στην επόμενη οθόνη θα " +"μπορείτε να επιλέξετε μεταξύ μερικών χρήσιμων εργαλείων προς εγκατάσταση, " +"όπως τεκμηρίωση και X." + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/minimal-install.xml:19 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:3 msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters" msgstr "Σύνοψη των διάφορων παραμέτρων" @@ -1864,10 +2221,11 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Δίκτυο</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:163 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "You can configure your network here, but for network cards with non-free " "drivers it is better to do that after reboot, in the <application>Mageia " -"Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the non-free media " +"Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the Nonfree media " "repositories." msgstr "" "Εδώ μπορείτε να ρυθμίσετε το δίκτυό σας, αλλά για κάρτες δικτύου χωρίς " @@ -1966,121 +2324,376 @@ msgstr "" "να είναι ριψοκίνδυνο." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:12 -msgid "Configure your Timezone" -msgstr "Διαμόρφωση της ζώνης ώρας" +#: en/securityLevel.xml:12 +msgid "Security Level" +msgstr "Επίπεδο ασφάλειας" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" #. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 +#: en/securityLevel.xml:19 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." -"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." -"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26 +#: en/securityLevel.xml:24 +msgid "You can adjust your security level here." +msgstr "Εδώ μπορείτε να ρυθμίσετε το επίπεδο ασφαλείας." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/securityLevel.xml:27 msgid "" -"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the " -"same time zone." +"Leave the default settings as they are, if you don't know what to choose." msgstr "" -"Επιλέξτε τη ζώνη ώρας σας επιλέγοντας τη χώρα ή μια πόλη κοντά σας στην ίδια " -"ζώνη ώρας." +"Αφήστε τις προκαθορισμένες ρυθμίσεις ως έχουν, αν δεν γνωρίζετε τι να " +"επιλέξετε." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30 +#: en/securityLevel.xml:30 msgid "" -"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to " -"GMT, also known as UTC." +"After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings " +"in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center." msgstr "" -"Στην επόμενη οθόνη μπορείτε να επιλέξετε τη ρύθμιση του ρολογιού του BIOS " -"στην τοπική ώρα ή GMT, γνωστή και ως UTC." +"Μετά την εγκατάσταση, είναι δυνατό να ρυθμίσετε τις ρυθμίσεις ασφάλειας από " +"την ενότητα <guilabel>Ασφάλεια</guilabel> του Κέντρου Ελέγχου Mageia." -#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35 +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/selectCountry.xml:13 +msgid "Select your Country / Region" +msgstr "Επιλέξτε τη χώρα/περιοχή σας" + +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/selectCountry.xml:21 msgid "" -"If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they " -"are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT." +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" -"Αν έχετε περισσότερα από ένα λειτουργικά συστήματα στον υπολογιστή σας, " -"σιγουρευτείτε ότι όλα έχουν ρυθμιστεί στην τοπική ώρα, ή σε UTC/GMT στο " -"σύνολό τους." +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:17 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/selectCountry.xml:27 msgid "" -"Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> " -"partition" +"Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, " +"like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country " +"can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network." msgstr "" -"Αλλαγή μεγέθους κατάτμησης των <application>Windows<superscript>®</" -"superscript></application>" +"Επιλέξτε τη χώρα ή την περιοχή σας. Αυτό είναι σημαντικό για όλων των ειδών " +"ρυθμίσεων, όπως το νόμισμα και ο κανονιστικός τομέας ασύρματου δικτύου." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:21 +#: en/selectCountry.xml:32 msgid "" -"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" -"application> partition. Choose which one should be made smaller to make " -"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>." +"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</" +"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." msgstr "" -"Έχετε περισσότερες από μια κατατμήσεις των " -"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application>. Επιλέξτε " -"αυτήν που θα πρέπει να μειωθεί το μέγεθος ώστε να δημιουργηθεί ο κατάλληλος " -"χώρος για την εγκατάσταση της <application>Mageia</application>." +"Αν η χώρα σας δεν εμφανίζεται στη λίστα, κάντε κλικ στο κουμπί <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">Άλλες χώρες</emphasis> και από εκεί επιλέξτε τη χώρα ή την " +"περιοχή.<guilabel></guilabel>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/selectCountry.xml:37 +msgid "" +"If your country is only in the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> list, " +"after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the " +"first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real " +"choice." +msgstr "" +"Αν η χώρα σας εμφανίζεται μόνο στη λίστα <emphasis role=\"bold\">Άλλες " +"χώρες</emphasis>, αφού κάνετε κλικ στο κουμπί <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Εντάξει</emphasis> μπορεί να φαίνεται ως μια χώρα επιλεγμένη από την " +"πρώτη λίστα. Μπορείτε να το αγνοήσετε, το DrakX θα ακολουθήσει την " +"πραγματική σας επιλογή." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/selectCountry.xml:46 +msgid "Input method" +msgstr "Μέθοδος εισαγωγής" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/selectCountry.xml:49 +msgid "" +"In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an " +"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input " +"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " +"default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India Live-" +"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method " +"so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input methods(SCIM, " +"GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be installed if you " +"added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." +msgstr "" +"Στην οθόνη <emphasis role=\"bold\">Άλλες χώρες</emphasis> μπορείτε επίσης να " +"επιλέξετε τη μέθοδο εισαγωγής (στο κάτω μέρος της λίστας). Οι μέθοδοι " +"εισαγωγής επιτρέπουν στους χρήστες να εισάγουν πολυγλωσσικούς χαρακτήρες " +"(Κινέζικα, Ιαπωνικά, Κορεάτικα, κλπ). Το IBus είναι η προκαθορισμένη μέθοδος " +"εισαγωγής στα DVD της Mageia, Αφρική/Ινδία και Ασία/εκτός Ινδίας Live-CD. " +"Για τις Ασιατικές και Αφρικανικές τοπικότητες, το IBus θα οριστεί ως η " +"προκαθορισμένη μέθοδος εισαγωγής ώστε οι χρήστες να μην χρειαστεί να κάνουν " +"τη διαμόρφωση χειροκίνητα. Άλλες μέθοδοι εισαγωγής (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, κλπ) " +"παρέχουν επίσης πανομοιότυπες λειτουργίες και μπορούν να εγκατασταθούν αν " +"προσθέσατε ένα μέσο HTTP/FTP πριν την επιλογή των πακέτων." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> +#: en/selectCountry.xml:61 +msgid "" +"If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it " +"after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -> " +"\"System\", or by running localedrake as root." +msgstr "" +"Αν παραλείψατε τη ρύθμιση της μεθόδου εισαγωγής κατά την εγκατάσταση, " +"μπορείτε να μεταβείτε εκ νέου σε αυτή μετά την επανεκκίνηση του " +"εγκατεστημένου συστήματός σας μέσω του μενού «Ρυθμίστε τον υπολογιστή σας» -" +"> «Σύστημα», ή εκτελώντας localedrake ως root." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/setupSCSI.xml:11 -msgid "Setup SCSI" -msgstr "Διαμόρφωση SCSI" +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:23 +msgid "Install or Upgrade" +msgstr "Εγκατάσταση ή αναβάθμιση" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 -#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) -#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the -#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/setupSCSI.xml:26 +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:27 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34 +msgid "Install" +msgstr "Εγκατάσταση" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:36 +msgid "" +"Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation." +msgstr "" +"Χρησιμοποιήστε αυτή την επιλογή για μια νέα εγκατάσταση <application>Mageia</" +"application>." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:41 +msgid "Upgrade" +msgstr "Αναβάθμιση" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:43 +msgid "" +"If you have one or more <application>Mageia 2</application> installations on " +"your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the " +"latest release." +msgstr "" +"Αν έχετε μια ή περισσότερες εγκαταστάσεις της <application>Mageia</" +"application> στο σύστημά σας, ο οδηγός εγκατάστασης θα σας επιτρέψει να " +"αναβαθμίσετε μια από αυτές στην τελευταία έκδοση." + +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:49 +msgid "" +"If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to " +"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been " +"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " +"the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an " +"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you " +"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " +"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</" +"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." +msgstr "" +"Αν κάποια στιγμή κατά την εγκατάσταση αποφασίσετε να διακόψετε την " +"εγκατάσταση, η επανεκκίνηση είναι εφικτή, αλλά σκεφτείτε πολύ καλά πριν το " +"κάνετε. Από τη στιγμή που μια κατάτμηση έχει μορφοποιηθεί ή έχει ξεκινήσει η " +"εγκατάσταση των ενημερώσεων, ο υπολογιστή σας δεν είναι πια στην ίδια " +"κατάσταση που ήταν πριν και η επανεκκίνηση θα μπορούσε κάλλιστα να σας " +"αφήσει με ένα μη λειτουργικό σύστημα. Αν παρόλα αυτά είστε απόλυτα σίγουρος " +"ότι θέλετε να κάνετε επανεκκίνηση, μεταβείτε σε ένα τερματικό πατώντας τα " +"τρία πλήκτρα <guilabel>Alt Ctrl F2</guilabel> ταυτόχρονα. Στη συνέχεια, " +"πατήστε <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</guilabel> ταυτόχρονα για να κάνετε " +"επανεκκίνηση." + +#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:60 +msgid "" +"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you " +"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " +"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</" +"emphasis> do this later in the install." +msgstr "" +"Αν ανακαλύψετε ότι ξεχάσατε να επιλέξετε μια επιπλέον γλώσσα, μπορείτε να " +"επιστρέψετε από την οθόνη «Εγκατάσταση ή Αναβάθμιση» στην οθόνη επιλογής " +"γλώσσας πατώντας <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. <emphasis>Μην</" +"emphasis> το κάνετε αυτό στα επόμενα βήματα της εγκατάστασης." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14 +msgid "Keyboard" +msgstr "Πληκτρολόγιο" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupSCSI.xml:32 +#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:17 msgid "" -"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers " -"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " -"fail to recognise the drive." +"DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable " +"keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout." msgstr "" -"Το DrakX συνήθως εντοπίζει τους σκληρούς σας δίσκους σωστά. Ωστόσο, μπορεί " -"να αποτύχει στον εντοπισμό ορισμένων παλαιότερων ελεγκτών οδηγών SCSI με " -"αποτέλεσμα να αποτύχει η εγκατάσταση των απαραίτητων οδηγών." +"Το DrakX επιλέγει το κατάλληλο πληκτρολόγιο για τη γλώσσα σας. Αν δεν βρεθεί " +"ένα κατάλληλο πληκτρολόγιο θα οριστεί ως προκαθορισμένο ένα με διάταξη των Η." +"Π.Α." + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. " +"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications " +"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a " +"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " +"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en." +"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" +msgstr "" +"Σιγουρευτείτε ότι η επιλογή είναι σωστή ή επιλέξτε μια άλλη διάταξη " +"πληκτρολογίου. Αν δεν γνωρίζετε ποια είναι η διάταξη του πληκτρολογίου σας, " +"δείτε στα χαρακτηριστικά του υπολογιστή σας ή ρωτήστε τον προμηθευτή του " +"υπολογιστή σας. Ίσως υπάρχει και κάποια ετικέτα στο πληκτρολόγιο με κάποιο " +"αναγνωριστικό της διάταξης. Μπορείτε επίσης να δείτε εδώ: <link xlink:href=" +"\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/" +"Keyboard_layout</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40 +msgid "" +"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</" +"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there." +msgstr "" +"Αν το πληκτρολόγιό σας δεν βρίσκεται στη λίστα, κάντε κλικ στο " +"<guibutton>Περισσότερα</guibutton> για να δείτε την πλήρη λίστα, και " +"επιλέξτε το πληκτρολόγιό σας από εκεί." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para> +#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45 +msgid "" +"After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, " +"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though " +"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " +"and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the " +"full list." +msgstr "" +"Μετά την επιλογή ενός πληκτρολογίου από το διάλογο <guibutton>Περισσότερα</" +"guibutton>, θα επιστρέψετε στον πρώτο διάλογο επιλογής πληκτρολογίου και θα " +"φαίνεται ότι έχετε επιλέξει ένα πληκτρολόγιο από αυτή την οθόνη. Μπορείτε " +"ασφαλώς να αγνοήσετε αυτήν τη συμπεριφορά και να συνεχίσετε την εγκατάσταση: " +"Το πληκτρολόγιό σας είναι αυτό που επιλέξατε από την πλήρη λίστα." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:55 +msgid "" +"If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an " +"extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin " +"and non-Latin keyboard layouts" +msgstr "" +"Αν επιλέξετε ένα πληκτρολόγιο βασισμένο σε μη λατινικούς χαρακτήρες, θα " +"δείτε έναν επιπλέον διάλογο στον οποίο θα ερωτηθείτε πως επιθυμείτε να " +"κάνετε την εναλλαγή της διάταξης του πληκτρολογίου μεταξύ του λατινικού και " +"του μη λατινικού." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:23 +msgid "Please choose a language to use" +msgstr "Παρακαλώ επιλέξτε τη γλώσσα που θα χρησιμοποιηθεί" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupSCSI.xml:36 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:26 msgid "" -"If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) " -"you have." +"Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your " +"continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during " +"the installation and for your installed system." msgstr "" -"Αν συμβαίνει αυτό, θα πρέπει να δηλώσετε χειροκίνητα στο Drakx τους οδηγούς " -"SCSI που διαθέτετε." +"Επιλέξτε την γλώσσα που προτιμάτε, αναπτύσσοντας πρώτα τη λίστα της ηπείρου " +"σας. Η <application>Mageia</application> θα χρησιμοποιήσει αυτή την επιλογή " +"για τον οδηγό εγκατάστασης και για το εγκατεστημένο σύστημα." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupSCSI.xml:39 -msgid "DrakX should then be able to configure the drive(s) correctly." +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:30 +msgid "" +"If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your " +"system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the " +"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be " +"difficult to add extra language support after installation." msgstr "" -"Στη συνέχεια, το DrakX θα πρέπει να είναι σε θέση να αναγνωρίσει ποιες " -"παραμέτρους χρειάζεται για την διαμόρφωση του οδηγού και για να τον θέσει σε " -"λειτουργία." +"Αν υπάρχει πιθανότητα να χρειαστείτε περισσότερες γλώσσες εγκατεστημένες στο " +"σύστημά σας, για εσάς ή για άλλους χρήστες, τότε θα πρέπει να " +"χρησιμοποιήσετε την επιλογή <guibutton>Πολλαπλές γλώσσες</guibutton> ώστε να " +"τις προσθέσετε τώρα. Δεν είναι δυνατή η προσθήκη υποστήριξης επιπλέον " +"γλωσσών με αυτόματο τρόπο μετά την εγκατάσταση." + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:36 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:44 +msgid "" +"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them " +"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " +"marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ." +msgstr "" +"Παρόλο την επιλογή περισσοτέρων γλωσσών, θα πρέπει να επιλέξετε μια από " +"αυτές ως την προτιμώμενη γλώσσα στην πρώτη οθόνη επιλογής γλώσσας. Θα " +"σημειωθεί επίσης ως επιλεγμένη στην οθόνη πολλαπλών γλωσσών ." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:51 +msgid "" +"If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then " +"it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well." +msgstr "" +"Αν η γλώσσα της διάταξης του πληκτρολογίου σας δεν είναι η ίδια με την " +"προτιμώμενη γλώσσα, τότε είναι ορθό να εγκαταστήσετε και τη γλώσσα του " +"πληκτρολογίου σας." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:57 +msgid "" +"Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the " +"\"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your " +"language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages." +msgstr "" +"Η Mageia χρησιμοποιεί την υποστήριξη UTF-8 (Unicode) από προεπιλογή. Αυτό " +"μπορεί να απενεργοποιηθεί στην οθόνη «Πολλαπλές γλώσσες» αν γνωρίζετε ότι " +"δεν είναι κατάλληλο για τη γλώσσα σας. Η απενεργοποίηση της υποστήριξης " +"UTF-8 θα εφαρμοστεί σε όλες τις γλώσσες." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:64 +msgid "" +"You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia " +"Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system." +msgstr "" +"Μπορείτε να αλλάξετε τη γλώσσα του συστήματός σας μετά την εγκατάσταση από " +"το Κέντρο Ελέγχου Mageia -> Σύστημα -> Διαχειριστείτε την τοπικότητα " +"του συστήματός σας." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectMouse.xml:4 @@ -2129,6 +2742,82 @@ msgstr "" "έξι ή περισσότερα κουμπιά." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:5 +msgid "Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry" +msgstr "Προσθήκη ή επεξεργασία μιας καταχώρησης στο μενού Εκκίνησης" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:10 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:17 +msgid "" +"You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the " +"relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen " +"and editing the screen that pops up on top of it." +msgstr "" +"Μπορείτε να προσθέσετε μια καταχώρηση ή να επεξεργαστείτε αυτή που " +"επιλέξατε, πατώντας στο σχετικό κουμπί στη <emphasis>Διαμόρφωση του " +"προγράμματος εκκίνησης</emphasis> και να επεξεργαστείτε τα πεδία στον " +"αναδυόμενο διάλογο." + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:21 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:26 +msgid "" +"Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an " +"entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one." +msgstr "" +"Μερικά πράγματα που μπορούν να γίνουν χωρίς κίνδυνο, είναι η αλλαγή της " +"ετικέτας μιας καταχώρησης και η επιλογή μιας καταχώρησης ως την " +"προκαθορισμένη." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:27 +msgid "" +"You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely." +msgstr "" +"Μπορείτε να προσθέσετε τον σωστό αριθμό έκδοσης μιας καταχώρησης, ή να την " +"μετονομάσετε πλήρως." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:28 +msgid "" +"The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a " +"choice while booting up." +msgstr "" +"Η προκαθορισμένη καταχώρηση είναι αυτή στην οποία ξεκινά ο υπολογιστής αν " +"δεν επιλέξετε κάποια άλλη καταχώρηση στην εκκίνηση." + +#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:29 +msgid "" +"Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " +"just try something without knowing what you are doing." +msgstr "" +"Η επεξεργασία άλλων πεδίων μπορεί να έχει ως αποτέλεσμα την αδυναμία " +"εκκίνησης του συστήματός σας. Παρακαλώ μην κάνετε απλά δοκιμές αν δεν " +"γνωρίζετε τι ακριβώς κάνετε." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:3 msgid "Bootloader main options" msgstr "Κύριες επιλογές του προγράμματος εκκίνησης" @@ -2300,800 +2989,112 @@ msgstr "" "του /tmp σε κάθε εκκίνηση</guilabel>. Αυτό βοηθά στη διατήρηση κάποιου " "ελεύθερου χώρου." -#. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> -#: en/DrakX.xml:1 en/media_selection.xml:1 en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 -msgid "en" -msgstr "el" - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><title> -#: en/DrakX.xml:3 -msgid "Installation with DrakX" -msgstr "Εγκατάσταση με το DrakX" - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> -#: en/DrakX.xml:6 -msgid "<note>" -msgstr "<note>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:7 -msgid "" -"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " -"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " -"while installing." -msgstr "" -"Κανένας δεν βλέπει όλες τις οθόνες του εγκαταστάτη που υπάρχουν σε αυτό το " -"εγχειρίδιο. Για το ποιες οθόνες θα βλέπετε, εξαρτάται από το υλικό σας και " -"τις επιλογές που κάνετε κατά την εγκατάσταση." - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:10 -msgid "</note>" -msgstr "</note>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:12 -msgid "" -"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " -"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" -"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." -msgstr "" -"Τα κείμενα και τα στιγμιότυπα σε αυτό το εγχειρίδιο είναι διαθέσιμα υπό την " -"άδεια χρήσης CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/" -"licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/deed.el</" -"link>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:16 -msgid "" -"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." -msgstr "" -"Αυτό το εγχειρίδιο δημιουργήθηκε με τη βοήθεια του προγράμματος <link ns6:" -"href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> που αναπτύσσεται από την " -"<link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:18 -msgid "" -"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" -"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" -"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." -msgstr "" -"Δημιουργήθηκε από εθελοντές δουλεύοντας στον ελεύθερο χρόνο τους. Αν " -"επιθυμείτε να βοηθήσετε στην βελτίωση του εγχειριδίου, παρακαλώ " -"επικοινωνήστε με την <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" -"Documentation_team\">Ομάδα της τεκμηρίωσης</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11 -msgid "Choose an X Server (Configure your Graphic Card)" -msgstr "Επιλέξτε έναν εξυπηρετητή X (Διαμόρφωση της κάρτας γραφικών)" - -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21 -msgid "" -"DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually " -"correctly identify your video device." -msgstr "" -"Το DrakX διαθέτει μια πολύ περιεκτική βάση δεδομένων καρτών γραφικών και " -"συνήθως θα αναγνωρίσει σωστά την κάρτα σας." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24 -msgid "" -"If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know " -"which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:" -msgstr "" -"Αν το πρόγραμμα εγκατάστασης δεν εντόπισε σωστά την κάρτα γραφικών σας και " -"γνωρίζετε τον τύπο της, μπορείτε να την επιλέξετε από τη λίστα δέντρου ανά:" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69 -msgid "vendor" -msgstr "κατασκευαστή" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:31 -msgid "then the name of your card" -msgstr "έπειτα το όνομα του μοντέλου της κάρτας" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:35 -msgid "and the type of card" -msgstr "και τον τύπο της κάρτας" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:39 -msgid "" -"If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in " -"the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the " -"Xorg category" -msgstr "" -"Αν δεν μπορείτε να βρείτε την κάρτα σας στη λίστα κατασκευαστών (διότι δεν " -"βρίσκεται ακόμα στη βάση δεδομένων ή πρόκειται για μια παλιά κάρτα) ίσως να " -"βρείτε έναν κατάλληλο οδηγό στην κατηγορία Xorg" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43 -msgid "" -"The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card " -"drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the " -"option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities." -msgstr "" -"Η λίστα του Xorg περιλαμβάνει περισσότερους από 40 γενικούς και ανοιχτού " -"κώδικα οδηγούς καρτών γραφικών. Αν ακόμα δεν μπορείτε να βρείτε έναν οδηγό " -"με την ονομασία της κάρτας σας υπάρχει η επιλογή χρήσης του οδηγού vesa ο " -"οποίος παρέχει τις βασικές λειτουργίες της κάρτας." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48 -msgid "" -"Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access " -"to the Commandline Interface." -msgstr "" -"Προσέξτε διότι αν επιλέξετε έναν ακατάλληλο οδηγό θα έχετε πρόσβαση μόνο στη " -"γραμμή εντολών." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51 -msgid "" -"Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which " -"may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from " -"the card manufacturers' websites." -msgstr "" -"Μερικοί κατασκευαστές καρτών γραφικών παρέχουν ιδιόκτητους οδηγούς για Linux " -"οι οποίοι μπορεί να διατεθούν μόνο από τα αποθετήρια Nonfree και " -"σε ορισμένες περιπτώσεις μόνο από την ιστοσελίδα του κατασκευαστή της κάρτας" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55 -msgid "" -"The Nonfree repository need to be explicitly enabled to access them. If you " -"didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot." -msgstr "" -"Τα αποθετήρια Nonfree θα πρέπει να ενεργοποιηθούν ώστε να " -"αποκτήσετε πρόσβαση, θα πρέπει να το κάνετε μετά την πρώτη σας επανεκκίνηση." - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18 -msgid "Choosing your Monitor" -msgstr "Επιλογή της οθόνης" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:21 -msgid "" -"DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually " -"correctly identify yours." -msgstr "" -"Το DrakX διαθέτει μια αρκετά περιεκτική βάση δεδομένων συσκευών οθονών και " -"συνήθως θα αναγνωρίσει σωστά και τη δική σας." - -#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26 -msgid "" -"<emphasis>Selecting a monitor with different characteristics could damage " -"your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing " -"what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor " -"documentation" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis>Η επιλογή μιας οθόνης με διαφορετικά χαρακτηριστικά μπορεί να " -"καταστρέψει την οθόνη σας ή τη συσκευή γραφικών. Παρακαλώ μην προσπαθείτε να " -"κάνετε απλά δοκιμές αν δεν γνωρίζετε τι ακριβώς κάνετε. </emphasis> Αν " -"έχετε αμφιβολίες θα πρέπει να συμβουλευτείτε την τεκμηρίωση της οθόνης σας" - -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." -"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." -"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42 -msgid "<emphasis>Custom</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>Προσαρμοσμένο</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44 -msgid "" -"This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh " -"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the " -"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are " -"displayed." -msgstr "" -"Αυτή η επιλογή σας επιτρέπει να ορίσετε δύο κρίσιμες παραμέτρους, τη " -"συχνότητα της κατακόρυφης ανανέωσης και τη συχνότητα του οριζόντιου " -"συγχρονισμού. Η συχνότητα της κατακόρυφης ανανέωσης ορίζει πόσο συχνά θα " -"ανανεώνεται η οθόνη και ο οριζόντιος συγχρονισμός είναι η συχνότητα στην " -"οποία εμφανίζονται οι γραμμές σάρωσης." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49 -msgid "" -"It is <emphasis>VERY IMPORTANT</emphasis> that you do not specify a monitor " -"type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you " -"may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and " -"consult your monitor documentation." -msgstr "" -"Είναι <emphasis>ΠΟΛΥ ΣΗΜΑΝΤΙΚΟ</emphasis> να μην ορίσετε μια οθόνη με εύρος " -"συγχρονισμού εκτός των δυνατοτήτων της οθόνης σας: μπορεί να καταστρέψετε " -"την οθόνη σας. Αν έχετε αμφιβολία, επιλέξτε μια συντηρητική ρύθμιση και " -"συμβουλευτείτε την τεκμηρίωση της οθόνης σας." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:55 -msgid "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>Άμεσης τοποθέτησης και λειτουργίας</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:58 -msgid "" -"This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the " -"monitor database." -msgstr "" -"Αυτή είναι και η εξ' ορισμού επιλογή και γίνεται προσπάθεια εντοπισμού του " -"τύπου της οθόνης από τη βάση δεδομένων με τις συσκευές οθονών." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63 -msgid "<emphasis>Vendor</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>Κατασκευαστής</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:65 -msgid "" -"If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which " -"one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:" -msgstr "" -"αν το πρόγραμμα εγκατάστασης δεν εντόπισε σωστά την οθόνη σας και γνωρίζεται " -"τον τύπο της, μπορείτε να την επιλέξετε από τη λίστα δέντρου επιλέγοντας ανά:" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73 -msgid "the monitor manufacturers name" -msgstr "το όνομα του μοντέλου της οθόνης" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:77 -msgid "the monitor description" -msgstr "την περιγραφή της οθόνης" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:82 -msgid "<emphasis>Generic</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>Γενικού τύπου</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84 -msgid "" -"selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as " -"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is " -"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver " -"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it " -"may be wise to be conservative in your selections." -msgstr "" -"Επιλέγοντας αυτήν την ομάδα θα εμφανιστούν γύρω στις 30 διαμορφώσεις οθονών " -"όπως 1024x768 @ 60Hz συμπεριλαμβάνονται και οι οθόνες Flat των φορητών " -"υπολογιστών. Συχνά είναι μια καλή ομάδα επιλογής οθόνης αν πρέπει να " -"χρησιμοποιήσετε τον οδηγό κάρτας γραφικών Vesa όταν το υλικό της κάρτας " -"γραφικών σας δεν μπορεί να εντοπιστεί αυτόματα. Ακόμα μια φορά θα πρέπει να " -"είστε συντηρητικοί στις επιλογές σας." - #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4 -msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration" -msgstr "Διαμόρφωση του X, της κάρτας γραφικών και της οθόνης" - -#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18 -msgid "" -"No matter which graphical environment (also known as desktop environment) " -"you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are " -"all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window " -"System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for " -"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or " -"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</" -"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can " -"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you " -"think the choice is incorrect." -msgstr "" -"Δεν έχει σημασία το γραφικό περιβάλλον (επίσης γνωστό ως περιβάλλον " -"εργασίας) που επιλέγετε για αυτήν την εγκατάσταση της <application>Mageia</" -"application>, όλα είναι βασισμένα σε μια γραφική διεπαφή χρήστη το X Window " -"System, ή απλά X. Έτσι, για να είναι σε θέση το KDE, Gnome, LXDE ή " -"οποιοδήποτε άλλο γραφικό περιβάλλον να λειτουργεί σωστά, οι παρακάτω " -"ρυθμίσεις του X χρειάζεται να είναι σωστές. Επιλέξτε τις σωστές ρυθμίσεις αν " -"μπορείτε να δείτε ότι το DrakX δεν έχει επιλέξει κάποια, ή αν αμφιβάλλετε " -"ότι είναι η σωστή επιλογή." - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31 -msgid "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card " -"from the list if needed." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Κάρτα γραφικών</guibutton></emphasis>: Επιλέξτε την " -"κάρτα σας από τη λίστα αν είναι απαραίτητο." - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37 -msgid "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: You can choose " -"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> when applicable, or choose your monitor " -"from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. " -"Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the " -"horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Οθόνη</guibutton></emphasis>: Μπορείτε να επιλέξετε " -"<guilabel>Άμεσης τοποθέτησης και λειτουργίας</guilabel> αν είναι εφικτό, ή " -"επιλέξτε την οθόνη σας από τη λίστα των <guilabel>Κατασκευαστών</guilabel> ή " -"<guilabel>Γενικού τύπου</guilabel>. Επιλέξτε <guilabel>Προσαρμοσμένο</" -"guilabel> αν επιθυμείτε να ορίσετε τις οριζόντιες και κάθετες συχνότητες " -"ανανέωσης της οθόνης σας χειροκίνητα." - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> -#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45 -msgid "Incorrect refresh rates may damage your monitor" -msgstr "Μια εσφαλμένη συχνότητα ανανέωσης μπορεί να καταστρέψει την οθόνη σας" - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:51 -msgid "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired " -"resolution and color depth of your monitor here." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Ανάλυση</guibutton></emphasis>: Ορίστε την επιθυμητή " -"ανάλυση και βάθος χρώματος της οθόνης σας εδώ." - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56 -msgid "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not " -"always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your " -"settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your " -"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. " -"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be " -"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " -"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</" -"emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Δοκιμή</guibutton></emphasis>: Το κουμπί δοκιμή δεν " -"εμφανίζεται πάντα κατά την εγκατάσταση. Αν το κουμπί υπάρχει, μπορείτε να " -"ελέγξετε τις ρυθμίσεις σας κάνοντας κλικ σε αυτό. Αν ερωτηθείτε αν οι " -"ρυθμίσεις σας είναι σωστές, μπορείτε να απαντήσετε «Ναι», και οι ρυθμίσεις " -"θα διατηρηθούν. Αν δεν δείτε τίποτα, θα επιστρέψετε στην οθόνη διαμόρφωσης " -"ώστε να ρυθμίσετε εκ νέου τις παραμέτρους έως η δοκιμή που θα " -"πραγματοποιήσετε να είναι επιτυχής. <emphasis>Σιγουρευτείτε ότι οι " -"ρυθμίσεις σας είναι σωστές αν το κουμπί δοκιμής δεν είναι διαθέσιμο</" -"emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67 -msgid "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to " -"enable or disable various options." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Επιλογές</guibutton></emphasis>: Εδώ μπορείτε να " -"επιλέξετε την ενεργοποίηση ή απενεργοποίηση ορισμένων παραμέτρων." - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:5 -msgid "Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry" -msgstr "Προσθήκη ή επεξεργασία μιας καταχώρησης στο μενού Εκκίνησης" - -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:10 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:17 -msgid "" -"You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the " -"relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen " -"and editing the screen that pops up on top of it." -msgstr "" -"Μπορείτε να προσθέσετε μια καταχώρηση ή να επεξεργαστείτε αυτή που " -"επιλέξατε, πατώντας στο σχετικό κουμπί στη <emphasis>Διαμόρφωση του " -"προγράμματος εκκίνησης</emphasis> και να επεξεργαστείτε τα πεδία στον " -"αναδυόμενο διάλογο." +#: en/setupSCSI.xml:11 +msgid "Setup SCSI" +msgstr "Διαμόρφωση SCSI" +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 +#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) +#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the +#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:21 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:26 -msgid "" -"Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an " -"entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one." -msgstr "" -"Μερικά πράγματα που μπορούν να γίνουν χωρίς κίνδυνο, είναι η αλλαγή της " -"ετικέτας μιας καταχώρησης και η επιλογή μιας καταχώρησης ως την " -"προκαθορισμένη." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:27 -msgid "" -"You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely." -msgstr "" -"Μπορείτε να προσθέσετε τον σωστό αριθμό έκδοσης μιας καταχώρησης, ή να την " -"μετονομάσετε πλήρως." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:28 -msgid "" -"The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a " -"choice while booting up." -msgstr "" -"Η προκαθορισμένη καταχώρηση είναι αυτή στην οποία ξεκινά ο υπολογιστής αν " -"δεν επιλέξετε κάποια άλλη καταχώρηση στην εκκίνηση." - -#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:29 -msgid "" -"Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " -"just try something without knowing what you are doing." -msgstr "" -"Η επεξεργασία άλλων πεδίων μπορεί να έχει ως αποτέλεσμα την αδυναμία " -"εκκίνησης του συστήματός σας. Παρακαλώ μην κάνετε απλά δοκιμές αν δεν " -"γνωρίζετε τι ακριβώς κάνετε." - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/minimal-install.xml:3 -msgid "Minimal Install" -msgstr "Ελάχιστη εγκατάσταση" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/minimal-install.xml:9 -msgid "" -"You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the " -"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></" -"xref>." -msgstr "" -"Μπορείτε να επιλέξετε την Ελάχιστη εγκατάσταση αποεπιλέγοντας τα πάντα στην " -"οθόνη επιλογής Ομάδων πακέτων, δείτε <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></" -"xref>." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/minimal-install.xml:10 +#: en/setupSCSI.xml:26 msgid "" -"Minimal Installation is intended for those with specific uses in mind for " -"their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised " -"workstation. You will probably use this option combined with Manual Package " -"Selection, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"Η Ελάχιστη εγκατάσταση προορίζεται για αυτούς που θέλουν να κάνουν μια " -"ειδική χρήση της Mageia, όπως ένας εξυπηρετητής ή έναν εξειδικευμένο σταθμό " -"εργασίας. Πιθανώς θα χρησιμοποιήσετε αυτή την επιλογή σε συνδυασμό με την " -"χειροκίνητη επιλογή πακέτων, δείτε <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></" -"xref>." +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/minimal-install.xml:14 -msgid "" -"If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer " -"you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X." -msgstr "" -"Αν επιλέξετε αυτήν την επιλογή εγκατάστασης, τότε στην επόμενη οθόνη θα " -"μπορείτε να επιλέξετε μεταξύ μερικών χρήσιμων εργαλείων προς εγκατάσταση, " -"όπως τεκμηρίωση και X." - -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/minimal-install.xml:19 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/securityLevel.xml:12 -msgid "Security Level" -msgstr "Επίπεδο ασφάλειας" - -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/securityLevel.xml:19 +#: en/setupSCSI.xml:32 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers " +"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " +"fail to recognise the drive." msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/securityLevel.xml:24 -msgid "You can adjust your security level here." -msgstr "Εδώ μπορείτε να ρυθμίσετε το επίπεδο ασφαλείας." +"Το DrakX συνήθως εντοπίζει τους σκληρούς σας δίσκους σωστά. Ωστόσο, μπορεί " +"να αποτύχει στον εντοπισμό ορισμένων παλαιότερων ελεγκτών οδηγών SCSI με " +"αποτέλεσμα να αποτύχει η εγκατάσταση των απαραίτητων οδηγών." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/securityLevel.xml:27 +#: en/setupSCSI.xml:36 msgid "" -"Leave the default settings as they are, if you don't know what to choose." +"If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) " +"you have." msgstr "" -"Αφήστε τις προκαθορισμένες ρυθμίσεις ως έχουν, αν δεν γνωρίζετε τι να " -"επιλέξετε." +"Αν συμβαίνει αυτό, θα πρέπει να δηλώσετε χειροκίνητα στο Drakx τους οδηγούς " +"SCSI που διαθέτετε." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/securityLevel.xml:30 -msgid "" -"After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings " -"in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center." +#: en/setupSCSI.xml:39 +msgid "DrakX should then be able to configure the drive(s) correctly." msgstr "" -"Μετά την εγκατάσταση, είναι δυνατό να ρυθμίσετε τις ρυθμίσεις ασφάλειας από " -"την ενότητα <guilabel>Ασφάλεια</guilabel> του Κέντρου Ελέγχου Mageia." +"Στη συνέχεια, το DrakX θα πρέπει να είναι σε θέση να αναγνωρίσει ποιες " +"παραμέτρους χρειάζεται για την διαμόρφωση του οδηγού και για να τον θέσει σε " +"λειτουργία." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/selectCountry.xml:13 -msgid "Select your Country / Region" -msgstr "Επιλέξτε τη χώρα/περιοχή σας" +#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:4 +msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted" +msgstr "Επιβεβαίωση του σκληρού δίσκου προς μορφοποίηση" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 +#. test comment - johnr +#. 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct +#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I +#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD +#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/selectCountry.xml:21 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/selectCountry.xml:27 +#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19 msgid "" -"Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, " -"like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country " -"can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network." +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" +"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"Επιλέξτε τη χώρα ή την περιοχή σας. Αυτό είναι σημαντικό για όλων των ειδών " -"ρυθμίσεων, όπως το νόμισμα και ο κανονιστικός τομέας ασύρματου δικτύου." +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" +"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/selectCountry.xml:32 -msgid "" -"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</" -"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." -msgstr "" -"Αν η χώρα σας δεν εμφανίζεται στη λίστα, κάντε κλικ στο κουμπί <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">Άλλες χώρες</emphasis> και από εκεί επιλέξτε τη χώρα ή την " -"περιοχή.<guilabel></guilabel>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/selectCountry.xml:37 +#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24 msgid "" -"If your country is only in the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> list, " -"after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the " -"first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real " +"Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your " "choice." msgstr "" -"Αν η χώρα σας εμφανίζεται μόνο στη λίστα <emphasis role=\"bold\">Άλλες " -"χώρες</emphasis>, αφού κάνετε κλικ στο κουμπί <emphasis role=\"bold" -"\">Εντάξει</emphasis> μπορεί να φαίνεται ως μια χώρα επιλεγμένη από την " -"πρώτη λίστα. Μπορείτε να το αγνοήσετε, το DrakX θα ακολουθήσει την " -"πραγματική σας επιλογή." - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/selectCountry.xml:46 -msgid "Input method" -msgstr "Μέθοδος εισαγωγής" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/selectCountry.xml:49 -msgid "" -"In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an " -"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input " -"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " -"default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India Live-" -"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method " -"so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input methods(SCIM, " -"GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be installed if you " -"added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." -msgstr "" -"Στην οθόνη <emphasis role=\"bold\">Άλλες χώρες</emphasis> μπορείτε επίσης να " -"επιλέξετε τη μέθοδο εισαγωγής (στο κάτω μέρος της λίστας). Οι μέθοδοι " -"εισαγωγής επιτρέπουν στους χρήστες να εισάγουν πολυγλωσσικούς χαρακτήρες " -"(Κινέζικα, Ιαπωνικά, Κορεάτικα, κλπ). Το IBus είναι η προκαθορισμένη μέθοδος " -"εισαγωγής στα DVD της Mageia, Αφρική/Ινδία και Ασία/εκτός Ινδίας Live-CD. " -"Για τις Ασιατικές και Αφρικανικές τοπικότητες, το IBus θα οριστεί ως η " -"προκαθορισμένη μέθοδος εισαγωγής ώστε οι χρήστες να μην χρειαστεί να κάνουν " -"τη διαμόρφωση χειροκίνητα. Άλλες μέθοδοι εισαγωγής (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, κλπ) " -"παρέχουν επίσης πανομοιότυπες λειτουργίες και μπορούν να εγκατασταθούν αν " -"προσθέσατε ένα μέσο HTTP/FTP πριν την επιλογή των πακέτων." - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/selectCountry.xml:61 -msgid "" -"If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it " -"after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -> " -"\"System\", or by running localedrake as root." -msgstr "" -"Αν παραλείψατε τη ρύθμιση της μεθόδου εισαγωγής κατά την εγκατάσταση, " -"μπορείτε να μεταβείτε εκ νέου σε αυτή μετά την επανεκκίνηση του " -"εγκατεστημένου συστήματός σας μέσω του μενού «Ρυθμίστε τον υπολογιστή σας» -" -"> «Σύστημα», ή εκτελώντας localedrake ως root." - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/media_selection.xml:3 -msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)" -msgstr "Επιλογή μέσων (Nonfree)" - -#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media) -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong) -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/media_selection.xml:12 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" -"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" -"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/media_selection.xml:18 -msgid "" -"Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are " -"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories " -"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " -"the next steps." -msgstr "" -"Εδώ έχετε τη λίστα με τα διαθέσιμα αποθετήρια. Ανάλογα με το μέσο που " -"χρησιμοποιήσατε για την εγκατάσταση έχετε και διαθέσιμα αποθετήρια. Η " -"επιλογή των αποθετηρίων καθορίζει ποια θα είναι τα διαθέσιμα πακέτα κατά τα " -"επόμενα βήματα της εγκατάστασης." - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/media_selection.xml:25 -msgid "" -"The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains " -"the base of the distribution." -msgstr "" -"Το αποθετήριο <emphasis>Core</emphasis> δεν μπορεί να απενεργοποιηθεί διότι " -"περιέχει τη βάση της διανομής." - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/media_selection.xml:30 -msgid "" -"The <emphasis>Non-free</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-" -"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source " -"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " -"nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi " -"cards, etc." -msgstr "" -"Το αποθετήριο <emphasis>Non-free</emphasis> περιέχει πακέτα που είναι " -"δωρεάν, η Mageia μπορεί να κάνει αναδιανομή, αλλά περιέχουν λογισμικό που " -"υπόκειται σε πνευματικά δικαιώματα (εξ'ού και η ονομασία Νonfree που " -"σημαίνει μη ελεύθερο). Για παράδειγμα, σε αυτό το αποθετήριο βρίσκονται οι " -"ιδιόκτητοι οδηγοί των καρτών γραφικών nVidia και ATI, τα firmware διαφόρων " -"καρτών WiFi κλπ." - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/media_selection.xml:38 -msgid "" -"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under " -"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is " -"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. " -"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed " -"to play commercial video DVD, etc." -msgstr "" -"Το αποθετήριο <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> περιέχει πακέτα τα οποία " -"διαθέτουν μια ελεύθερη άδεια. Ο κύριος λόγος που αυτά τα πακέτα βρίσκονται " -"σε αυτό το αποθετήριο είναι ότι μπορεί να παραβιάζουν πατέντες και " -"πνευματικά δικαιώματα σε ορισμένες χώρες, π.χ. οι αποκωδικοποιητές πολυμέσων " -"που απαιτούνται για την αναπαραγωγή διαφόρων αρχείων ήχου/βίντεο, πακέτα που " -"απαιτούνται για την αναπαραγωγή εμπορικών βίντεο DVD, κλπ." - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:10 -msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)" -msgstr "Επιλογή μέσων (Διαμόρφωση επιπρόσθετων μέσων εγκατάστασης)" - -#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"Κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Προηγούμενο</guibutton> αν δεν είστε σίγουρος-η " +"για το σκληρό δίσκο που επιλέξατε." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24 +#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 msgid "" -"This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can " -"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The " -"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " -"during the next steps." +"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every " +"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." msgstr "" -"Σε αυτήν την οθόνη έχετε μια λίστα των ήδη αναγνωρισμένων αποθετηρίων. " -"Μπορείτε να προσθέσετε και άλλες πηγές πακέτων, όπως έναν οπτικό οδηγό ή μια " -"απομακρυσμένη πηγή. Η επιλογή των πηγών καθορίζει ποια πακέτα θα είναι " -"διαθέσιμα για επιλογή στα επόμενα βήματα." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29 -msgid "For a network source, there are two steps to follow:" -msgstr "Για μια δικτυακή πηγή, θα πρέπει να ακολουθήσετε δυο βήματα:" +"Κάντε κλικ στο <guibutton>Επόμενο</guibutton> αν είστε σίγουρος-η και " +"επιθυμείτε την διαγραφή όλων των κατατμήσεων, όλων των λειτουργικών " +"συστημάτων και όλων των δεδομένων στον συγκεκριμένο σκληρό δίσκο." -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:33 -msgid "Choosing and activation of the network, if not already up." -msgstr "Επιλογή και ενεργοποίηση του δικτύου, αν δεν είναι ήδη ενεργοποιημένο." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> " +#~ "partition" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Αλλαγή μεγέθους κατάτμησης των <application>Windows<superscript>®</" +#~ "superscript></application>" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:37 -msgid "" -"Selecting a mirror or specifying a URL (very first entry). By selecting a " -"mirror, you have access to the selection of all repositories managed by " -"Mageia, like the non-free , the tainted repositories and the updates. With " -"the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS " -"installation." -msgstr "" -"Επιλογή ενός καθρεπτισμού ή καθορισμός του URL (η πρώτη καταχώρηση). " -"Επιλέγοντας έναν καθρεπτισμό , έχετε τη δυνατότητα να επιλέξετε μεταξύ των " -"αποθετηρίων που διαχειρίζονται από τη Mageia, όπως το non-free , tainted και " -"updates. Με το URL, μπορείτε να υποδείξετε ένα συγκεκριμένο αποθετήριο ή τη " -"δική σας εγκατάσταση NFS." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" +#~ "application> partition. Choose which one should be made smaller to make " +#~ "space for installing <application>Mageia</application>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Έχετε περισσότερες από μια κατατμήσεις των " +#~ "<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application>. Επιλέξτε " +#~ "αυτήν που θα πρέπει να μειωθεί το μέγεθος ώστε να δημιουργηθεί ο " +#~ "κατάλληλος χώρος για την εγκατάσταση της <application>Mageia</" +#~ "application>." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Set up X, graphic card and monitor configuration (old page)" diff --git a/docs/installer/eo.po b/docs/installer/eo.po index d739253a..c5c901e5 100644 --- a/docs/installer/eo.po +++ b/docs/installer/eo.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia Installer Help\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-07-07 10:48+0400\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-10-09 20:39+0400\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: Esperanto <i18n-discuss@ml.mageia.org>\n" @@ -88,6 +88,59 @@ msgstr "" "application>, klaku sur la butono <guibutton>Publikig-notoj (Release Notes) " "</guibutton>." +#. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 en/media_selection.xml:1 +msgid "en" +msgstr "eo" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:10 +msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)" +msgstr "" + +#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24 +msgid "" +"This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can " +"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The " +"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " +"during the next steps." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29 +msgid "For a network source, there are two steps to follow:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:33 +msgid "Choosing and activation of the network, if not already up." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:37 +msgid "" +"Selecting a mirror or specifying a URL (very first entry). By selecting a " +"mirror, you have access to the selection of all repositories managed by " +"Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With " +"the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS " +"installation." +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:4 msgid "User and Superuser Management" @@ -451,539 +504,620 @@ msgstr "" "subdisko(j)n kiu(j)n sugestas DrakX aŭ pli da ili." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:18 -msgid "DrakX, the Mageia Installer" -msgstr "DrakX, la instalilo de Magejo" +#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:5 +msgid "Desktop Selection" +msgstr "Grafika medio" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:21 +#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11 msgid "" -"Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia " -"Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as " -"possible." +"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine " +"tune your choice." +msgstr "Depende de viaj elektoj ĉi tie, povos aperi aliaj agordaj ekranoj." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:13 +msgid "" +"After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package " +"installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the " +"<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button" msgstr "" -"Se vi estas nova aŭ nesperta uzulo de GNU/Linukso, la instalilo de Magejo " -"estas desegnita por igi vian instaladon aŭ ĝisdatigon tiel facila kiel eble." +"Post la selekto-paŝo(j), vi vidos glitan ekranon dum la pakaĵ-instalo. La " +"glitado povas esti malaktivigita premante la butonon <guilabel>Detaloj</" +"guilabel>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:20 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:29 +#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:26 msgid "" -"The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will " -"start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need." +"Choose whether you prefer to use the <application>KDE</application> or " +"<application>Gnome</application> desktop environment. Both come with a full " +"set of useful applications and tools. Tick <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if " +"you want to use neither or both, or if you want something other than the " +"default software choices for these desktop environments. The " +"<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, " +"sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default." msgstr "" -"La komenca menua ekrano havas plurajn elektojn, tamen defaŭlte lanĉiĝos la " -"mageja instalilo, kiu kutime havos ĉion kion oni bezonas." +"Elektu ĉu vi preferas uzi la labortablajn mediojn <application>KDE-on</" +"application> aŭ <application>Gnome-on</application>. Ambaŭ venas kun " +"kompleta aro da utilaj aplikaĵoj kaj iloj. Aktivigu <guilabel>Agordi</" +"guilabel> se vi volas utiligi unu aŭ ambaŭ, aŭ se vi volas personigi la " +"defaŭltajn program-elektojn de tiuj labortablaj medioj. La labortablo " +"<application>LXDE-o</application> estas pli malpeza ol la du antaŭaj. Ĝi " +"havas malpli da grafikaj uzulaj interfacoj kaj pakaĵoj instalitaj defaŭlte." -#. type: Content of: <section><figure><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:35 -msgid "Installation Welcome Screen" -msgstr "Bonveniga instal-ekrano" +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:4 +msgid "Package Group Selection" +msgstr "Pakaĵaj grupoj" -#. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:39 +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:10 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\"> </imagedata> </" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" width=\"800\" depth=\"600\"></imagedata> </" "imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:16 +msgid "" +"Packages have been sorted into groups, to make choosing what you need on " +"your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however " +"more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which " +"become visible as the mouse is hovered over them." msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\" width=" -"\"800\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" depth=\"600\" xml:id=\"BId-drakx-" -"intro-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"Pakaĵoj estis arigitaj en grupoj por plifaciligi la elekton de tio kion vi " +"bezonas en via sistemo. La grupoj estas sufiĉe memklarigaj, tamen plia " +"informo pri la enhavo de ĉiu pakaĵaro estas disponebla kiam oni metas la " +"musan montrilon sur ili." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure> -#: en/installer.xml:34 en/installer.xml:90 +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:23 +msgid "Workstation." +msgstr "Laborstacio." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:27 +msgid "Server." +msgstr "Servilo." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:31 +msgid "Graphical Environment." +msgstr "Grafika medio." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:35 msgid "" -"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=" -"\"1\"/>" +"Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or " +"remove packages." msgstr "" -"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=" -"\"1\"/>" +"Elektado de individuaj pakaĵoj: vi povas uzi ĉi tiun elekton por aldoni aŭ " +"forigi permane pakaĵojn." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:47 +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:39 msgid "" -"If there are problems during install, then it may be necessary to use " -"special installation options, see <xref linkend=\"installationOptions\"></" -"xref>." +"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do " +"a minimal install." msgstr "" -"Se okazus problemoj dum la instalado, tiam povus esti necese uzi specialajn " -"instalajn elektojn, vidu <xref linkend=\"installationOptions\"></xref>." +"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do " +"a minimal install." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:52 -msgid "The installation steps" -msgstr "La instal-paŝoj" +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4 +msgid "Choose Individual Packages" +msgstr "Elekto de individuaj pakaĵoj" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:55 +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11 msgid "" -"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed " -"on the side panel of the screen." +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"La instal-procezo dividiĝas en serio da paŝoj, kiuj povas esti sekvataj per " -"la flanka panelo de la ekrano." +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:58 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17 msgid "" -"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</" -"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options." +"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation." msgstr "" -"Ĉiu paŝo havas unu aŭ pliajn ekranojn kiuj povas ankaŭ havi " -"<guibutton>Progresintan</guibutton> butonon kun aldonaj sed malofte " -"bezonataj elektoj." +"Ĉi tie vi povas elekti aŭ malelekti aldonajn pakaĵojn por agordi vian " +"instalon." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:62 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20 msgid "" -"Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further " -"explanations about the current step." +"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</" +"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving " +"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same " +"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and " +"choosing to load it." msgstr "" -"La plimulto el ekranoj havas butonon pri <guibutton>Helpo</guibutton> " -"havigantan pliajn karigojn pri tiu paŝo." +"Post fari vian elekton, vi povas klaki sur la <guibutton>disketa ikono</" +"guibutton> sube en la paĝo por konservi vian pakaĵ-elekton (konservi en USB-" +"ŝlosilo funkcias ankaŭ). Vi povos utiligi ĉi tiun dosieron por instali la " +"samajn pakaĵojn en aliaj sistemo klakante sur la sama butono dum la " +"instalado kaj elektante ŝarĝi ĝin." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/installer.xml:66 +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/configureServices.xml:12 +msgid "Configure your Services" +msgstr "Konfiguru viajn Servojn" + +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/configureServices.xml:21 msgid "" -"If somewhere during install you decide to stop the installation, it is " -"possible to reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a " -"partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your " -"computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well " -"leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure " -"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys " -"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " -"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot." +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"Se iam dum la instalado vi decidas haltigi ĝin, eblas reŝarĝi la komputilon, " -"sed bv. pripensi tion dufoje antaŭe. Post la formatigo de partigo aŭ post " -"la ekinstalo de ĝisdatigo via komputilo ne plu restos egale, reŝarĝi ĝin " -"povus igi vian sistemon neuzebla. Se malgraŭ tio vi estas certa pri tio ke " -"vi volas reŝarĝi, malfermu teksto-terminalon premante la tri klavojn " -"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> samtempe. Post tio, premu <guibutton>Alt " -"Ctrl Delete</guibutton> samtempe por reŝarĝi." - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:80 -msgid "Installation options" -msgstr "Instal-elektoj" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:83 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureServices.xml:27 msgid "" -"If the installation fails then it may be necessary to try again by using one " -"of the extra options available by hitting the <guibutton>F1 (Help)</" -"guibutton> key see <xref linkend=\"dx-welcome\"></xref>" +"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system." msgstr "" -"Se la instalo malsukcesas tiam povas esti necese provi denove kaj uzi unu el " -"la aldonaj elektoj aperontaj per la premo de la klavo F1 (Helpo), vidu <xref " -"linkend=\"dx-welcome\"></xref>" +"Ĉi tie vi povas decidi kiuj servoj (ne) devus esti lanĉitaj je la starto de " +"la sistemo." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:87 -msgid "This will open the following text based help." -msgstr "Ĉi tio malfermos la jenan teksto-bazitan helpon." +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureServices.xml:30 +msgid "" +"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and " +"see all services in it." +msgstr "" +"Estas kvar grupoj, klaku sur la triangulo kiu troviĝas antaŭ grupo por " +"etendi ĝin kaj vidi ĉiujn servojn disponeblajn." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:91 -msgid "Installation Help Screen" -msgstr "Instala helpo-ekrano" +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureServices.xml:34 +msgid "The setting DrakX chose are usually good." +msgstr "La elekto kiun faris DrakX estas kutime adekvata." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:96 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureServices.xml:37 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\" align=" -"\"center\" width=\"720\" format=\"PNG\" depth=\"400\" xml:id=\"installer-" -"im2\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info " +"box below." +msgstr "Se vi elektas servon, iu informo pri ĝi montriĝos en la suba skatolo." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:105 -msgid "Installation Problems and Possible Solutions" -msgstr "Instal-problemoj kaj eblaj solvoj" +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureServices.xml:41 +msgid "Only change things when you know very well what you are doing." +msgstr "Ŝanĝu aferojn nur se vi scias tre bone kion vi estas faranta." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:111 -msgid "No Graphical Interface" -msgstr "Sen grafika interfaco" +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:12 +msgid "Configure your Timezone" +msgstr "Konfiguru vian horzonon" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:116 +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 msgid "" -"After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " -"This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low " -"resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt." +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." +"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"Post la komenca ekrano vi eble ne alvenos al la ekrano pri lingvo-selekto. " -"Ĉi tio povas okazi kun kelkaj grafik-kartoj kaj malnovaj maŝinoj. Provu " -"utiligi malaltan rezolucion per la tajpo de \"vgalo\" en la komand-linio." +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." +"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:123 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26 msgid "" -"If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " -"In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit " -"ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be " -"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit " -"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode.<emphasis></emphasis>" +"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the " +"same time zone." msgstr "" -"Se la aparataro estas tre malnova, grafika instalo povas esti neebla. Ĉikaze " -"povas esti rekomendinde provi teksto-bazitan instalon. Por tio premu la " -"klavon ESC en la unua bonveniga ekrano kaj konfirmu per ENTER. Tiam aperos " -"nigra ekrano kun la vorto \"boot:\". Tajpu \"text\" kaj premu ENTER. Nun " -"daŭrigu la instaladon tekste. <emphasis></emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:135 -msgid "The Install Freezes" -msgstr "Instal-paneoj" +"Elektu vian horzonon selektante vian landon aŭ urbon proksiman kiu troviĝu " +"en la sama tempo-zono." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:138 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30 msgid "" -"If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a " -"problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of " -"hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type " -"<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with " -"other options as necessary." +"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to " +"GMT, also known as UTC." msgstr "" -"Se la sistemo ŝajnas panei dum la instalo, tio povas esti pro aparatar-" -"detekta problemo. Ĉikaze la aŭtomata detektado de aparatoj povas esti " -"prokrastita. Por provi tion tajpu <code>noauto</code> en la komando-linio. " -"Ĉi tiu elekto povas ankaŭ esti miksita kun la antaŭa se estas necese." - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:147 -msgid "Kernel Options" -msgstr "Kernaj elektoj" +"En la sekva ekrano vi povas alĝustigi vian sisteman horloĝon je la loka horo " +"aŭ je GTM, ankaŭ konata kiel UTC." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:150 +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35 msgid "" -"These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " -"available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " -"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e." -"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." +"If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they " +"are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT." msgstr "" -"Ili estos malofte necesaj, sed en kelkaj kazoj la aparataro povas kalkuli la " -"disponeblan ĉefmemoron malĝuste. Por konkretigi ĝin permane vi povas utiligi " -"la parametron mem=xxxM, kie xxx estas la ĝusta kvanto da ĉefmemoro. Ekzemple " -"\"mem=256M\" specifus 256MB-ojn el ĉefmemoro." +"Se vi havas pli ol unu operacia sistemo en via komputilo, certiĝu pri tio ke " +"ili estas alĝustigitaj ĉiuj je la loka horo aŭ je UTC/GTM." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:23 -msgid "Install or Upgrade" -msgstr "Instalado/ĝisdatigo" +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11 +msgid "Choose an X Server (Configure your Graphic Card)" +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:27 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" -"\"center\" width=\"800\" format=\"PNG\" depth=\"600\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34 -msgid "Install" -msgstr "Instalado" +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21 +msgid "" +"DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually " +"correctly identify your video device." +msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:36 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24 msgid "" -"Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation." +"If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know " +"which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:" msgstr "" -"Uzu tiun elekton por freŝa instalado de <application>Magejo</application> ." -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:41 -msgid "Upgrade" -msgstr "Ĝisdatigu" +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69 +msgid "vendor" +msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:43 +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:31 +msgid "then the name of your card" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:35 +msgid "and the type of card" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:39 msgid "" -"If you have one or more <application>Mageia 2</application> installations on " -"your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the " -"latest release." +"If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in " +"the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the " +"Xorg category" msgstr "" -"Se vi havas unu aŭ pliajn ekzistantajn instalojn de <application>Magejo</" -"application> en via sistemo, la instalilo ebligos vin ĝisdatigi unu el ili " -"al la plej lasta versio." -#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:49 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43 msgid "" -"If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to " -"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been " -"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " -"the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an " -"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you " -"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " -"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</" -"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." +"The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card " +"drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the " +"option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities." msgstr "" -"Se iam dum la instalado vi decidas haltigi ĝin, eblas reŝarĝi la komputilon, " -"sed bv. pripensi tion dufoje antaŭe. Post la strukturado de subdisko aŭ " -"post la ekinstalo de ĝisdatigo via komputilo ne plu restos egale, reŝarĝi " -"ĝin povus igi vian sistemon neuzebla. Se malgraŭ tio vi estas certa pri tio " -"ke vi volas reŝarĝi, malfermu teksto-terminalon premante la tri klavojn " -"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> samtempe. Post tio, premu <guibutton>Alt " -"Ctrl Delete</guibutton> samtempe por reŝarĝi." -#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> -#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:60 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48 msgid "" -"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you " -"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " -"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</" -"emphasis> do this later in the install." +"Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access " +"to the Commandline Interface." msgstr "" -"Se vi rimarkas ke vi forgesis selekti aldonan lingvon, vi povas reveni el la " -"ekrano \"Instalado/ĝisdatigo\" al la ekrano por lingva elekto per la premo " -"de <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. <emphasis>Ne</emphasis> faru tion " -"poste en la instalo." -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14 -msgid "Keyboard" -msgstr "Klavaro" +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51 +msgid "" +"Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which " +"may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from " +"the card manufacturers' websites." +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:17 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55 msgid "" -"DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable " -"keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout." +"The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them. If " +"you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot." msgstr "" -"DrakX selektas adekvatan klavaron por via lingvo. Se ne estas disponebla ĝi " -"aŭtomate elektos usonan klavaron." +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4 +msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration" +msgstr "Konfiguri X, grafik-karton kaj monitoron" + +#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22 +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" align=\"center" -"\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18 +msgid "" +"No matter which graphical environment (also known as desktop environment) " +"you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are " +"all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window " +"System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for " +"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or " +"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</" +"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can " +"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you " +"think the choice is incorrect." +msgstr "" +"Ne gravas kiun grafikan medion (ankaŭ konata kiel labortabla medio) vi " +"elektis por ĉi tiu instalo de <application>Magejo</application>, ili ĉiuj " +"baziĝas sur grafika uzula interfaco nomita <acronym>X Window System</" +"acronym>, aŭ simple <acronym>X</acronym>. Do cele al bona funkciado de " +"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>GNOME</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> aŭ " +"iu alia grafika medio, la jena konfiguro de <acronym>X</acronym> devas esti " +"ĝusta. Elektu la ĝustan konfiguron se vi rimarkas ke <application>DrakX</" +"application> ne elektis konfiguron aŭ vi pensas ke tiu elekto estas malĝusta." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30 +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31 msgid "" -"Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. " -"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications " -"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a " -"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " -"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en." -"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card " +"from the list if needed." msgstr "" -"Estu certa pri tio ke la selekto estas ĝusta aŭ elektu male alian klavaron. " -"Se vi ne scias kiun klavaron vi havas rigardu la specifojn kiuj venas kun " -"via sistemo aŭ demandu al la vendisto. Eble estas etikedo sur la klavaro kiu " -"identigas ĝin. Vi ankaŭ povas rigardi ĉi tie: <link xlink:href=\"http://eo." -"wikipedia.org/wiki/Klavarfasono\">eo.wikipedia.org/wiki/Klavarfasono</link>" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Grafik-karto </guibutton></emphasis>: Elektu vian " +"karton en la listo se bezonate." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40 +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37 msgid "" -"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</" -"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there." +"<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: You can choose " +"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> when applicable, or choose your monitor " +"from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. " +"Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the " +"horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor." msgstr "" -"Se via klavaro ne estas en la montrita listo klaku sur la butono " -"<guibutton>Pli (Plu)</guibutton> por aliri etenditan liston kaj selektu vian " -"klavaron tie." +"<emphasis><guibutton>Ekrano</guibutton></emphasis>: Vi povas elekti " +"<guilabel>\"Plug'n Play\"</guilabel> siakaze aŭ elekti vian monitoron en la " +"<guilabel>Vendista</guilabel> aŭ <guilabel>Ĝenerala</guilabel> listo. Elektu " +"<guilabel>Akomodata</guilabel> se vi preferas permane starigi la " +"horizontalan kaj vertikalan refreŝ-datumon de via monitoro." -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para> -#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45 +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45 +msgid "Incorrect refresh rates may damage your monitor" +msgstr "Malĝustaj refreŝ-datumoj povas damaĝi vian monitoron" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:51 msgid "" -"After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, " -"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though " -"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " -"and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the " -"full list." +"<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired " +"resolution and color depth of your monitor here." msgstr "" -"Post elekti klavaron per la butono <guibutton>Pli (Plu)</guibutton> , vi " -"revenos al la unua priklavara ekrano sed povos ŝajni kvazaŭ klavaro de tiu " -"ekrano estas elektita. Vi povas sentime ignori tiun anomalion kaj daŭrigi la " -"instaladon: Via klavaro estas tiu kiun vi elektis per la etendita listo." +"<emphasis><guibutton>Distingivo</guibutton></emphasis>: Starigu la deziratan " +"distingivon kaj kolorprofundon de via monitoro ĉi tie." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:55 +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56 msgid "" -"If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an " -"extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin " -"and non-Latin keyboard layouts" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not " +"always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your " +"settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your " +"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. " +"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be " +"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " +"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</" +"emphasis>" msgstr "" -"Se vi elektis klavaron nebazitan sur latinaj literoj, vi vidos aldonan " -"ekranon demandantan kiel vi ŝatus ŝanĝi inter latinaj kaj nelatinaj klavaroj" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Testo</guibutton></emphasis>: La testo-butono ne ĉiam " +"aperas dum la instalo. Se la butono estas tie, vi povas testi vian " +"konfiguron premante ĝin. Se vi vidas demandon demandantan vin ĉu via " +"konfiguro ĝustas, vi povas respondi \"jes\" kaj la konfiguro estos " +"konservita. Se vi vidas nenion vi revenos al konfigur-ekrano kaj povos " +"rekonfiguri ĉion ĝis kiam la testo sukcesos. <emphasis>Certiĝu pri tio ke " +"via konfiguro estas ĝusta se la testo-butono ne estas disponebla</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67 +msgid "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to " +"enable or disable various options." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Opcioj</guibutton></emphasis>: Ĉi tie vi povas aktvigi " +"aŭ malaktivigi kelkajn elektojn." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/configureServices.xml:12 -msgid "Configure your Services" -msgstr "Konfiguru viajn Servojn" +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18 +msgid "Choosing your Monitor" +msgstr "" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/configureServices.xml:21 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:21 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually " +"correctly identify yours." msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureServices.xml:27 +#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26 msgid "" -"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system." +"<emphasis>Selecting a monitor with different characteristics could damage " +"your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing " +"what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor " +"documentation" msgstr "" -"Ĉi tie vi povas decidi kiuj servoj (ne) devus esti lanĉitaj je la starto de " -"la sistemo." -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureServices.xml:30 +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34 msgid "" -"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and " -"see all services in it." +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" -"Estas kvar grupoj, klaku sur la triangulo kiu troviĝas antaŭ grupo por " -"etendi ĝin kaj vidi ĉiujn servojn disponeblajn." +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureServices.xml:34 -msgid "The setting DrakX chose are usually good." -msgstr "La elekto kiun faris DrakX estas kutime adekvata." +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42 +msgid "<emphasis>Custom</emphasis>" +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureServices.xml:37 +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44 msgid "" -"If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info " -"box below." -msgstr "Se vi elektas servon, iu informo pri ĝi montriĝos en la suba skatolo." +"This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh " +"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the " +"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are " +"displayed." +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureServices.xml:41 -msgid "Only change things when you know very well what you are doing." -msgstr "Ŝanĝu aferojn nur se vi scias tre bone kion vi estas faranta." +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49 +msgid "" +"It is <emphasis>VERY IMPORTANT</emphasis> that you do not specify a monitor " +"type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you " +"may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and " +"consult your monitor documentation." +msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:23 -msgid "Please choose a language to use" -msgstr "Bv. elekti la uzotan lingvon" +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:55 +msgid "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>" +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:26 +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:58 msgid "" -"Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your " -"continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during " -"the installation and for your installed system." +"This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the " +"monitor database." msgstr "" -"Selektu vian preferatan lingvon unue per la disfaldo de via kontinenta " -"listo. <application>Magejo</application> uzos ĉi tiun selekton dum la " -"instalado kaj por la instalita sistemo." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:30 -msgid "" -"If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your " -"system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the " -"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be " -"difficult to add extra language support after installation." +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63 +msgid "<emphasis>Vendor</emphasis>" msgstr "" -"Se vi bezonas instali en via sistemo plurajn lingvojn por vi aŭ aliaj " -"uzuloj, tiam vi devas utiligi la butonon <guibutton>Multaj lingvoj (Multiple " -"languages)</guibutton> por aldoni ilin nun. Estos malfacile aldoni plian " -"lingvan eltenon post la instalo." -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:36 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:65 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which " +"one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " -"width=\"800\" format=\"PNG\" depth=\"600\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:44 -msgid "" -"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them " -"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " -"marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ." +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73 +msgid "the monitor manufacturers name" msgstr "" -"Se vi elektas pli ol unu lingvon, vi devas selekti unu el ili kiel vian " -"preferatan lingvon en la komenca lingva ekrano. Ĝi markiĝos ankaŭ en la " -"plurlingva ekrano ." -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:51 +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:77 +msgid "the monitor description" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:82 +msgid "<emphasis>Generic</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84 msgid "" -"If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then " -"it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well." +"selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as " +"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is " +"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver " +"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it " +"may be wise to be conservative in your selections." msgstr "" -"Se via klavara lingvo ne estas la sama kiel via preferata lingvo, tiam estas " -"rekomendinde instali la lingvon de via klavaro ankaŭ." -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:57 +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:19 +msgid "Custom disk partitioning with DiskDrake" +msgstr "Agordi subdiskon per DiskDrake" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:26 msgid "" -"Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the " -"\"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your " -"language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages." +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"Magejo uzas UTF-8 (Unikodon) defaŭlte. Ĉi tio povas esti malŝaltita en la " -"plurlingva ekrano se vi certas pri tio ke ĝi estas neadekvata por via " -"lingvo. Malŝalti unikodon havos konsekvencojn sur ĉiuj instalitaj lingvoj." +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:64 +#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:33 msgid "" -"You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia " -"Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system." +"If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " +"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The " +"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " +"set, otherwise your system will be unbootable." msgstr "" -"Vi povas ŝanĝi la lingvon de via sistemo post la instalo per la Kontrolilo " -"de Magejo -> Sistemo -> Agordi skrib-sistemojn." +"Se vi volas utiligi ĉifradon en via subdisko <literal>/</literal> vi devas " +"havi apartan subdiskon <literal>/boot</literal>. La ĉifrada elekto por la " +"subdisko <literal>/boot</literal> ne devas esti selektita, alie via sistemo " +"ne startos." -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:4 -msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted" +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:39 +msgid "" +"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, " +"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " +"is in them before you start." msgstr "" +"Agordu via(j)n disko(j)n ĉi tie. Vi povas forigi aŭ krei subdiskojn, ŝanĝi " +"la dosiersistemon de subdisko aŭ ŝanĝi ĝian grandon kaj eĉ vidi kio estas en " +"ĝi antaŭ ol komenci." -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 -#. test comment - johnr -#. 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct -#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I -#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD -#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:42 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" -"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an " +"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" -"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"Estas langeto por ĉiu trovita fiksita disko aŭ alispeca stor-aparato kiel " +"USB-ŝlosilo. Ekzemple sda, sdb kaj sdc se estas tri." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:45 msgid "" -"Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your " -"choice." +"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected " +"storage device" msgstr "" +"Premu <guibutton>Forviŝu ĉion</guibutton> por forigi ĉiujn subdiskojn en la " +"elektita stor-aparato" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:47 msgid "" -"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every " -"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." +"For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, " +"or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it." msgstr "" +"Por aliaj agoj: klaku sur la dezirata subdisko unue. Tiam vi povos vidi ĝin, " +"elekti dosiersistemon kaj surmetingon, ŝanĝi ĝian grandon aŭ forigi ĝin." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:49 +msgid "Continue until you adjusted everything to your wishes." +msgstr "Daŭrigu ĝis kiam vi agordos ĉion laŭ via deziro." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:51 +msgid "Click <guibutton>Done</guibutton> when you're ready." +msgstr "Klaku sur <guibutton>Finata</guibutton> kiam vi estos preta." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:25 @@ -1165,231 +1299,63 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes." -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:5 -msgid "Desktop Selection" -msgstr "Grafika medio" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11 -msgid "" -"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine " -"tune your choice." -msgstr "Depende de viaj elektoj ĉi tie, povos aperi aliaj agordaj ekranoj." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:13 -msgid "" -"After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package " -"installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the " -"<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button" -msgstr "" -"Post la selekto-paŝo(j), vi vidos glitan ekranon dum la pakaĵ-instalo. La " -"glitado povas esti malaktivigita premante la butonon <guilabel>Detaloj</" -"guilabel>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:20 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:26 -msgid "" -"Choose whether you prefer to use the <application>KDE</application> or " -"<application>Gnome</application> desktop environment. Both come with a full " -"set of useful applications and tools. Tick <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if " -"you want to use neither or both, or if you want something other than the " -"default software choices for these desktop environments. The " -"<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, " -"sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default." -msgstr "" -"Elektu ĉu vi preferas uzi la labortablajn mediojn <application>KDE-on</" -"application> aŭ <application>Gnome-on</application>. Ambaŭ venas kun " -"kompleta aro da utilaj aplikaĵoj kaj iloj. Aktivigu <guilabel>Agordi</" -"guilabel> se vi volas utiligi unu aŭ ambaŭ, aŭ se vi volas personigi la " -"defaŭltajn program-elektojn de tiuj labortablaj medioj. La labortablo " -"<application>LXDE-o</application> estas pli malpeza ol la du antaŭaj. Ĝi " -"havas malpli da grafikaj uzulaj interfacoj kaj pakaĵoj instalitaj defaŭlte." - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:4 -msgid "Package Group Selection" -msgstr "Pakaĵaj grupoj" - -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:10 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" width=\"800\" depth=\"600\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:16 -msgid "" -"Packages have been sorted into groups, to make choosing what you need on " -"your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however " -"more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which " -"become visible as the mouse is hovered over them." -msgstr "" -"Pakaĵoj estis arigitaj en grupoj por plifaciligi la elekton de tio kion vi " -"bezonas en via sistemo. La grupoj estas sufiĉe memklarigaj, tamen plia " -"informo pri la enhavo de ĉiu pakaĵaro estas disponebla kiam oni metas la " -"musan montrilon sur ili." - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:23 -msgid "Workstation." -msgstr "Laborstacio." - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:27 -msgid "Server." -msgstr "Servilo." - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:31 -msgid "Graphical Environment." -msgstr "Grafika medio." - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:35 -msgid "" -"Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or " -"remove packages." -msgstr "" -"Elektado de individuaj pakaĵoj: vi povas uzi ĉi tiun elekton por aldoni aŭ " -"forigi permane pakaĵojn." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:39 -msgid "" -"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do " -"a minimal install." -msgstr "" -"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do " -"a minimal install." - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4 -msgid "Choose Individual Packages" -msgstr "Elekto de individuaj pakaĵoj" - -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17 -msgid "" -"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation." -msgstr "" -"Ĉi tie vi povas elekti aŭ malelekti aldonajn pakaĵojn por agordi vian " -"instalon." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20 -msgid "" -"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</" -"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving " -"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same " -"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and " -"choosing to load it." -msgstr "" -"Post fari vian elekton, vi povas klaki sur la <guibutton>disketa ikono</" -"guibutton> sube en la paĝo por konservi vian pakaĵ-elekton (konservi en USB-" -"ŝlosilo funkcias ankaŭ). Vi povos utiligi ĉi tiun dosieron por instali la " -"samajn pakaĵojn en aliaj sistemo klakante sur la sama butono dum la " -"instalado kaj elektante ŝarĝi ĝin." - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:19 -msgid "Custom disk partitioning with DiskDrake" -msgstr "Agordi subdiskon per DiskDrake" +#. type: Content of: <article><info><title> +#: en/DrakX.xml:3 +msgid "Installation with DrakX" +msgstr "Instalado per DrakX-o" -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:26 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> +#: en/DrakX.xml:6 +msgid "<note>" +msgstr "<note>" -#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:33 +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> +#: en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" -"If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " -"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The " -"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " -"set, otherwise your system will be unbootable." +"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " +"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " +"while installing." msgstr "" -"Se vi volas utiligi ĉifradon en via subdisko <literal>/</literal> vi devas " -"havi apartan subdiskon <literal>/boot</literal>. La ĉifrada elekto por la " -"subdisko <literal>/boot</literal> ne devas esti selektita, alie via sistemo " -"ne startos." +"Neniu vidos ĉiujn ekranojn, kiujn vi vidas en ĉi helpo. Tio kiujn ekranojn " +"vi vidos, dependas de via komputilo kaj viaj elektoj dum instalado." -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:39 -msgid "" -"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, " -"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " -"is in them before you start." -msgstr "" -"Agordu via(j)n disko(j)n ĉi tie. Vi povas forigi aŭ krei subdiskojn, ŝanĝi " -"la dosiersistemon de subdisko aŭ ŝanĝi ĝian grandon kaj eĉ vidi kio estas en " -"ĝi antaŭ ol komenci." +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakX.xml:10 +msgid "</note>" +msgstr "</note>" -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:42 +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" -"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an " -"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." +"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " +"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" +"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." msgstr "" -"Estas langeto por ĉiu trovita fiksita disko aŭ alispeca stor-aparato kiel " -"USB-ŝlosilo. Ekzemple sda, sdb kaj sdc se estas tri." +"La tekstoj kaj la ekranbildoj en ĉi helpo estas sub licenco CC-BY-SA 3.0 " +"<link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://" +"creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>" -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:45 +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" -"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected " -"storage device" +"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." msgstr "" -"Premu <guibutton>Forviŝu ĉion</guibutton> por forigi ĉiujn subdiskojn en la " -"elektita stor-aparato" +"Tiu ĉi helpo estas skribita kun helpo de <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco." +"com\">Calenco CMS</link> kreita per <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz" +"\">NeoDoc</link>" -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:47 +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" -"For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, " -"or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it." +"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" +"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" +"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." msgstr "" -"Por aliaj agoj: klaku sur la dezirata subdisko unue. Tiam vi povos vidi ĝin, " -"elekti dosiersistemon kaj surmetingon, ŝanĝi ĝian grandon aŭ forigi ĝin." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:49 -msgid "Continue until you adjusted everything to your wishes." -msgstr "Daŭrigu ĝis kiam vi agordos ĉion laŭ via deziro." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:51 -msgid "Click <guibutton>Done</guibutton> when you're ready." -msgstr "Klaku sur <guibutton>Finata</guibutton> kiam vi estos preta." +"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" +"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" +"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/exitInstall.xml:4 @@ -1519,6 +1485,228 @@ msgstr "" "por daŭrigi." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:18 +msgid "DrakX, the Mageia Installer" +msgstr "DrakX, la instalilo de Magejo" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:21 +msgid "" +"Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia " +"Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as " +"possible." +msgstr "" +"Se vi estas nova aŭ nesperta uzulo de GNU/Linukso, la instalilo de Magejo " +"estas desegnita por igi vian instaladon aŭ ĝisdatigon tiel facila kiel eble." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:29 +msgid "" +"The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will " +"start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need." +msgstr "" +"La komenca menua ekrano havas plurajn elektojn, tamen defaŭlte lanĉiĝos la " +"mageja instalilo, kiu kutime havos ĉion kion oni bezonas." + +#. type: Content of: <section><figure><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:35 +msgid "Installation Welcome Screen" +msgstr "Bonveniga instal-ekrano" + +#. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject> +#: en/installer.xml:39 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\"> </imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\" width=" +"\"800\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" depth=\"600\" xml:id=\"BId-drakx-" +"intro-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure> +#: en/installer.xml:34 en/installer.xml:90 +msgid "" +"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=" +"\"1\"/>" +msgstr "" +"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=" +"\"1\"/>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:47 +msgid "" +"If there are problems during install, then it may be necessary to use " +"special installation options, see <xref linkend=\"installationOptions\"></" +"xref>." +msgstr "" +"Se okazus problemoj dum la instalado, tiam povus esti necese uzi specialajn " +"instalajn elektojn, vidu <xref linkend=\"installationOptions\"></xref>." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:52 +msgid "The installation steps" +msgstr "La instal-paŝoj" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:55 +msgid "" +"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed " +"on the side panel of the screen." +msgstr "" +"La instal-procezo dividiĝas en serio da paŝoj, kiuj povas esti sekvataj per " +"la flanka panelo de la ekrano." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:58 +msgid "" +"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</" +"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options." +msgstr "" +"Ĉiu paŝo havas unu aŭ pliajn ekranojn kiuj povas ankaŭ havi " +"<guibutton>Progresintan</guibutton> butonon kun aldonaj sed malofte " +"bezonataj elektoj." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:62 +msgid "" +"Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further " +"explanations about the current step." +msgstr "" +"La plimulto el ekranoj havas butonon pri <guibutton>Helpo</guibutton> " +"havigantan pliajn karigojn pri tiu paŝo." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> +#: en/installer.xml:66 +msgid "" +"If somewhere during install you decide to stop the installation, it is " +"possible to reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a " +"partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your " +"computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well " +"leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure " +"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys " +"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " +"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot." +msgstr "" +"Se iam dum la instalado vi decidas haltigi ĝin, eblas reŝarĝi la komputilon, " +"sed bv. pripensi tion dufoje antaŭe. Post la formatigo de partigo aŭ post " +"la ekinstalo de ĝisdatigo via komputilo ne plu restos egale, reŝarĝi ĝin " +"povus igi vian sistemon neuzebla. Se malgraŭ tio vi estas certa pri tio ke " +"vi volas reŝarĝi, malfermu teksto-terminalon premante la tri klavojn " +"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> samtempe. Post tio, premu <guibutton>Alt " +"Ctrl Delete</guibutton> samtempe por reŝarĝi." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:80 +msgid "Installation options" +msgstr "Instal-elektoj" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:83 +msgid "" +"If the installation fails then it may be necessary to try again by using one " +"of the extra options available by hitting the <guibutton>F1 (Help)</" +"guibutton> key see <xref linkend=\"dx-welcome\"></xref>" +msgstr "" +"Se la instalo malsukcesas tiam povas esti necese provi denove kaj uzi unu el " +"la aldonaj elektoj aperontaj per la premo de la klavo F1 (Helpo), vidu <xref " +"linkend=\"dx-welcome\"></xref>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:87 +msgid "This will open the following text based help." +msgstr "Ĉi tio malfermos la jenan teksto-bazitan helpon." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:91 +msgid "Installation Help Screen" +msgstr "Instala helpo-ekrano" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><mediaobject> +#: en/installer.xml:96 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\" align=" +"\"center\" width=\"720\" format=\"PNG\" depth=\"400\" xml:id=\"installer-" +"im2\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:105 +msgid "Installation Problems and Possible Solutions" +msgstr "Instal-problemoj kaj eblaj solvoj" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:111 +msgid "No Graphical Interface" +msgstr "Sen grafika interfaco" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/installer.xml:116 +msgid "" +"After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " +"This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low " +"resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt." +msgstr "" +"Post la komenca ekrano vi eble ne alvenos al la ekrano pri lingvo-selekto. " +"Ĉi tio povas okazi kun kelkaj grafik-kartoj kaj malnovaj maŝinoj. Provu " +"utiligi malaltan rezolucion per la tajpo de \"vgalo\" en la komand-linio." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/installer.xml:123 +msgid "" +"If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " +"In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit " +"ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be " +"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit " +"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode.<emphasis></emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Se la aparataro estas tre malnova, grafika instalo povas esti neebla. Ĉikaze " +"povas esti rekomendinde provi teksto-bazitan instalon. Por tio premu la " +"klavon ESC en la unua bonveniga ekrano kaj konfirmu per ENTER. Tiam aperos " +"nigra ekrano kun la vorto \"boot:\". Tajpu \"text\" kaj premu ENTER. Nun " +"daŭrigu la instaladon tekste. <emphasis></emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:135 +msgid "The Install Freezes" +msgstr "Instal-paneoj" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:138 +msgid "" +"If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a " +"problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of " +"hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type " +"<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with " +"other options as necessary." +msgstr "" +"Se la sistemo ŝajnas panei dum la instalo, tio povas esti pro aparatar-" +"detekta problemo. Ĉikaze la aŭtomata detektado de aparatoj povas esti " +"prokrastita. Por provi tion tajpu <code>noauto</code> en la komando-linio. " +"Ĉi tiu elekto povas ankaŭ esti miksita kun la antaŭa se estas necese." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:147 +msgid "Kernel Options" +msgstr "Kernaj elektoj" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:150 +msgid "" +"These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " +"available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " +"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e." +"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." +msgstr "" +"Ili estos malofte necesaj, sed en kelkaj kazoj la aparataro povas kalkuli la " +"disponeblan ĉefmemoron malĝuste. Por konkretigi ĝin permane vi povas utiligi " +"la parametron mem=xxxM, kie xxx estas la ĝusta kvanto da ĉefmemoro. Ekzemple " +"\"mem=256M\" specifus 256MB-ojn el ĉefmemoro." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/installUpdates.xml:3 msgid "Updates" msgstr "Ĝisdatigoj" @@ -1564,6 +1752,109 @@ msgid "Then press <guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue" msgstr "Klaku sur <guibutton>Sekvanta</guibutton> por daŭrigi" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/media_selection.xml:3 +msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)" +msgstr "" + +#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media) +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong) +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/media_selection.xml:12 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/media_selection.xml:18 +msgid "" +"Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are " +"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories " +"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " +"the next steps." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/media_selection.xml:25 +msgid "" +"The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains " +"the base of the distribution." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/media_selection.xml:30 +msgid "" +"The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-" +"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source " +"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " +"nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi " +"cards, etc." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/media_selection.xml:38 +msgid "" +"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under " +"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is " +"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. " +"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed " +"to play commercial video DVD, etc." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/minimal-install.xml:3 +msgid "Minimal Install" +msgstr "Minimuma instalo" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/minimal-install.xml:9 +msgid "" +"You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the " +"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></" +"xref>." +msgstr "" +"Vi povas elekti Minimuman Instalon malselektante ĉion en la Pakaĵara Elekta " +"ekrano, vidu <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/minimal-install.xml:10 +msgid "" +"Minimal Installation is intended for those with specific uses in mind for " +"their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised " +"workstation. You will probably use this option combined with Manual Package " +"Selection, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." +msgstr "" +"Minimuma Instalo celas konkretajn uzojn por Magejo kiel servilojn aŭ " +"specialigitajn laborstaciojn. Probable vi uzos ĉi tiun elekton kune kun " +"Permana Pakaĵ-elekto, vidu <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/minimal-install.xml:14 +msgid "" +"If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer " +"you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X." +msgstr "" +"Se vi elektas ĉi tian instalon la venonta ekrano proponos al vi instali " +"plurajn utilajn aldonaĵojn kiel dokumentojn aŭ Ikso-servilon." + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/minimal-install.xml:19 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:3 msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters" msgstr "Diversaj parametroj" @@ -1786,10 +2077,11 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Reto</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:163 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "You can configure your network here, but for network cards with non-free " "drivers it is better to do that after reboot, in the <application>Mageia " -"Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the non-free media " +"Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the Nonfree media " "repositories." msgstr "" "Vi povas konfiguri vian reton ĉi tie, sed por ret-kartoj utiligantaj " @@ -1883,116 +2175,356 @@ msgid "Bear in mind that allowing everything (no firewall) may be very risky." msgstr "Rimarku ke ebligi ĉion (sen fajroŝirmilo) povas esti tre riska." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:12 -msgid "Configure your Timezone" -msgstr "Konfiguru vian horzonon" +#: en/securityLevel.xml:12 +msgid "Security Level" +msgstr "Sekurec-nivelo" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" #. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 +#: en/securityLevel.xml:19 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." -"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." -"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26 +#: en/securityLevel.xml:24 +msgid "You can adjust your security level here." +msgstr "Vi povas alĝustigi vian sekurec-nivelon ĉi tie." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/securityLevel.xml:27 msgid "" -"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the " -"same time zone." +"Leave the default settings as they are, if you don't know what to choose." +msgstr "Lasu la defaŭltan konfiguron senŝanĝe se vi ne scias kion elekti." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/securityLevel.xml:30 +msgid "" +"After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings " +"in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center." msgstr "" -"Elektu vian horzonon selektante vian landon aŭ urbon proksiman kiu troviĝu " -"en la sama tempo-zono." +"Post la instalo, ĉiam eblos alĝustigi la sekurec-konfiguron en la fako " +"<guilabel>Sekureco</guilabel> en la Mageja Kontrolilo." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/selectCountry.xml:13 +msgid "Select your Country / Region" +msgstr "Elektu vian Landon / Regionon" + +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/selectCountry.xml:21 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30 +#: en/selectCountry.xml:27 msgid "" -"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to " -"GMT, also known as UTC." +"Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, " +"like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country " +"can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network." msgstr "" -"En la sekva ekrano vi povas alĝustigi vian sisteman horloĝon je la loka horo " -"aŭ je GTM, ankaŭ konata kiel UTC." +"Selektu vian landon aŭ regionon. Ĉi tio estas grava por ĉiaj konfiguroj, " +"kiel la monero kaj senkabla reguliga domajno. Konfiguri eraran landon povus " +"kaŭzi ke vi ne kapablu utiligi senkablan reton." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/selectCountry.xml:32 +msgid "" +"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</" +"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." +msgstr "" +"Se via lando ne estas en la listo, klaku sur la butono <guilabel>Aliaj " +"Landoj</guilabel> kaj elektu vian landon / regionon tie." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35 +#: en/selectCountry.xml:37 msgid "" -"If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they " -"are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT." +"If your country is only in the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> list, " +"after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the " +"first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real " +"choice." msgstr "" -"Se vi havas pli ol unu operacia sistemo en via komputilo, certiĝu pri tio ke " -"ili estas alĝustigitaj ĉiuj je la loka horo aŭ je UTC/GTM." +"Se via lando estas nur en la listo <guilabel>Aliaj Landoj</guilabel>, post " +"klaki sur <guibutton>Enorde</guibutton> povas ŝajni ke vi elektis landon de " +"la unua listo. Bv. ignori tion, DrakX daŭrigos kun via reala elekto." -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:17 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/selectCountry.xml:46 +msgid "Input method" +msgstr "Enir-metodo" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/selectCountry.xml:49 msgid "" -"Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> " -"partition" +"In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an " +"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input " +"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " +"default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India Live-" +"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method " +"so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input methods(SCIM, " +"GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be installed if you " +"added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." msgstr "" -"Grando-ŝanĝo de la subdisko <application>Vindoza<superscript>®</" -"superscript></application>" +"En la ekrano <guilabel>Aliaj Landoj</guilabel> vi povas ankaŭ elekti enir-" +"metodon (sube en la listo). Enir-metodoj ebligas uzulojn tajpi mult-lingvajn " +"literojn (ĉina, japana, korea, ktp.). IBus estas la defaŭlta enir-metodo en " +"Magejaj DVD, kaj en Afrikaj/Barataj kaj Aziaj/ne-Barataj KD. Por aziaj kaj " +"afrikaj tajp-konfiguroj, IBus agordos la defaŭltan enir-metodon aŭtomate " +"tiel uzuloj ne bezonos konfiguri ĝin permane. Aliaj enir-metodoj (SCIM, " +"GCIN, HIME, ktp.) ankaŭ havigas similajn funkciojn kaj povas esti instalitaj " +"se vi aldonis HTTP/FTP-an medion antaŭ la pakaĵa selekto." -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:21 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> +#: en/selectCountry.xml:61 msgid "" -"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" -"application> partition. Choose which one should be made smaller to make " -"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>." +"If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it " +"after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -> " +"\"System\", or by running localedrake as root." msgstr "" -"Vi havas pli ol unu <application>Vindoza<superscript>®</superscript></" -"application> subdisko. Elektu kiu devus esti malgrandigita cele al liberigo " -"de spaco por la instalo de <application>Magejo</application>." +"Se vi nevole preterpaŝis la enir-metodon dum la instalo, vi povas aliri ĝin " +"post ŝarĝi la instalitan sistemon per \"Konfiguri vian Komputilon\" -> " +"\"Sistemo\" aŭ lanĉante localdrake kiel mastrumanto." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/setupSCSI.xml:11 -msgid "Setup SCSI" -msgstr "Konfiguri SCSI" +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:23 +msgid "Install or Upgrade" +msgstr "Instalado/ĝisdatigo" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 -#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) -#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the -#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/setupSCSI.xml:26 +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:27 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" width=" -"\"800\" depth=\"600\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-" -"im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" +"\"center\" width=\"800\" format=\"PNG\" depth=\"600\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34 +msgid "Install" +msgstr "Instalado" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:36 +msgid "" +"Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation." +msgstr "" +"Uzu tiun elekton por freŝa instalado de <application>Magejo</application> ." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:41 +msgid "Upgrade" +msgstr "Ĝisdatigu" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:43 +msgid "" +"If you have one or more <application>Mageia 2</application> installations on " +"your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the " +"latest release." +msgstr "" +"Se vi havas unu aŭ pliajn ekzistantajn instalojn de <application>Magejo</" +"application> en via sistemo, la instalilo ebligos vin ĝisdatigi unu el ili " +"al la plej lasta versio." + +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:49 +msgid "" +"If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to " +"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been " +"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " +"the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an " +"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you " +"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " +"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</" +"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." +msgstr "" +"Se iam dum la instalado vi decidas haltigi ĝin, eblas reŝarĝi la komputilon, " +"sed bv. pripensi tion dufoje antaŭe. Post la strukturado de subdisko aŭ " +"post la ekinstalo de ĝisdatigo via komputilo ne plu restos egale, reŝarĝi " +"ĝin povus igi vian sistemon neuzebla. Se malgraŭ tio vi estas certa pri tio " +"ke vi volas reŝarĝi, malfermu teksto-terminalon premante la tri klavojn " +"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> samtempe. Post tio, premu <guibutton>Alt " +"Ctrl Delete</guibutton> samtempe por reŝarĝi." + +#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:60 +msgid "" +"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you " +"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " +"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</" +"emphasis> do this later in the install." +msgstr "" +"Se vi rimarkas ke vi forgesis selekti aldonan lingvon, vi povas reveni el la " +"ekrano \"Instalado/ĝisdatigo\" al la ekrano por lingva elekto per la premo " +"de <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. <emphasis>Ne</emphasis> faru tion " +"poste en la instalo." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14 +msgid "Keyboard" +msgstr "Klavaro" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupSCSI.xml:32 +#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:17 msgid "" -"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers " -"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " -"fail to recognise the drive." +"DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable " +"keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout." msgstr "" -"DrakX kutime trovas fiksitajn diskojn senprobleme. Ĝi tamen povas ne trovi " -"kelkajn malnovajn SCSI-aparatojn kaj do malsukcesi pri la instalado de la " -"bezonataj peliloj." +"DrakX selektas adekvatan klavaron por via lingvo. Se ne estas disponebla ĝi " +"aŭtomate elektos usonan klavaron." + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" align=\"center" +"\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. " +"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications " +"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a " +"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " +"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en." +"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" +msgstr "" +"Estu certa pri tio ke la selekto estas ĝusta aŭ elektu male alian klavaron. " +"Se vi ne scias kiun klavaron vi havas rigardu la specifojn kiuj venas kun " +"via sistemo aŭ demandu al la vendisto. Eble estas etikedo sur la klavaro kiu " +"identigas ĝin. Vi ankaŭ povas rigardi ĉi tie: <link xlink:href=\"http://eo." +"wikipedia.org/wiki/Klavarfasono\">eo.wikipedia.org/wiki/Klavarfasono</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40 +msgid "" +"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</" +"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there." +msgstr "" +"Se via klavaro ne estas en la montrita listo klaku sur la butono " +"<guibutton>Pli (Plu)</guibutton> por aliri etenditan liston kaj selektu vian " +"klavaron tie." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para> +#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45 +msgid "" +"After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, " +"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though " +"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " +"and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the " +"full list." +msgstr "" +"Post elekti klavaron per la butono <guibutton>Pli (Plu)</guibutton> , vi " +"revenos al la unua priklavara ekrano sed povos ŝajni kvazaŭ klavaro de tiu " +"ekrano estas elektita. Vi povas sentime ignori tiun anomalion kaj daŭrigi la " +"instaladon: Via klavaro estas tiu kiun vi elektis per la etendita listo." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:55 +msgid "" +"If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an " +"extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin " +"and non-Latin keyboard layouts" +msgstr "" +"Se vi elektis klavaron nebazitan sur latinaj literoj, vi vidos aldonan " +"ekranon demandantan kiel vi ŝatus ŝanĝi inter latinaj kaj nelatinaj klavaroj" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:23 +msgid "Please choose a language to use" +msgstr "Bv. elekti la uzotan lingvon" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupSCSI.xml:36 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:26 msgid "" -"If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) " -"you have." +"Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your " +"continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during " +"the installation and for your installed system." msgstr "" -"Se tio okazas, vi devos permane diri al Drakx kiun SCSI-aparaton vi havas." +"Selektu vian preferatan lingvon unue per la disfaldo de via kontinenta " +"listo. <application>Magejo</application> uzos ĉi tiun selekton dum la " +"instalado kaj por la instalita sistemo." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupSCSI.xml:39 -msgid "DrakX should then be able to configure the drive(s) correctly." -msgstr "DrakX devus tiam esti kapabla konfiguri la aparato(j)n ĝuste." +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:30 +msgid "" +"If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your " +"system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the " +"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be " +"difficult to add extra language support after installation." +msgstr "" +"Se vi bezonas instali en via sistemo plurajn lingvojn por vi aŭ aliaj " +"uzuloj, tiam vi devas utiligi la butonon <guibutton>Multaj lingvoj (Multiple " +"languages)</guibutton> por aldoni ilin nun. Estos malfacile aldoni plian " +"lingvan eltenon post la instalo." + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:36 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " +"width=\"800\" format=\"PNG\" depth=\"600\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:44 +msgid "" +"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them " +"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " +"marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ." +msgstr "" +"Se vi elektas pli ol unu lingvon, vi devas selekti unu el ili kiel vian " +"preferatan lingvon en la komenca lingva ekrano. Ĝi markiĝos ankaŭ en la " +"plurlingva ekrano ." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:51 +msgid "" +"If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then " +"it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well." +msgstr "" +"Se via klavara lingvo ne estas la sama kiel via preferata lingvo, tiam estas " +"rekomendinde instali la lingvon de via klavaro ankaŭ." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:57 +msgid "" +"Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the " +"\"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your " +"language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages." +msgstr "" +"Magejo uzas UTF-8 (Unikodon) defaŭlte. Ĉi tio povas esti malŝaltita en la " +"plurlingva ekrano se vi certas pri tio ke ĝi estas neadekvata por via " +"lingvo. Malŝalti unikodon havos konsekvencojn sur ĉiuj instalitaj lingvoj." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:64 +msgid "" +"You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia " +"Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system." +msgstr "" +"Vi povas ŝanĝi la lingvon de via sistemo post la instalo per la Kontrolilo " +"de Magejo -> Sistemo -> Agordi skrib-sistemojn." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectMouse.xml:4 @@ -2041,6 +2573,68 @@ msgstr "" "por konfiguri la butonojn kiuj ne funkcias en muso kun ses aŭ pli butonoj." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:5 +msgid "Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:10 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:17 +msgid "" +"You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the " +"relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen " +"and editing the screen that pops up on top of it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:21 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:26 +msgid "" +"Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an " +"entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:27 +msgid "" +"You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:28 +msgid "" +"The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a " +"choice while booting up." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:29 +msgid "" +"Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " +"just try something without knowing what you are doing." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:3 msgid "Bootloader main options" msgstr "Lanĉilaj ĉefaj elektoj" @@ -2206,699 +2800,102 @@ msgstr "" "<guilabel>Purigu /tmp dum ĉiuj startadoj</guilabel>. Tio helpos teni iom da " "libera spaco." -#. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> -#: en/DrakX.xml:1 en/media_selection.xml:1 en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 -msgid "en" -msgstr "eo" - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><title> -#: en/DrakX.xml:3 -msgid "Installation with DrakX" -msgstr "Instalado per DrakX-o" - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> -#: en/DrakX.xml:6 -msgid "<note>" -msgstr "<note>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:7 -msgid "" -"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " -"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " -"while installing." -msgstr "" -"Neniu vidos ĉiujn ekranojn, kiujn vi vidas en ĉi helpo. Tio kiujn ekranojn " -"vi vidos, dependas de via komputilo kaj viaj elektoj dum instalado." - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:10 -msgid "</note>" -msgstr "</note>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:12 -msgid "" -"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " -"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" -"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." -msgstr "" -"La tekstoj kaj la ekranbildoj en ĉi helpo estas sub licenco CC-BY-SA 3.0 " -"<link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://" -"creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:16 -msgid "" -"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." -msgstr "" -"Tiu ĉi helpo estas skribita kun helpo de <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco." -"com\">Calenco CMS</link> kreita per <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz" -"\">NeoDoc</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:18 -msgid "" -"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" -"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" -"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." -msgstr "" -"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" -"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" -"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11 -msgid "Choose an X Server (Configure your Graphic Card)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21 -msgid "" -"DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually " -"correctly identify your video device." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24 -msgid "" -"If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know " -"which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69 -msgid "vendor" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:31 -msgid "then the name of your card" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:35 -msgid "and the type of card" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:39 -msgid "" -"If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in " -"the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the " -"Xorg category" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43 -msgid "" -"The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card " -"drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the " -"option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48 -msgid "" -"Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access " -"to the Commandline Interface." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51 -msgid "" -"Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which " -"may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from " -"the card manufacturers' websites." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55 -msgid "" -"The Nonfree repository need to be explicitly enabled to access them. If you " -"didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot." -msgstr "" - #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18 -msgid "Choosing your Monitor" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:21 -msgid "" -"DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually " -"correctly identify yours." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26 -msgid "" -"<emphasis>Selecting a monitor with different characteristics could damage " -"your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing " -"what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor " -"documentation" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." -"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." -"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42 -msgid "<emphasis>Custom</emphasis>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44 -msgid "" -"This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh " -"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the " -"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are " -"displayed." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49 -msgid "" -"It is <emphasis>VERY IMPORTANT</emphasis> that you do not specify a monitor " -"type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you " -"may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and " -"consult your monitor documentation." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:55 -msgid "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:58 -msgid "" -"This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the " -"monitor database." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63 -msgid "<emphasis>Vendor</emphasis>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:65 -msgid "" -"If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which " -"one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73 -msgid "the monitor manufacturers name" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:77 -msgid "the monitor description" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:82 -msgid "<emphasis>Generic</emphasis>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84 -msgid "" -"selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as " -"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is " -"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver " -"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it " -"may be wise to be conservative in your selections." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4 -msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration" -msgstr "Konfiguri X, grafik-karton kaj monitoron" - -#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18 -msgid "" -"No matter which graphical environment (also known as desktop environment) " -"you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are " -"all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window " -"System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for " -"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or " -"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</" -"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can " -"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you " -"think the choice is incorrect." -msgstr "" -"Ne gravas kiun grafikan medion (ankaŭ konata kiel labortabla medio) vi " -"elektis por ĉi tiu instalo de <application>Magejo</application>, ili ĉiuj " -"baziĝas sur grafika uzula interfaco nomita <acronym>X Window System</" -"acronym>, aŭ simple <acronym>X</acronym>. Do cele al bona funkciado de " -"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>GNOME</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> aŭ " -"iu alia grafika medio, la jena konfiguro de <acronym>X</acronym> devas esti " -"ĝusta. Elektu la ĝustan konfiguron se vi rimarkas ke <application>DrakX</" -"application> ne elektis konfiguron aŭ vi pensas ke tiu elekto estas malĝusta." - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31 -msgid "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card " -"from the list if needed." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Grafik-karto </guibutton></emphasis>: Elektu vian " -"karton en la listo se bezonate." - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37 -msgid "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: You can choose " -"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> when applicable, or choose your monitor " -"from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. " -"Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the " -"horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Ekrano</guibutton></emphasis>: Vi povas elekti " -"<guilabel>\"Plug'n Play\"</guilabel> siakaze aŭ elekti vian monitoron en la " -"<guilabel>Vendista</guilabel> aŭ <guilabel>Ĝenerala</guilabel> listo. Elektu " -"<guilabel>Akomodata</guilabel> se vi preferas permane starigi la " -"horizontalan kaj vertikalan refreŝ-datumon de via monitoro." - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> -#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45 -msgid "Incorrect refresh rates may damage your monitor" -msgstr "Malĝustaj refreŝ-datumoj povas damaĝi vian monitoron" - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:51 -msgid "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired " -"resolution and color depth of your monitor here." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Distingivo</guibutton></emphasis>: Starigu la deziratan " -"distingivon kaj kolorprofundon de via monitoro ĉi tie." - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56 -msgid "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not " -"always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your " -"settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your " -"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. " -"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be " -"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " -"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</" -"emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Testo</guibutton></emphasis>: La testo-butono ne ĉiam " -"aperas dum la instalo. Se la butono estas tie, vi povas testi vian " -"konfiguron premante ĝin. Se vi vidas demandon demandantan vin ĉu via " -"konfiguro ĝustas, vi povas respondi \"jes\" kaj la konfiguro estos " -"konservita. Se vi vidas nenion vi revenos al konfigur-ekrano kaj povos " -"rekonfiguri ĉion ĝis kiam la testo sukcesos. <emphasis>Certiĝu pri tio ke " -"via konfiguro estas ĝusta se la testo-butono ne estas disponebla</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67 -msgid "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to " -"enable or disable various options." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Opcioj</guibutton></emphasis>: Ĉi tie vi povas aktvigi " -"aŭ malaktivigi kelkajn elektojn." - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:5 -msgid "Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:10 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:17 -msgid "" -"You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the " -"relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen " -"and editing the screen that pops up on top of it." -msgstr "" +#: en/setupSCSI.xml:11 +msgid "Setup SCSI" +msgstr "Konfiguri SCSI" +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 +#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) +#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the +#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:21 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:26 -msgid "" -"Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an " -"entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:27 -msgid "" -"You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:28 -msgid "" -"The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a " -"choice while booting up." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:29 +#: en/setupSCSI.xml:26 msgid "" -"Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " -"just try something without knowing what you are doing." +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/minimal-install.xml:3 -msgid "Minimal Install" -msgstr "Minimuma instalo" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" width=" +"\"800\" depth=\"600\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-" +"im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/minimal-install.xml:9 +#: en/setupSCSI.xml:32 msgid "" -"You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the " -"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></" -"xref>." +"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers " +"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " +"fail to recognise the drive." msgstr "" -"Vi povas elekti Minimuman Instalon malselektante ĉion en la Pakaĵara Elekta " -"ekrano, vidu <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." +"DrakX kutime trovas fiksitajn diskojn senprobleme. Ĝi tamen povas ne trovi " +"kelkajn malnovajn SCSI-aparatojn kaj do malsukcesi pri la instalado de la " +"bezonataj peliloj." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/minimal-install.xml:10 +#: en/setupSCSI.xml:36 msgid "" -"Minimal Installation is intended for those with specific uses in mind for " -"their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised " -"workstation. You will probably use this option combined with Manual Package " -"Selection, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." +"If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) " +"you have." msgstr "" -"Minimuma Instalo celas konkretajn uzojn por Magejo kiel servilojn aŭ " -"specialigitajn laborstaciojn. Probable vi uzos ĉi tiun elekton kune kun " -"Permana Pakaĵ-elekto, vidu <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." +"Se tio okazas, vi devos permane diri al Drakx kiun SCSI-aparaton vi havas." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/minimal-install.xml:14 -msgid "" -"If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer " -"you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X." -msgstr "" -"Se vi elektas ĉi tian instalon la venonta ekrano proponos al vi instali " -"plurajn utilajn aldonaĵojn kiel dokumentojn aŭ Ikso-servilon." - -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/minimal-install.xml:19 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" +#: en/setupSCSI.xml:39 +msgid "DrakX should then be able to configure the drive(s) correctly." +msgstr "DrakX devus tiam esti kapabla konfiguri la aparato(j)n ĝuste." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/securityLevel.xml:12 -msgid "Security Level" -msgstr "Sekurec-nivelo" - -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/securityLevel.xml:19 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/securityLevel.xml:24 -msgid "You can adjust your security level here." -msgstr "Vi povas alĝustigi vian sekurec-nivelon ĉi tie." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/securityLevel.xml:27 -msgid "" -"Leave the default settings as they are, if you don't know what to choose." -msgstr "Lasu la defaŭltan konfiguron senŝanĝe se vi ne scias kion elekti." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/securityLevel.xml:30 -msgid "" -"After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings " -"in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center." +#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:4 +msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted" msgstr "" -"Post la instalo, ĉiam eblos alĝustigi la sekurec-konfiguron en la fako " -"<guilabel>Sekureco</guilabel> en la Mageja Kontrolilo." - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/selectCountry.xml:13 -msgid "Select your Country / Region" -msgstr "Elektu vian Landon / Regionon" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 +#. test comment - johnr +#. 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct +#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I +#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD +#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/selectCountry.xml:21 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/selectCountry.xml:27 +#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19 msgid "" -"Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, " -"like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country " -"can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network." +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" +"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"Selektu vian landon aŭ regionon. Ĉi tio estas grava por ĉiaj konfiguroj, " -"kiel la monero kaj senkabla reguliga domajno. Konfiguri eraran landon povus " -"kaŭzi ke vi ne kapablu utiligi senkablan reton." +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" +"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/selectCountry.xml:32 -msgid "" -"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</" -"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." -msgstr "" -"Se via lando ne estas en la listo, klaku sur la butono <guilabel>Aliaj " -"Landoj</guilabel> kaj elektu vian landon / regionon tie." - -#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/selectCountry.xml:37 +#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24 msgid "" -"If your country is only in the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> list, " -"after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the " -"first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real " +"Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your " "choice." msgstr "" -"Se via lando estas nur en la listo <guilabel>Aliaj Landoj</guilabel>, post " -"klaki sur <guibutton>Enorde</guibutton> povas ŝajni ke vi elektis landon de " -"la unua listo. Bv. ignori tion, DrakX daŭrigos kun via reala elekto." - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/selectCountry.xml:46 -msgid "Input method" -msgstr "Enir-metodo" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/selectCountry.xml:49 -msgid "" -"In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an " -"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input " -"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " -"default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India Live-" -"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method " -"so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input methods(SCIM, " -"GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be installed if you " -"added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." -msgstr "" -"En la ekrano <guilabel>Aliaj Landoj</guilabel> vi povas ankaŭ elekti enir-" -"metodon (sube en la listo). Enir-metodoj ebligas uzulojn tajpi mult-lingvajn " -"literojn (ĉina, japana, korea, ktp.). IBus estas la defaŭlta enir-metodo en " -"Magejaj DVD, kaj en Afrikaj/Barataj kaj Aziaj/ne-Barataj KD. Por aziaj kaj " -"afrikaj tajp-konfiguroj, IBus agordos la defaŭltan enir-metodon aŭtomate " -"tiel uzuloj ne bezonos konfiguri ĝin permane. Aliaj enir-metodoj (SCIM, " -"GCIN, HIME, ktp.) ankaŭ havigas similajn funkciojn kaj povas esti instalitaj " -"se vi aldonis HTTP/FTP-an medion antaŭ la pakaĵa selekto." - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/selectCountry.xml:61 -msgid "" -"If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it " -"after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -> " -"\"System\", or by running localedrake as root." -msgstr "" -"Se vi nevole preterpaŝis la enir-metodon dum la instalo, vi povas aliri ĝin " -"post ŝarĝi la instalitan sistemon per \"Konfiguri vian Komputilon\" -> " -"\"Sistemo\" aŭ lanĉante localdrake kiel mastrumanto." - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/media_selection.xml:3 -msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)" -msgstr "" - -#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media) -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong) -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/media_selection.xml:12 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" -"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" -"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/media_selection.xml:18 -msgid "" -"Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are " -"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories " -"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " -"the next steps." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/media_selection.xml:25 -msgid "" -"The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains " -"the base of the distribution." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/media_selection.xml:30 -msgid "" -"The <emphasis>Non-free</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-" -"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source " -"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " -"nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi " -"cards, etc." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/media_selection.xml:38 -msgid "" -"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under " -"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is " -"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. " -"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed " -"to play commercial video DVD, etc." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:10 -msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)" -msgstr "" - -#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24 +#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 msgid "" -"This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can " -"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The " -"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " -"during the next steps." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29 -msgid "For a network source, there are two steps to follow:" +"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every " +"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:33 -msgid "Choosing and activation of the network, if not already up." -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> " +#~ "partition" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Grando-ŝanĝo de la subdisko <application>Vindoza<superscript>®</" +#~ "superscript></application>" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:37 -msgid "" -"Selecting a mirror or specifying a URL (very first entry). By selecting a " -"mirror, you have access to the selection of all repositories managed by " -"Mageia, like the non-free , the tainted repositories and the updates. With " -"the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS " -"installation." -msgstr "" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" +#~ "application> partition. Choose which one should be made smaller to make " +#~ "space for installing <application>Mageia</application>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Vi havas pli ol unu <application>Vindoza<superscript>®</superscript></" +#~ "application> subdisko. Elektu kiu devus esti malgrandigita cele al " +#~ "liberigo de spaco por la instalo de <application>Magejo</application>." #~ msgid "Choose hard disk to erase for <application>Mageia</application>" #~ msgstr "" diff --git a/docs/installer/es.po b/docs/installer/es.po index e19ae27e..f2edbcea 100644 --- a/docs/installer/es.po +++ b/docs/installer/es.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia Installer Help\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-07-07 10:48+0400\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-10-09 20:39+0400\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-07-11 18:59-0600\n" "Last-Translator: katnatek <j.alberto.vc@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Spanish <mdktrans@blogdrake.net>\n" @@ -23,8 +23,12 @@ msgstr "Licencia y Notas de Versión" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:36 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" /> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:45 @@ -33,23 +37,41 @@ msgstr "Acuerdo de la Licencia" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:48 -msgid "Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license terms and conditions carefully." -msgstr "Antes de instalar <application>Mageia</application>, por favor, lea cuidadosamente los términos y condiciones de la licencia ." +msgid "" +"Before installing <application>Mageia</application>, please read the license " +"terms and conditions carefully." +msgstr "" +"Antes de instalar <application>Mageia</application>, por favor, lea " +"cuidadosamente los términos y condiciones de la licencia ." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:51 -msgid "These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue." -msgstr "Estos términos y condiciones se aplican a la distribución completa de <application>Mageia</application> y tiene que aceptarlos para poder continuar." +msgid "" +"These terms and conditions apply to the entire <application>Mageia</" +"application> distribution and must be accepted before you can continue." +msgstr "" +"Estos términos y condiciones se aplican a la distribución completa de " +"<application>Mageia</application> y tiene que aceptarlos para poder " +"continuar." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:55 -msgid "To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton>." -msgstr "Para aceptar, simplemente seleccione <guilabel>Aceptar</guilabel> y luego haga click en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." +msgid "" +"To accept, simply select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and then click on " +"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Para aceptar, simplemente seleccione <guilabel>Aceptar</guilabel> y luego " +"haga click en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:58 -msgid "If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." -msgstr "Si decide no aceptar las condiciones, nosotros le agradecemos que las haya leído. Haciendo click en <guibutton>Salir</guibutton> se reiniciará su ordenador." +msgid "" +"If you decide not to accept these conditions, then we thank you for looking. " +"Clicking <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> will reboot your computer." +msgstr "" +"Si decide no aceptar las condiciones, nosotros le agradecemos que las haya " +"leído. Haciendo click en <guibutton>Salir</guibutton> se reiniciará su " +"ordenador." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:68 @@ -58,31 +80,106 @@ msgstr "Notas de versión" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/acceptLicense.xml:75 -msgid "To see what's new in this release of <application>Mageia</application>, click on the <guibutton>Release Notes</guibutton> button." -msgstr "Para ver que hay nuevo en esta versión de <application>Mageia</application>, haga click en <guibutton>Notas de versión</guibutton>." +msgid "" +"To see what's new in this release of <application>Mageia</application>, " +"click on the <guibutton>Release Notes</guibutton> button." +msgstr "" +"Para ver que hay nuevo en esta versión de <application>Mageia</application>, " +"haga click en <guibutton>Notas de versión</guibutton>." + +#. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 en/media_selection.xml:1 +msgid "en" +msgstr "es" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:10 +msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)" +msgstr "" +"Selección de repositorios (Configurar repositorios de instalación " +"suplementarios)" + +#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24 +msgid "" +"This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can " +"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The " +"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " +"during the next steps." +msgstr "" +"Esta pantalla muestra la lista de repositorios ya reconocidos. Puede agregar " +"otras fuentes de paquetes como un disco óptico o una fuente remota. La " +"selección de fuentes determina qué paquetes pueden ser elegidos en los " +"siguientes pasos." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29 +msgid "For a network source, there are two steps to follow:" +msgstr "Para un repositorio por red, hay dos pasos a seguir:" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:33 +msgid "Choosing and activation of the network, if not already up." +msgstr "Elección y activación de la red, si es que no está activada ya." + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:37 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Selecting a mirror or specifying a URL (very first entry). By selecting a " +"mirror, you have access to the selection of all repositories managed by " +"Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With " +"the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS " +"installation." +msgstr "" +"Seleccionar un servidor espejo o especificar una URL (la primera entrada). " +"Al seleccionar un servidor espejo tendrá acceso a la selección de todos los " +"repositorios administrados por Mageia, tales como los repositorios non-free, " +"tainted y updates. Con la URL, puede designar un repositorio específico o su " +"propia instalación NFS." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:4 msgid "User and Superuser Management" msgstr "Administración de usuarios y del administrador" -#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, but -#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing -#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or -#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the previous -#. screen), marja, 20120409 -#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't understand -#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? -#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading -#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot -#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note +#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, but +#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing +#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or +#. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the previous +#. screen), marja, 20120409 +#. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't understand +#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? +#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading +#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot +#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/addUser.xml:27 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"setRootPassword-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-setRootPassword.png\" format=\"PNG\" /" +"> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:34 @@ -91,13 +188,34 @@ msgstr "Configure la Contraseña del Administrador (root)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/addUser.xml:38 -msgid "It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the <emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped the first password by comparing them." -msgstr "Es recomendable que configure una contraseña de administrador/súper usuario, conocida como <emphasis>contraseña de root</emphasis> en Linux, para todas las instalaciones de <application>Mageia</application>. Conforme vaya escribiendo una contraseña en el recuadro, el color del escudo irá cambiando desde rojo a amarillo hasta verde, dependiendo del nivel de seguridad de la contraseña. Un escudo verde muestra un alto grado de seguridad.Necesita repetir la misma en el recuadro de abajo, para comprobar que no ha cometido ningún error en la primera contraseña,comparándolas." +msgid "" +"It is advisable for all <application>Mageia</application> installations to " +"set a superuser or administrator's password, usually called the " +"<emphasis>root password</emphasis> in Linux. As you type a password into the " +"top box the colour of its shield will change from red to yellow to green " +"depending on the strength of the password. A green shield shows you are " +"using a strong password. You need to repeat the same password in the box " +"just below the first password box, this checks that you have not mistyped " +"the first password by comparing them." +msgstr "" +"Es recomendable que configure una contraseña de administrador/súper usuario, " +"conocida como <emphasis>contraseña de root</emphasis> en Linux, para todas " +"las instalaciones de <application>Mageia</application>. Conforme vaya " +"escribiendo una contraseña en el recuadro, el color del escudo irá cambiando " +"desde rojo a amarillo hasta verde, dependiendo del nivel de seguridad de la " +"contraseña. Un escudo verde muestra un alto grado de seguridad.Necesita " +"repetir la misma en el recuadro de abajo, para comprobar que no ha cometido " +"ningún error en la primera contraseña,comparándolas." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:48 -msgid "All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters (upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password." -msgstr "Todas las contraseñas son sensibles a las mayúsculas. Para tener una contraseña segura, se recomienda usar una mezcla de letras (mayúsculas y minúsculas), números y otros símbolos." +msgid "" +"All passwords are case sensitive, it is best to use a mixture of letters " +"(upper and lower case), numbers and other characters in a password." +msgstr "" +"Todas las contraseñas son sensibles a las mayúsculas. Para tener una " +"contraseña segura, se recomienda usar una mezcla de letras (mayúsculas y " +"minúsculas), números y otros símbolos." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:56 @@ -106,53 +224,109 @@ msgstr "Introduzca un usuario" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/addUser.xml:59 -msgid "Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but enough to surf the internet, use office applications or play games and anything else the average user does with his computer" -msgstr "Aquí puede añadir un usuario. Un usuario tiene menos permisos que el administrador, pero suficientes para navegar en Internet, usar aplicaciones ofimáticas, jugar y cualquier cosa que un usuario medio hace con su ordenador." +msgid "" +"Add a user here. A user has fewer rights than the superuser (root), but " +"enough to surf the internet, use office applications or play games and " +"anything else the average user does with his computer" +msgstr "" +"Aquí puede añadir un usuario. Un usuario tiene menos permisos que el " +"administrador, pero suficientes para navegar en Internet, usar aplicaciones " +"ofimáticas, jugar y cualquier cosa que un usuario medio hace con su " +"ordenador." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:65 -msgid "<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the users icon." -msgstr "<guibutton>Icono</guibutton>: Si hace click en este botón cambiará el icono del usuario." +msgid "" +"<guibutton>Icon</guibutton>: if you click on this button it will change the " +"users icon." +msgstr "" +"<guibutton>Icono</guibutton>: Si hace click en este botón cambiará el icono " +"del usuario." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:70 -msgid "<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the users real name into this text box." -msgstr "<guilabel>Nombre y Apellidos</guilabel>: Introduzca el nombre real del usuario en este recuadro." +msgid "" +"<guilabel>Real Name</guilabel>: Insert the users real name into this text " +"box." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Nombre y Apellidos</guilabel>: Introduzca el nombre real del " +"usuario en este recuadro." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:75 -msgid "<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case sensitive.</emphasis>" -msgstr "<guilabel>Nombre de conexión</guilabel>: Aquí puede introducir el nombre de conexión del usuario o dejar a Drakx que cree un nombre de usuario a partir del nombre real del usuario. <emphasis>El nombre de conexión es sensible a las mayúsculas.</emphasis>" +msgid "" +"<guilabel>Login Name</guilabel>: Here you enter the user login name or let " +"drakx use a version of the users real name. <emphasis>The login name is case " +"sensitive.</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Nombre de conexión</guilabel>: Aquí puede introducir el nombre de " +"conexión del usuario o dejar a Drakx que cree un nombre de usuario a partir " +"del nombre real del usuario. <emphasis>El nombre de conexión es sensible a " +"las mayúsculas.</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:81 -msgid "<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" -msgstr "<guilabel>Contraseña</guilabel>: En este recuadro debe de escribir la contraseña del usuario. Hay un escudo al final del espacio que muestra el nivel de seguridad de la contraseña. (Vea también <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"/>)" +msgid "" +"<guilabel>Password</guilabel>: In this text box you should type in the user " +"password. There is a shield at the end of the text box that indicates the " +"strength of the password. (See also <xref linkend=\"givePassword\"></xref>)" +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Contraseña</guilabel>: En este recuadro debe de escribir la " +"contraseña del usuario. Hay un escudo al final del espacio que muestra el " +"nivel de seguridad de la contraseña. (Vea también <xref linkend=" +"\"givePassword\"/>)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:87 -msgid "<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user password text boxes." -msgstr "<guilabel>Contraseña (de nuevo)</guilabel>: Vuelva a escribir la contraseña en este recuadro y Drakx comprobará que ha escrito la misma que en el recuadro anterior." +msgid "" +"<guilabel>Password (again)</guilabel>: Retype the user password into this " +"text box and drakx will check you have the same password in each of the user " +"password text boxes." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Contraseña (de nuevo)</guilabel>: Vuelva a escribir la contraseña " +"en este recuadro y Drakx comprobará que ha escrito la misma que en el " +"recuadro anterior." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:94 -msgid "Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a world readable (but write protected) home directory." -msgstr "Todo usario que se añada en la instación de Mageia tendrá un directorio personal home legiblepor todos (pero protegido contra escritura)." +msgid "" +"Any user you add while installing Mageia, will have a world readable (but " +"write protected) home directory." +msgstr "" +"Todo usario que se añada en la instación de Mageia tendrá un directorio " +"personal home legiblepor todos (pero protegido contra escritura)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:97 -msgid "However, while using your new install, any user you add in <emphasis>MCC - System - Manage users on system</emphasis> will have a home directory that is both read and write protected." -msgstr "Sin embargo, cuando use su nueva instalación, todo usuario que añada en <emphasis>MCC - Sistema - Administrar usuarios del sistema</emphasis> tendrá un directorio personal home protegido contra lectura y escritura." +msgid "" +"However, while using your new install, any user you add in <emphasis>MCC - " +"System - Manage users on system</emphasis> will have a home directory that " +"is both read and write protected." +msgstr "" +"Sin embargo, cuando use su nueva instalación, todo usuario que añada en " +"<emphasis>MCC - Sistema - Administrar usuarios del sistema</emphasis> tendrá " +"un directorio personal home protegido contra lectura y escritura." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:101 -msgid "If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is advised to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot." -msgstr "Si no quiere directorios home legibles por todo el mundo, se recomienda añadir ahora un usuario temporal y añadir los usuarios reales tras reiniciar el ordenador." +msgid "" +"If you don't want a world readable home directory for anyone, it is advised " +"to only add a temporary user now and to add the real one(s) after reboot." +msgstr "" +"Si no quiere directorios home legibles por todo el mundo, se recomienda " +"añadir ahora un usuario temporal y añadir los usuarios reales tras reiniciar " +"el ordenador." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:105 -msgid "If you prefer world readable home directories, you might want to add all extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</emphasis> step during the install. Choose <emphasis>User management</emphasis>." -msgstr "Si prefiere directorios legibles por todo el mundo, puede añadir todos los usuarios necesarios en <emphasis>Configuración - Resumen</emphasis> durante la instación. Elija <emphasis>Administrar usuarios</emphasis>." +msgid "" +"If you prefer world readable home directories, you might want to add all " +"extra needed users in the <emphasis>Configuration - Summary</emphasis> step " +"during the install. Choose <emphasis>User management</emphasis>." +msgstr "" +"Si prefiere directorios legibles por todo el mundo, puede añadir todos los " +"usuarios necesarios en <emphasis>Configuración - Resumen</emphasis> durante " +"la instación. Elija <emphasis>Administrar usuarios</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/addUser.xml:109 @@ -166,398 +340,848 @@ msgstr "Configuración avanzada de usuario" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/addUser.xml:119 -msgid "If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding. Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account." -msgstr "Si hace click en el botón <guibutton>avanzado</guibutton>, aparecerá una pantalla que le permite editar la configuración del usuario que está añadiendo. También puede habilitar o inhabilitar la cuenta de invitado." +msgid "" +"If the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> button is clicked you are offered a " +"screen that allows you to edit the settings for the user you are adding. " +"Additionally, you can disable or enable a guest account." +msgstr "" +"Si hace click en el botón <guibutton>avanzado</guibutton>, aparecerá una " +"pantalla que le permite editar la configuración del usuario que está " +"añadiendo. También puede habilitar o inhabilitar la cuenta de invitado." #. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> #: en/addUser.xml:124 -msgid "Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out. The guest should save his important files to a USB key." -msgstr "Cualquier cosa que un usuario invitado (con <emphasis>rbash</emphasis>) guarde en su directorio home será borrado cuando cierre sesión. El invitado debe de guardar sus archivos importantes en una unidad USB." +msgid "" +"Anything a guest with a default <emphasis>rbash</emphasis> guest account " +"saves to his /home directory will be erased when he logs out. The guest " +"should save his important files to a USB key." +msgstr "" +"Cualquier cosa que un usuario invitado (con <emphasis>rbash</emphasis>) " +"guarde en su directorio home será borrado cuando cierre sesión. El invitado " +"debe de guardar sus archivos importantes en una unidad USB." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:131 -msgid "<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, but he has more restricted access than normal users." -msgstr "<guilabel>Habilitar cuenta de invitado</guilabel>: Aquí puede habilitar o inhabilitar la cuenta de invitado. La cuenta de invitado permite a un usuario ocasional acceder y usar el PC, pero tiene un acceso más restringido que los usuarios normales." +msgid "" +"<guilabel>Enable guest account</guilabel>: Here you can enable or disable a " +"guest account. The guest account allows a guest to log into and use the PC, " +"but he has more restricted access than normal users." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Habilitar cuenta de invitado</guilabel>: Aquí puede habilitar o " +"inhabilitar la cuenta de invitado. La cuenta de invitado permite a un " +"usuario ocasional acceder y usar el PC, pero tiene un acceso más restringido " +"que los usuarios normales." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:138 -msgid "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are Bash, Dash and Sh" -msgstr "<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: Esta pestaña permite cambiar el shell usado por el usuario que está añadiendo. Las opciones son Bash, Dash y Sh." +msgid "" +"<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: This drop down list allows you to change the " +"shell used by the user you are adding in the previous screen, options are " +"Bash, Dash and Sh" +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Shell</guilabel>: Esta pestaña permite cambiar el shell usado por " +"el usuario que está añadiendo. Las opciones son Bash, Dash y Sh." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:144 -msgid "<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you are adding in the previous screen. This is a number. Leave it blank unless you know what you are doing." -msgstr "<guilabel>ID de usuario</guilabel>: Aquí puede configurar el número de identificación del usuario que está añadiendo. Es un número. Déjelo vació salvo que sepa lo que está haciendo." +msgid "" +"<guilabel>User ID</guilabel>: Here you can set the user ID for the user you " +"are adding in the previous screen. This is a number. Leave it blank unless " +"you know what you are doing." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>ID de usuario</guilabel>: Aquí puede configurar el número de " +"identificación del usuario que está añadiendo. Es un número. Déjelo vació " +"salvo que sepa lo que está haciendo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/addUser.xml:150 -msgid "<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID. Also a number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know what you are doing." -msgstr "<guilabel>ID de grupo</guilabel>: Aquí puede configurar el número de identificación del grupo. También es un número, normalmente el mismo que para el usuario. Déjelo vacío salvo que sepa lo que está haciendo." +msgid "" +"<guilabel>Group ID</guilabel>: This lets you set the group ID. Also a " +"number, usually the same one as for the user. Leave it blank unless you know " +"what you are doing." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>ID de grupo</guilabel>: Aquí puede configurar el número de " +"identificación del grupo. También es un número, normalmente el mismo que " +"para el usuario. Déjelo vacío salvo que sepa lo que está haciendo." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:11 msgid "Choose the mount points" msgstr "Elija los puntos de montaje" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 -#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE" -#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) -#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes -#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans -#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it -#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) -#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 +#. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE" +#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) +#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes +#. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans +#. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it +#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) +#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../es/dx2-chooseMountpoints.png\" /> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseMountpoints.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"chooseMountPoints-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"chooseMountPoints-im1\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../es/dx2-" +"chooseMountpoints.png\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:33 -msgid "Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you can change the mount points." -msgstr "Aquí puede ver las particiones de Linux que se han encontrado en su ordenador. Si no está de acuerdo con la sugerencia de <application>DrakX</application>, puede cambiar los puntos de montaje." +msgid "" +"Here you see the Linux partitions that have been found on your computer. If " +"you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you " +"can change the mount points." +msgstr "" +"Aquí puede ver las particiones de Linux que se han encontrado en su " +"ordenador. Si no está de acuerdo con la sugerencia de <application>DrakX</" +"application>, puede cambiar los puntos de montaje." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:38 -msgid "If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> (root) partition." -msgstr "Si cambia algo, asegúrese de que conserva una partición <literal>/</literal> (root)." +msgid "" +"If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> " +"(root) partition." +msgstr "" +"Si cambia algo, asegúrese de que conserva una partición <literal>/</literal> " +"(root)." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:44 -msgid "Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point\", \"Type\")." -msgstr "Cada partición se muestra así: \"Dispositivo\" (\"Capacidad\", \"Punto de montaje\", \"Tipo\")." +msgid "" +"Every partition is shown as follows: \"Device\" (\"Capacity\", \"Mount point" +"\", \"Type\")." +msgstr "" +"Cada partición se muestra así: \"Dispositivo\" (\"Capacidad\", \"Punto de " +"montaje\", \"Tipo\")." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:49 -msgid "\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], \"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")." -msgstr "\"Dispositivo\", está compuesto por: \"disco duro\", [\"número del disco duro\"(letra)], \"número de partición\" (por ejemplo, \"sda5\")." +msgid "" +"\"Device\", is made up of: \"hard drive\", [\"hard drive number\"(letter)], " +"\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")." +msgstr "" +"\"Dispositivo\", está compuesto por: \"disco duro\", [\"número del disco duro" +"\"(letra)], \"número de partición\" (por ejemplo, \"sda5\")." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:55 -msgid "If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the <literal>/home</literal> partition of a cauldron install." -msgstr "Si tiene varias particiones, puede elegir diferentes puntos de montaje desplegando la lista, como <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> y <literal>/var</literal>. También puede hacer sus propios puntos de montaje, por ejemplo <literal>/video</literal> para nombrar una partición donde quiere guardar sus películas, o <literal>/cauldron-home </literal> para la partición <literal>/home</literal> de una instalación Cauldron." +msgid "" +"If you have many partitions, you can choose many different mount points from " +"the drop down menu, such as <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> " +"and <literal>/var</literal>. You can even make your own mount points, for " +"instance <literal>/video</literal> for a partition where you want to store " +"your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the <literal>/home</" +"literal> partition of a cauldron install." +msgstr "" +"Si tiene varias particiones, puede elegir diferentes puntos de montaje " +"desplegando la lista, como <literal>/</literal>, <literal>/home</literal> y " +"<literal>/var</literal>. También puede hacer sus propios puntos de montaje, " +"por ejemplo <literal>/video</literal> para nombrar una partición donde " +"quiere guardar sus películas, o <literal>/cauldron-home </literal> para la " +"partición <literal>/home</literal> de una instalación Cauldron." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:65 -msgid "For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount point field blank." -msgstr "Para las particiones a las que no necesite acceso, puede dejar el punto de montaje vacío." +msgid "" +"For partitions you don't need to have access to, you can leave the mount " +"point field blank." +msgstr "" +"Para las particiones a las que no necesite acceso, puede dejar el punto de " +"montaje vacío." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:71 -msgid "Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen that follows, you can click on a partition to see its type and size." -msgstr "Elija <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton> si no está seguro de qué elegir y luego marque <guilabel>Particionamiento personalizado</guilabel>. En la siguiente pantalla, puede hacer click en una partición para ver su tipo y tamaño." +msgid "" +"Choose <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure what to choose, " +"and then tick <guilabel>Custom disk partitioning</guilabel>. In the screen " +"that follows, you can click on a partition to see its type and size." +msgstr "" +"Elija <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton> si no está seguro de qué elegir y " +"luego marque <guilabel>Particionamiento personalizado</guilabel>. En la " +"siguiente pantalla, puede hacer click en una partición para ver su tipo y " +"tamaño." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:77 -msgid "If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) DrakX suggests, or more." -msgstr "Si está seguro de que los puntos de montaje son correctos, haga click en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>, y elija si quiere formatear o bien solamentelas particiones que DrakX sugiere o bien alguna más." +msgid "" +"If you are sure the mount points are correct, click on <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton>, and choose whether you only want to format the partition(s) " +"DrakX suggests, or more." +msgstr "" +"Si está seguro de que los puntos de montaje son correctos, haga click en " +"<guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton>, y elija si quiere formatear o bien " +"solamentelas particiones que DrakX sugiere o bien alguna más." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:18 -msgid "DrakX, the Mageia Installer" -msgstr "DrakX, el instalador de Mageia" +#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:5 +msgid "Desktop Selection" +msgstr "Selección de escritorio" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:21 -msgid "Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as possible." -msgstr "Seas nuevo en GNU-Linux o un usuario avanzado, el instalador de Mageia está diseñado para ayudarle a hacer su instalación o actualización lo más fácil posible." +#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11 +msgid "" +"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine " +"tune your choice." +msgstr "" +"Dependiendo de su selección aquí, pueden aparecer otras ventanas para " +"ajustar su elección de manera más precisa." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:29 -msgid "The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need." -msgstr "El menú inicial tiene varias opciones, aunque la elegida por defecto iniciará el instalador, que normalmente será todo lo que necesite." +#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:13 +msgid "" +"After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package " +"installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the " +"<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button" +msgstr "" +"Después de los pasos de selección, verá una presentación durante la " +"instalación de los paquetes. Esta presentación puede desactivarse pulsando " +"<guilabel>Detalles</guilabel>." -#. type: Content of: <section><figure><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:35 -msgid "Installation Welcome Screen" -msgstr "Pantalla de bienvenida del Instalador" +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:20 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../es/dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:39 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\" /> </imageobject>" +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:26 +msgid "" +"Choose whether you prefer to use the <application>KDE</application> or " +"<application>Gnome</application> desktop environment. Both come with a full " +"set of useful applications and tools. Tick <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if " +"you want to use neither or both, or if you want something other than the " +"default software choices for these desktop environments. The " +"<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, " +"sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default." +msgstr "" +"Elija el entorno de escritorio que prefiera, <application>KDE</application> " +"o <application>Gnome</application>. Ambos incluyen un juego completo de " +"útiles aplicaciones y herramientas. Marque <guilabel>Personalizada</" +"guilabel> si no quiere usar ninguno o ambos, o si quiere algo más que el " +"software elegido por defecto para cada entorno de escritorio. El escritorio " +"<application>LXDE</application> es más ligero que los otros dos anteriores, " +"con una apariencia menos llamativa y menos paquetes instalados por defecto." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure> -#: en/installer.xml:34 -#: en/installer.xml:90 -msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>" -msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"1\"/>" +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:4 +msgid "Package Group Selection" +msgstr "Selección de Grupo de Paquetes" + +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:10 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:47 -msgid "If there are problems during install, then it may be necessary to use special installation options, see <xref linkend=\"installationOptions\"></xref>." -msgstr "Si tiene problemas durante la instalación, puede que sea necesario usar opciones especiales de instalación, vea <xref linkend=\"installationOptions\"/>." +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:16 +msgid "" +"Packages have been sorted into groups, to make choosing what you need on " +"your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however " +"more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which " +"become visible as the mouse is hovered over them." +msgstr "" +"Los paquetes han sido agrupados para hacer mucho más sencilla la elección de " +"lo que necesite. Los grupos se definen intuitivamente. Sin embargo, si " +"necesita más información, simplemente pasando el ratón por encima de cada " +"grupo se muestra más información sobre ellos." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:52 -msgid "The installation steps" -msgstr "Los pasos de la instalación" +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:23 +msgid "Workstation." +msgstr "Estación de trabajo." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:55 -msgid "The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed on the side panel of the screen." -msgstr "El proceso de instalación está dividido en un número de pasos que pueden ser seguidos en el panel lateral de la pantalla." +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:27 +msgid "Server." +msgstr "Servidor." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:58 -msgid "Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options." -msgstr "Cada paso tiene una o varias pantallas que pueden tener botones <guibutton>Avanzados</guibutton> con opciones extra, normalmente poco usadas." +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:31 +msgid "Graphical Environment." +msgstr "Entorno gráfico." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:62 -msgid "Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further explanations about the current step." -msgstr "La mayoría de las pantallas tiene botones de <guibutton>Ayuda</guibutton> que le darán explicaciones sobre el paso en cuestión." +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:35 +msgid "" +"Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or " +"remove packages." +msgstr "" +"Selección individual de paquetes: Puede usar esta opción para añadir o " +"eliminar manualmente los paquetes." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/installer.xml:66 -msgid "If somewhere during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot." -msgstr "Si en cualquier momento durante la instalación decide parar el proceso, es posible reiniciar, pero piénselo dos veces. Una vez que una partición ha sido formateada o cuando las actualizaciones han empezado a instalarse, su ordenador no estará en el mismo estado y un reinicio puede dejarle con un sistema inutilizable. No obstante, si decide reiniciar, acceda a la terminal pulsando al mismo tiempo <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton>. Después, pulse <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultáneamente para reiniciar." +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:39 +msgid "" +"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do " +"a minimal install." +msgstr "" +"Lea <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> para instrucciónes sobre como " +"hacer una instalación minima." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:80 -msgid "Installation options" -msgstr "Opciones de instalación" +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4 +msgid "Choose Individual Packages" +msgstr "Elegir paquetes detalladamente" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:83 -msgid "If the installation fails then it may be necessary to try again by using one of the extra options available by hitting the <guibutton>F1 (Help)</guibutton> key see <xref linkend=\"dx-welcome\"></xref>" -msgstr "Si la instalación falla, puede ser necesario volver a intentarlo usando una de las opciones extra disponibles pulsando <guibutton>F1 (Help)</guibutton>. Vea <xref linkend=\"dx-welcome\"/>" +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:87 -msgid "This will open the following text based help." -msgstr "Esto abrirá la siguiente página de ayuda en texto." +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17 +msgid "" +"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation." +msgstr "" +"Aquí puede añadir o eliminar cualquier paquete extra para personalizar su " +"instalación." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:91 -msgid "Installation Help Screen" -msgstr "Pantalla de Ayuda de la Instalación" +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20 +msgid "" +"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</" +"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving " +"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same " +"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and " +"choosing to load it." +msgstr "" +"Después de elegir, puede hacer click en el <guibutton>icono del disquete</" +"guibutton> al final de la página para guardar su elección de paquetes " +"(también puede guardarlas en una unidad USB). Puede usar este archivo para " +"instalar los mismos paquetes en otro sistema, pulsando el mismo botón " +"durante la instalación para cargarlo." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:96 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\" /> </imageobject>" +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/configureServices.xml:12 +msgid "Configure your Services" +msgstr "Configure sus Servicios" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:105 -msgid "Installation Problems and Possible Solutions" -msgstr "Problemas en la Instalación y Posibles Soluciones." +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/configureServices.xml:21 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:111 -msgid "No Graphical Interface" -msgstr "No hay Interfaz Gráfica" +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureServices.xml:27 +msgid "" +"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system." +msgstr "" +"Aquí puede configurar que servicios deberían (o no) iniciarse cuando " +"arranque su sistema." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:116 -msgid "After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt." -msgstr "Después de la pantalla inicial, no carga la pantalla de selección del idioma. Esto puede ocurrir con algunas tarjetas gráficas y sistemas antiguos. Intente usando una resolución más baja, escribiendo <code>vgalo</code> en la terminal." +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureServices.xml:30 +msgid "" +"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and " +"see all services in it." +msgstr "" +"Hay cuatro grupos, haga click en el triángulo junto al grupo para expandirlo " +"y ver todos los servicios que contiene." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:123 -msgid "If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode.<emphasis></emphasis>" -msgstr "Si el hardware es muy antiguo, puede que no sea posible hacer una instalación gráfica. En este caso merece la pena intentar una instalación en modo texto. Para usarla, pulse ESC en la primera pantalla de bienvenida y confirme con INTRO. Le aparecerá una pantalla negra con la palabra \"boot:\" Escriba \"text\" y presione INTRO. Ahora continúe con la instalación en modo texto." +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureServices.xml:34 +msgid "The setting DrakX chose are usually good." +msgstr "La configuración elegida por DrakX es normalmente la más correcta." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:135 -msgid "The Install Freezes" -msgstr "La Instalación se congela" +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureServices.xml:37 +msgid "" +"If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info " +"box below." +msgstr "" +"Si selecciona un servicio, se mostrara información de este en el recuadro de " +"abajo." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:138 -msgid "If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type <code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with other options as necessary." -msgstr "Si el sistema parece congelarse durante la instalación, puede ser un problema con la detección de hardware. En este caso, la detección automática de hardware se puede desactivar y configurarse después. Para probar esto, escriba <code>noauto</code> en la terminal. Esta opción puede ser combinada con otras si es necesario." +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureServices.xml:41 +msgid "Only change things when you know very well what you are doing." +msgstr "Sólo cambie servicios cuando sepa bien lo que está haciendo." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:147 -msgid "Kernel Options" -msgstr "Opciones del Kernel" +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:12 +msgid "Configure your Timezone" +msgstr "Configure su huso horario" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:150 -msgid "These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the <code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e.g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." -msgstr "Es raro que lo necesite, pero en algunos casos, el hardware puede informar erróneamente de la cantidad de RAM disponible. Para especificarla manualmente, puede usar el parámetro <code>mem=xxxM</code>, donde xxx es la cantidad correcta de RAM, por ejemplo: <code>mem=256M</code> significaría 256MB de RAM." +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." +"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." +"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26 +msgid "" +"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the " +"same time zone." +msgstr "" +"Elija su zona escogiendo su país o una ciudad próxima a usted en el mismo " +"huso horario." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30 +msgid "" +"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to " +"GMT, also known as UTC." +msgstr "" +"En la siguiente pantalla, puede ajustar el reloj de su hardware a una hora " +"local o GMT, también conociddo como UTC." + +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35 +msgid "" +"If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they " +"are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT." +msgstr "" +"Si tiene más de un sistema operativo en su máquina, asegúrese de que todos " +"están ajustados bien a la hora local bien a UTC/GMT." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:23 -msgid "Install or Upgrade" -msgstr "Instalar o actualizar" +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11 +msgid "Choose an X Server (Configure your Graphic Card)" +msgstr "Escoja un servidor X (Configurando su tarjeta gráfica)" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:27 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34 -msgid "Install" -msgstr "Instalación" +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21 +msgid "" +"DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually " +"correctly identify your video device." +msgstr "" +"DrakX tiene una base de datos de tarjetas gráficas bastante amplia y " +"usualmente puede identificar su tarjeta correctamente." -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:36 -msgid "Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation." -msgstr "Use esta opción para una nueva instalación de <application>Mageia</application>." +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24 +msgid "" +"If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know " +"which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:" +msgstr "" +"Si el instalador no ha dectectado su tarjeta grafica correctamente y usted " +"sabe cuál es, puede escogerla del árbol:" -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:41 -msgid "Upgrade" -msgstr "Actualización" +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69 +msgid "vendor" +msgstr "fabricante" -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:43 -msgid "If you have one or more <application>Mageia 2</application> installations on your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the latest release." -msgstr "Si tiene una o más instalaciones de <application>Mageia 2</application> en su sistema, el instalador le permitirá actualizar una de ellas a la última versión." +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:31 +msgid "then the name of your card" +msgstr "el nombre de su tarjeta" -#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:49 -msgid "If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." -msgstr "Si en cualquier momento durante la instalación decide parar el proceso, es posible reiniciar, pero piénselo dos veces. Una vez que una partición ha sido formateada o cuando las actualizaciones han empezado a instalarse, su ordenador no estará en el mismo estado y un reinicio puede dejarle con un sistema inutilizable. No obstante, si decide reiniciar, acceda a la terminal pulsando al mismo tiempo <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton>. Después, pulse <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultáneamente para reiniciar" +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:35 +msgid "and the type of card" +msgstr "y el tipo de tarjeta" -#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> -#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:60 -msgid "If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</emphasis> do this later in the install." -msgstr "Si ha descubierto que se le olvidó seleccionar un idioma adicional, puede volver desde la pantalla de \"Instalar o Actualizar\" a la de selección de Idioma pulsando <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Inicio</guilabel>. <emphasis>NO</emphasis> haga esto durante la instalación." +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:39 +msgid "" +"If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in " +"the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the " +"Xorg category" +msgstr "" +"Si no puede encontrar su tarjeta en la lista de frabicantes (porque todavía " +"no se ha incluido en la base de datos o la tarjeta es vieja) puede encontrar " +"un controlador apropiado en la categoría de Xorg." -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14 -msgid "Keyboard" -msgstr "Teclado" +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43 +msgid "" +"The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card " +"drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the " +"option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities." +msgstr "" +"El listado de Xorg provee más de 40 controladores genéricos y de código " +"abierto para su tarjeta de vídeo. Si todavía no puede encontrar un " +"controlador adecuado para su tarjeta, tiene la opción de usar el controlador " +"vesa. Este controlador provee una capacidad básica a su tarjeta de vídeo." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:17 -msgid "DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout." -msgstr "DrakX selecciona el teclado apropiado a su idioma. Si no encuentra ningún teclado compatible, elegirá el teclado estadounidense." +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48 +msgid "" +"Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access " +"to the Commandline Interface." +msgstr "" +"Sea consciente que si escoge el controlador equivocado, podria tener acceso " +"solamente al interfaz de la línea de comandos." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51 +msgid "" +"Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which " +"may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from " +"the card manufacturers' websites." +msgstr "" +"Algunos fabricantes de tarjetas de vídeo proveen controladores propietarios " +"para Linux que se encuentran solamente en los repositorios Nonfree. En " +"algunos casos, solo se encuentran en el sitio web del fabricante." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them. If " +"you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot." +msgstr "" +"Los repositorios Nonfree tienen que ser activados explícitamente para poder " +"acceder a ellos. Esto se debe hacer después de reiniciar su sistema." +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4 +msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration" +msgstr "Configuración de la tarjeta gráfica y del monitor" + +#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" align=\"center\" /> </imageobject>" +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +" <imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser." +"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18 +msgid "" +"No matter which graphical environment (also known as desktop environment) " +"you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are " +"all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window " +"System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for " +"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or " +"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</" +"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can " +"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you " +"think the choice is incorrect." +msgstr "" +"Independientemente del entorno gráfico (también conocido como entorno de " +"escritorio) que usted elija para esta instalación de <application>Mageia</" +"application>, todos están basados en el sistema de interfaz gráfico de " +"usuario llamado <acronym>Sistema X Window</acronym>, o simplemente " +"<acronym>X</acronym>. Así, para que <acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</" +"acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> o cualquier otro entorno gráfico funcione " +"bien, la siguiente configuración de <acronym>X</acronym> debe ser correcta. " +"Elija la configuración adecuada si ve que <application>DrakX</application> " +"no eligió nada o no eligió correctamente." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30 -msgid "Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: <link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" -msgstr "Asegúrese de que la selección es la correcta o escoja otra distribución del teclado. Si no conoce cuál es la distribución correcta para su teclado, mire en las especificaciones que venían con su sistema o pregunte a su vendedor. Incluso puede haber una etiqueta en su teclado que la identifique.También puede mirarlo aquí: <link xlink:href=\"http://es.wikipedia.org/wiki/Distribuci%C3%B3n_del_teclado\">es.wikipedia.org/wiki/Distribución_del_teclado</link>" +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31 +msgid "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card " +"from the list if needed." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Tarjeta gráfica</guibutton></emphasis>: Elija su " +"tarjeta de la lista si es necesario." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40 -msgid "If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there." -msgstr "Si su teclado no está en la lista que aparece, haga click en <guibutton>Más</guibutton> para mostrar una lista completa y seleccionar ahí su teclado." +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37 +msgid "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: You can choose " +"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> when applicable, or choose your monitor " +"from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. " +"Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the " +"horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: Puede elegir " +"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> cuando sea posible, o escoger su monitor de " +"la lista <guilabel>Frabricantes</guilabel> o <guilabel>genérico</guilabel>. " +"Escoja <guilabel>personalizado</guilabel> si prefiere fijar manualmente las " +"tasas de refresco horizontal y vertical de su monitor." -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para> -#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45 -msgid "After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the full list." -msgstr "Después de seleccionar un teclado desde la ventana de <guibutton>Más</guibutton>, el instalador volverá a la primera ventana de selección de teclado, y parecerá que ha elegido un teclado de la lista. Puede ignorar esta anomalía y continuar la instalación, su teclado es el que eligió en la lista completa." +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45 +msgid "Incorrect refresh rates may damage your monitor" +msgstr "Tasas de refresco incorrectas pueden dañar su monitor" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:55 -msgid "If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin and non-Latin keyboard layouts" -msgstr "Si selecciona un teclado basado en carácteres no latinos, aparecerá una pantalla extra preguntando como prefiere cambiar entre disposiciones latinas y no latinas." +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:51 +msgid "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired " +"resolution and color depth of your monitor here." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Resolución</guibutton></emphasis>: Fije la resolución " +"deseada y la profundidad de color de su monitor aquí." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56 +msgid "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not " +"always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your " +"settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your " +"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. " +"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be " +"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " +"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</" +"emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Prueba</guibutton></emphasis>: El botón de prueba no " +"siempre aparece durante la instalación. Si el botón está, puede controlar su " +"configuración pulsándolo. Si aparece una pregunta acerca de si la " +"configuración es correcta, puede responder \"sí\", y la configuración se " +"guardará. Si no ve nada, regresará a la pantalla de configuración y podrá " +"reconfigurar todo hasta que la prueba sea válido. <emphasis>Asegúrese de que " +"la configuración está en el lado seguro si el botón de prueba no está " +"disponible</emphasis>." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67 +msgid "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to " +"enable or disable various options." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Opciones</guibutton></emphasis>: Aquí puede escoger el " +"activar o desactivar varias opciones." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/configureServices.xml:12 -msgid "Configure your Services" -msgstr "Configure sus Servicios" +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18 +msgid "Choosing your Monitor" +msgstr "Escogiendo su monitor" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:21 +msgid "" +"DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually " +"correctly identify yours." +msgstr "" +"DrakX tiene un base de datos de monitores bastante amplia y usualmente puede " +"identificar su monitor correctamente." + +#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26 +msgid "" +"<emphasis>Selecting a monitor with different characteristics could damage " +"your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing " +"what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor " +"documentation" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Escogiendo un monitor con características diferentes puede dañar " +"su pantalla o componentes de vídeo. Por favor, no intente hacer algo sin " +"saber lo que hace.</emphasis> Si tiene dudas, debe consultar la " +"documentacion de su monitor." -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/configureServices.xml:21 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureServices.xml:27 -msgid "Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system." -msgstr "Aquí puede configurar que servicios deberían (o no) iniciarse cuando arranque su sistema." +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42 +msgid "<emphasis>Custom</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>Personalizado</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureServices.xml:30 -msgid "There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and see all services in it." -msgstr "Hay cuatro grupos, haga click en el triángulo junto al grupo para expandirlo y ver todos los servicios que contiene." +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44 +msgid "" +"This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh " +"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the " +"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are " +"displayed." +msgstr "" +"Esta opción deja cambiar dos parámetros críticos, la tasa de refresco " +"vertical y la sincronizacion horizontal. La tasa de refresco vertical " +"determina cada cuánto se actualiza la pantalla y la sincronizacion " +"horizontal es la tasa por lo cual las lineas de escaneo se pueden ver." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureServices.xml:34 -msgid "The setting DrakX chose are usually good." -msgstr "La configuración elegida por DrakX es normalmente la más correcta." +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49 +msgid "" +"It is <emphasis>VERY IMPORTANT</emphasis> that you do not specify a monitor " +"type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you " +"may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and " +"consult your monitor documentation." +msgstr "" +"Es <emphasis>MUY IMPORTANTE</emphasis> que no escoja un tipo de monitor con " +"un tasa de refresco superior a la capacidad de su monitor real, puesto que " +"puede dañarlo. Si tiene duda, escoja un configuración conservadora y " +"consulte la documentacion de su monitor." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureServices.xml:37 -msgid "If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info box below." -msgstr "Si selecciona un servicio, se mostrara información de este en el recuadro de abajo." +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:55 +msgid "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureServices.xml:41 -msgid "Only change things when you know very well what you are doing." -msgstr "Sólo cambie servicios cuando sepa bien lo que está haciendo." +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:58 +msgid "" +"This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the " +"monitor database." +msgstr "" +"Esta es la opción predeterminada y trata de identificar el tipo de monitor " +"que tiene usando la base de datos de monitores." -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:23 -msgid "Please choose a language to use" -msgstr "Por favor elija un idioma" +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63 +msgid "<emphasis>Vendor</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>Vendedor</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:26 -msgid "Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during the installation and for your installed system." -msgstr "Elija su idioma preferido extendiendo la lista de su continente. <application>Mageia</application> usará esta selección durante la instalación y para su sistema instalado." +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:65 +msgid "" +"If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which " +"one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:" +msgstr "" +"Si el instalador no pudo identificar su monitor correctamente y usted sabe " +"cuál es, lo puede escoger del árbol:" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73 +msgid "the monitor manufacturers name" +msgstr "el nombre del fabricante del monitor" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:77 +msgid "the monitor description" +msgstr "la descripción del monitor" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:30 -msgid "If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the <guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be difficult to add extra language support after installation." -msgstr "Si necesitara tener varios idiomas instalados para usted u otros usuarios, usa el botón de <guibutton>Múltiples idiomas</guibutton> para añadirlos ahora. Puede ser más difícil añadir soporte en otros idiomas después de la instalación." +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:82 +msgid "<emphasis>Generic</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>Genérico</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84 +msgid "" +"selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as " +"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is " +"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver " +"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it " +"may be wise to be conservative in your selections." +msgstr "" +"escogiendo este grupo, se muestra casi 30 configuraciones de pantalla como " +"1024x768 @ 60Hz y encluye pantallas planas como las que se usan en " +"portátiles. Usualmente, este es un buen grupo para elegir monitores si " +"necesita usar el controlador de tarjetas Vesa cuando su hardware de vídeo no " +"se puede determinar automáticamente. De nuevo, es mejor realizar una " +"selección conservadora. " + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:19 +msgid "Custom disk partitioning with DiskDrake" +msgstr "Particionado de disco personalizado con DiskDrake" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:36 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../es/dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +#: en/diskdrake.xml:26 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:44 -msgid "Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ." -msgstr "Aunque elija más de un idioma, primero debe elegir su idioma preferido en la primera pantalla. También se marcará como elegido en la pantalla de elección de múltiples idiomas." - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:51 -msgid "If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well." -msgstr "Si su teclado no es de su idioma preferido, es recomendable que instale también el idioma de su teclado." +#: en/diskdrake.xml:33 +msgid "" +"If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " +"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The " +"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " +"set, otherwise your system will be unbootable." +msgstr "" +"Si desea encriptar su partición <literal>/</literal>, debe asegurarse de que " +"tiene una partición <literal>/boot</literal> separada. La opción de " +"encriptación para la partición <literal>/boot</literal> NO DEBE USARSE, de " +"lo contrario, su sistema no arrancará." -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:57 -msgid "Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the \"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages." -msgstr "Mageia usa el soporte UTF-8 (Unicode) por defecto. Puede ser desactivado en la pantalla de \"multiples idiomas\" si sabe que no funciona con su idioma. Si lo desactiva, no estará disponible para ningún idioma instalado." +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:39 +msgid "" +"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, " +"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " +"is in them before you start." +msgstr "" +"Ajuste la estructura de su(s) disco(s) aquí. Se pueden añadir y quitar " +"particiones, cambiar el sistema de archivos de una partición o cambiar su " +"tamaño, e incluso echar un vistazo antes de empezar." -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:64 -msgid "You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system." -msgstr "Puede cambiar el idioma de su sistema después de la instalación en el Centro de Control de Mageia --> Sistema --> Administrar la localización de su sistema." +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:42 +msgid "" +"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an " +"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." +msgstr "" +"Hay una pestaña para cada disco duro o sistema de almacenaje detectados, " +"como una unidad USB. Por ejemplo, sda, sdb y sdc si se encuentran tres." -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:4 -msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted" -msgstr "Confirme el disco que va a formatear" +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:45 +msgid "" +"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected " +"storage device" +msgstr "" +"Pulse <guibutton>Quitar todo</guibutton> para eliminar todas las particiones " +"del disco de almacenaje seleccionado." -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 -#. test comment - johnr -#. 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct -#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I -#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD -#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:47 +msgid "" +"For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, " +"or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it." +msgstr "" +"Para cada una de las restantes acciones: haga primero click en la partición " +"escogida. Entonces, véala, escoja un sistema de ficheros y un punto de " +"montaje, cambie el tamaño o elimínela." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24 -msgid "Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your choice." -msgstr "Haga click en <guibutton>Previo</guibutton> si no está seguro de su elección." +#: en/diskdrake.xml:49 +msgid "Continue until you adjusted everything to your wishes." +msgstr "Continue hasta que ajuste todo a su gusto." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 -msgid "Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." -msgstr "Haga click en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton> si está seguro y quiereborrar todas las particiones, sistemas operativos y datos de su disco duro." +#: en/diskdrake.xml:51 +msgid "Click <guibutton>Done</guibutton> when you're ready." +msgstr "Haga click en <guibutton>Hecho</guibutton> cuando esté listo." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:25 @@ -566,18 +1190,32 @@ msgstr "Particionando" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:28 -msgid "In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install <application>Mageia</application>." -msgstr "En esta pantalla puede ver el contenido de su(s) disco(s) duro(s) y ver el sitio que el asistente de particionado de DrakX ha encontrado para instalar <application>Mageia</application>." +msgid "" +"In this screen you can see the content of your hard drive(s) and see the " +"solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install " +"<application>Mageia</application>." +msgstr "" +"En esta pantalla puede ver el contenido de su(s) disco(s) duro(s) y ver el " +"sitio que el asistente de particionado de DrakX ha encontrado para instalar " +"<application>Mageia</application>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:33 -msgid "The options available from the list below will vary depending on your particular hard drive(s) layout and content." -msgstr "Las opciones disponibles en la lista de abajo pueden variar dependiendo del contenido de su(s) disco(s) duro(s)." +msgid "" +"The options available from the list below will vary depending on your " +"particular hard drive(s) layout and content." +msgstr "" +"Las opciones disponibles en la lista de abajo pueden variar dependiendo del " +"contenido de su(s) disco(s) duro(s)." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:38 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png\" /> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-doPartitionDisks.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:45 @@ -586,8 +1224,12 @@ msgstr "Usar la partición existente" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:48 -msgid "If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have been found and may be used for the installation." -msgstr "Si esta opción está disponible significa que se han encontrado particiones compatibles con Linux que pueden ser usadas para la instalación." +msgid "" +"If this option is available, then existing Linux compatible partitions have " +"been found and may be used for the installation." +msgstr "" +"Si esta opción está disponible significa que se han encontrado particiones " +"compatibles con Linux que pueden ser usadas para la instalación." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:54 @@ -596,8 +1238,12 @@ msgstr "Usar el espacio libre" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:56 -msgid "If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for your new Mageia installation." -msgstr "Si tiene espacio sin usar en su disco duro, esta opción lo usará para su nueva instalación de Mageia." +msgid "" +"If you have unused space on your hard drive then this option will use it for " +"your new Mageia installation." +msgstr "" +"Si tiene espacio sin usar en su disco duro, esta opción lo usará para su " +"nueva instalación de Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62 @@ -606,18 +1252,41 @@ msgstr "Usar espacio libre en una partición de Windows" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:65 -msgid "If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may offer to use it." -msgstr "Si tiene espacio libre en una partición existente de Windows, el instalador puede ofrecer usarlo." +msgid "" +"If you have unused space on an existing Windows partition, the installer may " +"offer to use it." +msgstr "" +"Si tiene espacio libre en una partición existente de Windows, el instalador " +"puede ofrecer usarlo." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:69 -msgid "This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all important files!" -msgstr "¡Esta puede ser una manera útil de hacer espacio para su nueva instalación de Mageia, pero es una operación peligrosa, así que debería hacer una copia de seguridad de todos sus archivos importantes!" +msgid "" +"This can be a useful way of making room for your new Mageia installation, " +"but is a risky operation so you should make sure you have backed up all " +"important files!" +msgstr "" +"¡Esta puede ser una manera útil de hacer espacio para su nueva instalación " +"de Mageia, pero es una operación peligrosa, así que debería hacer una copia " +"de seguridad de todos sus archivos importantes!" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:74 -msgid "Note that this involves shrinking the size of the Windows partition. The partition must be \"clean\", meaning that Windows must have closed down correctly the last time it was used. It must also have been defragmented, although this is not a guarantee that all files in the partition have been moved out of the area that is about to be used. It is highly recommended to back up your personal files." -msgstr "Sea consciente de que esta operación implica una reducción del tamaño de la partición de Windows. Esta partición debe de estar \"limpia\", es decir, Windows debe de haberse cerrado correctamente la última vez que fue usado. También debe de haber sido desfragmentada, aunque esto no garantiza que todos los archivos de la partición hayan sido movidos fuera del área que se va a usar. Por ello, es altamente recomendable hacer una copia de seguridad de sus archivos personales." +msgid "" +"Note that this involves shrinking the size of the Windows partition. The " +"partition must be \"clean\", meaning that Windows must have closed down " +"correctly the last time it was used. It must also have been defragmented, " +"although this is not a guarantee that all files in the partition have been " +"moved out of the area that is about to be used. It is highly recommended to " +"back up your personal files." +msgstr "" +"Sea consciente de que esta operación implica una reducción del tamaño de la " +"partición de Windows. Esta partición debe de estar \"limpia\", es decir, " +"Windows debe de haberse cerrado correctamente la última vez que fue usado. " +"También debe de haber sido desfragmentada, aunque esto no garantiza que " +"todos los archivos de la partición hayan sido movidos fuera del área que se " +"va a usar. Por ello, es altamente recomendable hacer una copia de seguridad " +"de sus archivos personales." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:84 @@ -632,12 +1301,19 @@ msgstr "Esta opción usará el disco completo para Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:90 msgid "Note! This will erase ALL data on the selected hard drive. Take care!" -msgstr "¡Aviso! Esto borrara TODA la información en el disco duro seleccionado. ¡Tenga cuidado!" +msgstr "" +"¡Aviso! Esto borrara TODA la información en el disco duro seleccionado. " +"¡Tenga cuidado!" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:93 -msgid "If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use this option." -msgstr "Si pretende usar una parte del disco para otra cosa o ya tiene información en la unidad que no quiere perder, no use esta opción." +msgid "" +"If you intend to use part of the disk for something else, or you already " +"have data on the drive that you are not prepared to lose, then do not use " +"this option." +msgstr "" +"Si pretende usar una parte del disco para otra cosa o ya tiene información " +"en la unidad que no quiere perder, no use esta opción." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:100 @@ -646,13 +1322,31 @@ msgstr "Particionamiento personalizado" #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:102 -msgid "This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your hard drive(s)." -msgstr "Esta opción le ofrece el control completo sobre donde colocar su instalación en su(s) disco(s) duro(s)." +msgid "" +"This gives you complete control over the placing of the installation on your " +"hard drive(s)." +msgstr "" +"Esta opción le ofrece el control completo sobre donde colocar su instalación " +"en su(s) disco(s) duro(s)." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:109 -msgid "Some newer drives are now using 4096 byte logical sectors, instead of the previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following settings:" -msgstr "Algunos discros duros recientes usan sectores lógicos de 4096 bytes, en vez de la versión estándar de 512 bytes. Debido a la falta de hardware disponiblela herramienta de particionado no se ha comprobado en tales discos. Además, algunos discos ssd usarn un bloque de borrado de más de 1MB.Sugerimos que previamente se use otra herramienta de particionado como gparted,en caso de que posea un disco de estos tipos, y que use las siguientes configuraciones:" +msgid "" +"Some newer drives are now using 4096 byte logical sectors, instead of the " +"previous standard of 512 byte logical sectors. Due to lack of available " +"hardware, the partitioning tool used in the installer has not been tested " +"with such a drive. Also some ssd drives now use an erase block size over 1 " +"MB. We suggest to pre-partition the drive, using an alternative partitioning " +"tool like gparted, if you own such a device, and to use the following " +"settings:" +msgstr "" +"Algunos discros duros recientes usan sectores lógicos de 4096 bytes, en vez " +"de la versión estándar de 512 bytes. Debido a la falta de hardware " +"disponiblela herramienta de particionado no se ha comprobado en tales " +"discos. Además, algunos discos ssd usarn un bloque de borrado de más de 1MB." +"Sugerimos que previamente se use otra herramienta de particionado como " +"gparted,en caso de que posea un disco de estos tipos, y que use las " +"siguientes configuraciones:" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:117 @@ -666,169 +1360,117 @@ msgstr "\"Espacio libre que precede a (MiB)\" \"2\"" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:121 -msgid "Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes." -msgstr "Asegúrese de que todas las particiones se han creado con un número par de megabytes." - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:5 -msgid "Desktop Selection" -msgstr "Selección de escritorio" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11 -msgid "Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine tune your choice." -msgstr "Dependiendo de su selección aquí, pueden aparecer otras ventanas para ajustar su elección de manera más precisa." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:13 -msgid "After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the <guilabel>Details</guilabel> button" -msgstr "Después de los pasos de selección, verá una presentación durante la instalación de los paquetes. Esta presentación puede desactivarse pulsando <guilabel>Detalles</guilabel>." - -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:20 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../es/dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:26 -msgid "Choose whether you prefer to use the <application>KDE</application> or <application>Gnome</application> desktop environment. Both come with a full set of useful applications and tools. Tick <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you want to use neither or both, or if you want something other than the default software choices for these desktop environments. The <application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default." -msgstr "Elija el entorno de escritorio que prefiera, <application>KDE</application> o <application>Gnome</application>. Ambos incluyen un juego completo de útiles aplicaciones y herramientas. Marque <guilabel>Personalizada</guilabel> si no quiere usar ninguno o ambos, o si quiere algo más que el software elegido por defecto para cada entorno de escritorio. El escritorio <application>LXDE</application> es más ligero que los otros dos anteriores, con una apariencia menos llamativa y menos paquetes instalados por defecto." - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:4 -msgid "Package Group Selection" -msgstr "Selección de Grupo de Paquetes" - -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:10 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:16 -msgid "Packages have been sorted into groups, to make choosing what you need on your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which become visible as the mouse is hovered over them." -msgstr "Los paquetes han sido agrupados para hacer mucho más sencilla la elección de lo que necesite. Los grupos se definen intuitivamente. Sin embargo, si necesita más información, simplemente pasando el ratón por encima de cada grupo se muestra más información sobre ellos." - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:23 -msgid "Workstation." -msgstr "Estación de trabajo." - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:27 -msgid "Server." -msgstr "Servidor." - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:31 -msgid "Graphical Environment." -msgstr "Entorno gráfico." - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:35 -msgid "Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or remove packages." -msgstr "Selección individual de paquetes: Puede usar esta opción para añadir o eliminar manualmente los paquetes." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:39 -msgid "Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do a minimal install." -msgstr "Lea <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> para instrucciónes sobre como hacer una instalación minima." - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4 -msgid "Choose Individual Packages" -msgstr "Elegir paquetes detalladamente" - -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17 -msgid "Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation." -msgstr "Aquí puede añadir o eliminar cualquier paquete extra para personalizar su instalación." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20 -msgid "After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and choosing to load it." -msgstr "Después de elegir, puede hacer click en el <guibutton>icono del disquete</guibutton> al final de la página para guardar su elección de paquetes (también puede guardarlas en una unidad USB). Puede usar este archivo para instalar los mismos paquetes en otro sistema, pulsando el mismo botón durante la instalación para cargarlo." - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:19 -msgid "Custom disk partitioning with DiskDrake" -msgstr "Particionado de disco personalizado con DiskDrake" - -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:26 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes." +msgstr "" +"Asegúrese de que todas las particiones se han creado con un número par de " +"megabytes." -#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:33 -msgid "If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be set, otherwise your system will be unbootable." -msgstr "Si desea encriptar su partición <literal>/</literal>, debe asegurarse de que tiene una partición <literal>/boot</literal> separada. La opción de encriptación para la partición <literal>/boot</literal> NO DEBE USARSE, de lo contrario, su sistema no arrancará." +#. type: Content of: <article><info><title> +#: en/DrakX.xml:3 +msgid "Installation with DrakX" +msgstr "Instalación con DrakX" -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:39 -msgid "Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what is in them before you start." -msgstr "Ajuste la estructura de su(s) disco(s) aquí. Se pueden añadir y quitar particiones, cambiar el sistema de archivos de una partición o cambiar su tamaño, e incluso echar un vistazo antes de empezar." +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> +#: en/DrakX.xml:6 +msgid "<note>" +msgstr "<note>" -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:42 -msgid "There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." -msgstr "Hay una pestaña para cada disco duro o sistema de almacenaje detectados, como una unidad USB. Por ejemplo, sda, sdb y sdc si se encuentran tres." +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> +#: en/DrakX.xml:7 +msgid "" +"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " +"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " +"while installing." +msgstr "" +"Nadie verá las imágenes que puede ver en este manual. Las imágenes que verá " +"dependerán de su hardware y las decisiones que tomó durante la instalación." -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:45 -msgid "Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected storage device" -msgstr "Pulse <guibutton>Quitar todo</guibutton> para eliminar todas las particiones del disco de almacenaje seleccionado." +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakX.xml:10 +msgid "</note>" +msgstr "</note>" -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:47 -msgid "For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it." -msgstr "Para cada una de las restantes acciones: haga primero click en la partición escogida. Entonces, véala, escoja un sistema de ficheros y un punto de montaje, cambie el tamaño o elimínela." +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakX.xml:12 +msgid "" +"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " +"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" +"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." +msgstr "" +"Los textos y capturas de pantalla de este manual están disponibles bajo la " +"licencia CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/" +"by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>" -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:49 -msgid "Continue until you adjusted everything to your wishes." -msgstr "Continue hasta que ajuste todo a su gusto." +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakX.xml:16 +msgid "" +"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." +msgstr "" +"Éste manual ha sido realizado con la ayuda de <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> desarrollado por <link ns6:href=\"http://" +"www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>" -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:51 -msgid "Click <guibutton>Done</guibutton> when you're ready." -msgstr "Haga click en <guibutton>Hecho</guibutton> cuando esté listo." +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakX.xml:18 +msgid "" +"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" +"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" +"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." +msgstr "" +"Fue escrito por voluntarios en sus ratos libres. Por favor contacte con el " +"<link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Equipo de " +"Documentación</link> si puede ayudar a mejorar este manual." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/exitInstall.xml:4 msgid "Congratulations" msgstr "Felicitaciones" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text -#. same day, added "s" to "sytems" +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text +#. same day, added "s" to "sytems" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/exitInstall.xml:14 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../es/dx2-exitInstall.png\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-exitInstall.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\"> </imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../es/dx2-exitInstall.png\" revision=" +"\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"exitInstall-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:21 -msgid "You have finished installing and configuring <application>Mageia</application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot your computer." -msgstr "Ha terminado de instalar y configurar <application>Mageia</application> y ahora es seguro retirar el medio de instalación y reiniciar su ordenador." +msgid "" +"You have finished installing and configuring <application>Mageia</" +"application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot " +"your computer." +msgstr "" +"Ha terminado de instalar y configurar <application>Mageia</application> y " +"ahora es seguro retirar el medio de instalación y reiniciar su ordenador." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:25 -msgid "After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating systems on your computer (if you have more than one)." -msgstr "Después del reinicio, en el cargador de arranque, puede elegir entre los sistemas operativos de su ordenador (si tiene más de uno)." +msgid "" +"After reboot, in the bootloader screen, you can choose between the operating " +"systems on your computer (if you have more than one)." +msgstr "" +"Después del reinicio, en el cargador de arranque, puede elegir entre los " +"sistemas operativos de su ordenador (si tiene más de uno)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:28 -msgid "If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install will be automatically selected and started." -msgstr "Si no ajustó la configuracion del cargador de arranque, su instalación de Mageia será automáticamente seleccionada e iniciada." +msgid "" +"If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install " +"will be automatically selected and started." +msgstr "" +"Si no ajustó la configuracion del cargador de arranque, su instalación de " +"Mageia será automáticamente seleccionada e iniciada." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:31 @@ -837,71 +1479,343 @@ msgstr "¡Que lo disfrute!" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:33 -msgid "Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to Mageia" -msgstr "Visite www.mageia.org si tiene alguna duda o quiere contribuir con Mageia." +msgid "" +"Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to " +"Mageia" +msgstr "" +"Visite www.mageia.org si tiene alguna duda o quiere contribuir con Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:4 msgid "Formatting" msgstr "Formateo" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\" revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../es/dx2-formatPartitions.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-formatPartitions.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\"> </" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"formatPartitions-im1\" revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"../es/dx2-formatPartitions.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" /" +"> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:25 -msgid "Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved." -msgstr "Aquí puede elegir qué partición(es) quiere formatear. Se guardará cualquier información en las particiones <emphasis>no</emphasis> marcadas para formatear." +msgid "" +"Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on " +"partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved." +msgstr "" +"Aquí puede elegir qué partición(es) quiere formatear. Se guardará cualquier " +"información en las particiones <emphasis>no</emphasis> marcadas para " +"formatear." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:29 msgid "Usually at least the partitions DrakX selected, need to be formatted" -msgstr "Normalmente, por lo menos las particiones seleccionadas por DrakX, necesitan formatearse." +msgstr "" +"Normalmente, por lo menos las particiones seleccionadas por DrakX, necesitan " +"formatearse." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:32 -msgid "Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>" -msgstr "Haga click en <guibutton>Avanzado</guibutton> para elegir particiones que quiera comprobar los <emphasis>bloques defectuosos</emphasis>." +msgid "" +"Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to " +"check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Haga click en <guibutton>Avanzado</guibutton> para elegir particiones que " +"quiera comprobar los <emphasis>bloques defectuosos</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:37 -msgid "If you're not sure you have made the right choice, you can click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> and then on <guibutton>Custom</guibutton> to get back to the main screen. In that screen you can choose to view what is in your partitions." -msgstr "Si no está seguro de haber hecho la elección correcta, puede hacer click en <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton>, de nuevo en <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton> y luego en <guibutton>Personalizado</guibutton> para volver a la pantalla principal. En esta pantalla puede comprobar lo que haya en sus particiones." +msgid "" +"If you're not sure you have made the right choice, you can click on " +"<guibutton>Previous</guibutton>, again on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> " +"and then on <guibutton>Custom</guibutton> to get back to the main screen. " +"In that screen you can choose to view what is in your partitions." +msgstr "" +"Si no está seguro de haber hecho la elección correcta, puede hacer click en " +"<guibutton>Anterior</guibutton>, de nuevo en <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton> " +"y luego en <guibutton>Personalizado</guibutton> para volver a la pantalla " +"principal. En esta pantalla puede comprobar lo que haya en sus particiones." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:44 -msgid "When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue." -msgstr "Cuando esté seguro de su elección, haga click en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton> para continuar." +msgid "" +"When you are confident about the selection, click on <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton> to continue." +msgstr "" +"Cuando esté seguro de su elección, haga click en <guibutton>Siguiente</" +"guibutton> para continuar." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:18 +msgid "DrakX, the Mageia Installer" +msgstr "DrakX, el instalador de Mageia" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:21 +msgid "" +"Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia " +"Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as " +"possible." +msgstr "" +"Seas nuevo en GNU-Linux o un usuario avanzado, el instalador de Mageia está " +"diseñado para ayudarle a hacer su instalación o actualización lo más fácil " +"posible." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:29 +msgid "" +"The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will " +"start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need." +msgstr "" +"El menú inicial tiene varias opciones, aunque la elegida por defecto " +"iniciará el instalador, que normalmente será todo lo que necesite." + +#. type: Content of: <section><figure><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:35 +msgid "Installation Welcome Screen" +msgstr "Pantalla de bienvenida del Instalador" + +#. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject> +#: en/installer.xml:39 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\"> </imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\" /> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure> +#: en/installer.xml:34 en/installer.xml:90 +msgid "" +"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=" +"\"1\"/>" +msgstr "" +"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=" +"\"1\"/>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:47 +msgid "" +"If there are problems during install, then it may be necessary to use " +"special installation options, see <xref linkend=\"installationOptions\"></" +"xref>." +msgstr "" +"Si tiene problemas durante la instalación, puede que sea necesario usar " +"opciones especiales de instalación, vea <xref linkend=\"installationOptions" +"\"/>." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:52 +msgid "The installation steps" +msgstr "Los pasos de la instalación" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:55 +msgid "" +"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed " +"on the side panel of the screen." +msgstr "" +"El proceso de instalación está dividido en un número de pasos que pueden ser " +"seguidos en el panel lateral de la pantalla." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:58 +msgid "" +"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</" +"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options." +msgstr "" +"Cada paso tiene una o varias pantallas que pueden tener botones " +"<guibutton>Avanzados</guibutton> con opciones extra, normalmente poco usadas." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:62 +msgid "" +"Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further " +"explanations about the current step." +msgstr "" +"La mayoría de las pantallas tiene botones de <guibutton>Ayuda</guibutton> " +"que le darán explicaciones sobre el paso en cuestión." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> +#: en/installer.xml:66 +msgid "" +"If somewhere during install you decide to stop the installation, it is " +"possible to reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a " +"partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your " +"computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well " +"leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure " +"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys " +"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " +"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot." +msgstr "" +"Si en cualquier momento durante la instalación decide parar el proceso, es " +"posible reiniciar, pero piénselo dos veces. Una vez que una partición ha " +"sido formateada o cuando las actualizaciones han empezado a instalarse, su " +"ordenador no estará en el mismo estado y un reinicio puede dejarle con un " +"sistema inutilizable. No obstante, si decide reiniciar, acceda a la terminal " +"pulsando al mismo tiempo <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton>. Después, pulse " +"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultáneamente para reiniciar." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:80 +msgid "Installation options" +msgstr "Opciones de instalación" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:83 +msgid "" +"If the installation fails then it may be necessary to try again by using one " +"of the extra options available by hitting the <guibutton>F1 (Help)</" +"guibutton> key see <xref linkend=\"dx-welcome\"></xref>" +msgstr "" +"Si la instalación falla, puede ser necesario volver a intentarlo usando una " +"de las opciones extra disponibles pulsando <guibutton>F1 (Help)</guibutton>. " +"Vea <xref linkend=\"dx-welcome\"/>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:87 +msgid "This will open the following text based help." +msgstr "Esto abrirá la siguiente página de ayuda en texto." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:91 +msgid "Installation Help Screen" +msgstr "Pantalla de Ayuda de la Instalación" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><mediaobject> +#: en/installer.xml:96 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\" /> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:105 +msgid "Installation Problems and Possible Solutions" +msgstr "Problemas en la Instalación y Posibles Soluciones." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:111 +msgid "No Graphical Interface" +msgstr "No hay Interfaz Gráfica" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/installer.xml:116 +msgid "" +"After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " +"This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low " +"resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt." +msgstr "" +"Después de la pantalla inicial, no carga la pantalla de selección del " +"idioma. Esto puede ocurrir con algunas tarjetas gráficas y sistemas " +"antiguos. Intente usando una resolución más baja, escribiendo <code>vgalo</" +"code> en la terminal." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/installer.xml:123 +msgid "" +"If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " +"In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit " +"ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be " +"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit " +"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode.<emphasis></emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Si el hardware es muy antiguo, puede que no sea posible hacer una " +"instalación gráfica. En este caso merece la pena intentar una instalación en " +"modo texto. Para usarla, pulse ESC en la primera pantalla de bienvenida y " +"confirme con INTRO. Le aparecerá una pantalla negra con la palabra \"boot:\" " +"Escriba \"text\" y presione INTRO. Ahora continúe con la instalación en modo " +"texto." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:135 +msgid "The Install Freezes" +msgstr "La Instalación se congela" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:138 +msgid "" +"If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a " +"problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of " +"hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type " +"<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with " +"other options as necessary." +msgstr "" +"Si el sistema parece congelarse durante la instalación, puede ser un " +"problema con la detección de hardware. En este caso, la detección automática " +"de hardware se puede desactivar y configurarse después. Para probar esto, " +"escriba <code>noauto</code> en la terminal. Esta opción puede ser combinada " +"con otras si es necesario." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:147 +msgid "Kernel Options" +msgstr "Opciones del Kernel" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:150 +msgid "" +"These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " +"available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " +"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e." +"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." +msgstr "" +"Es raro que lo necesite, pero en algunos casos, el hardware puede informar " +"erróneamente de la cantidad de RAM disponible. Para especificarla " +"manualmente, puede usar el parámetro <code>mem=xxxM</code>, donde xxx es la " +"cantidad correcta de RAM, por ejemplo: <code>mem=256M</code> significaría " +"256MB de RAM." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/installUpdates.xml:3 msgid "Updates" msgstr "Actualizaciones" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename -#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename +#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installUpdates.xml:13 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../es/dx2-installUpdates.png\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-installUpdates.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../es/dx2-installUpdates." +"png\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"installUpdates-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:19 -msgid "Since this version of <application>Mageia</application> was released, some packages will have been updated or improved." -msgstr "Desde que se lanzara esta versión de <application>Mageia</application>, se han actualizado o mejorado algunos paquetes." +msgid "" +"Since this version of <application>Mageia</application> was released, some " +"packages will have been updated or improved." +msgstr "" +"Desde que se lanzara esta versión de <application>Mageia</application>, se " +"han actualizado o mejorado algunos paquetes." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:23 -msgid "Choose <guilabel>yes</guilabel> if you wish to download and install them, select <guilabel>no</guilabel> if you don't want to do this now, or if you aren't connected to the Internet" -msgstr "Elija <guilabel>Sí</guilabel> si quiere instalarlas, elija <guilabel>No</guilabel> si no quiere hacerlo ahora, o si no está conectado a Internet" +msgid "" +"Choose <guilabel>yes</guilabel> if you wish to download and install them, " +"select <guilabel>no</guilabel> if you don't want to do this now, or if you " +"aren't connected to the Internet" +msgstr "" +"Elija <guilabel>Sí</guilabel> si quiere instalarlas, elija <guilabel>No</" +"guilabel> si no quiere hacerlo ahora, o si no está conectado a Internet" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:28 @@ -909,32 +1823,167 @@ msgid "Then press <guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue" msgstr "Luego, pulse <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton> para continuar." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/media_selection.xml:3 +msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)" +msgstr "Selección de medio (Nonfree)" + +#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media) +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong) +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/media_selection.xml:12 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/media_selection.xml:18 +msgid "" +"Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are " +"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories " +"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " +"the next steps." +msgstr "" +"Aquí tiene una lista de los repositorios disponibles. No todos los " +"repositorios están disponibles, dependiendo de qué medio utilice para la " +"instalación. La selección de repositorios determina qué paquetes podrán ser " +"elegidos en los próximos pasos." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/media_selection.xml:25 +msgid "" +"The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains " +"the base of the distribution." +msgstr "" +"El repositorio <emphasis>Core</emphasis> no puede ser deshabilitado ya que " +"contiene la base de la distribución." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/media_selection.xml:30 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-" +"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source " +"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " +"nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi " +"cards, etc." +msgstr "" +"El repositorio <emphasis>Non-free</emphasis> incluye paquetes que son " +"gratis, es decir, Mageia puede redistribuirlos, pero que contienen software " +"de código cerrado, de aquí el nombre Nonfree. Por ejemplo, este repositorio " +"incluye controladores propietarios de tarjetas gráficas nVidia y ATI, " +"firmware para diversas tarjetas WiFi, etc." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/media_selection.xml:38 +msgid "" +"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under " +"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is " +"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. " +"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed " +"to play commercial video DVD, etc." +msgstr "" +"El repositorio <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> incluye paquetes liberados bajo " +"una licencia libre. El criterio principal para poner paquetes en este " +"repositorio es que pueden infringir patentes y leyes de derechos de autor en " +"algunos países, como por ejemplo codecs multimedia necesarios para " +"reproducir ciertos archivos de audio/vídeo, paquetes necesarios para " +"reproducir DVD de video comercial, etc." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/minimal-install.xml:3 +msgid "Minimal Install" +msgstr "Instalación mínima." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/minimal-install.xml:9 +msgid "" +"You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the " +"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></" +"xref>." +msgstr "" +"Puede elegir la instalación mínima deseleccionando todo en la pantalla de " +"Selección de Grupos de Paquetes, vea <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></" +"xref>." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/minimal-install.xml:10 +msgid "" +"Minimal Installation is intended for those with specific uses in mind for " +"their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised " +"workstation. You will probably use this option combined with Manual Package " +"Selection, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." +msgstr "" +"La instalación mínima está dirigida a aquellos que tienen en mente usos " +"específicos para su <application>Mageia</application>, como un servidor o " +"una estación de trabajo especializada. Probablemente usará esta opción junto " +"con la seleccion de paquetes manual, vea <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree" +"\"></xref>." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/minimal-install.xml:14 +msgid "" +"If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer " +"you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X." +msgstr "" +"Si selecciona este tipo de instalación, la siguiente pantalla le ofrecerá " +"algunos extras útiles para instalar, como documentación y las X." + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/minimal-install.xml:19 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:3 msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters" msgstr "Resumen de la Configuración" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots #. JohnR 2012-04-25 Added text as requested by Psec :-) -#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages -#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and -#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph -#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. -#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" +#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages +#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and +#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph +#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. +#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" #. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:33 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-summary.png\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"summary-im1\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:38 -msgid "DrakX made smart choices for the configuration of your system depending on the choices you made and on the hardware DrakX detected. You can check the settings here and change them if you want after pressing <guibutton>Configure</guibutton>." -msgstr "DrakX elige inteligentemente la configuración para su sistema dependiendo del hardware que ha detectado. Puede comprobar la configuración aquí y cambiarla si quiere pulsando <guibutton>Configurar</guibutton>." +msgid "" +"DrakX made smart choices for the configuration of your system depending on " +"the choices you made and on the hardware DrakX detected. You can check the " +"settings here and change them if you want after pressing " +"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"DrakX elige inteligentemente la configuración para su sistema dependiendo " +"del hardware que ha detectado. Puede comprobar la configuración aquí y " +"cambiarla si quiere pulsando <guibutton>Configurar</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:45 @@ -948,8 +1997,14 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Huso horario</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:52 -msgid "DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. You can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>" -msgstr "DrakX le elige un huso horario dependiendo del idioma seleccionado. Puede cambiarlo si lo necesita, Vea también <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/>" +msgid "" +"DrakX selected a time zone for you, depending on your preferred language. " +"You can change it if needed. See also <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/" +">" +msgstr "" +"DrakX le elige un huso horario dependiendo del idioma seleccionado. Puede " +"cambiarlo si lo necesita, Vea también <xref linkend=\"configureTimezoneUTC\"/" +">" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:58 @@ -958,8 +2013,12 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>País / Región</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:61 -msgid "If you are not in the selected country, it is very important that you correct the setting. See <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>" -msgstr "Si no está en el país seleccionado, es importante que lo corrijas. Vea <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>" +msgid "" +"If you are not in the selected country, it is very important that you " +"correct the setting. See <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Si no está en el país seleccionado, es importante que lo corrijas. Vea <xref " +"linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:67 @@ -973,7 +2032,8 @@ msgstr "DrakX ha hecho una buena elección para el cargador del arranque." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:72 -msgid "Do not change anything, unless you know how to configure Grub and/or Lilo" +msgid "" +"Do not change anything, unless you know how to configure Grub and/or Lilo" msgstr "No cambie nada, salvo que sepa configurar Grub y/o Lilo." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -988,8 +2048,12 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Administración de usuarios</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:83 -msgid "You can add extra users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</literal> directories." -msgstr "Aquí puede añadir más usuarios. Cada uno tendrá su propio directorio <literal>/home</literal>." +msgid "" +"You can add extra users here. They will each get their own <literal>/home</" +"literal> directories." +msgstr "" +"Aquí puede añadir más usuarios. Cada uno tendrá su propio directorio " +"<literal>/home</literal>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:89 @@ -998,18 +2062,28 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Servicios</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:91 -msgid "System services refer to those small programs which run the background (daemons). This tool allows you to enable or disable certain tasks." -msgstr "Los Servicios del sistema se refieren a esos pequeños programas que funcionan en segundo plano (conocidos como \"demonios\"). Esta herramienta le permite activar o desactivar algunos de ellos." +msgid "" +"System services refer to those small programs which run the background " +"(daemons). This tool allows you to enable or disable certain tasks." +msgstr "" +"Los Servicios del sistema se refieren a esos pequeños programas que " +"funcionan en segundo plano (conocidos como \"demonios\"). Esta herramienta " +"le permite activar o desactivar algunos de ellos." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:95 -msgid "You should check carefully before changing anything here - a mistake may prevent your computer from operating correctly." -msgstr "Debe de pensar con mucho cuidado antes de cambiar nada aquí, una equivocación puede hacer que su ordenador no funcione correctamente." +msgid "" +"You should check carefully before changing anything here - a mistake may " +"prevent your computer from operating correctly." +msgstr "" +"Debe de pensar con mucho cuidado antes de cambiar nada aquí, una " +"equivocación puede hacer que su ordenador no funcione correctamente." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:99 msgid "For more information, see <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>" -msgstr "Para obtener más información, consulte <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>" +msgstr "" +"Para obtener más información, consulte <xref linkend=\"configureServices\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:106 @@ -1023,8 +2097,12 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Teclado</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:113 -msgid "This is where you setup or change your keyboard layout which will depend on your location, language or type of keyboard." -msgstr "Aquí es donde puede configurar o cambiar la disposición de su teclado, que dependerá de su localización, lenguaje o tipo de teclado." +msgid "" +"This is where you setup or change your keyboard layout which will depend on " +"your location, language or type of keyboard." +msgstr "" +"Aquí es donde puede configurar o cambiar la disposición de su teclado, que " +"dependerá de su localización, lenguaje o tipo de teclado." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:119 @@ -1033,8 +2111,12 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Ratón</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:121 -msgid "Here you can add or configure other pointing devices, tablets, trackballs etc." -msgstr "Aquí puede añadir o configurar otros dispositivos señaladores, tablets, trackballs, etc." +msgid "" +"Here you can add or configure other pointing devices, tablets, trackballs " +"etc." +msgstr "" +"Aquí puede añadir o configurar otros dispositivos señaladores, tablets, " +"trackballs, etc." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:126 @@ -1043,8 +2125,12 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Tarjeta de sonido</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:129 -msgid "This section allows you to fine tune your sound card. In most cases the options selected will work with your computer." -msgstr "Esta sección le permite ajustar su tarjeta de sonido. En la mayoría de los casos, las opciones seleccionadas por defecto funcionarán en su ordenador." +msgid "" +"This section allows you to fine tune your sound card. In most cases the " +"options selected will work with your computer." +msgstr "" +"Esta sección le permite ajustar su tarjeta de sonido. En la mayoría de los " +"casos, las opciones seleccionadas por defecto funcionarán en su ordenador." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:135 @@ -1054,7 +2140,8 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Interfaz gráfica</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:138 msgid "This section allows you to configure your graphic card(s) and displays." -msgstr "Esta sección le permite configurar sus tarjeta(s) gráficas y pantallas." +msgstr "" +"Esta sección le permite configurar sus tarjeta(s) gráficas y pantallas." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:141 @@ -1063,8 +2150,12 @@ msgstr "Para más información, vea <xref linkend=\"configureX_chooser\"/>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:147 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"summaryBottom-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"dx2-summaryBottom.png\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:155 @@ -1078,13 +2169,26 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Red</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:163 -msgid "You can configure your network here, but for network cards with non-free drivers it is better to do that after reboot, in the <application>Mageia Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the non-free media repositories." -msgstr "Puede configurar su red aquí, pero para tarjetas de red sin controladores libres (non-free), es mejor hacerlo después de reiniciar, en el <application>Centro de Control de Mageia</application>, después de tener activados los repositorios non-free." +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"You can configure your network here, but for network cards with non-free " +"drivers it is better to do that after reboot, in the <application>Mageia " +"Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the Nonfree media " +"repositories." +msgstr "" +"Puede configurar su red aquí, pero para tarjetas de red sin controladores " +"libres (non-free), es mejor hacerlo después de reiniciar, en el " +"<application>Centro de Control de Mageia</application>, después de tener " +"activados los repositorios non-free." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:170 -msgid "When you add a network card, do not forget to set your firewall to watch that interface as well." -msgstr "Cuando añada una tarjeta de red, no olvide configurar el cortafuegos para que también la controle." +msgid "" +"When you add a network card, do not forget to set your firewall to watch " +"that interface as well." +msgstr "" +"Cuando añada una tarjeta de red, no olvide configurar el cortafuegos para " +"que también la controle." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:177 @@ -1093,13 +2197,23 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Servidores proxy</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:179 -msgid "A Proxy Server acts as an intermediary between your computer and the wider internet. This section allows you to configure your computer to utilize a proxy service." -msgstr "Un servidor proxy actúa como un intermediario entre su ordenador e Internet. Esta sección le permite configurar su ordenador para usar un servicio de proxy." +msgid "" +"A Proxy Server acts as an intermediary between your computer and the wider " +"internet. This section allows you to configure your computer to utilize a " +"proxy service." +msgstr "" +"Un servidor proxy actúa como un intermediario entre su ordenador e Internet. " +"Esta sección le permite configurar su ordenador para usar un servicio de " +"proxy." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:184 -msgid "You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you need to enter here" -msgstr "Puede que necesite consultar a su administrador de sistemas para obtener los parámetros que debe poner aquí." +msgid "" +"You may need to consult your systems administrator to get the parameters you " +"need to enter here" +msgstr "" +"Puede que necesite consultar a su administrador de sistemas para obtener los " +"parámetros que debe poner aquí." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:193 @@ -1113,8 +2227,13 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Nivel de seguridad</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:201 -msgid "Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default setting (Standard) is adequate for general use." -msgstr "Aquí puede configurar el nivel de seguridad que desee para su ordenador, en la mayoría de los casos, la configuración por defecto (Estándar) es adecuada para un uso general." +msgid "" +"Here you set the Security level for your computer, in most cases the default " +"setting (Standard) is adequate for general use." +msgstr "" +"Aquí puede configurar el nivel de seguridad que desee para su ordenador, en " +"la mayoría de los casos, la configuración por defecto (Estándar) es adecuada " +"para un uso general." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:205 @@ -1128,433 +2247,433 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Cortafuegos</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:212 -msgid "A firewall is intended to be a barrier between your important data and the rascals out there on the internet who would compromise or steal it." -msgstr "El propósito de un cortafuegos es ser una barrera entre sus archivos importantes y la gente malintencionada que pulula por Internet, quienes pueden intentar robar o comprometer sus archivos." +msgid "" +"A firewall is intended to be a barrier between your important data and the " +"rascals out there on the internet who would compromise or steal it." +msgstr "" +"El propósito de un cortafuegos es ser una barrera entre sus archivos " +"importantes y la gente malintencionada que pulula por Internet, quienes " +"pueden intentar robar o comprometer sus archivos." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:216 -msgid "Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your selections will depend on what you use your computer for." -msgstr "Seleccione los servicios a los que quiere tener acceso en su sistema. Su selección dependerá del uso que haga de su ordenador." +msgid "" +"Select the services that you wish to have access to your system. Your " +"selections will depend on what you use your computer for." +msgstr "" +"Seleccione los servicios a los que quiere tener acceso en su sistema. Su " +"selección dependerá del uso que haga de su ordenador." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:221 msgid "Bear in mind that allowing everything (no firewall) may be very risky." -msgstr "¡Tenga en cuenta de que permitiendo todo (sin cortafuegos) puede ser muy peligroso!" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:12 -msgid "Configure your Timezone" -msgstr "Configure su huso horario" - -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26 -msgid "Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the same time zone." -msgstr "Elija su zona escogiendo su país o una ciudad próxima a usted en el mismo huso horario." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30 -msgid "In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to GMT, also known as UTC." -msgstr "En la siguiente pantalla, puede ajustar el reloj de su hardware a una hora local o GMT, también conociddo como UTC." - -#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35 -msgid "If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT." -msgstr "Si tiene más de un sistema operativo en su máquina, asegúrese de que todos están ajustados bien a la hora local bien a UTC/GMT." - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:17 -msgid "Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partition" -msgstr "Cambiando el tamaño de la partición <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:21 -msgid "You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partition. Choose which one should be made smaller to make space for installing <application>Mageia</application>." -msgstr "Si tiene más de una partición de <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> , elija cuál quiere hacer más pequeña para hacer espacio para instalar <application>Mageia</application>." - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/setupSCSI.xml:11 -msgid "Setup SCSI" -msgstr "Configurando SCSI" - -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 -#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) -#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the -#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/setupSCSI.xml:26 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\" /> </imageobject>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupSCSI.xml:32 -msgid "DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently fail to recognise the drive." -msgstr "DrakX suele detectar correctamente los discos duros. Con algunos controladores SCSI antiguos puede que no sea capaz de detectar los controladores correctos a usar y puede fallar al intentar reconocer el disco duro." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupSCSI.xml:36 -msgid "If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) you have." -msgstr "Si pasa esto, necesitará \"mostrarle\" manualmente el disco duro SCSI que tenga." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupSCSI.xml:39 -msgid "DrakX should then be able to configure the drive(s) correctly." -msgstr "Después DrakX debería de poder configurar el(los) disco(s) correctamente." +msgstr "" +"¡Tenga en cuenta de que permitiendo todo (sin cortafuegos) puede ser muy " +"peligroso!" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/selectMouse.xml:4 -msgid "Select mouse" -msgstr "Elección del ratón" +#: en/securityLevel.xml:12 +msgid "Security Level" +msgstr "Nivel de seguridad" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place -#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/selectMouse.xml:16 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"../es/dx2-selectMouse.png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +#: en/securityLevel.xml:19 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/selectMouse.xml:23 -msgid "If you are not happy with how your mouse responds, you can select a different one here." -msgstr "Si el ratón no responde correctamente, aquí puede elegir uno diferente." +#: en/securityLevel.xml:24 +msgid "You can adjust your security level here." +msgstr "Aquí puede ajustar su nivel de seguridad." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/selectMouse.xml:25 -msgid "Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</guilabel> is a good choice." -msgstr "Normalmente, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Cualquier ratón PS/2 y ratones USB</guilabel> es la mejor elección." +#: en/securityLevel.xml:27 +msgid "" +"Leave the default settings as they are, if you don't know what to choose." +msgstr "Si no sabe qué elegir, deje la configuración por defecto como está." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/selectMouse.xml:27 -msgid "Select <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> to configure the buttons that do not work on a mouse with six or more buttons." -msgstr "Seleccione <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Forzar evdev</guilabel> para configurar los botones que no funcionan en un ratón de seis o más botones." +#: en/securityLevel.xml:30 +msgid "" +"After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings " +"in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center." +msgstr "" +"Después de instalar, siempre será posible cambiar sus ajustes de seguridad " +"en la parte de <guilabel>Seguridad</guilabel> del Centro de Control de " +"Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:3 -msgid "Bootloader main options" -msgstr "Opciones principales del cargador de arranque" +#: en/selectCountry.xml:13 +msgid "Select your Country / Region" +msgstr "Seleccione su país / Región" -#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence. -#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:11 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../es/dx2-setupBootloader.png\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +#: en/selectCountry.xml:21 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:16 -msgid "If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by the installer, you can change them here." -msgstr "Si prefiere una configuración distinta de la elegida automáticamente por elinstalador del cargador de arranque, aquí puede cambiarla." +#: en/selectCountry.xml:27 +msgid "" +"Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, " +"like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country " +"can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network." +msgstr "" +"Seleccione su país o región. Es importante para todos los ajustes, como la " +"moneda y la regulación inalámbrica. Si configura un país erróneo puede que " +"no pueda usar la conexión inalámbrica." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:20 -msgid "You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or allow Mageia to create a new one." -msgstr "Puede que tenga otro sistema operativo en su ordenador. En ese caso, necesita decidir si desea añadir Mageia al cargador de arranque existente o permitir a Mageia crear uno nuevo." - -#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:26 -msgid "The Mageia graphical menus are nice :)" -msgstr "Los menús gráficos de Mageia son buenos y bonitos :)" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:32 -msgid "Using a Mageia bootloader" -msgstr "Usando el cargador de arranque de Mageia" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:36 -msgid "By default, Mageia writes a new GRUB (legacy) bootloader into the MBR (Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them to your new Mageia boot menu." -msgstr "Por defecto, Mageia escribe un nuevo cargador GRUB en el MBR (Master Boot Record) de su primer disco duro. Si ya tiene otros sistemas operativos, Mageia intentará añadirlos al nuevo menú de arranque." - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:41 -msgid "Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB legacy and Lilo." -msgstr "Mageia ahora también ofrece GRUB2 como administrador de arranque opcionalademás del tradicional GRUB y de Lilo." - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:45 -msgid "Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is used." -msgstr "Los sistemas Linux que usan el cargador de arranque GRUB2 actualmente no son soportados por GRUB y no se reconocerán si se usa el cargador GRUB por defecto." - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:49 -msgid "The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at the Summary page during installation." -msgstr "La mejor solución es usar el cargador de arranque GRUB2 que está disponible en la página de resumen durante la instación." - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:56 -msgid "Using an existing bootloader" -msgstr "Usando un cargador de arranque existente" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:60 -msgid "If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the bootloader install location." -msgstr "Si decide usar un cargador de arranque existente, tendrá que acordarse de PARAR en la página del resumen durante la instalación y pulsar el botón de <guibutton>Configuración</guibutton> del Cargador de Arranque, que le permitirá cambiar el lugar de instalación del cargador de arranque." - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 -msgid "Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning phase earlier, e.g. sda7." -msgstr "No elija un dispositivo como \"sda\", o sobrescribirá el MBR existente. Debe de elegir la partición root que eligió durante la fase de particionado, como por ejemplo sda7." - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:71 -msgid "To be clear, sda is a device, sda7 is a partition on that device." -msgstr "Para ser claro, sda es un dispositivo, sda7 es una partición." - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:75 -msgid "Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to the installer screen." -msgstr "Vaya a tty2 con Ctrl+Alt+F2 y escriba <literal>df</literal> para comprobar donde está su partición <literal>/</literal> (root). Ctrl+Alt+F7 le devuelve al instalador." +#: en/selectCountry.xml:32 +msgid "" +"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</" +"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." +msgstr "" +"Si su país no se encuentra en la lista, haga click en <guilabel>Otros " +"Países</guilabel> y elija su país / región allí." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:81 -msgid "The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in question." -msgstr "El proceso exacto para añadir su sistema operativo Mageia al cargador de arranque existente están fuera del alcance de este manual, pero normalmente consiste en ejecutar el programa de instalación del cargador de arranque que debería detectarlo y añadirlo automáticamente. Vea la documentación del sistema operativo en cuestión." +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/selectCountry.xml:37 +msgid "" +"If your country is only in the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> list, " +"after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the " +"first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real " +"choice." +msgstr "" +"Si su país está únicamente en la lista de <guilabel>Otros Países</guilabel>, " +"después de pulsar <guibutton>OK</guibutton> puede aparecer otro país de la " +"primera lista como si lo hubiera elegido. Por favor, ignore esto, DrakX " +"seguirá su elección real." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:91 -msgid "Bootloader advanced option" -msgstr "Opción avanzada del cargador de arranque" +#: en/selectCountry.xml:46 +msgid "Input method" +msgstr "Método de entrada" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:95 -msgid "If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp at each boot</guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." -msgstr "Si tiene el espacio del disco muy limitado para la partición <literal>/</literal> que contiene <literal>/tmp</literal>, haga click en <guibutton>Avanzado</guibutton> y marque la casilla para <guilabel>Limpiar /tmp en cada arranque</guilabel>. Esto ayuda a mantener algo de espacio libre." - -#. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> -#: en/DrakX.xml:1 -#: en/media_selection.xml:1 -#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 -msgid "en" -msgstr "es" - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><title> -#: en/DrakX.xml:3 -msgid "Installation with DrakX" -msgstr "Instalación con DrakX" - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> -#: en/DrakX.xml:6 -msgid "<note>" -msgstr "<note>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:7 -msgid "No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make while installing." -msgstr "Nadie verá las imágenes que puede ver en este manual. Las imágenes que verá dependerán de su hardware y las decisiones que tomó durante la instalación." - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:10 -msgid "</note>" -msgstr "</note>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:12 -msgid "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA 3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." -msgstr "Los textos y capturas de pantalla de este manual están disponibles bajo la licencia CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:16 -msgid "This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." -msgstr "Éste manual ha sido realizado con la ayuda de <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> desarrollado por <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>" +#: en/selectCountry.xml:49 +msgid "" +"In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an " +"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input " +"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " +"default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India Live-" +"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method " +"so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input methods(SCIM, " +"GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be installed if you " +"added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." +msgstr "" +"En la pantalla de <guilabel>Otros Países</guilabel> también puede " +"seleccionar un método de entrada (al final de la lista). Los métodos de " +"entrada permiten a los usuarios introducir carácteres de múltiples lenguas " +"(Chino, Japonés, Coreano, etc.). IBus es el método por defecto en los DVDs " +"de Mageia, África/India y Asia/no-India Live-CDs. Para las localizaciones " +"asiáticas y africanas, IBus se configurará como método de entrada por lo que " +"los usuarios no deberán de configurarlo manualmente. Otros métodos de " +"entrada (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) también proveen funciones similares y pueden " +"instalarse si añadió medios HTTP/FTP antes de la selección de paquetes." -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:18 -msgid "It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." -msgstr "Fue escrito por voluntarios en sus ratos libres. Por favor contacte con el <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Equipo de Documentación</link> si puede ayudar a mejorar este manual." +#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> +#: en/selectCountry.xml:61 +msgid "" +"If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it " +"after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -> " +"\"System\", or by running localedrake as root." +msgstr "" +"Si durante la instalación olvidó configurar el método de entrada, puede " +"hacerlo cuando su sistema esté instalado, entrando en \"Configure su " +"computador\" -> \"Sistema\" o ejecutando localdrake como root." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11 -msgid "Choose an X Server (Configure your Graphic Card)" -msgstr "Escoja un servidor X (Configurando su tarjeta gráfica)" +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:23 +msgid "Install or Upgrade" +msgstr "Instalar o actualizar" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21 -msgid "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually correctly identify your video device." -msgstr "DrakX tiene una base de datos de tarjetas gráficas bastante amplia y usualmente puede identificar su tarjeta correctamente." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24 -msgid "If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:" -msgstr "Si el instalador no ha dectectado su tarjeta grafica correctamente y usted sabe cuál es, puede escogerla del árbol:" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:69 -msgid "vendor" -msgstr "fabricante" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:31 -msgid "then the name of your card" -msgstr "el nombre de su tarjeta" +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:27 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:35 -msgid "and the type of card" -msgstr "y el tipo de tarjeta" +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34 +msgid "Install" +msgstr "Instalación" -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:39 -msgid "If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the Xorg category" -msgstr "Si no puede encontrar su tarjeta en la lista de frabicantes (porque todavía no se ha incluido en la base de datos o la tarjeta es vieja) puede encontrar un controlador apropiado en la categoría de Xorg." +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:36 +msgid "" +"Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation." +msgstr "" +"Use esta opción para una nueva instalación de <application>Mageia</" +"application>." -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43 -msgid "The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities." -msgstr "El listado de Xorg provee más de 40 controladores genéricos y de código abierto para su tarjeta de vídeo. Si todavía no puede encontrar un controlador adecuado para su tarjeta, tiene la opción de usar el controlador vesa. Este controlador provee una capacidad básica a su tarjeta de vídeo." +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:41 +msgid "Upgrade" +msgstr "Actualización" -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48 -msgid "Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access to the Commandline Interface." -msgstr "Sea consciente que si escoge el controlador equivocado, podria tener acceso solamente al interfaz de la línea de comandos." +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:43 +msgid "" +"If you have one or more <application>Mageia 2</application> installations on " +"your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the " +"latest release." +msgstr "" +"Si tiene una o más instalaciones de <application>Mageia 2</application> en " +"su sistema, el instalador le permitirá actualizar una de ellas a la última " +"versión." -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51 -msgid "Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from the card manufacturers' websites." -msgstr "Algunos fabricantes de tarjetas de vídeo proveen controladores propietarios para Linux que se encuentran solamente en los repositorios Nonfree. En algunos casos, solo se encuentran en el sitio web del fabricante." +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:49 +msgid "" +"If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to " +"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been " +"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " +"the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an " +"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you " +"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " +"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</" +"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." +msgstr "" +"Si en cualquier momento durante la instalación decide parar el proceso, es " +"posible reiniciar, pero piénselo dos veces. Una vez que una partición ha " +"sido formateada o cuando las actualizaciones han empezado a instalarse, su " +"ordenador no estará en el mismo estado y un reinicio puede dejarle con un " +"sistema inutilizable. No obstante, si decide reiniciar, acceda a la terminal " +"pulsando al mismo tiempo <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton>. Después, pulse " +"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultáneamente para reiniciar" -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55 -msgid "The Nonfree repository need to be explicitly enabled to access them. If you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot." -msgstr "Los repositorios Nonfree tienen que ser activados explícitamente para poder acceder a ellos. Esto se debe hacer después de reiniciar su sistema." +#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:60 +msgid "" +"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you " +"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " +"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</" +"emphasis> do this later in the install." +msgstr "" +"Si ha descubierto que se le olvidó seleccionar un idioma adicional, puede " +"volver desde la pantalla de \"Instalar o Actualizar\" a la de selección de " +"Idioma pulsando <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Inicio</guilabel>. <emphasis>NO</" +"emphasis> haga esto durante la instalación." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18 -msgid "Choosing your Monitor" -msgstr "Escogiendo su monitor" +#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14 +msgid "Keyboard" +msgstr "Teclado" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:21 -msgid "DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually correctly identify yours." -msgstr "DrakX tiene un base de datos de monitores bastante amplia y usualmente puede identificar su monitor correctamente." - -#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26 -msgid "<emphasis>Selecting a monitor with different characteristics could damage your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor documentation" -msgstr "<emphasis>Escogiendo un monitor con características diferentes puede dañar su pantalla o componentes de vídeo. Por favor, no intente hacer algo sin saber lo que hace.</emphasis> Si tiene dudas, debe consultar la documentacion de su monitor." +#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:17 +msgid "" +"DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable " +"keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout." +msgstr "" +"DrakX selecciona el teclado apropiado a su idioma. Si no encuentra ningún " +"teclado compatible, elegirá el teclado estadounidense." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" align=\"center" +"\" /> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42 -msgid "<emphasis>Custom</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>Personalizado</emphasis>" +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. " +"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications " +"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a " +"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " +"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en." +"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" +msgstr "" +"Asegúrese de que la selección es la correcta o escoja otra distribución del " +"teclado. Si no conoce cuál es la distribución correcta para su teclado, mire " +"en las especificaciones que venían con su sistema o pregunte a su vendedor. " +"Incluso puede haber una etiqueta en su teclado que la identifique.También " +"puede mirarlo aquí: <link xlink:href=\"http://es.wikipedia.org/wiki/" +"Distribuci%C3%B3n_del_teclado\">es.wikipedia.org/wiki/" +"Distribución_del_teclado</link>" -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44 -msgid "This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are displayed." -msgstr "Esta opción deja cambiar dos parámetros críticos, la tasa de refresco vertical y la sincronizacion horizontal. La tasa de refresco vertical determina cada cuánto se actualiza la pantalla y la sincronizacion horizontal es la tasa por lo cual las lineas de escaneo se pueden ver." +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40 +msgid "" +"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</" +"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there." +msgstr "" +"Si su teclado no está en la lista que aparece, haga click en <guibutton>Más</" +"guibutton> para mostrar una lista completa y seleccionar ahí su teclado." -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49 -msgid "It is <emphasis>VERY IMPORTANT</emphasis> that you do not specify a monitor type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and consult your monitor documentation." -msgstr "Es <emphasis>MUY IMPORTANTE</emphasis> que no escoja un tipo de monitor con un tasa de refresco superior a la capacidad de su monitor real, puesto que puede dañarlo. Si tiene duda, escoja un configuración conservadora y consulte la documentacion de su monitor." +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para> +#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45 +msgid "" +"After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, " +"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though " +"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " +"and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the " +"full list." +msgstr "" +"Después de seleccionar un teclado desde la ventana de <guibutton>Más</" +"guibutton>, el instalador volverá a la primera ventana de selección de " +"teclado, y parecerá que ha elegido un teclado de la lista. Puede ignorar " +"esta anomalía y continuar la instalación, su teclado es el que eligió en la " +"lista completa." -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:55 -msgid "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>" +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:55 +msgid "" +"If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an " +"extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin " +"and non-Latin keyboard layouts" +msgstr "" +"Si selecciona un teclado basado en carácteres no latinos, aparecerá una " +"pantalla extra preguntando como prefiere cambiar entre disposiciones latinas " +"y no latinas." -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:58 -msgid "This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the monitor database." -msgstr "Esta es la opción predeterminada y trata de identificar el tipo de monitor que tiene usando la base de datos de monitores." +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:23 +msgid "Please choose a language to use" +msgstr "Por favor elija un idioma" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63 -msgid "<emphasis>Vendor</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>Vendedor</emphasis>" +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:26 +msgid "" +"Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your " +"continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during " +"the installation and for your installed system." +msgstr "" +"Elija su idioma preferido extendiendo la lista de su continente. " +"<application>Mageia</application> usará esta selección durante la " +"instalación y para su sistema instalado." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:65 -msgid "If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:" -msgstr "Si el instalador no pudo identificar su monitor correctamente y usted sabe cuál es, lo puede escoger del árbol:" +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:30 +msgid "" +"If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your " +"system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the " +"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be " +"difficult to add extra language support after installation." +msgstr "" +"Si necesitara tener varios idiomas instalados para usted u otros usuarios, " +"usa el botón de <guibutton>Múltiples idiomas</guibutton> para añadirlos " +"ahora. Puede ser más difícil añadir soporte en otros idiomas después de la " +"instalación." -#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73 -msgid "the monitor manufacturers name" -msgstr "el nombre del fabricante del monitor" +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:36 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"../es/dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:77 -msgid "the monitor description" -msgstr "la descripción del monitor" +#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:44 +msgid "" +"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them " +"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " +"marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ." +msgstr "" +"Aunque elija más de un idioma, primero debe elegir su idioma preferido en la " +"primera pantalla. También se marcará como elegido en la pantalla de elección " +"de múltiples idiomas." -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:82 -msgid "<emphasis>Generic</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>Genérico</emphasis>" +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:51 +msgid "" +"If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then " +"it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well." +msgstr "" +"Si su teclado no es de su idioma preferido, es recomendable que instale " +"también el idioma de su teclado." -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84 -msgid "selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as 1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it may be wise to be conservative in your selections." -msgstr "escogiendo este grupo, se muestra casi 30 configuraciones de pantalla como 1024x768 @ 60Hz y encluye pantallas planas como las que se usan en portátiles. Usualmente, este es un buen grupo para elegir monitores si necesita usar el controlador de tarjetas Vesa cuando su hardware de vídeo no se puede determinar automáticamente. De nuevo, es mejor realizar una selección conservadora. " +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:57 +msgid "" +"Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the " +"\"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your " +"language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages." +msgstr "" +"Mageia usa el soporte UTF-8 (Unicode) por defecto. Puede ser desactivado en " +"la pantalla de \"multiples idiomas\" si sabe que no funciona con su idioma. " +"Si lo desactiva, no estará disponible para ningún idioma instalado." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:64 +msgid "" +"You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia " +"Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system." +msgstr "" +"Puede cambiar el idioma de su sistema después de la instalación en el Centro " +"de Control de Mageia --> Sistema --> Administrar la localización de su " +"sistema." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4 -msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration" -msgstr "Configuración de la tarjeta gráfica y del monitor" +#: en/selectMouse.xml:4 +msgid "Select mouse" +msgstr "Elección del ratón" -#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place +#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr " <imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" +#: en/selectMouse.xml:16 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"../es/dx2-selectMouse.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18 -msgid "No matter which graphical environment (also known as desktop environment) you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for <acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you think the choice is incorrect." -msgstr "Independientemente del entorno gráfico (también conocido como entorno de escritorio) que usted elija para esta instalación de <application>Mageia</application>, todos están basados en el sistema de interfaz gráfico de usuario llamado <acronym>Sistema X Window</acronym>, o simplemente <acronym>X</acronym>. Así, para que <acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> o cualquier otro entorno gráfico funcione bien, la siguiente configuración de <acronym>X</acronym> debe ser correcta. Elija la configuración adecuada si ve que <application>DrakX</application> no eligió nada o no eligió correctamente." - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31 -msgid "<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card from the list if needed." -msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Tarjeta gráfica</guibutton></emphasis>: Elija su tarjeta de la lista si es necesario." - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37 -msgid "<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: You can choose <guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> when applicable, or choose your monitor from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor." -msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: Puede elegir <guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> cuando sea posible, o escoger su monitor de la lista <guilabel>Frabricantes</guilabel> o <guilabel>genérico</guilabel>. Escoja <guilabel>personalizado</guilabel> si prefiere fijar manualmente las tasas de refresco horizontal y vertical de su monitor." - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> -#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45 -msgid "Incorrect refresh rates may damage your monitor" -msgstr "Tasas de refresco incorrectas pueden dañar su monitor" - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:51 -msgid "<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired resolution and color depth of your monitor here." -msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Resolución</guibutton></emphasis>: Fije la resolución deseada y la profundidad de color de su monitor aquí." +#: en/selectMouse.xml:23 +msgid "" +"If you are not happy with how your mouse responds, you can select a " +"different one here." +msgstr "" +"Si el ratón no responde correctamente, aquí puede elegir uno diferente." -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56 -msgid "<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Prueba</guibutton></emphasis>: El botón de prueba no siempre aparece durante la instalación. Si el botón está, puede controlar su configuración pulsándolo. Si aparece una pregunta acerca de si la configuración es correcta, puede responder \"sí\", y la configuración se guardará. Si no ve nada, regresará a la pantalla de configuración y podrá reconfigurar todo hasta que la prueba sea válido. <emphasis>Asegúrese de que la configuración está en el lado seguro si el botón de prueba no está disponible</emphasis>." +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/selectMouse.xml:25 +msgid "" +"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</" +"guilabel> is a good choice." +msgstr "" +"Normalmente, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Cualquier ratón PS/2 " +"y ratones USB</guilabel> es la mejor elección." -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67 -msgid "<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to enable or disable various options." -msgstr "<emphasis><guibutton>Opciones</guibutton></emphasis>: Aquí puede escoger el activar o desactivar varias opciones." +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/selectMouse.xml:27 +msgid "" +"Select <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> to " +"configure the buttons that do not work on a mouse with six or more buttons." +msgstr "" +"Seleccione <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Forzar evdev</" +"guilabel> para configurar los botones que no funcionan en un ratón de seis o " +"más botones." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:5 @@ -1563,199 +2682,341 @@ msgstr "Agregando o modificando una entrada en el menú de arranque" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:10 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:17 -msgid "You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen and editing the screen that pops up on top of it." -msgstr "Puede agregar una entrada o modificar la que escogió primero, pulsando el boton necesario en la ventana <emphasis>Configuración de arranque</emphasis> y modificando los opciones en la ventana que aparece encima." +msgid "" +"You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the " +"relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen " +"and editing the screen that pops up on top of it." +msgstr "" +"Puede agregar una entrada o modificar la que escogió primero, pulsando el " +"boton necesario en la ventana <emphasis>Configuración de arranque</emphasis> " +"y modificando los opciones en la ventana que aparece encima." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:21 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:26 -msgid "Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one." -msgstr "Unas cosas que se pueden hacer sin peligro son cambiar la etiqueta de una entrada y marcar una como la predeterminada." +msgid "" +"Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an " +"entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one." +msgstr "" +"Unas cosas que se pueden hacer sin peligro son cambiar la etiqueta de una " +"entrada y marcar una como la predeterminada." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:27 -msgid "You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely." -msgstr "Puede anadir el número de versión adecuado a una entrada o la puede renombrar completamente." +msgid "" +"You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely." +msgstr "" +"Puede anadir el número de versión adecuado a una entrada o la puede " +"renombrar completamente." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:28 -msgid "The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a choice while booting up." -msgstr "La entrada predeterminada es la que usará su sistema para arrancar a menos que seleccione otra." +msgid "" +"The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a " +"choice while booting up." +msgstr "" +"La entrada predeterminada es la que usará su sistema para arrancar a menos " +"que seleccione otra." #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:29 -msgid "Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't just try something without knowing what you are doing." -msgstr "Modificando otras cosas puede hacer que su sistema no arranque. Por favor, no haga nada sin saber lo que está haciendo." +msgid "" +"Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " +"just try something without knowing what you are doing." +msgstr "" +"Modificando otras cosas puede hacer que su sistema no arranque. Por favor, " +"no haga nada sin saber lo que está haciendo." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/minimal-install.xml:3 -msgid "Minimal Install" -msgstr "Instalación mínima." +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:3 +msgid "Bootloader main options" +msgstr "Opciones principales del cargador de arranque" -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/minimal-install.xml:9 -msgid "You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." -msgstr "Puede elegir la instalación mínima deseleccionando todo en la pantalla de Selección de Grupos de Paquetes, vea <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." +#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence. +#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:11 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../es/dx2-setupBootloader." +"png\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/minimal-install.xml:10 -msgid "Minimal Installation is intended for those with specific uses in mind for their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised workstation. You will probably use this option combined with Manual Package Selection, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." -msgstr "La instalación mínima está dirigida a aquellos que tienen en mente usos específicos para su <application>Mageia</application>, como un servidor o una estación de trabajo especializada. Probablemente usará esta opción junto con la seleccion de paquetes manual, vea <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:16 +msgid "" +"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by " +"the installer, you can change them here." +msgstr "" +"Si prefiere una configuración distinta de la elegida automáticamente por " +"elinstalador del cargador de arranque, aquí puede cambiarla." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/minimal-install.xml:14 -msgid "If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X." -msgstr "Si selecciona este tipo de instalación, la siguiente pantalla le ofrecerá algunos extras útiles para instalar, como documentación y las X." +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:20 +msgid "" +"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case " +"you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " +"allow Mageia to create a new one." +msgstr "" +"Puede que tenga otro sistema operativo en su ordenador. En ese caso, " +"necesita decidir si desea añadir Mageia al cargador de arranque existente o " +"permitir a Mageia crear uno nuevo." -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/minimal-install.xml:19 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:26 +msgid "The Mageia graphical menus are nice :)" +msgstr "Los menús gráficos de Mageia son buenos y bonitos :)" -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/securityLevel.xml:12 -msgid "Security Level" -msgstr "Nivel de seguridad" +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:32 +msgid "Using a Mageia bootloader" +msgstr "Usando el cargador de arranque de Mageia" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/securityLevel.xml:19 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:36 +msgid "" +"By default, Mageia writes a new GRUB (legacy) bootloader into the MBR " +"(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other " +"operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them to your new Mageia " +"boot menu." +msgstr "" +"Por defecto, Mageia escribe un nuevo cargador GRUB en el MBR (Master Boot " +"Record) de su primer disco duro. Si ya tiene otros sistemas operativos, " +"Mageia intentará añadirlos al nuevo menú de arranque." -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/securityLevel.xml:24 -msgid "You can adjust your security level here." -msgstr "Aquí puede ajustar su nivel de seguridad." +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:41 +msgid "" +"Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB " +"legacy and Lilo." +msgstr "" +"Mageia ahora también ofrece GRUB2 como administrador de arranque " +"opcionalademás del tradicional GRUB y de Lilo." -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/securityLevel.xml:27 -msgid "Leave the default settings as they are, if you don't know what to choose." -msgstr "Si no sabe qué elegir, deje la configuración por defecto como está." +#. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:45 +msgid "" +"Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by " +"GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is " +"used." +msgstr "" +"Los sistemas Linux que usan el cargador de arranque GRUB2 actualmente no son " +"soportados por GRUB y no se reconocerán si se usa el cargador GRUB por " +"defecto." -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/securityLevel.xml:30 -msgid "After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center." -msgstr "Después de instalar, siempre será posible cambiar sus ajustes de seguridad en la parte de <guilabel>Seguridad</guilabel> del Centro de Control de Mageia." +#. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:49 +msgid "" +"The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at " +"the Summary page during installation." +msgstr "" +"La mejor solución es usar el cargador de arranque GRUB2 que está disponible " +"en la página de resumen durante la instación." -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/selectCountry.xml:13 -msgid "Select your Country / Region" -msgstr "Seleccione su país / Región" +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:56 +msgid "Using an existing bootloader" +msgstr "Usando un cargador de arranque existente" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/selectCountry.xml:21 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:60 +msgid "" +"If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember " +"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader " +"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the " +"bootloader install location." +msgstr "" +"Si decide usar un cargador de arranque existente, tendrá que acordarse de " +"PARAR en la página del resumen durante la instalación y pulsar el botón de " +"<guibutton>Configuración</guibutton> del Cargador de Arranque, que le " +"permitirá cambiar el lugar de instalación del cargador de arranque." -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/selectCountry.xml:27 -msgid "Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network." -msgstr "Seleccione su país o región. Es importante para todos los ajustes, como la moneda y la regulación inalámbrica. Si configura un país erróneo puede que no pueda usar la conexión inalámbrica." +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 +msgid "" +"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. " +"You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " +"phase earlier, e.g. sda7." +msgstr "" +"No elija un dispositivo como \"sda\", o sobrescribirá el MBR existente. Debe " +"de elegir la partición root que eligió durante la fase de particionado, como " +"por ejemplo sda7." -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/selectCountry.xml:32 -msgid "If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." -msgstr "Si su país no se encuentra en la lista, haga click en <guilabel>Otros Países</guilabel> y elija su país / región allí." +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:71 +msgid "To be clear, sda is a device, sda7 is a partition on that device." +msgstr "Para ser claro, sda es un dispositivo, sda7 es una partición." -#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/selectCountry.xml:37 -msgid "If your country is only in the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> list, after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real choice." -msgstr "Si su país está únicamente en la lista de <guilabel>Otros Países</guilabel>, después de pulsar <guibutton>OK</guibutton> puede aparecer otro país de la primera lista como si lo hubiera elegido. Por favor, ignore esto, DrakX seguirá su elección real." +#. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:75 +msgid "" +"Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where " +"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to " +"the installer screen." +msgstr "" +"Vaya a tty2 con Ctrl+Alt+F2 y escriba <literal>df</literal> para comprobar " +"donde está su partición <literal>/</literal> (root). Ctrl+Alt+F7 le devuelve " +"al instalador." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:81 +msgid "" +"The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader " +"is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve " +"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and " +"add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in " +"question." +msgstr "" +"El proceso exacto para añadir su sistema operativo Mageia al cargador de " +"arranque existente están fuera del alcance de este manual, pero normalmente " +"consiste en ejecutar el programa de instalación del cargador de arranque que " +"debería detectarlo y añadirlo automáticamente. Vea la documentación del " +"sistema operativo en cuestión." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/selectCountry.xml:46 -msgid "Input method" -msgstr "Método de entrada" +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:91 +msgid "Bootloader advanced option" +msgstr "Opción avanzada del cargador de arranque" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/selectCountry.xml:49 -msgid "In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India Live-CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." -msgstr "En la pantalla de <guilabel>Otros Países</guilabel> también puede seleccionar un método de entrada (al final de la lista). Los métodos de entrada permiten a los usuarios introducir carácteres de múltiples lenguas (Chino, Japonés, Coreano, etc.). IBus es el método por defecto en los DVDs de Mageia, África/India y Asia/no-India Live-CDs. Para las localizaciones asiáticas y africanas, IBus se configurará como método de entrada por lo que los usuarios no deberán de configurarlo manualmente. Otros métodos de entrada (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) también proveen funciones similares y pueden instalarse si añadió medios HTTP/FTP antes de la selección de paquetes." - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/selectCountry.xml:61 -msgid "If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -> \"System\", or by running localedrake as root." -msgstr "Si durante la instalación olvidó configurar el método de entrada, puede hacerlo cuando su sistema esté instalado, entrando en \"Configure su computador\" -> \"Sistema\" o ejecutando localdrake como root." +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:95 +msgid "" +"If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition " +"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</" +"guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp at each boot</" +"guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." +msgstr "" +"Si tiene el espacio del disco muy limitado para la partición <literal>/</" +"literal> que contiene <literal>/tmp</literal>, haga click en " +"<guibutton>Avanzado</guibutton> y marque la casilla para <guilabel>Limpiar /" +"tmp en cada arranque</guilabel>. Esto ayuda a mantener algo de espacio " +"libre." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/media_selection.xml:3 -msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)" -msgstr "Selección de medio (Nonfree)" +#: en/setupSCSI.xml:11 +msgid "Setup SCSI" +msgstr "Configurando SCSI" -#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media) -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong) +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 +#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) +#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the +#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/media_selection.xml:12 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +#: en/setupSCSI.xml:26 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/media_selection.xml:18 -msgid "Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories selection determines which packages will be available for selection during the next steps." -msgstr "Aquí tiene una lista de los repositorios disponibles. No todos los repositorios están disponibles, dependiendo de qué medio utilice para la instalación. La selección de repositorios determina qué paquetes podrán ser elegidos en los próximos pasos." - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/media_selection.xml:25 -msgid "The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains the base of the distribution." -msgstr "El repositorio <emphasis>Core</emphasis> no puede ser deshabilitado ya que contiene la base de la distribución." +#: en/setupSCSI.xml:32 +msgid "" +"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers " +"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " +"fail to recognise the drive." +msgstr "" +"DrakX suele detectar correctamente los discos duros. Con algunos " +"controladores SCSI antiguos puede que no sea capaz de detectar los " +"controladores correctos a usar y puede fallar al intentar reconocer el disco " +"duro." -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/media_selection.xml:30 -msgid "The <emphasis>Non-free</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi cards, etc." -msgstr "El repositorio <emphasis>Non-free</emphasis> incluye paquetes que son gratis, es decir, Mageia puede redistribuirlos, pero que contienen software de código cerrado, de aquí el nombre Nonfree. Por ejemplo, este repositorio incluye controladores propietarios de tarjetas gráficas nVidia y ATI, firmware para diversas tarjetas WiFi, etc." +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/setupSCSI.xml:36 +msgid "" +"If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) " +"you have." +msgstr "" +"Si pasa esto, necesitará \"mostrarle\" manualmente el disco duro SCSI que " +"tenga." -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/media_selection.xml:38 -msgid "The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed to play commercial video DVD, etc." -msgstr "El repositorio <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> incluye paquetes liberados bajo una licencia libre. El criterio principal para poner paquetes en este repositorio es que pueden infringir patentes y leyes de derechos de autor en algunos países, como por ejemplo codecs multimedia necesarios para reproducir ciertos archivos de audio/vídeo, paquetes necesarios para reproducir DVD de video comercial, etc." +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/setupSCSI.xml:39 +msgid "DrakX should then be able to configure the drive(s) correctly." +msgstr "" +"Después DrakX debería de poder configurar el(los) disco(s) correctamente." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:10 -msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)" -msgstr "Selección de repositorios (Configurar repositorios de instalación suplementarios)" +#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:4 +msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted" +msgstr "Confirme el disco que va a formatear" -#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 +#. test comment - johnr +#. 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct +#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I +#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD +#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18 -msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" +"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" +"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24 -msgid "This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The source selection determines which packages will be available for selection during the next steps." -msgstr "Esta pantalla muestra la lista de repositorios ya reconocidos. Puede agregar otras fuentes de paquetes como un disco óptico o una fuente remota. La selección de fuentes determina qué paquetes pueden ser elegidos en los siguientes pasos." +#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24 +msgid "" +"Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your " +"choice." +msgstr "" +"Haga click en <guibutton>Previo</guibutton> si no está seguro de su elección." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29 -msgid "For a network source, there are two steps to follow:" -msgstr "Para un repositorio por red, hay dos pasos a seguir:" +#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 +msgid "" +"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every " +"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." +msgstr "" +"Haga click en <guibutton>Siguiente</guibutton> si está seguro y quiereborrar " +"todas las particiones, sistemas operativos y datos de su disco duro." -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:33 -msgid "Choosing and activation of the network, if not already up." -msgstr "Elección y activación de la red, si es que no está activada ya." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> " +#~ "partition" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Cambiando el tamaño de la partición <application>Windows<superscript>®</" +#~ "superscript></application>" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:37 -msgid "Selecting a mirror or specifying a URL (very first entry). By selecting a mirror, you have access to the selection of all repositories managed by Mageia, like the non-free , the tainted repositories and the updates. With the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS installation." -msgstr "Seleccionar un servidor espejo o especificar una URL (la primera entrada). Al seleccionar un servidor espejo tendrá acceso a la selección de todos los repositorios administrados por Mageia, tales como los repositorios non-free, tainted y updates. Con la URL, puede designar un repositorio específico o su propia instalación NFS." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" +#~ "application> partition. Choose which one should be made smaller to make " +#~ "space for installing <application>Mageia</application>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Si tiene más de una partición de <application>Windows<superscript>®</" +#~ "superscript></application> , elija cuál quiere hacer más pequeña para " +#~ "hacer espacio para instalar <application>Mageia</application>." #~ msgid "Choose hard disk to erase for <application>Mageia</application>" #~ msgstr "" diff --git a/docs/installer/et.po b/docs/installer/et.po index 6a460a4e..eb384af4 100644 --- a/docs/installer/et.po +++ b/docs/installer/et.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia Installer Help\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-07-07 10:48+0400\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-10-09 20:39+0400\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: Estonian <i18n-discuss@ml.mageia.org>\n" @@ -86,6 +86,67 @@ msgstr "" "väljalaskes uut, klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Info väljalaske kohta</" "guibutton>." +#. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 en/media_selection.xml:1 +msgid "en" +msgstr "et" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:10 +msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)" +msgstr "Andmekandjate valik (täiendavate paigaldusandmekandjate seadistamine)" + +#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24 +msgid "" +"This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can " +"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The " +"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " +"during the next steps." +msgstr "" +"Siin on näha juba tuvastatud hoidlad. Võite lisada ka teisi allikaid, kust " +"tarkvarapakette hankida, näiteks plaadi pealt või internetist. Allikate " +"valik määrab, milliseid tarkvarapakette saab järgmistel etappidel kasutada." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29 +msgid "For a network source, there are two steps to follow:" +msgstr "Võrguallika korral tuleb lisaks ette võtta järgmised sammud:" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:33 +msgid "Choosing and activation of the network, if not already up." +msgstr "Valida ja aktiveerida võrk, kui see veel ei tööta." + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:37 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Selecting a mirror or specifying a URL (very first entry). By selecting a " +"mirror, you have access to the selection of all repositories managed by " +"Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With " +"the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS " +"installation." +msgstr "" +"Valida peegel või määrata URL (esimene kirje). Peegli valimisel saab " +"kasutada kõiki Mageia määratud hoidlaid, sealhulgas mittevaba (non-free) ja " +"piirangutega (tainted) tarkvara ja uuendusi sisaldavaid hoidlaid. URL-i " +"määrates saab kasutada mõnda konkreetset hoidlat või omaenda NFS-allikat." + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:4 msgid "User and Superuser Management" @@ -449,550 +510,665 @@ msgstr "" "DrakX soovitab, või rohkem." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:18 -msgid "DrakX, the Mageia Installer" -msgstr "Mageia paigaldusprogramm DrakX" +#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:5 +msgid "Desktop Selection" +msgstr "Töölaua valimine" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:21 +#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11 msgid "" -"Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia " -"Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as " -"possible." +"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine " +"tune your choice." msgstr "" -"Sõltumata sellest, kas olete GNU-Linuxi maailmas uustulnuk või juba kogenud " -"kasutaja, on Mageia paigaldusprogramm loodud nii, et paigaldamine või " -"uuendamine oleks kõigile võimalikult lihtne." +"Sõltuvalt siin langetatud valikutest võite näha täiendavaid ekraane, kus " +"saab valikut täpsustada." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:29 +#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:13 msgid "" -"The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will " -"start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need." +"After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package " +"installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the " +"<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button" msgstr "" -"Avamenüüs näete mitmeid valikuid, kuid vaikimisi valitu käivitab " -"paigaldusprogrammi, mida tavaliselt ongi vaja." +"Pärast valiku(te) langetamist näeb pakettide paigaldamise ajal " +"slaidiseanssi. Sellest saab loobuda, kui klõpsata nupule " +"<guilabel>Üksikasjad</guilabel>." -#. type: Content of: <section><figure><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:35 -msgid "Installation Welcome Screen" -msgstr "Paigaldusprogrammi avaekraan" +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:20 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:39 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\"> </imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"Choose whether you prefer to use the <application>KDE</application> or " +"<application>Gnome</application> desktop environment. Both come with a full " +"set of useful applications and tools. Tick <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if " +"you want to use neither or both, or if you want something other than the " +"default software choices for these desktop environments. The " +"<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, " +"sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default." msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"Siin saab valida, kas soovite kasutada <application>KDE</application> või " +"<application>Gnome</application> töökeskkonda. Mõlemad pakuvad rakendusi ja " +"tööriistu igale maitsele. Valige <guilabel>Kohandatud</guilabel>, kui teile " +"ei meeldi kumbki või kui soovite paigaldada midagi muud kui seda, mis " +"paigaldatakse vaikimisi. <application>LXDE</application> töölaud on näiteks " +"väiksem kui eelmainitud, pakkudes vähem tilu-lilu ja ka vähemat arvu pakette." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure> -#: en/installer.xml:34 en/installer.xml:90 +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:4 +msgid "Package Group Selection" +msgstr "Paketigruppide valimine" + +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:10 msgid "" -"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=" -"\"1\"/>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=" -"\"1\"/>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:47 +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:16 msgid "" -"If there are problems during install, then it may be necessary to use " -"special installation options, see <xref linkend=\"installationOptions\"></" -"xref>." +"Packages have been sorted into groups, to make choosing what you need on " +"your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however " +"more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which " +"become visible as the mouse is hovered over them." msgstr "" -"Kui paigaldamise ajal tekib probleeme, võib olla vajalik kasutada " -"spetsiaalseid paigaldusvõtmeid, mille kohta vaadake <xref linkend=" -"\"installationOptions\"/>." +"Paketid on jaotatud gruppidesse, et vajaliku tarkvara valimine oma süsteemi " +"tarbeks oleks hõlpsam. Gruppide nimed on üsna enesestmõistetavad, aga nende " +"kohta pakutakse ka rohkem teavet, kui viite hiirekursori nime kohale." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:52 -msgid "The installation steps" -msgstr "Paigaldamise etapid" +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:23 +msgid "Workstation." +msgstr "Tööjaam." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:55 +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:27 +msgid "Server." +msgstr "Server." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:31 +msgid "Graphical Environment." +msgstr "Graafiline keskkond." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:35 msgid "" -"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed " -"on the side panel of the screen." +"Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or " +"remove packages." msgstr "" -"Paigaldamine on jagatud mitmeks etapiks, mille loetelu näeb ekraani " -"külgpaneelil." +"Valik paketthaaval: selle valimisel saab pakette käsitsi lisada või " +"eemaldada." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:58 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:39 msgid "" -"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</" -"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options." +"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do " +"a minimal install." msgstr "" -"Igal etapil kohtate üht või enamat ekraani, millel võib olla ka nupp " -"<guibutton>Muud valikud</guibutton>, mis avab täiendavad ja harvemini " -"vajalikud valikud." +"Juhiseid minimaalse paigalduse tegemiseks annab <xref linkend=\"minimal-" +"install\"></xref>." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:62 +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4 +msgid "Choose Individual Packages" +msgstr "Üksikpakettide valimine" + +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11 msgid "" -"Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further " -"explanations about the current step." +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"Enamikul ekraanidel on nupp <guibutton>Abi</guibutton>, mis selgitab antud " -"etappi põhjalikumalt." +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/installer.xml:66 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17 msgid "" -"If somewhere during install you decide to stop the installation, it is " -"possible to reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a " -"partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your " -"computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well " -"leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure " -"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys " -"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " -"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot." +"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation." msgstr "" -"Kui soovite mingil hetkel paigaldamise katkestada, võite ka teha arvutile " -"taaskäivituse, aga palun mõelge enne seda hoolikalt järele. Kui partitsioon " -"on vormindatud või uuendusi on hakatud paigaldama, ei ole arvuti enam " -"varasemas olekus ning taaskäivitamise tulemus võib olla mittetöötav masin. " -"Kui te ikkagi olete kindel, et just taaskäivitus on õige samm, minge " -"tekstiterminali, vajutades korraga kolme klahvi <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</" -"guibutton>. Seejärel vajutage taaskäivitamiseks korraga klahve " -"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton>." - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:80 -msgid "Installation options" -msgstr "Paigaldamisvõtmed" +"Siin saab oma paigaldust kohandada, lisades või eemaldades tarkvarapakette." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:83 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20 msgid "" -"If the installation fails then it may be necessary to try again by using one " -"of the extra options available by hitting the <guibutton>F1 (Help)</" -"guibutton> key see <xref linkend=\"dx-welcome\"></xref>" +"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</" +"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving " +"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same " +"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and " +"choosing to load it." msgstr "" -"Kui paigaldamine ei õnnestu, võib olla vajalik seda uuesti proovida, " -"kasutades mõnda lisavõtit, mille nägemiseks tuleb vajutada klahvi " -"<guibutton>F1 (Abi)</guibutton>, vt ka <xref linkend=\"dx-welcome\"/>" +"Kui olete vajalikud valikud langetanud, võite klõpsata lehekülje allosas " +"<guibutton>disketiikoonile</guibutton>, mis lubab salvestada paketivaliku " +"(seda saab mõistagi salvestada ka USB-pulgale). Hiljem võib sama faili " +"kasutades paigaldada samasuguse paketivaliku mõnda teise süsteemi, klõpsates " +"paigaldamise ajal sama nuppu ja faili laadides." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:87 -msgid "This will open the following text based help." -msgstr "See avab järgmise tekstipõhise abiekraani." +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/configureServices.xml:12 +msgid "Configure your Services" +msgstr "Teenuste seadistamine" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:91 -msgid "Installation Help Screen" -msgstr "Paigaldamise abiekraan" +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/configureServices.xml:21 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:96 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureServices.xml:27 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system." msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\"/> </imageobject>" +"Siin saab määrata, millised teenused käivitada või mitte käivitada koos " +"süsteemi alglaadimisega." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:105 -msgid "Installation Problems and Possible Solutions" -msgstr "Paigaldamisprobleemid ja nende võimalikud lahendused" +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureServices.xml:30 +msgid "" +"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and " +"see all services in it." +msgstr "" +"Teenustegruppe on neli. Nende ees olevale kolmnurgale klõpsates saab grupi " +"avada ja uurida selles peituvaid teenuseid." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:111 -msgid "No Graphical Interface" -msgstr "Graafiline liides puudub" +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureServices.xml:34 +msgid "The setting DrakX chose are usually good." +msgstr "Valikud, mille on langetanud DrakX, on tavaliselt mõistlikud ja head." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:116 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureServices.xml:37 msgid "" -"After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " -"This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low " -"resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt." +"If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info " +"box below." msgstr "" -"Pärast avaekraani ei tulegi keele valiku ekraani ette. See võib juhtuda mõne " -"graafikakaardi ja vanema süsteemi korral. Proovige kasutada madalamat " -"ekraanilahutust, kirjutades käsureale <code>vgalo</code>." +"Teenuse peale klõpsates näeb allpool teabekastis mõningat teavet teenuse " +"kohta." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:123 -msgid "" -"If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " -"In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit " -"ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be " -"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit " -"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode.<emphasis></emphasis>" +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureServices.xml:41 +msgid "Only change things when you know very well what you are doing." msgstr "" -"Kui riistvara on väga vana, ei pruugi graafiline paigaldamine üldse võimalik " -"olla. Sel juhul võib proovida tekstipõhist paigaldamist. Selleks vajutage " -"avaekraanil viibides klahvile ESC ja kinnitage valikut klahvi ENTER " -"vajutamisega. Teie ette ilmub must ekraan sõnaga \"boot:\". Kirjutage \"text" -"\" ja vajutage ENTER. Nüüd saate jätkata tekstipõhise paigaldamisega." -"<emphasis/>" +"Muutke siin midagi ainult siis, kui olete kindel, et teate, mida teete." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:135 -msgid "The Install Freezes" -msgstr "Paigaldamine hangub" +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:12 +msgid "Configure your Timezone" +msgstr "Ajavööndi seadistamine" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:138 +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 msgid "" -"If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a " -"problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of " -"hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type " -"<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with " -"other options as necessary." +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." +"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"Kui süsteem paistab paigaldamise käigus hanguvat, võib olla raskusi " -"riistvara tuvastamisega. Sel juhul võib riistvara automaatse tuvastamise " -"vahele jätta ja sellega hiljem tegelda. Selleks kirjutage käsureale " -"<code>noauto</code>. Vajaduse korral võib seda võtit kasutada koos teiste " -"võtmetega." +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." +"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:147 -msgid "Kernel Options" -msgstr "Kerneli võtmed" +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26 +msgid "" +"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the " +"same time zone." +msgstr "" +"Määrake ajavöönd kindlaks, valides oma riigi või linna, mis asub samas " +"ajavööndis teie lähedal." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:150 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30 msgid "" -"These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " -"available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " -"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e." -"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." +"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to " +"GMT, also known as UTC." msgstr "" -"Neid läheb väga harva vaja, kuid mõnel juhul võib riistvara teatada valesti " -"saadaoleva mälu (RAM) suuruse. Selle käsitsi määramiseks tuleb kasutada " -"parameetrit <code>mem=xxxM</code>, kus xxx on korrektne mälu suurus. Näiteks " -"<code>mem=256M</code> määrab, et kasutada on 256 MB mälu." +"Järgmisel ekraanil saab valida, kas riistvaraline kell on seatud kohalikule " +"ajale või GMT-le ehk maailmaajale (UTC)." + +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35 +msgid "" +"If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they " +"are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT." +msgstr "" +"Kui Teie arvutis on ka teisi operatsioonisüsteeme, kontrollige, et nad kõik " +"oleksid lültiatud kas kohalikule ajale või siis UTC/GMT-le." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:23 -msgid "Install or Upgrade" -msgstr "Paigaldamine või uuendamine" +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11 +msgid "Choose an X Server (Configure your Graphic Card)" +msgstr "X-serveri valimine (graafikakaardi seadistamine)" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:27 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_card_list-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34 -msgid "Install" -msgstr "Paigaldamine" +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21 +msgid "" +"DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually " +"correctly identify your video device." +msgstr "" +"DrakX sisaldab väga põhjalikku videokaartide andmebaasi ja suudab tavaliselt " +"teie videoseadme korrektselt tuvastada." -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:36 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24 msgid "" -"Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation." +"If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know " +"which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:" msgstr "" -"Selle valimisel saab ette võtta uue <application>Mageia</application> " -"paigaldamise." +"Kui paigaldusprogramm siiski ei ole teie videokaarti õigesti tuvastanud ja " +"te teate, milline kaart teil on, võite valida selle loetelust järgmiste " +"parameetrite alusel:" -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:41 -msgid "Upgrade" -msgstr "Uuendamine" +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69 +msgid "vendor" +msgstr "tootja" -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:43 +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:31 +msgid "then the name of your card" +msgstr "seejärel kaardi nimi" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:35 +msgid "and the type of card" +msgstr "ja lõpuks kaardi tüüp" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:39 msgid "" -"If you have one or more <application>Mageia 2</application> installations on " -"your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the " -"latest release." +"If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in " +"the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the " +"Xorg category" msgstr "" -"Kui teie süsteemi on juba varem paigaldatud <application>Mageia 2</" -"application>, võimaldab paigaldusprogramm seda uusimale väljalaskele " -"uuendada." +"Kui te ei leia oma kaarti tootjate nimekirjast (sest seda pole veel " +"andmebaasis või on tegu väga vana kaardiga), võib siiski leida sobiva " +"draiveri Xorg-i kategoorias." -#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:49 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43 msgid "" -"If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to " -"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been " -"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " -"the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an " -"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you " -"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " -"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</" -"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." +"The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card " +"drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the " +"option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities." msgstr "" -"Kui soovite mingil hetkel paigaldamise katkestada, võite ka teha arvutile " -"taaskäivituse, aga palun mõelge enne seda hoolikalt järele. Kui partitsioon " -"on vormindatud või uuendusi on hakatud paigaldama, ei ole arvuti enam " -"varasemas olekus ning taaskäivitamise tulemus võib olla mittetöötav masin. " -"Kui te ikkagi olete kindel, et just taaskäivitus on õige samm, minge " -"tekstiterminali, vajutades korraga kolme klahvi <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</" -"guibutton>. Seejärel vajutage taaskäivitamiseks korraga klahve " -"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton>" +"Xorg-i nimekiri pakub üle 40 üldise avatud lähtekoodiga videokaardi " +"draiveri. Kui te ikkagi ei suuda oma kaardile sobivat draiverit siit leida, " +"võite valida Vesa draiveri, mis pakub kõige elementaarsemaid võimalusi." -#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> -#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:60 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48 msgid "" -"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you " -"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " -"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</" -"emphasis> do this later in the install." +"Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access " +"to the Commandline Interface." msgstr "" -"Kui avastate, et olete unustanud mõne keele lisada, saab \"Paigaldamise või " -"uuendamise\" ekraanilt naasta keelevaliku juurde, vajutades korraga klahve " -"<guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. <emphasis>Ärge</emphasis> tehke seda " -"hilisema paigalduse käigus." +"Arvestage kindlasti, et kui valite sobimatu draiveri, võite saada kasutada " +"ainult käsurida." -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14 -msgid "Keyboard" -msgstr "Klaviatuur" +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51 +msgid "" +"Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which " +"may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from " +"the card manufacturers' websites." +msgstr "" +"Mõned videokaartide tootjad pakuvad Linuxile omanduslikke draivereid, mis " +"võivad olla saadaval ainult Nonfree tarkvarahoidlas, mõnel juhul isegi " +"kõigest tootja enda veebileheküljel." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:17 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable " -"keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout." +"The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them. If " +"you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot." msgstr "" -"DrakX valib teie keelele sobiva klaviatuuri. Kui sobivat klaviatuuri ei " -"leita, kasutatakse vaikimisi US klaviatuuripaigutust." +"Nonfree hoidlad tuleb kasutamiseks spetsiaalselt lubada. Seda saab teha " +"pärast arvuti esimest taaskäivitamist." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4 +msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration" +msgstr "Graafikakaardi ja monitori seadistamine" +#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22 +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18 +msgid "" +"No matter which graphical environment (also known as desktop environment) " +"you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are " +"all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window " +"System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for " +"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or " +"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</" +"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can " +"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you " +"think the choice is incorrect." +msgstr "" +"Sõltumata sellest, millise graafilise keskkonna ehk töökeskkonna olete " +"otsustanud oma <application>Mageia</application> paigaldusele valida, " +"kasutavad nad kõik graafilise kasutajaliidese süsteemi <acronym>X Window " +"System</acronym>, lihtsamalt öeldes <acronym>X</acronym>. Niisiis peavad " +"selleks, et <acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</" +"acronym> või mis tahes töökeskkond korralikult töötaks, olema järgmised " +"<acronym>X</acronym>'i seadistused korras. Valige õiged seadistused, kui " +"näete, et <application>DrakX</application> ei ole midagi valinud, või kui " +"arvate, et valik ei ole õige." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30 +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31 msgid "" -"Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. " -"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications " -"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a " -"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " -"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en." -"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card " +"from the list if needed." msgstr "" -"Kontrollige, kas valik on õige, ja valige vajaduse korral mõni muu " -"klaviatuuripaigutus. Kui te ei tea, millise paigutusega teie klaviatuur on, " -"uurige süsteemi dokumentatsiooni või küsige järele tarnijalt. Klaviatuuri " -"küljes võib isegi olla silt, mis ütleb, millise paigutusega on tegu. Samuti " -"võib uurida veebilehekülge <link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/" -"Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Graafikakaart</guibutton></emphasis>: valige vajaduse " +"korral loetelust oma kaart." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40 +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37 msgid "" -"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</" -"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there." +"<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: You can choose " +"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> when applicable, or choose your monitor " +"from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. " +"Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the " +"horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor." msgstr "" -"Kui teie klaviatuuri nimekirjas ei ole, klõpsake täieliku loetelu nägemiseks " -"<guibutton>Veel</guibutton> ja valige oma klaviatuur sealt." +"<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: valida saab " +"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel>, kui see sobib, või siis vajaliku monitori " +"nimekirjast pealdise <guilabel>Tootja</guilabel> või <guilabel>Tavaline</" +"guilabel> all. Valige <guilabel>Kohandatud</guilabel>, kui eelistate käsitsi " +"paika panna oma monitori realaotus- ja ekraaniuuendussageduse." -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para> -#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45 +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45 +msgid "Incorrect refresh rates may damage your monitor" +msgstr "Väärad sagedused võivad monitori kahjustada." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:51 msgid "" -"After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, " -"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though " -"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " -"and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the " -"full list." +"<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired " +"resolution and color depth of your monitor here." msgstr "" -"Olles valinud klaviatuuri pärast nupule <guibutton>Veel</guibutton> " -"klõpsamist, võite esimese dialoogi juurde naastes näha, nagu oleks valitud " -"mõni sealne klaviatuur. Ärge laske ennast sellest häirida: arvestatakse " -"ikkagi seda, millise klaviatuuri te tegelikult täisnimekirjas olete valinud." +"<emphasis><guibutton>Ekraanilahutus</guibutton></emphasis>: siin saab " +"määrata vajaliku monitori ekraanilahutuse ja värvisügavuse." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:55 +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56 msgid "" -"If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an " -"extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin " -"and non-Latin keyboard layouts" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not " +"always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your " +"settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your " +"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. " +"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be " +"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " +"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</" +"emphasis>" msgstr "" -"Kui valite klaviatuuri, mis ei kasuta ladina tähti, näete lisadialoogi, mis " -"palub määrata, kuidas eelistate lülituda ladina ja mitteladina " -"klaviatuuripaigutuste vahel." +"<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: testimisnuppu paigaldamise " +"ajal alati ei näe. Kui see on näha, siis saab sellele vajutades kontrollida " +"määratud seadistuste õigsust. Kui näete küsimust, kas seadistused on õiged, " +"võite vastata \"jah\" ning seadistused salvestatakse. Kui te ei näe midagi, " +"saate tagasi pöörduda seadistusekraanile ja seal seni parameetreid muuta, " +"kuni test annab vajaliku tulemuse. <emphasis>Kui testimisnuppu pole, " +"kontrollige eriti hoolikalt, et kõik seadistused oleksid korras.</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67 +msgid "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to " +"enable or disable various options." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Eelistused</guibutton></emphasis>: siin saab " +"mitmesuguseid valikuid lubada või keelata." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/configureServices.xml:12 -msgid "Configure your Services" -msgstr "Teenuste seadistamine" +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18 +msgid "Choosing your Monitor" +msgstr "Monitori valimine" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:21 +msgid "" +"DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually " +"correctly identify yours." +msgstr "" +"DrakX sisaldab väga põhjalikku monitoride andmebaasi ja tuvastab tavaliselt " +"teie monitori õigesti." + +#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26 +msgid "" +"<emphasis>Selecting a monitor with different characteristics could damage " +"your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing " +"what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor " +"documentation" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Teistsuguste parameetritega monitori valimine võib kahjustada " +"monitori või videoriistvara. Palun ärge proovige lihtsalt huvi pärast " +"midagi, kui te ei ole kindel, et teate täpselt, mida teete.</emphasis> " +"Kahtluste korral uurige oma monitori dokumentatsiooni." -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/configureServices.xml:21 +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureServices.xml:27 +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42 +msgid "<emphasis>Custom</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>Kohandatud</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44 msgid "" -"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system." +"This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh " +"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the " +"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are " +"displayed." msgstr "" -"Siin saab määrata, millised teenused käivitada või mitte käivitada koos " -"süsteemi alglaadimisega." +"Selle valimine võimaldab paika panna kaks äärmiselt tähtsat parameetrit: " +"realaotussageduse ja ekraaniuuendussageduse." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureServices.xml:30 +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49 msgid "" -"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and " -"see all services in it." +"It is <emphasis>VERY IMPORTANT</emphasis> that you do not specify a monitor " +"type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you " +"may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and " +"consult your monitor documentation." msgstr "" -"Teenustegruppe on neli. Nende ees olevale kolmnurgale klõpsates saab grupi " -"avada ja uurida selles peituvaid teenuseid." +"On <emphasis>VÄGA TÄHTIS</emphasis>, et te ei valiks sellise " +"sünkroonimissagedusega monitori tüüpi, mis ületab teie monitori võimeid: sel " +"moel võib monitorile tõsist kahju teha. Kui kahtlete, valige pigem " +"tagasihoidlikum väärtus ja kindlasti uurige monitori dokumentatsiooni." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureServices.xml:34 -msgid "The setting DrakX chose are usually good." -msgstr "Valikud, mille on langetanud DrakX, on tavaliselt mõistlikud ja head." +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:55 +msgid "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>Plug'n Play</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureServices.xml:37 +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:58 msgid "" -"If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info " -"box below." +"This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the " +"monitor database." msgstr "" -"Teenuse peale klõpsates näeb allpool teabekastis mõningat teavet teenuse " -"kohta." +"See on vaikimisi valik, mis üritab määrata monitori tüübi monitoride " +"andmebaasi põhjal." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureServices.xml:41 -msgid "Only change things when you know very well what you are doing." -msgstr "" -"Muutke siin midagi ainult siis, kui olete kindel, et teate, mida teete." - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:23 -msgid "Please choose a language to use" -msgstr "Kasutatava keele valimine" +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63 +msgid "<emphasis>Vendor</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>Tootja</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:26 +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:65 msgid "" -"Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your " -"continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during " -"the installation and for your installed system." +"If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which " +"one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:" msgstr "" -"Valige vajalik keel, laiendades nimekirja kõigepealt maailmajao järgi. " -"<application>Mageia</application> kasutab langetatud valikut nii " -"paigaldamise ajal kui ka paigaldatud süsteemis." +"Kui paigaldusprogramm ei ole teie videokaarti õigesti tuvastanud ja te " +"teate, milline kaart teil on, võite valida selle puust järgmiste " +"parameetrite alusel:" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73 +msgid "the monitor manufacturers name" +msgstr "monitori nimi" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:77 +msgid "the monitor description" +msgstr "monitori kirjeldus" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:30 +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:82 +msgid "<emphasis>Generic</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>Tavaline</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84 msgid "" -"If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your " -"system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the " -"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be " -"difficult to add extra language support after installation." +"selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as " +"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is " +"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver " +"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it " +"may be wise to be conservative in your selections." msgstr "" -"Kui teie süsteemi tuleks paigaldada mitu keelt kas teie enda või teiste " -"kasutajate tarbeks, siis tuleks nupule <guibutton>Mitme keele valimine</" -"guibutton> klõpsates need kõik kohe lisada. Pärast paigaldamist on uute " -"keelte lisamine juba palju keerulisem." +"Selles grupis on valida ligemale 30 seadistuse seast, näiteks 1024x768 @ " +"60Hz, sealhulgas lamekuvarid (Flat panel), mida kasutavad eriti sülearvutid. " +"See on sageli mõistlik monitori valimise grupp, kui teie videoriistvara ei " +"suudetud automaatselt tuvastada ja peate kasutama Vesa draiverit. Ka siin " +"tasub valides olla pigem konservatiivne." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:19 +msgid "Custom disk partitioning with DiskDrake" +msgstr "Ketta kohandatud partitsioneerimine DiskDrake'i abil" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:36 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:44 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:33 msgid "" -"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them " -"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " -"marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ." +"If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " +"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The " +"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " +"set, otherwise your system will be unbootable." msgstr "" -"Isegi kui paigaldate mitu keelt, tuleb üks neist valida esimesel ekraanil " -"eelistatud keeleks. See keel on märgitud ka mitme keele valimise ekraanil." +"Kui soovite krüptida oma <literal>/</literal> partitsiooni, peab teil " +"kindlasti olema ka eraldi <literal>/boot</literal> partitsioon. <literal>/" +"boot</literal> partitsioonile EI TOHI määrata krüptimisvalikut, sest siis ei " +"ole süsteemi võimalik üldse laadida." -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:51 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:39 msgid "" -"If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then " -"it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well." +"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, " +"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " +"is in them before you start." msgstr "" -"Kui klaviatuuri keel ei sobi kokku eelistatud keelega, oleks mõistlik " -"paigaldada kohe ka klaviatuurile vastav keel." +"Siin saab kohandada ketta või ketaste jagamist: eemaldada või luua " +"partitsioone, muuta partitsiooni failisüsteemi või suurust ning isegi enne " +"alustamist näha, mida partitsioon sisaldab." -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:57 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:42 msgid "" -"Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the " -"\"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your " -"language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages." +"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an " +"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." msgstr "" -"Mageia toetab vaikimisi UTF-8 (Unicode). Selle võib keelata \"mitme keele " -"valimise\" ekraanil, kui olete kindel, et see teie keelele kohe üldse ei " -"sobi. UTF-8 keelamine rakendub kõigile paigaldatavatele keeltele." +"Igale leitud kõvakettale või muule salvestusseadmele, näiteks USB-pulgale, " +"on omaette kaart. Need võivad olla näiteks sda, sdb ja sdc, kui teil juhtub " +"olema kolm salvestusseadet." -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:64 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:45 msgid "" -"You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia " -"Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system." +"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected " +"storage device" msgstr "" -"Oma süsteemi keelt saab pärast paigaldamist muuta, valides Mageia " -"juhtimiskeskus -> Süsteem -> Süsteemi lokaliseerimine." - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:4 -msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted" -msgstr "Kõvaketta vormindamise kinnitamine" +"Kõigi valitud salvestusseadme partitsioonide kustutamiseks valige " +"<guibutton>Kustuta kõik</guibutton>." -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 -#. test comment - johnr -#. 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct -#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I -#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD -#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:47 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" -"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, " +"or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it." msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" -"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"Kõigi teiste toimingute jaoks klõpsake kõigepealt vajalikul partitsioonil. " +"Siis saate seda uurida, valida failisüsteemi või haakepunkti, suurust muuta " +"või ka kustutada." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24 -msgid "" -"Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your " -"choice." -msgstr "" -"Klõpsake <guibutton>Tagasi</guibutton>, kui te ei ole oma valikus kindel." +#: en/diskdrake.xml:49 +msgid "Continue until you adjusted everything to your wishes." +msgstr "Jätkake, kuni kõik on nii, nagu soovite." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 -msgid "" -"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every " -"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." -msgstr "" -"Klõpsake <guibutton>Edasi</guibutton>, kui olete kindel ning soovite " -"kustutada kõvakettal kõik partitsioonid, kõik operatsioonisüsteemid ja üldse " -"kõik andmed." +#: en/diskdrake.xml:51 +msgid "Click <guibutton>Done</guibutton> when you're ready." +msgstr "Kui kõik on valmis, klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Tehtud</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:25 @@ -1174,231 +1350,65 @@ msgid "" "Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:5 -msgid "Desktop Selection" -msgstr "Töölaua valimine" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11 -msgid "" -"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine " -"tune your choice." -msgstr "" -"Sõltuvalt siin langetatud valikutest võite näha täiendavaid ekraane, kus " -"saab valikut täpsustada." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:13 -msgid "" -"After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package " -"installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the " -"<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button" -msgstr "" -"Pärast valiku(te) langetamist näeb pakettide paigaldamise ajal " -"slaidiseanssi. Sellest saab loobuda, kui klõpsata nupule " -"<guilabel>Üksikasjad</guilabel>." - -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:20 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:26 -msgid "" -"Choose whether you prefer to use the <application>KDE</application> or " -"<application>Gnome</application> desktop environment. Both come with a full " -"set of useful applications and tools. Tick <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if " -"you want to use neither or both, or if you want something other than the " -"default software choices for these desktop environments. The " -"<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, " -"sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default." -msgstr "" -"Siin saab valida, kas soovite kasutada <application>KDE</application> või " -"<application>Gnome</application> töökeskkonda. Mõlemad pakuvad rakendusi ja " -"tööriistu igale maitsele. Valige <guilabel>Kohandatud</guilabel>, kui teile " -"ei meeldi kumbki või kui soovite paigaldada midagi muud kui seda, mis " -"paigaldatakse vaikimisi. <application>LXDE</application> töölaud on näiteks " -"väiksem kui eelmainitud, pakkudes vähem tilu-lilu ja ka vähemat arvu pakette." - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:4 -msgid "Package Group Selection" -msgstr "Paketigruppide valimine" - -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:10 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:16 -msgid "" -"Packages have been sorted into groups, to make choosing what you need on " -"your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however " -"more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which " -"become visible as the mouse is hovered over them." -msgstr "" -"Paketid on jaotatud gruppidesse, et vajaliku tarkvara valimine oma süsteemi " -"tarbeks oleks hõlpsam. Gruppide nimed on üsna enesestmõistetavad, aga nende " -"kohta pakutakse ka rohkem teavet, kui viite hiirekursori nime kohale." - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:23 -msgid "Workstation." -msgstr "Tööjaam." - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:27 -msgid "Server." -msgstr "Server." - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:31 -msgid "Graphical Environment." -msgstr "Graafiline keskkond." - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:35 -msgid "" -"Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or " -"remove packages." -msgstr "" -"Valik paketthaaval: selle valimisel saab pakette käsitsi lisada või " -"eemaldada." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:39 -msgid "" -"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do " -"a minimal install." -msgstr "" -"Juhiseid minimaalse paigalduse tegemiseks annab <xref linkend=\"minimal-" -"install\"></xref>." - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4 -msgid "Choose Individual Packages" -msgstr "Üksikpakettide valimine" - -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree." -"png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17 -msgid "" -"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation." -msgstr "" -"Siin saab oma paigaldust kohandada, lisades või eemaldades tarkvarapakette." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20 -msgid "" -"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</" -"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving " -"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same " -"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and " -"choosing to load it." -msgstr "" -"Kui olete vajalikud valikud langetanud, võite klõpsata lehekülje allosas " -"<guibutton>disketiikoonile</guibutton>, mis lubab salvestada paketivaliku " -"(seda saab mõistagi salvestada ka USB-pulgale). Hiljem võib sama faili " -"kasutades paigaldada samasuguse paketivaliku mõnda teise süsteemi, klõpsates " -"paigaldamise ajal sama nuppu ja faili laadides." - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:19 -msgid "Custom disk partitioning with DiskDrake" -msgstr "Ketta kohandatud partitsioneerimine DiskDrake'i abil" +#. type: Content of: <article><info><title> +#: en/DrakX.xml:3 +msgid "Installation with DrakX" +msgstr "Paigaldamine DrakX'i abil" -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:26 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> +#: en/DrakX.xml:6 +msgid "<note>" +msgstr "<note>" -#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:33 +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> +#: en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" -"If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " -"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The " -"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " -"set, otherwise your system will be unbootable." +"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " +"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " +"while installing." msgstr "" -"Kui soovite krüptida oma <literal>/</literal> partitsiooni, peab teil " -"kindlasti olema ka eraldi <literal>/boot</literal> partitsioon. <literal>/" -"boot</literal> partitsioonile EI TOHI määrata krüptimisvalikut, sest siis ei " -"ole süsteemi võimalik üldse laadida." +"Keegi ei näe kõiki käsiraamatus toodud paigaldusprogrammi ekraane. See, " +"millised ekraanid on näha, sõltub teie riistvarast ja paigaldamise käigus " +"langetatud valikutest." -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:39 -msgid "" -"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, " -"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " -"is in them before you start." -msgstr "" -"Siin saab kohandada ketta või ketaste jagamist: eemaldada või luua " -"partitsioone, muuta partitsiooni failisüsteemi või suurust ning isegi enne " -"alustamist näha, mida partitsioon sisaldab." +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakX.xml:10 +msgid "</note>" +msgstr "</note>" -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:42 +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" -"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an " -"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." +"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " +"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" +"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." msgstr "" -"Igale leitud kõvakettale või muule salvestusseadmele, näiteks USB-pulgale, " -"on omaette kaart. Need võivad olla näiteks sda, sdb ja sdc, kui teil juhtub " -"olema kolm salvestusseadet." +"Käsiraamatu tekst ja ekraanipildid on litsenseeritud vastavalt CC BY-SA 3.0 " +"litsentsile <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" +"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:45 +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" -"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected " -"storage device" +"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." msgstr "" -"Kõigi valitud salvestusseadme partitsioonide kustutamiseks valige " -"<guibutton>Kustuta kõik</guibutton>." +"Käsiraamat on valmistatud <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco " +"CMS</link>'i abil, mille on välja töötanud <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:47 +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" -"For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, " -"or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it." +"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" +"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" +"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." msgstr "" -"Kõigi teiste toimingute jaoks klõpsake kõigepealt vajalikul partitsioonil. " -"Siis saate seda uurida, valida failisüsteemi või haakepunkti, suurust muuta " -"või ka kustutada." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:49 -msgid "Continue until you adjusted everything to your wishes." -msgstr "Jätkake, kuni kõik on nii, nagu soovite." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:51 -msgid "Click <guibutton>Done</guibutton> when you're ready." -msgstr "Kui kõik on valmis, klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Tehtud</guibutton>." +"Käsiraamatu on kirjutanud ja tõlkinud vabatahtlikud oma vabast ajast. Kui " +"soovite kaasa aidata käsiraamatu paremaks muutmisele, võtke ühendust <link " +"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team" +"\">dokumentatsioonimeeskonnaga</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/exitInstall.xml:4 @@ -1530,6 +1540,231 @@ msgstr "" "guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:18 +msgid "DrakX, the Mageia Installer" +msgstr "Mageia paigaldusprogramm DrakX" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:21 +msgid "" +"Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia " +"Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as " +"possible." +msgstr "" +"Sõltumata sellest, kas olete GNU-Linuxi maailmas uustulnuk või juba kogenud " +"kasutaja, on Mageia paigaldusprogramm loodud nii, et paigaldamine või " +"uuendamine oleks kõigile võimalikult lihtne." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:29 +msgid "" +"The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will " +"start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need." +msgstr "" +"Avamenüüs näete mitmeid valikuid, kuid vaikimisi valitu käivitab " +"paigaldusprogrammi, mida tavaliselt ongi vaja." + +#. type: Content of: <section><figure><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:35 +msgid "Installation Welcome Screen" +msgstr "Paigaldusprogrammi avaekraan" + +#. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject> +#: en/installer.xml:39 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\"> </imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure> +#: en/installer.xml:34 en/installer.xml:90 +msgid "" +"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=" +"\"1\"/>" +msgstr "" +"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=" +"\"1\"/>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:47 +msgid "" +"If there are problems during install, then it may be necessary to use " +"special installation options, see <xref linkend=\"installationOptions\"></" +"xref>." +msgstr "" +"Kui paigaldamise ajal tekib probleeme, võib olla vajalik kasutada " +"spetsiaalseid paigaldusvõtmeid, mille kohta vaadake <xref linkend=" +"\"installationOptions\"/>." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:52 +msgid "The installation steps" +msgstr "Paigaldamise etapid" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:55 +msgid "" +"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed " +"on the side panel of the screen." +msgstr "" +"Paigaldamine on jagatud mitmeks etapiks, mille loetelu näeb ekraani " +"külgpaneelil." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:58 +msgid "" +"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</" +"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options." +msgstr "" +"Igal etapil kohtate üht või enamat ekraani, millel võib olla ka nupp " +"<guibutton>Muud valikud</guibutton>, mis avab täiendavad ja harvemini " +"vajalikud valikud." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:62 +msgid "" +"Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further " +"explanations about the current step." +msgstr "" +"Enamikul ekraanidel on nupp <guibutton>Abi</guibutton>, mis selgitab antud " +"etappi põhjalikumalt." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> +#: en/installer.xml:66 +msgid "" +"If somewhere during install you decide to stop the installation, it is " +"possible to reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a " +"partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your " +"computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well " +"leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure " +"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys " +"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " +"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot." +msgstr "" +"Kui soovite mingil hetkel paigaldamise katkestada, võite ka teha arvutile " +"taaskäivituse, aga palun mõelge enne seda hoolikalt järele. Kui partitsioon " +"on vormindatud või uuendusi on hakatud paigaldama, ei ole arvuti enam " +"varasemas olekus ning taaskäivitamise tulemus võib olla mittetöötav masin. " +"Kui te ikkagi olete kindel, et just taaskäivitus on õige samm, minge " +"tekstiterminali, vajutades korraga kolme klahvi <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</" +"guibutton>. Seejärel vajutage taaskäivitamiseks korraga klahve " +"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton>." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:80 +msgid "Installation options" +msgstr "Paigaldamisvõtmed" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:83 +msgid "" +"If the installation fails then it may be necessary to try again by using one " +"of the extra options available by hitting the <guibutton>F1 (Help)</" +"guibutton> key see <xref linkend=\"dx-welcome\"></xref>" +msgstr "" +"Kui paigaldamine ei õnnestu, võib olla vajalik seda uuesti proovida, " +"kasutades mõnda lisavõtit, mille nägemiseks tuleb vajutada klahvi " +"<guibutton>F1 (Abi)</guibutton>, vt ka <xref linkend=\"dx-welcome\"/>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:87 +msgid "This will open the following text based help." +msgstr "See avab järgmise tekstipõhise abiekraani." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:91 +msgid "Installation Help Screen" +msgstr "Paigaldamise abiekraan" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><mediaobject> +#: en/installer.xml:96 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:105 +msgid "Installation Problems and Possible Solutions" +msgstr "Paigaldamisprobleemid ja nende võimalikud lahendused" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:111 +msgid "No Graphical Interface" +msgstr "Graafiline liides puudub" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/installer.xml:116 +msgid "" +"After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " +"This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low " +"resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt." +msgstr "" +"Pärast avaekraani ei tulegi keele valiku ekraani ette. See võib juhtuda mõne " +"graafikakaardi ja vanema süsteemi korral. Proovige kasutada madalamat " +"ekraanilahutust, kirjutades käsureale <code>vgalo</code>." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/installer.xml:123 +msgid "" +"If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " +"In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit " +"ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be " +"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit " +"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode.<emphasis></emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Kui riistvara on väga vana, ei pruugi graafiline paigaldamine üldse võimalik " +"olla. Sel juhul võib proovida tekstipõhist paigaldamist. Selleks vajutage " +"avaekraanil viibides klahvile ESC ja kinnitage valikut klahvi ENTER " +"vajutamisega. Teie ette ilmub must ekraan sõnaga \"boot:\". Kirjutage \"text" +"\" ja vajutage ENTER. Nüüd saate jätkata tekstipõhise paigaldamisega." +"<emphasis/>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:135 +msgid "The Install Freezes" +msgstr "Paigaldamine hangub" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:138 +msgid "" +"If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a " +"problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of " +"hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type " +"<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with " +"other options as necessary." +msgstr "" +"Kui süsteem paistab paigaldamise käigus hanguvat, võib olla raskusi " +"riistvara tuvastamisega. Sel juhul võib riistvara automaatse tuvastamise " +"vahele jätta ja sellega hiljem tegelda. Selleks kirjutage käsureale " +"<code>noauto</code>. Vajaduse korral võib seda võtit kasutada koos teiste " +"võtmetega." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:147 +msgid "Kernel Options" +msgstr "Kerneli võtmed" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:150 +msgid "" +"These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " +"available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " +"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e." +"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." +msgstr "" +"Neid läheb väga harva vaja, kuid mõnel juhul võib riistvara teatada valesti " +"saadaoleva mälu (RAM) suuruse. Selle käsitsi määramiseks tuleb kasutada " +"parameetrit <code>mem=xxxM</code>, kus xxx on korrektne mälu suurus. Näiteks " +"<code>mem=256M</code> määrab, et kasutada on 256 MB mälu." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/installUpdates.xml:3 msgid "Updates" msgstr "Uuendused" @@ -1574,6 +1809,128 @@ msgid "Then press <guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue" msgstr "Seejärel klõpsake jätkamiseks <guibutton>Edasi</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/media_selection.xml:3 +msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)" +msgstr "Andmekandjate valik (mittevaba tarkvara)" + +#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media) +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong) +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/media_selection.xml:12 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/media_selection.xml:18 +msgid "" +"Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are " +"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories " +"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " +"the next steps." +msgstr "" +"Siin näeb saadaolevate tarkvarahoidlate nimekirja. Sõltuvalt paigaldamiseks " +"valitud andmekandjast võib saadaval olla ainult osa võimalikke hoidlaid. " +"Hoidlate valik määrab selle, milliseid tarkvarapakette on järgmistel " +"etappidel võimalik paigaldada." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/media_selection.xml:25 +msgid "" +"The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains " +"the base of the distribution." +msgstr "" +"Hoidlat <emphasis>Core</emphasis> (tuumiktarkvara) ei saa välja jätta, sest " +"see sisaldab distributsiooni põhikomponente." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/media_selection.xml:30 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-" +"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source " +"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " +"nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi " +"cards, etc." +msgstr "" +"Hoidla <emphasis>Non-free</emphasis> (mittevaba tarkvara) sidaldab pakette, " +"mis on küll tasuta, nii et Mageia võib neid levitada, aga sisaldavad kinnise " +"lähtekoodiga tarkvara (sellest ka nimi \"mittevaba\" ehk \"non-free\"). " +"Näiteks sisaldab see hoidla nVidia ja ATI graafikakaartide omanduslikke " +"draivereid, mitmesuguste WiFi-kaartide püsivara jms." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/media_selection.xml:38 +msgid "" +"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under " +"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is " +"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. " +"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed " +"to play commercial video DVD, etc." +msgstr "" +"Hoidla <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> (piirangutega tarkvara) sisaldab " +"pakette, mis on avaldatud vaba litsentsi all. Peamine põhjus, miks osa " +"tarkvarapakette paigutatakse sellesse hoidlasse, seisab selles, et need " +"võivad rikkuda mõnes riigis kehtivaid patendi- ja autoriõiguseseadusi. " +"Näiteks on siin mitmesuguste heli- ja videofailide esitamiseks vajalikud " +"multimeediakoodekid, kommerts-video-DVD-de esitamiseks vajalikud paketid jms." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/minimal-install.xml:3 +msgid "Minimal Install" +msgstr "Minimaalne paigaldus" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/minimal-install.xml:9 +msgid "" +"You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the " +"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></" +"xref>." +msgstr "" +"Kui paketigruppide ekraanil jätta kõik valimata, saab kasutada minimaalset " +"paigaldust, vt. <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/minimal-install.xml:10 +msgid "" +"Minimal Installation is intended for those with specific uses in mind for " +"their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised " +"workstation. You will probably use this option combined with Manual Package " +"Selection, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." +msgstr "" +"See on mõeldud neile, kel mõlgub <application>Mageia</application> jaoks " +"meeles midagi erilist, näiteks server või spetsiaalne tööjaam. Tõenäoliselt " +"oleks seda mõttekas kasutada koos pakettide ükshaaval valimisega, vt. <xref " +"linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/minimal-install.xml:14 +msgid "" +"If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer " +"you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X." +msgstr "" +"Kui valite niisuguse paigaldamise, saab järgmisel ekraanil üht-teist " +"täpsustada, näiteks lasta paigaldada ka dokumentatsioon või X." + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/minimal-install.xml:19 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:3 msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters" msgstr "Seadistuste kokkuvõte" @@ -1794,10 +2151,11 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Võrk</guilabel>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:163 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "You can configure your network here, but for network cards with non-free " "drivers it is better to do that after reboot, in the <application>Mageia " -"Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the non-free media " +"Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the Nonfree media " "repositories." msgstr "" "Siin saab seadistada võrgu, kuid võrgukaartide korral, mis kasutavad " @@ -1892,116 +2250,360 @@ msgstr "" "Pange tähele, et kõige lubamine (st tulemüür puudub) võib olla väga ohtlik." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:12 -msgid "Configure your Timezone" -msgstr "Ajavööndi seadistamine" +#: en/securityLevel.xml:12 +msgid "Security Level" +msgstr "Turbetase" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" #. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 +#: en/securityLevel.xml:19 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." -"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." -"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26 +#: en/securityLevel.xml:24 +msgid "You can adjust your security level here." +msgstr "Siin saab kohandada oma arvuti turbetaset." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/securityLevel.xml:27 msgid "" -"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the " -"same time zone." +"Leave the default settings as they are, if you don't know what to choose." msgstr "" -"Määrake ajavöönd kindlaks, valides oma riigi või linna, mis asub samas " -"ajavööndis teie lähedal." +"Kui te ei ole kindel, ärge hakake siin midagi muutma, vaid jätke kehtima " +"vaikimisi määratu." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30 +#: en/securityLevel.xml:30 msgid "" -"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to " -"GMT, also known as UTC." +"After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings " +"in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center." msgstr "" -"Järgmisel ekraanil saab valida, kas riistvaraline kell on seatud kohalikule " -"ajale või GMT-le ehk maailmaajale (UTC)." +"Pärast paigaldamist on alati võimalik turvalisusega seotud seadistusi muuta " +"Mageia juhtimiskeskuse sektsioonis <guilabel>Turvalisus</guilabel>." -#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35 +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/selectCountry.xml:13 +msgid "Select your Country / Region" +msgstr "Riigi / piirkonna valimine" + +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/selectCountry.xml:21 msgid "" -"If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they " -"are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT." +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" -"Kui Teie arvutis on ka teisi operatsioonisüsteeme, kontrollige, et nad kõik " -"oleksid lültiatud kas kohalikule ajale või siis UTC/GMT-le." +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:17 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/selectCountry.xml:27 msgid "" -"Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> " -"partition" +"Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, " +"like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country " +"can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network." msgstr "" -"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partitsiooni " -"suuruse muutmine" +"Valige oma riik või piirkond. See on oluline paljudele muudele " +"seadistustele, näiteks valuuta või juhtmeta side regulatsioonipiirkond. Vale " +"riigi määramisel võib juhtuda, et Te ei saagi juhtmeta sidet kasutada." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:21 +#: en/selectCountry.xml:32 +msgid "" +"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</" +"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." +msgstr "" +"Kui teie riiki nimekirjas pole, klõpsake nupule <guilabel>Muud valikud</" +"guilabel> ja valige oma riik / piirkond sealt." + +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/selectCountry.xml:37 +msgid "" +"If your country is only in the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> list, " +"after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the " +"first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real " +"choice." +msgstr "" +"Kui teie riik esineb ainult <guilabel>muude valikute</guilabel> nimekirjas, " +"siis võib pärast <guibutton>Olgu</guibutton> klõpsamist paista, nagu oleks " +"valitud riik esimesest nimekirjast. Ärge laske ennast sellest häirida, DrakX " +"arvestab teie tegeliku valikuga." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/selectCountry.xml:46 +msgid "Input method" +msgstr "Sisestusmeetod" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/selectCountry.xml:49 +msgid "" +"In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an " +"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input " +"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " +"default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India Live-" +"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method " +"so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input methods(SCIM, " +"GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be installed if you " +"added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." +msgstr "" +"<guilabel>Muude riikide</guilabel> ekraanil saab ka valida sisestusmeetodi " +"(nimekirjast allpool). See võimaldab kasutajal sisestada keerukate " +"märgisüsteemide märke (hiina, jaapani, korea jm kirjad). IBus on vaikimisi " +"sisestusmeetod Mageia DVD-del ning Aafrika/India ja Aasia/Mitte-India LiveCD-" +"del. Aasia ja Aafrika lokaatide korral määratakse IBus vaikimisi " +"sisestusmeetodiks, nii et kasutaja ei pea seda ise käsitsi määrama. Teised " +"sisestusmeetodid (SCIM, GCIN, HIME jne) pakuvad sarnaseid võimalusi ning " +"neid saab paigaldada, kui lisada enne paketivalikut HTTP või FTP andmekandja." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> +#: en/selectCountry.xml:61 msgid "" -"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" -"application> partition. Choose which one should be made smaller to make " -"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>." +"If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it " +"after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -> " +"\"System\", or by running localedrake as root." msgstr "" -"Teil on mitu <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> " -"partitsiooni. Valige, millise peaks muutma väiksemaks, et teha ruumi " -"<application>Mageia</application> paigaldusele." +"Kui jätsite paigaldamise ajal sisestusmeetodi valimata, saab seda teha " +"pärast paigaldatud süsteemi laadimist, valides \"Arvuti seadistamine\" -> " +"\"Süsteem\" või käivitades administraatorina localedrake'i." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/setupSCSI.xml:11 -msgid "Setup SCSI" -msgstr "SCSI seadistamine" +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:23 +msgid "Install or Upgrade" +msgstr "Paigaldamine või uuendamine" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 -#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) -#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the -#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/setupSCSI.xml:26 +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:27 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34 +msgid "Install" +msgstr "Paigaldamine" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:36 +msgid "" +"Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation." +msgstr "" +"Selle valimisel saab ette võtta uue <application>Mageia</application> " +"paigaldamise." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:41 +msgid "Upgrade" +msgstr "Uuendamine" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:43 +msgid "" +"If you have one or more <application>Mageia 2</application> installations on " +"your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the " +"latest release." +msgstr "" +"Kui teie süsteemi on juba varem paigaldatud <application>Mageia 2</" +"application>, võimaldab paigaldusprogramm seda uusimale väljalaskele " +"uuendada." + +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:49 +msgid "" +"If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to " +"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been " +"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " +"the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an " +"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you " +"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " +"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</" +"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." +msgstr "" +"Kui soovite mingil hetkel paigaldamise katkestada, võite ka teha arvutile " +"taaskäivituse, aga palun mõelge enne seda hoolikalt järele. Kui partitsioon " +"on vormindatud või uuendusi on hakatud paigaldama, ei ole arvuti enam " +"varasemas olekus ning taaskäivitamise tulemus võib olla mittetöötav masin. " +"Kui te ikkagi olete kindel, et just taaskäivitus on õige samm, minge " +"tekstiterminali, vajutades korraga kolme klahvi <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</" +"guibutton>. Seejärel vajutage taaskäivitamiseks korraga klahve " +"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:60 +msgid "" +"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you " +"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " +"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</" +"emphasis> do this later in the install." +msgstr "" +"Kui avastate, et olete unustanud mõne keele lisada, saab \"Paigaldamise või " +"uuendamise\" ekraanilt naasta keelevaliku juurde, vajutades korraga klahve " +"<guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. <emphasis>Ärge</emphasis> tehke seda " +"hilisema paigalduse käigus." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14 +msgid "Keyboard" +msgstr "Klaviatuur" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupSCSI.xml:32 +#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:17 msgid "" -"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers " -"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " -"fail to recognise the drive." +"DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable " +"keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout." msgstr "" -"DrakX tuvastab tavaliselt kõvakettad korrektselt. Mõne vanema SCSI " -"kontrolleri korral aga ei suudeta korrektselt tuvastada vajalikku draiverit " -"ja seetõttu ka ketast ära tunda." +"DrakX valib teie keelele sobiva klaviatuuri. Kui sobivat klaviatuuri ei " +"leita, kasutatakse vaikimisi US klaviatuuripaigutust." + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. " +"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications " +"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a " +"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " +"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en." +"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" +msgstr "" +"Kontrollige, kas valik on õige, ja valige vajaduse korral mõni muu " +"klaviatuuripaigutus. Kui te ei tea, millise paigutusega teie klaviatuur on, " +"uurige süsteemi dokumentatsiooni või küsige järele tarnijalt. Klaviatuuri " +"küljes võib isegi olla silt, mis ütleb, millise paigutusega on tegu. Samuti " +"võib uurida veebilehekülge <link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/" +"Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40 +msgid "" +"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</" +"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there." +msgstr "" +"Kui teie klaviatuuri nimekirjas ei ole, klõpsake täieliku loetelu nägemiseks " +"<guibutton>Veel</guibutton> ja valige oma klaviatuur sealt." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para> +#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45 +msgid "" +"After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, " +"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though " +"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " +"and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the " +"full list." +msgstr "" +"Olles valinud klaviatuuri pärast nupule <guibutton>Veel</guibutton> " +"klõpsamist, võite esimese dialoogi juurde naastes näha, nagu oleks valitud " +"mõni sealne klaviatuur. Ärge laske ennast sellest häirida: arvestatakse " +"ikkagi seda, millise klaviatuuri te tegelikult täisnimekirjas olete valinud." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:55 +msgid "" +"If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an " +"extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin " +"and non-Latin keyboard layouts" +msgstr "" +"Kui valite klaviatuuri, mis ei kasuta ladina tähti, näete lisadialoogi, mis " +"palub määrata, kuidas eelistate lülituda ladina ja mitteladina " +"klaviatuuripaigutuste vahel." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:23 +msgid "Please choose a language to use" +msgstr "Kasutatava keele valimine" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupSCSI.xml:36 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:26 msgid "" -"If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) " -"you have." +"Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your " +"continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during " +"the installation and for your installed system." msgstr "" -"Kui nii peaks juhtuma, tuleb DrakX-ile käsitsi selgeks teha, millised SCSI " -"seadmed teil on." +"Valige vajalik keel, laiendades nimekirja kõigepealt maailmajao järgi. " +"<application>Mageia</application> kasutab langetatud valikut nii " +"paigaldamise ajal kui ka paigaldatud süsteemis." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupSCSI.xml:39 -msgid "DrakX should then be able to configure the drive(s) correctly." -msgstr "Seejärel peaks DrakX olema võimeline kettad korrektselt seadistama." +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:30 +msgid "" +"If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your " +"system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the " +"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be " +"difficult to add extra language support after installation." +msgstr "" +"Kui teie süsteemi tuleks paigaldada mitu keelt kas teie enda või teiste " +"kasutajate tarbeks, siis tuleks nupule <guibutton>Mitme keele valimine</" +"guibutton> klõpsates need kõik kohe lisada. Pärast paigaldamist on uute " +"keelte lisamine juba palju keerulisem." + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:36 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:44 +msgid "" +"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them " +"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " +"marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ." +msgstr "" +"Isegi kui paigaldate mitu keelt, tuleb üks neist valida esimesel ekraanil " +"eelistatud keeleks. See keel on märgitud ka mitme keele valimise ekraanil." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:51 +msgid "" +"If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then " +"it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well." +msgstr "" +"Kui klaviatuuri keel ei sobi kokku eelistatud keelega, oleks mõistlik " +"paigaldada kohe ka klaviatuurile vastav keel." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:57 +msgid "" +"Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the " +"\"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your " +"language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages." +msgstr "" +"Mageia toetab vaikimisi UTF-8 (Unicode). Selle võib keelata \"mitme keele " +"valimise\" ekraanil, kui olete kindel, et see teie keelele kohe üldse ei " +"sobi. UTF-8 keelamine rakendub kõigile paigaldatavatele keeltele." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:64 +msgid "" +"You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia " +"Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system." +msgstr "" +"Oma süsteemi keelt saab pärast paigaldamist muuta, valides Mageia " +"juhtimiskeskus -> Süsteem -> Süsteemi lokaliseerimine." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectMouse.xml:4 @@ -2047,6 +2649,79 @@ msgstr "" "et seadistada nuppe, mis peaksid töötama kuue või rohkema nupuga hiirel." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:5 +msgid "Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry" +msgstr "Alglaadimismenüü kirje lisamine või muutmine" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:10 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=" +"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:17 +msgid "" +"You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the " +"relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen " +"and editing the screen that pops up on top of it." +msgstr "" +"Kirje saab lisada või valitut muuta, kui klõpsata <emphasis>alglaaduri " +"seadistamise</emphasis> ekraanil vajalikule nupule ja sooritada muutused " +"selle kohale ilmuvas ekraanis." + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:21 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=" +"\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:26 +msgid "" +"Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an " +"entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one." +msgstr "" +"Mõningaid asju võib muuta vähese riskiga, näiteks kirje nimi ja märge " +"kastikeses, millega see muudetakse vaikimisi kirjeks." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:27 +msgid "" +"You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely." +msgstr "" +"Kirje nimele võib lisada versiooninumbri, aga nime võib ka täielikult muuta." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:28 +msgid "" +"The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a " +"choice while booting up." +msgstr "" +"Vaikimisi kirje on see, mille süsteem laadib, kui jätate alglaadimise ajal " +"kasutamata võimaluse midagi valida." + +#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:29 +msgid "" +"Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " +"just try something without knowing what you are doing." +msgstr "" +"Teiste parameetrite muutmine võib kaasa tuua süsteemi, mida enam ei saagi " +"laadida. Sestap ärge muutke siin midagi, mille muutmise vajalikkuses te " +"täiesti kindel ei ole." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:3 msgid "Bootloader main options" msgstr "Alglaaduri põhiseadistused" @@ -2215,781 +2890,106 @@ msgstr "" "guibutton> ja märkige ära kastike <guilabel>/tmp puhastatakse igal " "käivitumisel</guilabel>. See aitab ruumi mõnevõrra kokku hoida." -#. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> -#: en/DrakX.xml:1 en/media_selection.xml:1 en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 -msgid "en" -msgstr "et" - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><title> -#: en/DrakX.xml:3 -msgid "Installation with DrakX" -msgstr "Paigaldamine DrakX'i abil" - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> -#: en/DrakX.xml:6 -msgid "<note>" -msgstr "<note>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:7 -msgid "" -"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " -"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " -"while installing." -msgstr "" -"Keegi ei näe kõiki käsiraamatus toodud paigaldusprogrammi ekraane. See, " -"millised ekraanid on näha, sõltub teie riistvarast ja paigaldamise käigus " -"langetatud valikutest." - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:10 -msgid "</note>" -msgstr "</note>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:12 -msgid "" -"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " -"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" -"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." -msgstr "" -"Käsiraamatu tekst ja ekraanipildid on litsenseeritud vastavalt CC BY-SA 3.0 " -"litsentsile <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" -"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:16 -msgid "" -"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." -msgstr "" -"Käsiraamat on valmistatud <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco " -"CMS</link>'i abil, mille on välja töötanud <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:18 -msgid "" -"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" -"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" -"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." -msgstr "" -"Käsiraamatu on kirjutanud ja tõlkinud vabatahtlikud oma vabast ajast. Kui " -"soovite kaasa aidata käsiraamatu paremaks muutmisele, võtke ühendust <link " -"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team" -"\">dokumentatsioonimeeskonnaga</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11 -msgid "Choose an X Server (Configure your Graphic Card)" -msgstr "X-serveri valimine (graafikakaardi seadistamine)" - -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list." -"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_card_list-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21 -msgid "" -"DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually " -"correctly identify your video device." -msgstr "" -"DrakX sisaldab väga põhjalikku videokaartide andmebaasi ja suudab tavaliselt " -"teie videoseadme korrektselt tuvastada." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24 -msgid "" -"If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know " -"which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:" -msgstr "" -"Kui paigaldusprogramm siiski ei ole teie videokaarti õigesti tuvastanud ja " -"te teate, milline kaart teil on, võite valida selle loetelust järgmiste " -"parameetrite alusel:" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69 -msgid "vendor" -msgstr "tootja" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:31 -msgid "then the name of your card" -msgstr "seejärel kaardi nimi" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:35 -msgid "and the type of card" -msgstr "ja lõpuks kaardi tüüp" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:39 -msgid "" -"If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in " -"the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the " -"Xorg category" -msgstr "" -"Kui te ei leia oma kaarti tootjate nimekirjast (sest seda pole veel " -"andmebaasis või on tegu väga vana kaardiga), võib siiski leida sobiva " -"draiveri Xorg-i kategoorias." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43 -msgid "" -"The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card " -"drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the " -"option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities." -msgstr "" -"Xorg-i nimekiri pakub üle 40 üldise avatud lähtekoodiga videokaardi " -"draiveri. Kui te ikkagi ei suuda oma kaardile sobivat draiverit siit leida, " -"võite valida Vesa draiveri, mis pakub kõige elementaarsemaid võimalusi." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48 -msgid "" -"Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access " -"to the Commandline Interface." -msgstr "" -"Arvestage kindlasti, et kui valite sobimatu draiveri, võite saada kasutada " -"ainult käsurida." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51 -msgid "" -"Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which " -"may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from " -"the card manufacturers' websites." -msgstr "" -"Mõned videokaartide tootjad pakuvad Linuxile omanduslikke draivereid, mis " -"võivad olla saadaval ainult Nonfree tarkvarahoidlas, mõnel " -"juhul isegi kõigest tootja enda veebileheküljel." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55 -msgid "" -"The Nonfree repository need to be explicitly enabled to access them. If you " -"didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot." -msgstr "" -"Nonfree hoidlad tuleb kasutamiseks spetsiaalselt lubada. Seda " -"saab teha pärast arvuti esimest taaskäivitamist." - #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18 -msgid "Choosing your Monitor" -msgstr "Monitori valimine" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:21 -msgid "" -"DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually " -"correctly identify yours." -msgstr "" -"DrakX sisaldab väga põhjalikku monitoride andmebaasi ja tuvastab tavaliselt " -"teie monitori õigesti." - -#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26 -msgid "" -"<emphasis>Selecting a monitor with different characteristics could damage " -"your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing " -"what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor " -"documentation" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis>Teistsuguste parameetritega monitori valimine võib kahjustada " -"monitori või videoriistvara. Palun ärge proovige lihtsalt huvi pärast " -"midagi, kui te ei ole kindel, et teate täpselt, mida teete.</emphasis> " -"Kahtluste korral uurige oma monitori dokumentatsiooni." - -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." -"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." -"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42 -msgid "<emphasis>Custom</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>Kohandatud</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44 -msgid "" -"This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh " -"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the " -"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are " -"displayed." -msgstr "" -"Selle valimine võimaldab paika panna kaks äärmiselt tähtsat parameetrit: " -"realaotussageduse ja ekraaniuuendussageduse." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49 -msgid "" -"It is <emphasis>VERY IMPORTANT</emphasis> that you do not specify a monitor " -"type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you " -"may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and " -"consult your monitor documentation." -msgstr "" -"On <emphasis>VÄGA TÄHTIS</emphasis>, et te ei valiks sellise " -"sünkroonimissagedusega monitori tüüpi, mis ületab teie monitori võimeid: sel " -"moel võib monitorile tõsist kahju teha. Kui kahtlete, valige pigem " -"tagasihoidlikum väärtus ja kindlasti uurige monitori dokumentatsiooni." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:55 -msgid "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>Plug'n Play</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:58 -msgid "" -"This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the " -"monitor database." -msgstr "" -"See on vaikimisi valik, mis üritab määrata monitori tüübi monitoride " -"andmebaasi põhjal." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63 -msgid "<emphasis>Vendor</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>Tootja</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:65 -msgid "" -"If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which " -"one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:" -msgstr "" -"Kui paigaldusprogramm ei ole teie videokaarti õigesti tuvastanud ja te " -"teate, milline kaart teil on, võite valida selle puust järgmiste " -"parameetrite alusel:" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73 -msgid "the monitor manufacturers name" -msgstr "monitori nimi" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:77 -msgid "the monitor description" -msgstr "monitori kirjeldus" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:82 -msgid "<emphasis>Generic</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>Tavaline</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84 -msgid "" -"selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as " -"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is " -"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver " -"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it " -"may be wise to be conservative in your selections." -msgstr "" -"Selles grupis on valida ligemale 30 seadistuse seast, näiteks 1024x768 @ " -"60Hz, sealhulgas lamekuvarid (Flat panel), mida kasutavad eriti sülearvutid. " -"See on sageli mõistlik monitori valimise grupp, kui teie videoriistvara ei " -"suudetud automaatselt tuvastada ja peate kasutama Vesa draiverit. Ka siin " -"tasub valides olla pigem konservatiivne." - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4 -msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration" -msgstr "Graafikakaardi ja monitori seadistamine" - -#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser." -"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18 -msgid "" -"No matter which graphical environment (also known as desktop environment) " -"you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are " -"all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window " -"System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for " -"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or " -"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</" -"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can " -"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you " -"think the choice is incorrect." -msgstr "" -"Sõltumata sellest, millise graafilise keskkonna ehk töökeskkonna olete " -"otsustanud oma <application>Mageia</application> paigaldusele valida, " -"kasutavad nad kõik graafilise kasutajaliidese süsteemi <acronym>X Window " -"System</acronym>, lihtsamalt öeldes <acronym>X</acronym>. Niisiis peavad " -"selleks, et <acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</" -"acronym> või mis tahes töökeskkond korralikult töötaks, olema järgmised " -"<acronym>X</acronym>'i seadistused korras. Valige õiged seadistused, kui " -"näete, et <application>DrakX</application> ei ole midagi valinud, või kui " -"arvate, et valik ei ole õige." - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31 -msgid "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card " -"from the list if needed." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Graafikakaart</guibutton></emphasis>: valige vajaduse " -"korral loetelust oma kaart." - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37 -msgid "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: You can choose " -"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> when applicable, or choose your monitor " -"from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. " -"Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the " -"horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: valida saab " -"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel>, kui see sobib, või siis vajaliku monitori " -"nimekirjast pealdise <guilabel>Tootja</guilabel> või <guilabel>Tavaline</" -"guilabel> all. Valige <guilabel>Kohandatud</guilabel>, kui eelistate käsitsi " -"paika panna oma monitori realaotus- ja ekraaniuuendussageduse." - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> -#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45 -msgid "Incorrect refresh rates may damage your monitor" -msgstr "Väärad sagedused võivad monitori kahjustada." - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:51 -msgid "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired " -"resolution and color depth of your monitor here." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Ekraanilahutus</guibutton></emphasis>: siin saab " -"määrata vajaliku monitori ekraanilahutuse ja värvisügavuse." - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56 -msgid "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not " -"always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your " -"settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your " -"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. " -"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be " -"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " -"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</" -"emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: testimisnuppu paigaldamise " -"ajal alati ei näe. Kui see on näha, siis saab sellele vajutades kontrollida " -"määratud seadistuste õigsust. Kui näete küsimust, kas seadistused on õiged, " -"võite vastata \"jah\" ning seadistused salvestatakse. Kui te ei näe midagi, " -"saate tagasi pöörduda seadistusekraanile ja seal seni parameetreid muuta, " -"kuni test annab vajaliku tulemuse. <emphasis>Kui testimisnuppu pole, " -"kontrollige eriti hoolikalt, et kõik seadistused oleksid korras.</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67 -msgid "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to " -"enable or disable various options." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Eelistused</guibutton></emphasis>: siin saab " -"mitmesuguseid valikuid lubada või keelata." - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:5 -msgid "Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry" -msgstr "Alglaadimismenüü kirje lisamine või muutmine" - -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:10 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=" -"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:17 -msgid "" -"You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the " -"relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen " -"and editing the screen that pops up on top of it." -msgstr "" -"Kirje saab lisada või valitut muuta, kui klõpsata <emphasis>alglaaduri " -"seadistamise</emphasis> ekraanil vajalikule nupule ja sooritada muutused " -"selle kohale ilmuvas ekraanis." +#: en/setupSCSI.xml:11 +msgid "Setup SCSI" +msgstr "SCSI seadistamine" +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 +#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) +#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the +#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:21 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=" -"\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"/> </imageobject>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:26 -msgid "" -"Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an " -"entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one." -msgstr "" -"Mõningaid asju võib muuta vähese riskiga, näiteks kirje nimi ja märge " -"kastikeses, millega see muudetakse vaikimisi kirjeks." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:27 -msgid "" -"You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely." -msgstr "" -"Kirje nimele võib lisada versiooninumbri, aga nime võib ka täielikult muuta." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:28 -msgid "" -"The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a " -"choice while booting up." -msgstr "" -"Vaikimisi kirje on see, mille süsteem laadib, kui jätate alglaadimise ajal " -"kasutamata võimaluse midagi valida." - -#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:29 -msgid "" -"Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " -"just try something without knowing what you are doing." -msgstr "" -"Teiste parameetrite muutmine võib kaasa tuua süsteemi, mida enam ei saagi " -"laadida. Sestap ärge muutke siin midagi, mille muutmise vajalikkuses te " -"täiesti kindel ei ole." - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/minimal-install.xml:3 -msgid "Minimal Install" -msgstr "Minimaalne paigaldus" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/minimal-install.xml:9 -msgid "" -"You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the " -"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></" -"xref>." -msgstr "" -"Kui paketigruppide ekraanil jätta kõik valimata, saab kasutada minimaalset " -"paigaldust, vt. <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/minimal-install.xml:10 +#: en/setupSCSI.xml:26 msgid "" -"Minimal Installation is intended for those with specific uses in mind for " -"their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised " -"workstation. You will probably use this option combined with Manual Package " -"Selection, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"See on mõeldud neile, kel mõlgub <application>Mageia</application> jaoks " -"meeles midagi erilist, näiteks server või spetsiaalne tööjaam. Tõenäoliselt " -"oleks seda mõttekas kasutada koos pakettide ükshaaval valimisega, vt. <xref " -"linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/minimal-install.xml:14 -msgid "" -"If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer " -"you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X." -msgstr "" -"Kui valite niisuguse paigaldamise, saab järgmisel ekraanil üht-teist " -"täpsustada, näiteks lasta paigaldada ka dokumentatsioon või X." - -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/minimal-install.xml:19 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/securityLevel.xml:12 -msgid "Security Level" -msgstr "Turbetase" - -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/securityLevel.xml:19 +#: en/setupSCSI.xml:32 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers " +"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " +"fail to recognise the drive." msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/securityLevel.xml:24 -msgid "You can adjust your security level here." -msgstr "Siin saab kohandada oma arvuti turbetaset." +"DrakX tuvastab tavaliselt kõvakettad korrektselt. Mõne vanema SCSI " +"kontrolleri korral aga ei suudeta korrektselt tuvastada vajalikku draiverit " +"ja seetõttu ka ketast ära tunda." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/securityLevel.xml:27 +#: en/setupSCSI.xml:36 msgid "" -"Leave the default settings as they are, if you don't know what to choose." +"If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) " +"you have." msgstr "" -"Kui te ei ole kindel, ärge hakake siin midagi muutma, vaid jätke kehtima " -"vaikimisi määratu." +"Kui nii peaks juhtuma, tuleb DrakX-ile käsitsi selgeks teha, millised SCSI " +"seadmed teil on." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/securityLevel.xml:30 -msgid "" -"After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings " -"in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center." -msgstr "" -"Pärast paigaldamist on alati võimalik turvalisusega seotud seadistusi muuta " -"Mageia juhtimiskeskuse sektsioonis <guilabel>Turvalisus</guilabel>." +#: en/setupSCSI.xml:39 +msgid "DrakX should then be able to configure the drive(s) correctly." +msgstr "Seejärel peaks DrakX olema võimeline kettad korrektselt seadistama." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/selectCountry.xml:13 -msgid "Select your Country / Region" -msgstr "Riigi / piirkonna valimine" +#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:4 +msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted" +msgstr "Kõvaketta vormindamise kinnitamine" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 +#. test comment - johnr +#. 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct +#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I +#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD +#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/selectCountry.xml:21 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/selectCountry.xml:27 +#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19 msgid "" -"Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, " -"like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country " -"can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network." +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" +"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"Valige oma riik või piirkond. See on oluline paljudele muudele " -"seadistustele, näiteks valuuta või juhtmeta side regulatsioonipiirkond. Vale " -"riigi määramisel võib juhtuda, et Te ei saagi juhtmeta sidet kasutada." +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" +"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/selectCountry.xml:32 -msgid "" -"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</" -"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." -msgstr "" -"Kui teie riiki nimekirjas pole, klõpsake nupule <guilabel>Muud valikud</" -"guilabel> ja valige oma riik / piirkond sealt." - -#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/selectCountry.xml:37 +#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24 msgid "" -"If your country is only in the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> list, " -"after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the " -"first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real " +"Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your " "choice." msgstr "" -"Kui teie riik esineb ainult <guilabel>muude valikute</guilabel> nimekirjas, " -"siis võib pärast <guibutton>Olgu</guibutton> klõpsamist paista, nagu oleks " -"valitud riik esimesest nimekirjast. Ärge laske ennast sellest häirida, DrakX " -"arvestab teie tegeliku valikuga." - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/selectCountry.xml:46 -msgid "Input method" -msgstr "Sisestusmeetod" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/selectCountry.xml:49 -msgid "" -"In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an " -"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input " -"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " -"default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India Live-" -"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method " -"so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input methods(SCIM, " -"GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be installed if you " -"added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." -msgstr "" -"<guilabel>Muude riikide</guilabel> ekraanil saab ka valida sisestusmeetodi " -"(nimekirjast allpool). See võimaldab kasutajal sisestada keerukate " -"märgisüsteemide märke (hiina, jaapani, korea jm kirjad). IBus on vaikimisi " -"sisestusmeetod Mageia DVD-del ning Aafrika/India ja Aasia/Mitte-India LiveCD-" -"del. Aasia ja Aafrika lokaatide korral määratakse IBus vaikimisi " -"sisestusmeetodiks, nii et kasutaja ei pea seda ise käsitsi määrama. Teised " -"sisestusmeetodid (SCIM, GCIN, HIME jne) pakuvad sarnaseid võimalusi ning " -"neid saab paigaldada, kui lisada enne paketivalikut HTTP või FTP andmekandja." - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/selectCountry.xml:61 -msgid "" -"If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it " -"after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -> " -"\"System\", or by running localedrake as root." -msgstr "" -"Kui jätsite paigaldamise ajal sisestusmeetodi valimata, saab seda teha " -"pärast paigaldatud süsteemi laadimist, valides \"Arvuti seadistamine\" -> " -"\"Süsteem\" või käivitades administraatorina localedrake'i." - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/media_selection.xml:3 -msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)" -msgstr "Andmekandjate valik (mittevaba tarkvara)" - -#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media) -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong) -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/media_selection.xml:12 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" -"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" -"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/media_selection.xml:18 -msgid "" -"Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are " -"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories " -"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " -"the next steps." -msgstr "" -"Siin näeb saadaolevate tarkvarahoidlate nimekirja. Sõltuvalt paigaldamiseks " -"valitud andmekandjast võib saadaval olla ainult osa võimalikke hoidlaid. " -"Hoidlate valik määrab selle, milliseid tarkvarapakette on järgmistel " -"etappidel võimalik paigaldada." - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/media_selection.xml:25 -msgid "" -"The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains " -"the base of the distribution." -msgstr "" -"Hoidlat <emphasis>Core</emphasis> (tuumiktarkvara) ei saa välja jätta, sest " -"see sisaldab distributsiooni põhikomponente." - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/media_selection.xml:30 -msgid "" -"The <emphasis>Non-free</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-" -"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source " -"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " -"nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi " -"cards, etc." -msgstr "" -"Hoidla <emphasis>Non-free</emphasis> (mittevaba tarkvara) sidaldab pakette, " -"mis on küll tasuta, nii et Mageia võib neid levitada, aga sisaldavad kinnise " -"lähtekoodiga tarkvara (sellest ka nimi \"mittevaba\" ehk \"non-free\"). " -"Näiteks sisaldab see hoidla nVidia ja ATI graafikakaartide omanduslikke " -"draivereid, mitmesuguste WiFi-kaartide püsivara jms." - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/media_selection.xml:38 -msgid "" -"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under " -"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is " -"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. " -"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed " -"to play commercial video DVD, etc." -msgstr "" -"Hoidla <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> (piirangutega tarkvara) sisaldab " -"pakette, mis on avaldatud vaba litsentsi all. Peamine põhjus, miks osa " -"tarkvarapakette paigutatakse sellesse hoidlasse, seisab selles, et need " -"võivad rikkuda mõnes riigis kehtivaid patendi- ja autoriõiguseseadusi. " -"Näiteks on siin mitmesuguste heli- ja videofailide esitamiseks vajalikud " -"multimeediakoodekid, kommerts-video-DVD-de esitamiseks vajalikud paketid jms." - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:10 -msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)" -msgstr "Andmekandjate valik (täiendavate paigaldusandmekandjate seadistamine)" - -#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"Klõpsake <guibutton>Tagasi</guibutton>, kui te ei ole oma valikus kindel." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24 +#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 msgid "" -"This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can " -"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The " -"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " -"during the next steps." +"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every " +"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." msgstr "" -"Siin on näha juba tuvastatud hoidlad. Võite lisada ka teisi allikaid, kust " -"tarkvarapakette hankida, näiteks plaadi pealt või internetist. Allikate " -"valik määrab, milliseid tarkvarapakette saab järgmistel etappidel kasutada." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29 -msgid "For a network source, there are two steps to follow:" -msgstr "Võrguallika korral tuleb lisaks ette võtta järgmised sammud:" +"Klõpsake <guibutton>Edasi</guibutton>, kui olete kindel ning soovite " +"kustutada kõvakettal kõik partitsioonid, kõik operatsioonisüsteemid ja üldse " +"kõik andmed." -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:33 -msgid "Choosing and activation of the network, if not already up." -msgstr "Valida ja aktiveerida võrk, kui see veel ei tööta." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> " +#~ "partition" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> " +#~ "partitsiooni suuruse muutmine" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:37 -msgid "" -"Selecting a mirror or specifying a URL (very first entry). By selecting a " -"mirror, you have access to the selection of all repositories managed by " -"Mageia, like the non-free , the tainted repositories and the updates. With " -"the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS " -"installation." -msgstr "" -"Valida peegel või määrata URL (esimene kirje). Peegli valimisel saab " -"kasutada kõiki Mageia määratud hoidlaid, sealhulgas mittevaba (non-free) ja " -"piirangutega (tainted) tarkvara ja uuendusi sisaldavaid hoidlaid. URL-i " -"määrates saab kasutada mõnda konkreetset hoidlat või omaenda NFS-allikat." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" +#~ "application> partition. Choose which one should be made smaller to make " +#~ "space for installing <application>Mageia</application>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Teil on mitu <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" +#~ "application> partitsiooni. Valige, millise peaks muutma väiksemaks, et " +#~ "teha ruumi <application>Mageia</application> paigaldusele." #~ msgid "Choose hard disk to erase for <application>Mageia</application>" #~ msgstr "" diff --git a/docs/installer/fr.po b/docs/installer/fr.po index 51c64746..48f19070 100644 --- a/docs/installer/fr.po +++ b/docs/installer/fr.po @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia Installer Help\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-07-07 10:48+0400\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-10-09 20:39+0400\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-06-24 15:56+0200\n" "Last-Translator: lebarhon <lebarhon@free.fr>\n" "Language-Team: French <i18n-fr@ml.mageia.org>\n" @@ -90,6 +90,69 @@ msgstr "" "<application>Mageia</application>, cliquez sur le bouton<guibutton> Notes de " "version.</guibutton>" +#. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 en/media_selection.xml:1 +msgid "en" +msgstr "fr" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:10 +msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)" +msgstr "" +"Sélection de média (Configurer l'installation de média supplémentaires)" + +#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"add_supplemental_media." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-" +"im1\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24 +msgid "" +"This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can " +"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The " +"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " +"during the next steps." +msgstr "" +"Cet écran liste toutes les sources déjà disponibles. Il est possible " +"d'ajouter des sources supplémentaires de paquetages, comme un disque optique " +"ou une source distante. Le choix des sources détermine quels paquetages " +"seront disponibles à l'installation lors des étapes suivantes." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29 +msgid "For a network source, there are two steps to follow:" +msgstr "Pour une source sur le réseau, deux étapes sont nécessaires :" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:33 +msgid "Choosing and activation of the network, if not already up." +msgstr "Choix et activation du réseau, s'il ne l'est pas déjà." + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:37 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Selecting a mirror or specifying a URL (very first entry). By selecting a " +"mirror, you have access to the selection of all repositories managed by " +"Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With " +"the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS " +"installation." +msgstr "" +"Sélectionner un miroir ou spécifier une URL (toute première entrée). " +"Sélectionner un miroir vous donne la possibilité de choisir parmi tous les " +"dépôts gérés par Mageia, tels que le Nonfree, le Tainted et le Update. Avec " +"l'URL, vous pouvez désigner un dépôt spécifique de votre propre réseau NFS." + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:4 msgid "User and Superuser Management" @@ -460,566 +523,679 @@ msgstr "" "formater la(es) partition(s) suggérée(s) par DrakX, ou plus." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:18 -msgid "DrakX, the Mageia Installer" -msgstr "DrakX, l'installateur de Mageia" +#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:5 +msgid "Desktop Selection" +msgstr "Sélection du bureau" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:21 +#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11 msgid "" -"Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia " -"Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as " -"possible." +"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine " +"tune your choice." msgstr "" -"Que vous soyez nouvel utilisateur de GNU-Linux ou expérimenté, " -"l'installateur de Mageia est conçu pour vous rendre l'installation ou la " -"mise à jour aussi aisée que possible." +"En fonction des sélections faites ici, des écrans supplémentaires peuvent " +"apparaître pour préciser les choix." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:29 +#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:13 msgid "" -"The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will " -"start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need." +"After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package " +"installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the " +"<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button" msgstr "" -"L'écran du menu initial présente plusieurs options, cependant l'option par " -"défaut démarre l'installation, ce qui correspondra à ce qui est souhaité la " -"plupart du temps ." +"Après l'(es) étape(s) de sélection, un diaporama s'affiche pendant " +"l'installation des packages. Il peut être invalidé en cliquant sur le bouton " +"<guilabel>Détails</guilabel>" -#. type: Content of: <section><figure><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:35 -msgid "Installation Welcome Screen" -msgstr "Ecran d'accueil de l'installation" +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:20 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:39 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\"> </imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"Choose whether you prefer to use the <application>KDE</application> or " +"<application>Gnome</application> desktop environment. Both come with a full " +"set of useful applications and tools. Tick <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if " +"you want to use neither or both, or if you want something other than the " +"default software choices for these desktop environments. The " +"<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, " +"sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default." msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\" /> </imageobject>" +"Choisir entre les bureaux <application>KDE</application> ou " +"<application>Gnome</application> suivant sa préférence. Les deux proposent " +"un ensemble complet d'applications et d'outils utiles. Cocher " +"<guilabel>Personnaliser</guilabel> pour n'utiliser ni l'un ni l'autre ou les " +"deux ou bien pour obtenir autre chose que les logiciels fournis par défaut " +"pour ces bureaux. Le bureau <application>LXDE</application> est plus léger " +"que les deux précédents, d'esthétique moins léchée et possède moins de " +"paquetages installés par défaut." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure> -#: en/installer.xml:34 en/installer.xml:90 +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:4 +msgid "Package Group Selection" +msgstr "Sélection du groupe de paquetages" + +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:10 msgid "" -"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=" -"\"1\"/>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=" -"\"1\"/>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:47 +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:16 msgid "" -"If there are problems during install, then it may be necessary to use " -"special installation options, see <xref linkend=\"installationOptions\"></" -"xref>." +"Packages have been sorted into groups, to make choosing what you need on " +"your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however " +"more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which " +"become visible as the mouse is hovered over them." msgstr "" -"Si des problèmes se présentent pendant l'installation, il peut alors être " -"nécessaire d'employer des options d'installation particulières, voir <xref " -"linkend=\"installationOptions\"/>." +"Les paquetages sont triés par groupes pour faciliter le choix de ce qui est " +"nécessaire sur le système. Le contenu de ces groupes est évident, cependant, " +"des informations complémentaires sur chacun d'entre eux est disponible dans " +"l'infobulle qui devient visible lorsque la souris les survole." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:52 -msgid "The installation steps" -msgstr "Les étapes de l'installation" +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:23 +msgid "Workstation." +msgstr "Poste de travail." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:55 +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:27 +msgid "Server." +msgstr "Serveur." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:31 +msgid "Graphical Environment." +msgstr "Environnement graphique" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:35 msgid "" -"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed " -"on the side panel of the screen." +"Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or " +"remove packages." msgstr "" -"Le processus d'installation se divise en étapes successives qui peuvent être " -"suivies dans le panneau latéral à gauche de l'écran." +"Sélection Individuelle des Paquetages : Utiliser cette option pour ajouter " +"ou retirer manuellement des paquetages." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:58 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:39 msgid "" -"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</" -"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options." +"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do " +"a minimal install." msgstr "" -"Chaque étape contient un ou plusieurs écrans qui peuvent à leur tour " -"présenter un bouton <guibutton>Avancé</guibutton> qui offre des options " -"supplémentaires moins communes." +"Lire <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> pour avoir des indications " +"sur la manière de réaliser une installation minimale." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:62 +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4 +msgid "Choose Individual Packages" +msgstr "Choisir individuellement des paquetages" + +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11 msgid "" -"Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further " -"explanations about the current step." +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"La plupart des écrans présentent un bouton d'<guibutton>Aide</guibutton> qui " -"apporte davantage d'explications au sujet de l'étape en cours." +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/installer.xml:66 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17 msgid "" -"If somewhere during install you decide to stop the installation, it is " -"possible to reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a " -"partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your " -"computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well " -"leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure " -"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys " -"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " -"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot." +"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation." msgstr "" -"Si vous décidez d'arrêter l'installation à un moment donné de son " -"déroulement, il est possible de redémarrer, mais bien y réfléchir avant. " -"Lorsqu'une partition a été formatée ou lorsque des mises à jour ont commencé " -"à être écrites, l'ordinateur n'est plus dans le même état et le redémarrage " -"peut très bien rendre le système inutilisable. Si malgré tout, vous êtes " -"sûrs de vouloir redémarrer, ouvrir une console en appuyant simultanément sur " -"les trois touches <guibutton>alt ctrl F2</guibutton>. Ensuite appuyer " -"simultanément sur les trois touches <guibutton>alt ctrl suppr</guibutton> " -"pour redémarrer." - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:80 -msgid "Installation options" -msgstr "Options d'installation" +"Il est possible ici d'ajouter n'importe quel paquetage supplémentaire pour " +"personnaliser l'installation." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:83 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20 msgid "" -"If the installation fails then it may be necessary to try again by using one " -"of the extra options available by hitting the <guibutton>F1 (Help)</" -"guibutton> key see <xref linkend=\"dx-welcome\"></xref>" +"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</" +"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving " +"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same " +"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and " +"choosing to load it." msgstr "" -"Si l'installation échoue, alors il peut être nécessaire d'essayer à nouveau " -"en faisant appel à l'une des options disponibles en appuyant sur la touche " -"<guibutton>F1 (Aide) </guibutton> voir <xref linkend=\"dx-welcome\"></xref>" +"Après avoir fait son choix, cliquer sur <guibutton>l'icône de la disquette</" +"guibutton> en bas de la page pour enregistrer le choix des paquetages (il " +"est aussi possible de l'enregistrer sur une clé USB). Utiliser alors ce " +"fichier pour réaliser l'installation des mêmes paquetages sur un autre " +"système, en cliquant sur la même icône pendant l'installation et en " +"choisissant de charger le fichier." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:87 -msgid "This will open the following text based help." -msgstr "Cela affichera l'aide suivante en mode texte." +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/configureServices.xml:12 +msgid "Configure your Services" +msgstr "Configurer les Services" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:91 -msgid "Installation Help Screen" -msgstr "Ecran d'aide de l'installation" +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/configureServices.xml:21 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:96 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureServices.xml:27 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system." msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" +"Désigner ici quels services doivent (ne doivent pas) s'activer au démarrage " +"du système." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:105 -msgid "Installation Problems and Possible Solutions" -msgstr "Problèmes d'installation et solutions possibles" +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureServices.xml:30 +msgid "" +"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and " +"see all services in it." +msgstr "" +"Il y a quatre groupes, cliquer sur le triangle devant chaque groupe pour le " +"déployer et voir tous les services qu'il contient." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:111 -msgid "No Graphical Interface" -msgstr "Pas d'interface graphique" +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureServices.xml:34 +msgid "The setting DrakX chose are usually good." +msgstr "Les choix réalisés par DrakX sont généralement les bons." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:116 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureServices.xml:37 msgid "" -"After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " -"This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low " -"resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt." +"If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info " +"box below." msgstr "" -"Après l'écran initial, vous n'obtenez pas l'écran de sélection de la langue. " -"Cela peut arriver avec certaines cartes graphiques et vieux systèmes. " -"Essayez d'utiliser une basse résolution en tapant <code>vgalo</code> à " -"l'invite." +"Si un service est mis en surbrillance, des informations à son sujet sont " +"disponibles dans l'infobulle en dessous." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:123 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureServices.xml:41 +msgid "Only change things when you know very well what you are doing." +msgstr "Ne modifier quelque chose qu'avec la certitude de bien faire." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:12 +msgid "Configure your Timezone" +msgstr "Configurer le fuseau horaire" + +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 msgid "" -"If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " -"In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit " -"ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be " -"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit " -"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode.<emphasis></emphasis>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." +"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"Si le matériel est très vieux, une installation graphique peut être " -"impossible. Dans ce cas il est nécessaire de tenter une installation en mode " -"texte. Pour cela, appuyer sur la touche ECHAP au moment du premier écran " -"d'accueil et confirmer en appuyant sur ENTREE. Un écran noir avec le mot " -"\"boot\" va apparaître. Taper \"text\" et appuyer sur ENTREE. Continuer " -"ensuite avec l'installation en mode texte.<emphasis></emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:135 -msgid "The Install Freezes" -msgstr "L'installation se fige" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." +"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:138 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26 msgid "" -"If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a " -"problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of " -"hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type " -"<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with " -"other options as necessary." +"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the " +"same time zone." msgstr "" -"Si le système semble se figer pendant l'installation, cela peut provenir " -"d'un problème de détection du matériel. Dans ce cas, la détection " -"automatique peut être escamotée et traitée ultérieurement. Pour tenter " -"cela, tapez <code>noauto</code> à l'invite. Cette option peut être combinée " -"avec les précédentes si nécessaire.." +"Choisir le fuseau horaire en choisissant le pays ou la ville la plus proche " +"dans le même fuseau." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:147 -msgid "Kernel Options" -msgstr "Options du noyau" +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30 +msgid "" +"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to " +"GMT, also known as UTC." +msgstr "" +"Dans l'écran suivant, il est possible de régler l'horloge système à l'heure " +"locale ou GMT, aussi appelée UTC." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:150 +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35 msgid "" -"These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " -"available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " -"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e." -"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." +"If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they " +"are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT." msgstr "" -"Cela sera rarement nécessaire, mais dans certains cas, le matériel peut " -"détecter la mémoire vive (RAM) disponible de manière incorrecte. Pour la " -"spécifier manuellement, utilisez le paramètre <code>mem=xxxM</code> où xxx " -"est la quantité correcte de RAM. Par exemple <code>mem=256M</code> pour " -"spécifier 256Mo de RAM." +"En cas de plusieurs systèmes d'exploitation sur l'ordinateur, il doivent " +"tous être réglés sur la même heure (heure locale ou GMT/UTC)." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:23 -msgid "Install or Upgrade" -msgstr "Installation ou Mise à jour" +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11 +msgid "Choose an X Server (Configure your Graphic Card)" +msgstr "Choisissez un serveur d'affichage (serveur X)" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:27 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectinstallClass.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34 -msgid "Install" -msgstr "Installation" +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21 +msgid "" +"DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually " +"correctly identify your video device." +msgstr "" +"L'outil d'installation a une base de données assez complète des cartes " +"graphiques et identifie en général correctement votre matériel." -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:36 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24 msgid "" -"Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation." +"If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know " +"which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:" msgstr "" -"Choisir cette option pour une nouvelle installation de <application>Mageia</" -"application>." +"Si l'installateur n'a pas détecté correctement votre carte graphique et si " +"vous connaissez celle-ci, vous pouvez le sélectionner dans l'arborescence :" -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:41 -msgid "Upgrade" -msgstr "Mise à jour" +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69 +msgid "vendor" +msgstr "le vendeur" -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:43 +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:31 +msgid "then the name of your card" +msgstr "nom de la carte graphique" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:35 +msgid "and the type of card" +msgstr "et le type de carte." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:39 msgid "" -"If you have one or more <application>Mageia 2</application> installations on " -"your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the " -"latest release." +"If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in " +"the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the " +"Xorg category" msgstr "" -"S'il existe une ou plusieurs installations de <application>Mageia 2</" -"application> sur le système, l'installateur permet la mise à jour de l'une " -"d'elles au niveau de la dernière version." +"Si vous ne trouvez pas votre carte dans la liste du fabricant, parce qu'elle " +"n'est pas encore répertoriée ou qu'elle est trop ancienne, vous pouvez " +"espérer trouver un pilote adapté dans la catégorie <emphasis>Xorg</emphasis>." -#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:49 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to " -"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been " -"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " -"the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an " -"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you " -"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " -"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</" -"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." +"The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card " +"drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the " +"option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities." msgstr "" -"Si vous décidez d'arrêter l'installation à un moment donné de son " -"déroulement, il est possible de redémarrer, mais bien y réfléchir avant. " -"Lorsqu'une partition a été formatée ou lorsque des mises à jour ont commencé " -"à être écrites, l'ordinateur n'est plus dans le même état et le redémarrage " -"peut très bien rendre le système inutilisable. Si malgré tout, vous êtes " -"sûrs de vouloir redémarrer, ouvrir une console en appuyant simultanément sur " -"les trois touches <guibutton>alt ctrl F2</guibutton>. Ensuite appuyer " -"simultanément sur les trois touches <guibutton>alt ctrl suppr</guibutton> " -"pour redémarrer." +"La catégorie <emphasis>Xorg</emphasis> contient plus de 40 pilotes " +"génériques et libres. Si vous ne trouvez pas de pilotes correspondant à " +"votre carte, vous pouvez sélectionner le pilote <emphasis>vesa</emphasis> " +"qui fournit des possibilités basiques pour la plupart des cartes." -#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> -#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:60 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48 msgid "" -"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you " -"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " -"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</" -"emphasis> do this later in the install." +"Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access " +"to the Commandline Interface." msgstr "" -"En cas d'oubli de sélection d'une langue supplémentaire, il est possible de " -"revenir depuis l'écran \"Installation ou mise à jour\" à l'écran de choix " -"des langues en appuyant simultanément sur les touches <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " -"Début</guilabel> (<guilabel>Début</guilabel> ou<guilabel>Home</guilabel> ou " -"<guilabel>flèche vers le haut à gauche</guilabel>). <emphasis>Ne pas</" -"emphasis> faire cela plus loin dans l'installation." +"Soyez conscients que vous n'aurez accès qu'à la ligne de commande si le " +"pilote sélectionné est inadapté." -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14 -msgid "Keyboard" -msgstr "Clavier" +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51 +msgid "" +"Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which " +"may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from " +"the card manufacturers' websites." +msgstr "" +"Certains pilotes sont fournis par les fabricants et en licence non ouverte " +"et ne peuvent être installés que si vous avez accepté le dépôt \"Nonfree\"." +"Dans certains cas, les pilotes ne sont accessibles que sur des sites " +"Internet du fabricant et sont à installer après le démarrage de Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:17 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable " -"keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout." +"The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them. If " +"you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot." msgstr "" -"DrakX sélectionne une disposition de clavier adaptée à votre langue. Si " -"aucune disposition convenable n'est trouvée, il choisira par défaut le " -"clavier US." +"Les dépôts \"Nonfree\" doivent être activés de façon explicite pour y " +"accéder, il est conseillé de le faire après le premier redémarrage." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4 +msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration" +msgstr "Configuration de X, de la carte graphique et du moniteur" +#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22 +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\"/" -"> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupX.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX-im1\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18 +msgid "" +"No matter which graphical environment (also known as desktop environment) " +"you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are " +"all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window " +"System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for " +"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or " +"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</" +"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can " +"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you " +"think the choice is incorrect." +msgstr "" +"Quelque soit l'environnement graphique (connu aussi sous le nom de bureau) " +"choisi pour cette installation de <application>Mageia</application>, il est " +"basé sur une interface utilisateur graphique appelée <acronym>X-Window</" +"acronym>, ou simplement <acronym>X</acronym>. Ainsi pour assurer le " +"fonctionnement de <acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, " +"<acronym>LXDE</acronym> ou n'importe quel autre environnement graphique, les " +"paramètres suivants de <acronym>X</acronym> doivent être corrects. Choisir " +"les paramètres corrects si <application>DrakX</application> ne détermine " +"rien ou bien si les choix réalisés ne semblent pas corrects." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30 +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31 msgid "" -"Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. " -"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications " -"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a " -"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " -"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en." -"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card " +"from the list if needed." msgstr "" -"S'assurer que la sélection est correcte ou bien choisir une autre " -"disposition de clavier. Si cette disposition du clavier est inconnue, se " -"référer aux spécifications livrées avec le système ou bien demander au " -"vendeur de l'ordinateur. Il y a peut-être même une étiquette sur le clavier " -"qui fournit cette indication. Il est aussi possible de regarder ici : <link " -"xlink:href=\"http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/" -"Disposition_des_touches_des_claviers_informatiques\">fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/" -"Disposition_des_touches_des_claviers_informatiques</link>" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Carte Graphique </guibutton></emphasis>: Si besoin, " +"choisir la carte dans la liste." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40 +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37 msgid "" -"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</" -"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there." +"<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: You can choose " +"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> when applicable, or choose your monitor " +"from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. " +"Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the " +"horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor." msgstr "" -"Si le clavier n'apparaît pas dans la liste présentée, cliquer sur " -"<guibutton>Davantage</guibutton> pour obtenir une liste complète et y " -"sélectionner le bon clavier." +"<emphasis><guibutton>Moniteur</guibutton></emphasis>: Choisir " +"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> quand cela est possible, ou choisir le " +"moniteur dans la liste des <guilabel>Vendeurs</guilabel> ou bien celle des " +"<guilabel>Génériques</guilabel>. Choisir <guilabel>Personnalisé</guilabel> " +"en cas de préférence pour une configuration manuelle des taux de " +"rafraîchissement horizontaux et verticaux du moniteur." -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para> -#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45 +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45 +msgid "Incorrect refresh rates may damage your monitor" +msgstr "" +"Le moniteur peut être endommagé par des taux de rafraîchissement incorrects." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:51 msgid "" -"After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, " -"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though " -"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " -"and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the " -"full list." +"<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired " +"resolution and color depth of your monitor here." msgstr "" -"Après le choix d'un clavier dans la liste obtenue grâce au clic sur " -"<guibutton>Davantage</guibutton>, le premier choix de clavier revient à " -"l'écran et il semble que c'est ce clavier qui est choisi. Ignorer cette " -"anomalie en toute sécurité et continuer l'installation : Le clavier installé " -"sera bien celui de la liste complète." +"<emphasis><guibutton>Résolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Indiquer ici la " +"résolution et la profondeur de couleur du moniteur." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:55 +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56 msgid "" -"If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an " -"extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin " -"and non-Latin keyboard layouts" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not " +"always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your " +"settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your " +"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. " +"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be " +"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " +"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</" +"emphasis>" msgstr "" -"En cas de choix d'un clavier de caractères non-Latins, un écran " -"supplémentaire apparaîtra pour demander quelle est la préférence pour le " -"passage entre les dispositions latine et non latine." +"<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: Le bouton test n'apparaît " +"pas toujours pendant l'installation. S'il est présent, il est possible de " +"cliquer dessus pour vérifier le résultat des réglages. Si une question " +"apparaît demandant si les réglages sont corrects, répondre \"oui\" et ils " +"seront conservés. Si rien n'est visible, l'écran de configuration va " +"réapparaître et il sera possible de modifier les réglages jusqu'à ce que le " +"test soit satisfaisant.<emphasis> Si le bouton de test n'est pas disponible, " +"redoubler de précautions dans le choix des paramètres.</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67 +msgid "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to " +"enable or disable various options." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Choisir ici de valider " +"ou d'invalider différentes options." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/configureServices.xml:12 -msgid "Configure your Services" -msgstr "Configurer les Services" +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18 +msgid "Choosing your Monitor" +msgstr "Choisissez un moniteur" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:21 +msgid "" +"DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually " +"correctly identify yours." +msgstr "" +"DrakX comporte une importante base de données de moniteurs et en général, " +"votre matériel est bien identifié." + +#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26 +msgid "" +"<emphasis>Selecting a monitor with different characteristics could damage " +"your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing " +"what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor " +"documentation" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Le choix d'un moniteur avec des caractéristiques inappropriées au " +"matériel peut endommager la carte graphique ou le moniteur, en particulier " +"les écrans cathodiques. N'essayez que ce dont vous êtes sûrs.</emphasis> En " +"cas de doute, vous devez consulter la documentation de votre matériel." -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/configureServices.xml:21 +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureServices.xml:27 +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42 +msgid "<emphasis>Custom</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>Personnalisé</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44 msgid "" -"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system." +"This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh " +"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the " +"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are " +"displayed." msgstr "" -"Désigner ici quels services doivent (ne doivent pas) s'activer au démarrage " -"du système." +"Cette option vous permet de spécifier deux paramètres critiques, la " +"fréquence de rafraichissement vertical et la fréquence de synchronisation " +"horizontale. La fréquence de rafraichissement vertical détermine à quelle " +"fréquence l'écran est rafraîchi, tandis que la fréquence de synchronisation " +"horizontale détermine la fréquence à laquelle les lignes sont affichées." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureServices.xml:30 +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49 msgid "" -"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and " -"see all services in it." +"It is <emphasis>VERY IMPORTANT</emphasis> that you do not specify a monitor " +"type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you " +"may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and " +"consult your monitor documentation." msgstr "" -"Il y a quatre groupes, cliquer sur le triangle devant chaque groupe pour le " -"déployer et voir tous les services qu'il contient." +"Il est <emphasis role=\"bold\">très important</emphasis> que les " +"spécifications que vous donnez ne soient pas au-delà des capacités de votre " +"moniteur : vous pourriez endommager votre moniteur. En cas de doute, vous " +"devez choisir une configuration conservatrice et consulter la documentation " +"de votre matériel." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureServices.xml:34 -msgid "The setting DrakX chose are usually good." -msgstr "Les choix réalisés par DrakX sont généralement les bons." +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:55 +msgid "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureServices.xml:37 +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:58 msgid "" -"If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info " -"box below." +"This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the " +"monitor database." msgstr "" -"Si un service est mis en surbrillance, des informations à son sujet sont " -"disponibles dans l'infobulle en dessous." +"C'est l'option par défaut. Le système essaye de déterminer le type de " +"moniteur à partir de la base de données." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureServices.xml:41 -msgid "Only change things when you know very well what you are doing." -msgstr "Ne modifier quelque chose qu'avec la certitude de bien faire." - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:23 -msgid "Please choose a language to use" -msgstr "Veuillez choisir la langue à utiliser" +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63 +msgid "<emphasis>Vendor</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>Vendeur</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:26 +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:65 msgid "" -"Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your " -"continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during " -"the installation and for your installed system." +"If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which " +"one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:" msgstr "" -"Sélectionner la langue désirée en déployant d'abord le continent concerné. " -"<application>Mageia</application> utilisera cette sélection pendant " -"l'installation et pour le système une fois installé." +"Si le système n'a pas déterminé correctement votre matériel et si vous " +"connaissez ses références, vous pouvez le sélectionner dans l'arborescence " +"en sélectionnant dans l'ordre :" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73 +msgid "the monitor manufacturers name" +msgstr "le nom du fabricant du moniteur" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:77 +msgid "the monitor description" +msgstr "la description du moniteur." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:30 +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:82 +msgid "<emphasis>Generic</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>Générique</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84 msgid "" -"If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your " -"system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the " -"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be " -"difficult to add extra language support after installation." +"selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as " +"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is " +"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver " +"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it " +"may be wise to be conservative in your selections." msgstr "" -"S'il est probable que plusieurs langues doivent être installées sur le " -"système, pour vous-même ou pour d'autres utilisateurs, il est préférable " -"alors d'utiliser le bouton <guibutton>Langues multiples</guibutton> pour les " -"ajouter dès maintenant. Il est difficile d'ajouter la prise en charge de " -"langues supplémentaires après l'installation." +"La sélection de ce groupe permet de choisir parmi 30 configurations " +"d'affichage telles que le 1024x768 @ 60Hz et comprend les écrans plats tels " +"qu'utilisés par les portables. c'est souvent un choix adapté lorsque vous " +"utilisez le pilote <emphasis>vesa</emphasis> et que votre matériel graphique " +"ne peut pas être détecté automatiquement. A nouveau, il convient d'être " +"prudent dans vos choix." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:19 +msgid "Custom disk partitioning with DiskDrake" +msgstr "Partitionnement personnalisé du disque avec DiskDrake" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:36 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:44 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:33 msgid "" -"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them " -"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " -"marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ." +"If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " +"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The " +"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " +"set, otherwise your system will be unbootable." msgstr "" -"Même avec l'intention d'installer plusieurs langues, il faut d'abord en " -"choisir une en tant que langue préférée dans le premier écran. Elle sera " -"aussi marquée comme choisie dans l'écran des langues multiples." +"Si vous souhaitez chiffrer la partition <literal>/</literal> il faut d'abord " +"s'assurer que la partition <literal>/boot</literal> est séparée des autres. " +"La partition <literal>/boot</literal> NE doit PAS être chiffrée, sinon le " +"système ne pourra pas s'amorcer." -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:51 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:39 msgid "" -"If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then " -"it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well." +"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, " +"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " +"is in them before you start." msgstr "" -"Si la langue du clavier ne correspond pas à la langue préférée, alors il est " -"conseillé d'installer également la langue du clavier correspondante." +"Définir ici la disposition du(es) disque(s). Il est possible de créer ou de " +"supprimer des partitions, de changer le type du système de fichiers d'une " +"partition, ou de modifier sa taille et même voir ce qu'elle contient avant " +"de démarrer." -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:57 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:42 msgid "" -"Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the " -"\"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your " -"language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages." +"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an " +"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." msgstr "" -"Mageia utilise l'encodage des caractères UTF-8 (Unicode) par défaut. Si cela " -"est inapproprié pour la langue choisie, il est possible de le désactiver " -"dans l'écran des langues multiples. La désactivation de l'encodage UTF-8 " -"s'applique à toutes les langues installées." +"Un onglet est présent pour chaque disque dur détecté et chaque autre " +"périphérique de stockage tel qu'une clé USB. Par exemple sda, sdb et sdc " +"s'ils sont trois." -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:64 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:45 msgid "" -"You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia " -"Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system." +"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected " +"storage device" msgstr "" -"Il est possible de changer la langue du système après l'installation dans le " -"Centre de Contrôle de Mageia -> Système -> Gérer les paramètres locaux " -"de votre système." - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:4 -msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted" -msgstr "Confirmer le disque dur à formater" +"Cliquer sur <guibutton>Supprimer toutes les partitions</guibutton> pour " +"supprimer toutes les partitions du périphérique de stockage sélectionné." -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 -#. test comment - johnr -#. 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct -#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I -#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD -#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:47 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" -"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, " +"or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it." msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" -"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"Pour toutes les autres actions : Cliquer d'abord sur la partition concernée. " +"Ensuite, l'observer, choisir un système de fichiers et un point de montage, " +"la redimensionner ou la supprimer." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24 -msgid "" -"Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your " -"choice." -msgstr "" -"Cliquer sur <guibutton>Précédent</guibutton> en cas d'incertitude sur la " -"sélection du bon disque dur." +#: en/diskdrake.xml:49 +msgid "Continue until you adjusted everything to your wishes." +msgstr "Continuer jusqu'à ce que tout soit conforme aux désirs." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 -msgid "" -"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every " -"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." -msgstr "" -"Cliquer sur <guibutton>Suivant</guibutton> en cas de certitude avec la " -"volonté d'effacer toutes les partitions, tous les systèmes d'exploitation et " -"toutes les données présents sur ce disque dur." +#: en/diskdrake.xml:51 +msgid "Click <guibutton>Done</guibutton> when you're ready." +msgstr "Cliquer sur <guibutton>Terminer</guibutton> quand tout est correct.." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:25 @@ -1206,237 +1382,64 @@ msgstr "" "Assurez vous aussi que toutes les partitions sont créées avec un nombre pair " "de Mo." -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:5 -msgid "Desktop Selection" -msgstr "Sélection du bureau" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11 -msgid "" -"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine " -"tune your choice." -msgstr "" -"En fonction des sélections faites ici, des écrans supplémentaires peuvent " -"apparaître pour préciser les choix." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:13 -msgid "" -"After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package " -"installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the " -"<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button" -msgstr "" -"Après l'(es) étape(s) de sélection, un diaporama s'affiche pendant " -"l'installation des packages. Il peut être invalidé en cliquant sur le bouton " -"<guilabel>Détails</guilabel>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:20 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:26 -msgid "" -"Choose whether you prefer to use the <application>KDE</application> or " -"<application>Gnome</application> desktop environment. Both come with a full " -"set of useful applications and tools. Tick <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if " -"you want to use neither or both, or if you want something other than the " -"default software choices for these desktop environments. The " -"<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, " -"sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default." -msgstr "" -"Choisir entre les bureaux <application>KDE</application> ou " -"<application>Gnome</application> suivant sa préférence. Les deux proposent " -"un ensemble complet d'applications et d'outils utiles. Cocher " -"<guilabel>Personnaliser</guilabel> pour n'utiliser ni l'un ni l'autre ou les " -"deux ou bien pour obtenir autre chose que les logiciels fournis par défaut " -"pour ces bureaux. Le bureau <application>LXDE</application> est plus léger " -"que les deux précédents, d'esthétique moins léchée et possède moins de " -"paquetages installés par défaut." - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:4 -msgid "Package Group Selection" -msgstr "Sélection du groupe de paquetages" - -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:10 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups." -"png\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:16 -msgid "" -"Packages have been sorted into groups, to make choosing what you need on " -"your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however " -"more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which " -"become visible as the mouse is hovered over them." -msgstr "" -"Les paquetages sont triés par groupes pour faciliter le choix de ce qui est " -"nécessaire sur le système. Le contenu de ces groupes est évident, cependant, " -"des informations complémentaires sur chacun d'entre eux est disponible dans " -"l'infobulle qui devient visible lorsque la souris les survole." - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:23 -msgid "Workstation." -msgstr "Poste de travail." - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:27 -msgid "Server." -msgstr "Serveur." - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:31 -msgid "Graphical Environment." -msgstr "Environnement graphique" - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:35 -msgid "" -"Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or " -"remove packages." -msgstr "" -"Sélection Individuelle des Paquetages : Utiliser cette option pour ajouter " -"ou retirer manuellement des paquetages." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:39 -msgid "" -"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do " -"a minimal install." -msgstr "" -"Lire <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> pour avoir des indications " -"sur la manière de réaliser une installation minimale." - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4 -msgid "Choose Individual Packages" -msgstr "Choisir individuellement des paquetages" - -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17 -msgid "" -"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation." -msgstr "" -"Il est possible ici d'ajouter n'importe quel paquetage supplémentaire pour " -"personnaliser l'installation." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20 -msgid "" -"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</" -"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving " -"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same " -"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and " -"choosing to load it." -msgstr "" -"Après avoir fait son choix, cliquer sur <guibutton>l'icône de la disquette</" -"guibutton> en bas de la page pour enregistrer le choix des paquetages (il " -"est aussi possible de l'enregistrer sur une clé USB). Utiliser alors ce " -"fichier pour réaliser l'installation des mêmes paquetages sur un autre " -"système, en cliquant sur la même icône pendant l'installation et en " -"choisissant de charger le fichier." - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:19 -msgid "Custom disk partitioning with DiskDrake" -msgstr "Partitionnement personnalisé du disque avec DiskDrake" +#. type: Content of: <article><info><title> +#: en/DrakX.xml:3 +msgid "Installation with DrakX" +msgstr "Installation avec DrakX" -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:26 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> +#: en/DrakX.xml:6 +msgid "<note>" +msgstr "<note>" -#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:33 +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> +#: en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" -"If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " -"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The " -"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " -"set, otherwise your system will be unbootable." +"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " +"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " +"while installing." msgstr "" -"Si vous souhaitez chiffrer la partition <literal>/</literal> il faut d'abord " -"s'assurer que la partition <literal>/boot</literal> est séparée des autres. " -"La partition <literal>/boot</literal> NE doit PAS être chiffrée, sinon le " -"système ne pourra pas s'amorcer." +"Lors d'une installation, seuls certains écrans présentés ci-après " +"apparaissent, en fonction de votre matériel et des choix d'installation que " +"vous faites." -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:39 -msgid "" -"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, " -"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " -"is in them before you start." -msgstr "" -"Définir ici la disposition du(es) disque(s). Il est possible de créer ou de " -"supprimer des partitions, de changer le type du système de fichiers d'une " -"partition, ou de modifier sa taille et même voir ce qu'elle contient avant " -"de démarrer." +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakX.xml:10 +msgid "</note>" +msgstr "</note>" -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:42 +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" -"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an " -"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." +"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " +"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" +"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." msgstr "" -"Un onglet est présent pour chaque disque dur détecté et chaque autre " -"périphérique de stockage tel qu'une clé USB. Par exemple sda, sdb et sdc " -"s'ils sont trois." +"Les textes et les copies d'écrans de ce manuel sont disponibles sous la " +"licence CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-" +"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>" -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:45 +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" -"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected " -"storage device" +"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." msgstr "" -"Cliquer sur <guibutton>Supprimer toutes les partitions</guibutton> pour " -"supprimer toutes les partitions du périphérique de stockage sélectionné." +"Ce manuel a été réalisé avec l'aide de <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco." +"com\">Calenco CMS</link> développé par <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz" +"\">NeoDoc</link>" -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:47 +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" -"For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, " -"or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it." +"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" +"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" +"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." msgstr "" -"Pour toutes les autres actions : Cliquer d'abord sur la partition concernée. " -"Ensuite, l'observer, choisir un système de fichiers et un point de montage, " -"la redimensionner ou la supprimer." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:49 -msgid "Continue until you adjusted everything to your wishes." -msgstr "Continuer jusqu'à ce que tout soit conforme aux désirs." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:51 -msgid "Click <guibutton>Done</guibutton> when you're ready." -msgstr "Cliquer sur <guibutton>Terminer</guibutton> quand tout est correct.." +"Il est rédigé par des bénévoles sur leur temps libre. Si vous désirez aider " +"à l'amélioration de ce manuel, veuillez contacter <link ns6:href=\"https://" +"wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">l'Equipe de documentation</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/exitInstall.xml:4 @@ -1573,6 +1576,235 @@ msgstr "" "<guibutton>Suivant</guibutton> pour continuer." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:18 +msgid "DrakX, the Mageia Installer" +msgstr "DrakX, l'installateur de Mageia" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:21 +msgid "" +"Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia " +"Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as " +"possible." +msgstr "" +"Que vous soyez nouvel utilisateur de GNU-Linux ou expérimenté, " +"l'installateur de Mageia est conçu pour vous rendre l'installation ou la " +"mise à jour aussi aisée que possible." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:29 +msgid "" +"The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will " +"start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need." +msgstr "" +"L'écran du menu initial présente plusieurs options, cependant l'option par " +"défaut démarre l'installation, ce qui correspondra à ce qui est souhaité la " +"plupart du temps ." + +#. type: Content of: <section><figure><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:35 +msgid "Installation Welcome Screen" +msgstr "Ecran d'accueil de l'installation" + +#. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject> +#: en/installer.xml:39 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\"> </imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\" /> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure> +#: en/installer.xml:34 en/installer.xml:90 +msgid "" +"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=" +"\"1\"/>" +msgstr "" +"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=" +"\"1\"/>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:47 +msgid "" +"If there are problems during install, then it may be necessary to use " +"special installation options, see <xref linkend=\"installationOptions\"></" +"xref>." +msgstr "" +"Si des problèmes se présentent pendant l'installation, il peut alors être " +"nécessaire d'employer des options d'installation particulières, voir <xref " +"linkend=\"installationOptions\"/>." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:52 +msgid "The installation steps" +msgstr "Les étapes de l'installation" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:55 +msgid "" +"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed " +"on the side panel of the screen." +msgstr "" +"Le processus d'installation se divise en étapes successives qui peuvent être " +"suivies dans le panneau latéral à gauche de l'écran." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:58 +msgid "" +"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</" +"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options." +msgstr "" +"Chaque étape contient un ou plusieurs écrans qui peuvent à leur tour " +"présenter un bouton <guibutton>Avancé</guibutton> qui offre des options " +"supplémentaires moins communes." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:62 +msgid "" +"Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further " +"explanations about the current step." +msgstr "" +"La plupart des écrans présentent un bouton d'<guibutton>Aide</guibutton> qui " +"apporte davantage d'explications au sujet de l'étape en cours." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> +#: en/installer.xml:66 +msgid "" +"If somewhere during install you decide to stop the installation, it is " +"possible to reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a " +"partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your " +"computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well " +"leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure " +"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys " +"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " +"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot." +msgstr "" +"Si vous décidez d'arrêter l'installation à un moment donné de son " +"déroulement, il est possible de redémarrer, mais bien y réfléchir avant. " +"Lorsqu'une partition a été formatée ou lorsque des mises à jour ont commencé " +"à être écrites, l'ordinateur n'est plus dans le même état et le redémarrage " +"peut très bien rendre le système inutilisable. Si malgré tout, vous êtes " +"sûrs de vouloir redémarrer, ouvrir une console en appuyant simultanément sur " +"les trois touches <guibutton>alt ctrl F2</guibutton>. Ensuite appuyer " +"simultanément sur les trois touches <guibutton>alt ctrl suppr</guibutton> " +"pour redémarrer." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:80 +msgid "Installation options" +msgstr "Options d'installation" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:83 +msgid "" +"If the installation fails then it may be necessary to try again by using one " +"of the extra options available by hitting the <guibutton>F1 (Help)</" +"guibutton> key see <xref linkend=\"dx-welcome\"></xref>" +msgstr "" +"Si l'installation échoue, alors il peut être nécessaire d'essayer à nouveau " +"en faisant appel à l'une des options disponibles en appuyant sur la touche " +"<guibutton>F1 (Aide) </guibutton> voir <xref linkend=\"dx-welcome\"></xref>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:87 +msgid "This will open the following text based help." +msgstr "Cela affichera l'aide suivante en mode texte." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:91 +msgid "Installation Help Screen" +msgstr "Ecran d'aide de l'installation" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><mediaobject> +#: en/installer.xml:96 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:105 +msgid "Installation Problems and Possible Solutions" +msgstr "Problèmes d'installation et solutions possibles" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:111 +msgid "No Graphical Interface" +msgstr "Pas d'interface graphique" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/installer.xml:116 +msgid "" +"After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " +"This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low " +"resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt." +msgstr "" +"Après l'écran initial, vous n'obtenez pas l'écran de sélection de la langue. " +"Cela peut arriver avec certaines cartes graphiques et vieux systèmes. " +"Essayez d'utiliser une basse résolution en tapant <code>vgalo</code> à " +"l'invite." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/installer.xml:123 +msgid "" +"If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " +"In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit " +"ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be " +"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit " +"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode.<emphasis></emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Si le matériel est très vieux, une installation graphique peut être " +"impossible. Dans ce cas il est nécessaire de tenter une installation en mode " +"texte. Pour cela, appuyer sur la touche ECHAP au moment du premier écran " +"d'accueil et confirmer en appuyant sur ENTREE. Un écran noir avec le mot " +"\"boot\" va apparaître. Taper \"text\" et appuyer sur ENTREE. Continuer " +"ensuite avec l'installation en mode texte.<emphasis></emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:135 +msgid "The Install Freezes" +msgstr "L'installation se fige" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:138 +msgid "" +"If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a " +"problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of " +"hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type " +"<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with " +"other options as necessary." +msgstr "" +"Si le système semble se figer pendant l'installation, cela peut provenir " +"d'un problème de détection du matériel. Dans ce cas, la détection " +"automatique peut être escamotée et traitée ultérieurement. Pour tenter " +"cela, tapez <code>noauto</code> à l'invite. Cette option peut être combinée " +"avec les précédentes si nécessaire.." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:147 +msgid "Kernel Options" +msgstr "Options du noyau" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:150 +msgid "" +"These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " +"available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " +"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e." +"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." +msgstr "" +"Cela sera rarement nécessaire, mais dans certains cas, le matériel peut " +"détecter la mémoire vive (RAM) disponible de manière incorrecte. Pour la " +"spécifier manuellement, utilisez le paramètre <code>mem=xxxM</code> où xxx " +"est la quantité correcte de RAM. Par exemple <code>mem=256M</code> pour " +"spécifier 256Mo de RAM." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/installUpdates.xml:3 msgid "Updates" msgstr "Mises à jour" @@ -1618,6 +1850,130 @@ msgid "Then press <guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue" msgstr "Cliquer sur <guibutton>Suivant</guibutton> pour continuer" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/media_selection.xml:3 +msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)" +msgstr "Sélection des média (Nonfree)" + +#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media) +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong) +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/media_selection.xml:12 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/media_selection.xml:18 +msgid "" +"Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are " +"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories " +"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " +"the next steps." +msgstr "" +"Vous avez ici la liste des dépôts disponibles. Leur disponibilité dépend du " +"média utilisé pour réaliser l'installation. Le choix des dépôts détermine " +"quels seront les paquetages proposés à l'installation au cours des étapes " +"suivantes." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/media_selection.xml:25 +msgid "" +"The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains " +"the base of the distribution." +msgstr "" +"Le dépôt <emphasis>Core</emphasis> est obligatoire car il contient la base " +"de la distribution." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/media_selection.xml:30 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-" +"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source " +"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " +"nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi " +"cards, etc." +msgstr "" +"Le dépôt <emphasis>Non-free</emphasis> comprend les paquetages qui sont " +"gratuits, Mageia peut donc les distribuer, mais ils contiennent du logiciel " +"soumis à des droits (d'où le nom Nonfree, signifiant Non libre). Par " +"exemple, dans ce dépôt se trouvent les pilotes propriétaires des cartes " +"graphiques nVidia et ATI, les firmwares de diverses cartes Wifi, etc." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/media_selection.xml:38 +msgid "" +"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under " +"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is " +"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. " +"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed " +"to play commercial video DVD, etc." +msgstr "" +"Le dépôt <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> comprend les paquetages publiés sous " +"licence libre. La principale raison qui fait placer un paquetage dans ce " +"dépôt est qu'il peut violer des lois de protection des droits d'auteur dans " +"certains pays, en général, des codecs Multimedia nécessaires à l'exécution " +"de divers fichiers audio/video; ou bien des paquetages nécessaires pour " +"jouer des DVD vidéo commerciaux, etc." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/minimal-install.xml:3 +msgid "Minimal Install" +msgstr "Installation minimale" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/minimal-install.xml:9 +msgid "" +"You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the " +"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></" +"xref>." +msgstr "" +"Il est possible de choisir une installation minimale en dé-sélectionnant " +"tout dans l'écran Sélection du groupe de paquetages, voir <xref linkend=" +"\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/minimal-install.xml:10 +msgid "" +"Minimal Installation is intended for those with specific uses in mind for " +"their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised " +"workstation. You will probably use this option combined with Manual Package " +"Selection, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." +msgstr "" +"L'installation minimale est destinée à ceux qui envisagent des utilisations " +"spécifiques pour leur <application>Mageia</application>, telles qu'un " +"serveur ou une station de travail spécialisée. Il est probable que cette " +"option soit employée en combinaison avec la Sélection Individuelle des " +"Paquetages, voir <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/minimal-install.xml:14 +msgid "" +"If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer " +"you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X." +msgstr "" +"Avec le choix de cette classe d'installation, l'écran suivant propose " +"d'installer quelques extras utiles tels que de la documentation et X." + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/minimal-install.xml:19 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:3 msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters" msgstr "Résumé des différents paramètres" @@ -1843,10 +2199,11 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Réseau :</guilabel>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:163 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "You can configure your network here, but for network cards with non-free " "drivers it is better to do that after reboot, in the <application>Mageia " -"Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the non-free media " +"Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the Nonfree media " "repositories." msgstr "" "Il est possible de configurer le réseau ici, mais pour les cartes réseau " @@ -1944,117 +2301,375 @@ msgstr "" "Garder à l'esprit que tout autoriser (pas de pare-feu) est très risqué." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:12 -msgid "Configure your Timezone" -msgstr "Configurer le fuseau horaire" +#: en/securityLevel.xml:12 +msgid "Security Level" +msgstr "Niveau de Sécurité" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" #. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 +#: en/securityLevel.xml:19 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." -"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." -"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26 +#: en/securityLevel.xml:24 +msgid "You can adjust your security level here." +msgstr "Choisir ici le niveau de sécurité souhaité." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/securityLevel.xml:27 msgid "" -"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the " -"same time zone." +"Leave the default settings as they are, if you don't know what to choose." +msgstr "Laisser les valeurs par défaut si les choix à faire sont inconnus." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/securityLevel.xml:30 +msgid "" +"After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings " +"in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center." msgstr "" -"Choisir le fuseau horaire en choisissant le pays ou la ville la plus proche " -"dans le même fuseau." +"Après l'installation, il sera toujours possible de régler les paramètres de " +"sécurité dans le volet <guilabel>Sécurité </guilabel>dans le Centre de " +"Contrôle de Mageia." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/selectCountry.xml:13 +msgid "Select your Country / Region" +msgstr "Sélection du Pays / Région" + +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/selectCountry.xml:21 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30 +#: en/selectCountry.xml:27 msgid "" -"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to " -"GMT, also known as UTC." +"Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, " +"like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country " +"can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network." msgstr "" -"Dans l'écran suivant, il est possible de régler l'horloge système à l'heure " -"locale ou GMT, aussi appelée UTC." +"Sélectionner le pays ou la région. Cela est important pour définir bien des " +"paramètres comme la monnaie ou le domaine de régulation du wi-fi. Choisir un " +"pays erroné peut mener à l'incapacité d'utiliser le réseau par wi-fi." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/selectCountry.xml:32 +msgid "" +"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</" +"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." +msgstr "" +"Si le pays désiré n'est pas dans la liste, cliquer sur le bouton " +"<guilabel>Autres pays</guilabel> et choisir ici le pays ou la région." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35 +#: en/selectCountry.xml:37 msgid "" -"If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they " -"are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT." +"If your country is only in the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> list, " +"after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the " +"first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real " +"choice." msgstr "" -"En cas de plusieurs systèmes d'exploitation sur l'ordinateur, il doivent " -"tous être réglés sur la même heure (heure locale ou GMT/UTC)." +"Si le pays désiré ne figure que dans la liste <guilabel>Autres pays</" +"guilabel>, après avoir cliqué sur <guibutton>OK</guibutton>, il peut sembler " +"qu'un pays de la première liste soit sélectionné. Veuillez ignorer cela, " +"DrakX respectera votre choix." -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:17 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/selectCountry.xml:46 +msgid "Input method" +msgstr "Méthode de saisie" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/selectCountry.xml:49 msgid "" -"Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> " -"partition" +"In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an " +"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input " +"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " +"default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India Live-" +"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method " +"so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input methods(SCIM, " +"GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be installed if you " +"added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." msgstr "" -"Redimensionner la partition <application>Windows<superscript>®</" -"superscript></application>" +"Dans l'écran <guilabel>Autres pays</guilabel>, une méthode de saisie des " +"caractères peut être sélectionnée (à la fin de la liste). Les méthodes de " +"saisie permettent aux utilisateurs de saisir des caractères asiatiques " +"(chinois, japonais, coréen...) La méthode par défaut est IBus dans les DVD " +"Mageia et dans les CD Live Africa/India et Asia/no-India. Dans les " +"localisations africaines et asiatiques, IBus est la méthode de saisie " +"paramétrée par défaut, de telle sorte que les utilisateurs n'ont pas à la " +"paramétrer manuellement. D'autres méthodes de saisie (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, " +"etc) fournissent des fonctions similaires également et peuvent être ajoutées " +"lors de l'installation si vous ajoutez une connexion au réseau Internet " +"avant la sélection des paquetages." -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:21 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> +#: en/selectCountry.xml:61 msgid "" -"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" -"application> partition. Choose which one should be made smaller to make " -"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>." +"If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it " +"after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -> " +"\"System\", or by running localedrake as root." msgstr "" -"S'il existe plusieurs partitions <application>Windows<superscript>®</" -"superscript></application>, choisir laquelle doit être diminuée pour libérer " -"la place nécessaire à l'installation de <application>Mageia</application>." +"Si la méthode de saisie n'est pas configurée pendant la phase " +"d'installation, vous pouvez le faire après le démarrage de Mageia par " +"\"Configurer votre ordinateur\" -> \"Système\", ou en exécutant " +"\"localedrake\" en tant que super-utilisateur." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/setupSCSI.xml:11 -msgid "Setup SCSI" -msgstr "Configuration du SCSI" +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:23 +msgid "Install or Upgrade" +msgstr "Installation ou Mise à jour" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 -#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) -#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the -#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/setupSCSI.xml:26 +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:27 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectinstallClass.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34 +msgid "Install" +msgstr "Installation" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:36 +msgid "" +"Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation." +msgstr "" +"Choisir cette option pour une nouvelle installation de <application>Mageia</" +"application>." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:41 +msgid "Upgrade" +msgstr "Mise à jour" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:43 +msgid "" +"If you have one or more <application>Mageia 2</application> installations on " +"your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the " +"latest release." +msgstr "" +"S'il existe une ou plusieurs installations de <application>Mageia 2</" +"application> sur le système, l'installateur permet la mise à jour de l'une " +"d'elles au niveau de la dernière version." + +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:49 +msgid "" +"If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to " +"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been " +"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " +"the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an " +"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you " +"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " +"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</" +"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." +msgstr "" +"Si vous décidez d'arrêter l'installation à un moment donné de son " +"déroulement, il est possible de redémarrer, mais bien y réfléchir avant. " +"Lorsqu'une partition a été formatée ou lorsque des mises à jour ont commencé " +"à être écrites, l'ordinateur n'est plus dans le même état et le redémarrage " +"peut très bien rendre le système inutilisable. Si malgré tout, vous êtes " +"sûrs de vouloir redémarrer, ouvrir une console en appuyant simultanément sur " +"les trois touches <guibutton>alt ctrl F2</guibutton>. Ensuite appuyer " +"simultanément sur les trois touches <guibutton>alt ctrl suppr</guibutton> " +"pour redémarrer." + +#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:60 +msgid "" +"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you " +"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " +"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</" +"emphasis> do this later in the install." +msgstr "" +"En cas d'oubli de sélection d'une langue supplémentaire, il est possible de " +"revenir depuis l'écran \"Installation ou mise à jour\" à l'écran de choix " +"des langues en appuyant simultanément sur les touches <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " +"Début</guilabel> (<guilabel>Début</guilabel> ou<guilabel>Home</guilabel> ou " +"<guilabel>flèche vers le haut à gauche</guilabel>). <emphasis>Ne pas</" +"emphasis> faire cela plus loin dans l'installation." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14 +msgid "Keyboard" +msgstr "Clavier" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupSCSI.xml:32 +#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:17 msgid "" -"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers " -"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " -"fail to recognise the drive." +"DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable " +"keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout." msgstr "" -"DrakX détecte habituellement les disques durs correctement. Il peut " -"cependant échouer dans la détection de certains contrôleurs SCSI anciens et " -"en conséquence être incapable d'installer les pilotes requis." +"DrakX sélectionne une disposition de clavier adaptée à votre langue. Si " +"aucune disposition convenable n'est trouvée, il choisira par défaut le " +"clavier US." + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\"/" +"> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. " +"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications " +"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a " +"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " +"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en." +"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" +msgstr "" +"S'assurer que la sélection est correcte ou bien choisir une autre " +"disposition de clavier. Si cette disposition du clavier est inconnue, se " +"référer aux spécifications livrées avec le système ou bien demander au " +"vendeur de l'ordinateur. Il y a peut-être même une étiquette sur le clavier " +"qui fournit cette indication. Il est aussi possible de regarder ici : <link " +"xlink:href=\"http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/" +"Disposition_des_touches_des_claviers_informatiques\">fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/" +"Disposition_des_touches_des_claviers_informatiques</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40 +msgid "" +"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</" +"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there." +msgstr "" +"Si le clavier n'apparaît pas dans la liste présentée, cliquer sur " +"<guibutton>Davantage</guibutton> pour obtenir une liste complète et y " +"sélectionner le bon clavier." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para> +#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45 +msgid "" +"After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, " +"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though " +"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " +"and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the " +"full list." +msgstr "" +"Après le choix d'un clavier dans la liste obtenue grâce au clic sur " +"<guibutton>Davantage</guibutton>, le premier choix de clavier revient à " +"l'écran et il semble que c'est ce clavier qui est choisi. Ignorer cette " +"anomalie en toute sécurité et continuer l'installation : Le clavier installé " +"sera bien celui de la liste complète." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:55 +msgid "" +"If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an " +"extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin " +"and non-Latin keyboard layouts" +msgstr "" +"En cas de choix d'un clavier de caractères non-Latins, un écran " +"supplémentaire apparaîtra pour demander quelle est la préférence pour le " +"passage entre les dispositions latine et non latine." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:23 +msgid "Please choose a language to use" +msgstr "Veuillez choisir la langue à utiliser" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupSCSI.xml:36 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:26 msgid "" -"If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) " -"you have." +"Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your " +"continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during " +"the installation and for your installed system." msgstr "" -"Si cela se produit, il faut indiquer manuellement à Drakx quel(s) " -"périphérique(s) SCSI sont présents." +"Sélectionner la langue désirée en déployant d'abord le continent concerné. " +"<application>Mageia</application> utilisera cette sélection pendant " +"l'installation et pour le système une fois installé." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupSCSI.xml:39 -msgid "DrakX should then be able to configure the drive(s) correctly." -msgstr "DrakX pourra alors les configurer correctement." +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:30 +msgid "" +"If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your " +"system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the " +"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be " +"difficult to add extra language support after installation." +msgstr "" +"S'il est probable que plusieurs langues doivent être installées sur le " +"système, pour vous-même ou pour d'autres utilisateurs, il est préférable " +"alors d'utiliser le bouton <guibutton>Langues multiples</guibutton> pour les " +"ajouter dès maintenant. Il est difficile d'ajouter la prise en charge de " +"langues supplémentaires après l'installation." + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:36 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:44 +msgid "" +"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them " +"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " +"marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ." +msgstr "" +"Même avec l'intention d'installer plusieurs langues, il faut d'abord en " +"choisir une en tant que langue préférée dans le premier écran. Elle sera " +"aussi marquée comme choisie dans l'écran des langues multiples." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:51 +msgid "" +"If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then " +"it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well." +msgstr "" +"Si la langue du clavier ne correspond pas à la langue préférée, alors il est " +"conseillé d'installer également la langue du clavier correspondante." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:57 +msgid "" +"Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the " +"\"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your " +"language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages." +msgstr "" +"Mageia utilise l'encodage des caractères UTF-8 (Unicode) par défaut. Si cela " +"est inapproprié pour la langue choisie, il est possible de le désactiver " +"dans l'écran des langues multiples. La désactivation de l'encodage UTF-8 " +"s'applique à toutes les langues installées." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:64 +msgid "" +"You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia " +"Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system." +msgstr "" +"Il est possible de changer la langue du système après l'installation dans le " +"Centre de Contrôle de Mageia -> Système -> Gérer les paramètres locaux " +"de votre système." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectMouse.xml:4 @@ -2104,6 +2719,82 @@ msgstr "" "à six boutons ou plus." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:5 +msgid "Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry" +msgstr "Ajouter ou Modifier une Entrée de Menu de Démarrage" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:10 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=" +"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:17 +msgid "" +"You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the " +"relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen " +"and editing the screen that pops up on top of it." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez ajouter une entrée ou en modifier une après l'avoir " +"sélectionnée, en pressant le bouton correspondant dans l'écran de " +"<emphasis>Configuration du démarrage</emphasis> et en éditant les entrées de " +"la fenêtre qui s'ouvre à ce moment." + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:21 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=" +"\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:26 +msgid "" +"Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an " +"entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one." +msgstr "" +"Le changement du nom d'une entrée et l'activation de la case à cocher pour " +"définir l'entrée par défaut sont des actions qui ne comportent pas de " +"risques." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:27 +msgid "" +"You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely." +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez ajouter votre propre version du numéro d'une entrée ou la " +"renommer complètement." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:28 +msgid "" +"The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a " +"choice while booting up." +msgstr "" +"L'entrée par défaut est celle qui est choisie lorsque aucun choix n'est fait " +"pendant la phase de démarrage du système." + +#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:29 +msgid "" +"Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " +"just try something without knowing what you are doing." +msgstr "" +"L'édition des autres paramètres peut rendre votre système sans possibilité " +"de démarrage. Soyez sûr de vos actions lorsque vous apportez des " +"modifications dans ce domaine." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:3 msgid "Bootloader main options" msgstr "Principales options du chargeur de démarrage" @@ -2274,802 +2965,109 @@ msgstr "" "tmp à chaque démarrage</guilabel>. Cela aide à maintenir un peu de place " "libre." -#. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> -#: en/DrakX.xml:1 en/media_selection.xml:1 en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 -msgid "en" -msgstr "fr" - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><title> -#: en/DrakX.xml:3 -msgid "Installation with DrakX" -msgstr "Installation avec DrakX" - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> -#: en/DrakX.xml:6 -msgid "<note>" -msgstr "<note>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:7 -msgid "" -"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " -"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " -"while installing." -msgstr "" -"Lors d'une installation, seuls certains écrans présentés ci-après " -"apparaissent, en fonction de votre matériel et des choix d'installation que " -"vous faites." - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:10 -msgid "</note>" -msgstr "</note>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:12 -msgid "" -"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " -"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" -"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." -msgstr "" -"Les textes et les copies d'écrans de ce manuel sont disponibles sous la " -"licence CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-" -"sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:16 -msgid "" -"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." -msgstr "" -"Ce manuel a été réalisé avec l'aide de <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco." -"com\">Calenco CMS</link> développé par <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz" -"\">NeoDoc</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:18 -msgid "" -"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" -"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" -"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." -msgstr "" -"Il est rédigé par des bénévoles sur leur temps libre. Si vous désirez aider " -"à l'amélioration de ce manuel, veuillez contacter <link ns6:href=\"https://" -"wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">l'Equipe de documentation</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11 -msgid "Choose an X Server (Configure your Graphic Card)" -msgstr "Choisissez un serveur d'affichage (serveur X)" - -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21 -msgid "" -"DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually " -"correctly identify your video device." -msgstr "" -"L'outil d'installation a une base de données assez complète des cartes " -"graphiques et identifie en général correctement votre matériel." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24 -msgid "" -"If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know " -"which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:" -msgstr "" -"Si l'installateur n'a pas détecté correctement votre carte graphique et si " -"vous connaissez celle-ci, vous pouvez le sélectionner dans l'arborescence :" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69 -msgid "vendor" -msgstr "" -"le vendeur" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:31 -msgid "then the name of your card" -msgstr "nom de la carte graphique" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:35 -msgid "and the type of card" -msgstr "et le type de carte." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:39 -msgid "" -"If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in " -"the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the " -"Xorg category" -msgstr "" -"Si vous ne trouvez pas votre carte dans la liste du fabricant, parce qu'elle " -"n'est pas encore répertoriée ou qu'elle est trop ancienne, vous pouvez " -"espérer trouver un pilote adapté dans la catégorie <emphasis>Xorg</emphasis>." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card " -"drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the " -"option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities." -msgstr "" -"La catégorie <emphasis>Xorg</emphasis> contient plus de 40 pilotes " -"génériques et libres. Si vous ne trouvez pas de pilotes correspondant à " -"votre carte, vous pouvez sélectionner le pilote <emphasis>vesa</emphasis> " -"qui fournit des possibilités basiques pour la plupart des cartes." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48 -msgid "" -"Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access " -"to the Commandline Interface." -msgstr "" -"Soyez conscients que vous n'aurez accès qu'à la ligne de commande si le " -"pilote sélectionné est inadapté." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51 -msgid "" -"Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which " -"may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from " -"the card manufacturers' websites." -msgstr "" -"Certains pilotes sont fournis par les fabricants et en licence non ouverte " -"et ne peuvent être installés que si vous avez accepté le dépôt \"Nonfree\"." -"Dans certains cas, les pilotes ne sont accessibles que sur " -"des sites Internet du fabricant et sont à installer après le démarrage de " -"Mageia." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55 -msgid "" -"The Nonfree repository need to be explicitly enabled to access them. If you " -"didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot." -msgstr "" -"Les dépôts \"Nonfree\" doivent être activés de façon " -"explicite pour y accéder, il est conseillé de le faire après le premier " -"redémarrage." - #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18 -msgid "Choosing your Monitor" -msgstr "Choisissez un moniteur" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:21 -msgid "" -"DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually " -"correctly identify yours." -msgstr "" -"DrakX comporte une importante base de données de moniteurs et en général, " -"votre matériel est bien identifié." - -#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26 -msgid "" -"<emphasis>Selecting a monitor with different characteristics could damage " -"your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing " -"what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor " -"documentation" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis>Le choix d'un moniteur avec des caractéristiques inappropriées au " -"matériel peut endommager la carte graphique ou le moniteur, en particulier " -"les écrans cathodiques. N'essayez que ce dont vous êtes sûrs.</emphasis> En " -"cas de doute, vous devez consulter la documentation de votre matériel." +#: en/setupSCSI.xml:11 +msgid "Setup SCSI" +msgstr "Configuration du SCSI" +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 +#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) +#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the +#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34 +#: en/setupSCSI.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." -"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." -"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </" "imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42 -msgid "<emphasis>Custom</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>Personnalisé</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44 -msgid "" -"This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh " -"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the " -"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are " -"displayed." -msgstr "" -"Cette option vous permet de spécifier deux paramètres critiques, la " -"fréquence de rafraichissement vertical et la fréquence de synchronisation " -"horizontale. La fréquence de rafraichissement vertical détermine à quelle " -"fréquence l'écran est rafraîchi, tandis que la fréquence de synchronisation " -"horizontale détermine la fréquence à laquelle les lignes sont affichées." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49 -msgid "" -"It is <emphasis>VERY IMPORTANT</emphasis> that you do not specify a monitor " -"type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you " -"may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and " -"consult your monitor documentation." -msgstr "" -"Il est <emphasis role=\"bold\">très important</emphasis> que les " -"spécifications que vous donnez ne soient pas au-delà des capacités de votre " -"moniteur : vous pourriez endommager votre moniteur. En cas de doute, vous " -"devez choisir une configuration conservatrice et consulter la documentation " -"de votre matériel." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:55 -msgid "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:58 -msgid "" -"This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the " -"monitor database." -msgstr "" -"C'est l'option par défaut. Le système essaye de déterminer le type de " -"moniteur à partir de la base de données." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63 -msgid "<emphasis>Vendor</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>Vendeur</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:65 -msgid "" -"If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which " -"one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:" -msgstr "" -"Si le système n'a pas déterminé correctement votre matériel et si vous " -"connaissez ses références, vous pouvez le sélectionner dans l'arborescence " -"en sélectionnant dans l'ordre :" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73 -msgid "the monitor manufacturers name" -msgstr "le nom du fabricant du moniteur" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:77 -msgid "the monitor description" -msgstr "la description du moniteur." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:82 -msgid "<emphasis>Generic</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>Générique</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84 -msgid "" -"selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as " -"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is " -"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver " -"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it " -"may be wise to be conservative in your selections." -msgstr "" -"La sélection de ce groupe permet de choisir parmi 30 configurations " -"d'affichage telles que le 1024x768 @ 60Hz et comprend les écrans plats tels " -"qu'utilisés par les portables. c'est souvent un choix adapté lorsque vous " -"utilisez le pilote <emphasis>vesa</emphasis> et que votre matériel graphique " -"ne peut pas être détecté automatiquement. A nouveau, il convient d'être " -"prudent dans vos choix." - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4 -msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration" -msgstr "Configuration de X, de la carte graphique et du moniteur" - -#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-setupX.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX-im1\"/> </imageobject>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18 -msgid "" -"No matter which graphical environment (also known as desktop environment) " -"you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are " -"all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window " -"System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for " -"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or " -"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</" -"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can " -"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you " -"think the choice is incorrect." -msgstr "" -"Quelque soit l'environnement graphique (connu aussi sous le nom de bureau) " -"choisi pour cette installation de <application>Mageia</application>, il est " -"basé sur une interface utilisateur graphique appelée <acronym>X-Window</" -"acronym>, ou simplement <acronym>X</acronym>. Ainsi pour assurer le " -"fonctionnement de <acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, " -"<acronym>LXDE</acronym> ou n'importe quel autre environnement graphique, les " -"paramètres suivants de <acronym>X</acronym> doivent être corrects. Choisir " -"les paramètres corrects si <application>DrakX</application> ne détermine " -"rien ou bien si les choix réalisés ne semblent pas corrects." - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31 -msgid "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card " -"from the list if needed." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Carte Graphique </guibutton></emphasis>: Si besoin, " -"choisir la carte dans la liste." - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37 -msgid "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: You can choose " -"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> when applicable, or choose your monitor " -"from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. " -"Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the " -"horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Moniteur</guibutton></emphasis>: Choisir " -"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> quand cela est possible, ou choisir le " -"moniteur dans la liste des <guilabel>Vendeurs</guilabel> ou bien celle des " -"<guilabel>Génériques</guilabel>. Choisir <guilabel>Personnalisé</guilabel> " -"en cas de préférence pour une configuration manuelle des taux de " -"rafraîchissement horizontaux et verticaux du moniteur." - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> -#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45 -msgid "Incorrect refresh rates may damage your monitor" -msgstr "" -"Le moniteur peut être endommagé par des taux de rafraîchissement incorrects." - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:51 -msgid "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired " -"resolution and color depth of your monitor here." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Résolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Indiquer ici la " -"résolution et la profondeur de couleur du moniteur." - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56 -msgid "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not " -"always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your " -"settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your " -"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. " -"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be " -"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " -"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</" -"emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: Le bouton test n'apparaît " -"pas toujours pendant l'installation. S'il est présent, il est possible de " -"cliquer dessus pour vérifier le résultat des réglages. Si une question " -"apparaît demandant si les réglages sont corrects, répondre \"oui\" et ils " -"seront conservés. Si rien n'est visible, l'écran de configuration va " -"réapparaître et il sera possible de modifier les réglages jusqu'à ce que le " -"test soit satisfaisant.<emphasis> Si le bouton de test n'est pas disponible, " -"redoubler de précautions dans le choix des paramètres.</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67 -msgid "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to " -"enable or disable various options." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Choisir ici de valider " -"ou d'invalider différentes options." - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:5 -msgid "Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry" -msgstr "Ajouter ou Modifier une Entrée de Menu de Démarrage" - -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:10 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=" -"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"/> </imageobject>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:17 -msgid "" -"You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the " -"relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen " -"and editing the screen that pops up on top of it." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez ajouter une entrée ou en modifier une après l'avoir " -"sélectionnée, en pressant le bouton correspondant dans l'écran de " -"<emphasis>Configuration du démarrage</emphasis> et en éditant les entrées de " -"la fenêtre qui s'ouvre à ce moment." - -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:21 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=" -"\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"/> </imageobject>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:26 -msgid "" -"Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an " -"entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one." -msgstr "" -"Le changement du nom d'une entrée et l'activation de la case à cocher pour " -"définir l'entrée par défaut sont des actions qui ne comportent pas de " -"risques." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:27 -msgid "" -"You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez ajouter votre propre version du numéro d'une entrée ou la " -"renommer complètement." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:28 -msgid "" -"The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a " -"choice while booting up." -msgstr "" -"L'entrée par défaut est celle qui est choisie lorsque aucun choix n'est fait " -"pendant la phase de démarrage du système." - -#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:29 -msgid "" -"Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " -"just try something without knowing what you are doing." -msgstr "" -"L'édition des autres paramètres peut rendre votre système sans possibilité " -"de démarrage. Soyez sûr de vos actions lorsque vous apportez des " -"modifications dans ce domaine." - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/minimal-install.xml:3 -msgid "Minimal Install" -msgstr "Installation minimale" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/minimal-install.xml:9 -msgid "" -"You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the " -"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></" -"xref>." -msgstr "" -"Il est possible de choisir une installation minimale en dé-sélectionnant " -"tout dans l'écran Sélection du groupe de paquetages, voir <xref linkend=" -"\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/minimal-install.xml:10 +#: en/setupSCSI.xml:32 msgid "" -"Minimal Installation is intended for those with specific uses in mind for " -"their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised " -"workstation. You will probably use this option combined with Manual Package " -"Selection, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." +"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers " +"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " +"fail to recognise the drive." msgstr "" -"L'installation minimale est destinée à ceux qui envisagent des utilisations " -"spécifiques pour leur <application>Mageia</application>, telles qu'un " -"serveur ou une station de travail spécialisée. Il est probable que cette " -"option soit employée en combinaison avec la Sélection Individuelle des " -"Paquetages, voir <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." +"DrakX détecte habituellement les disques durs correctement. Il peut " +"cependant échouer dans la détection de certains contrôleurs SCSI anciens et " +"en conséquence être incapable d'installer les pilotes requis." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/minimal-install.xml:14 -msgid "" -"If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer " -"you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X." -msgstr "" -"Avec le choix de cette classe d'installation, l'écran suivant propose " -"d'installer quelques extras utiles tels que de la documentation et X." - -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/minimal-install.xml:19 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/securityLevel.xml:12 -msgid "Security Level" -msgstr "Niveau de Sécurité" - -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/securityLevel.xml:19 +#: en/setupSCSI.xml:36 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) " +"you have." msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/securityLevel.xml:24 -msgid "You can adjust your security level here." -msgstr "Choisir ici le niveau de sécurité souhaité." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/securityLevel.xml:27 -msgid "" -"Leave the default settings as they are, if you don't know what to choose." -msgstr "Laisser les valeurs par défaut si les choix à faire sont inconnus." +"Si cela se produit, il faut indiquer manuellement à Drakx quel(s) " +"périphérique(s) SCSI sont présents." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/securityLevel.xml:30 -msgid "" -"After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings " -"in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center." -msgstr "" -"Après l'installation, il sera toujours possible de régler les paramètres de " -"sécurité dans le volet <guilabel>Sécurité </guilabel>dans le Centre de " -"Contrôle de Mageia." +#: en/setupSCSI.xml:39 +msgid "DrakX should then be able to configure the drive(s) correctly." +msgstr "DrakX pourra alors les configurer correctement." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/selectCountry.xml:13 -msgid "Select your Country / Region" -msgstr "Sélection du Pays / Région" +#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:4 +msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted" +msgstr "Confirmer le disque dur à formater" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 +#. test comment - johnr +#. 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct +#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I +#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD +#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/selectCountry.xml:21 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/selectCountry.xml:27 +#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19 msgid "" -"Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, " -"like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country " -"can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network." +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" +"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"Sélectionner le pays ou la région. Cela est important pour définir bien des " -"paramètres comme la monnaie ou le domaine de régulation du wi-fi. Choisir un " -"pays erroné peut mener à l'incapacité d'utiliser le réseau par wi-fi." +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" +"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/selectCountry.xml:32 -msgid "" -"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</" -"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." -msgstr "" -"Si le pays désiré n'est pas dans la liste, cliquer sur le bouton " -"<guilabel>Autres pays</guilabel> et choisir ici le pays ou la région." - -#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/selectCountry.xml:37 +#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24 msgid "" -"If your country is only in the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> list, " -"after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the " -"first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real " +"Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your " "choice." msgstr "" -"Si le pays désiré ne figure que dans la liste <guilabel>Autres pays</" -"guilabel>, après avoir cliqué sur <guibutton>OK</guibutton>, il peut sembler " -"qu'un pays de la première liste soit sélectionné. Veuillez ignorer cela, " -"DrakX respectera votre choix." - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/selectCountry.xml:46 -msgid "Input method" -msgstr "Méthode de saisie" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/selectCountry.xml:49 -msgid "" -"In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an " -"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input " -"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " -"default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India Live-" -"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method " -"so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input methods(SCIM, " -"GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be installed if you " -"added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." -msgstr "" -"Dans l'écran <guilabel>Autres pays</guilabel>, une méthode de saisie des " -"caractères peut être sélectionnée (à la fin de la liste). Les méthodes de " -"saisie permettent aux utilisateurs de saisir des caractères asiatiques " -"(chinois, japonais, coréen...) La méthode par défaut est IBus dans les DVD " -"Mageia et dans les CD Live Africa/India et Asia/no-India. Dans les " -"localisations africaines et asiatiques, IBus est la méthode de saisie " -"paramétrée par défaut, de telle sorte que les utilisateurs n'ont pas à la " -"paramétrer manuellement. D'autres méthodes de saisie (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, " -"etc) fournissent des fonctions similaires également et peuvent être ajoutées " -"lors de l'installation si vous ajoutez une connexion au réseau Internet " -"avant la sélection des paquetages." - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/selectCountry.xml:61 -msgid "" -"If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it " -"after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -> " -"\"System\", or by running localedrake as root." -msgstr "" -"Si la méthode de saisie n'est pas configurée pendant la phase " -"d'installation, vous pouvez le faire après le démarrage de Mageia par " -"\"Configurer votre ordinateur\" -> \"Système\", ou en exécutant " -"\"localedrake\" en tant que super-utilisateur." - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/media_selection.xml:3 -msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)" -msgstr "Sélection des média (Nonfree)" - -#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media) -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong) -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/media_selection.xml:12 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" -"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" -"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/media_selection.xml:18 -msgid "" -"Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are " -"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories " -"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " -"the next steps." -msgstr "" -"Vous avez ici la liste des dépôts disponibles. Leur disponibilité dépend du " -"média utilisé pour réaliser l'installation. Le choix des dépôts détermine " -"quels seront les paquetages proposés à l'installation au cours des étapes " -"suivantes." - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/media_selection.xml:25 -msgid "" -"The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains " -"the base of the distribution." -msgstr "" -"Le dépôt <emphasis>Core</emphasis> est obligatoire car il contient la base " -"de la distribution." - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/media_selection.xml:30 -msgid "" -"The <emphasis>Non-free</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-" -"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source " -"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " -"nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi " -"cards, etc." -msgstr "" -"Le dépôt <emphasis>Non-free</emphasis> comprend les paquetages qui sont " -"gratuits, Mageia peut donc les distribuer, mais ils contiennent du logiciel " -"soumis à des droits (d'où le nom Nonfree, signifiant Non libre). Par " -"exemple, dans ce dépôt se trouvent les pilotes propriétaires des cartes " -"graphiques nVidia et ATI, les firmwares de diverses cartes Wifi, etc." - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/media_selection.xml:38 -msgid "" -"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under " -"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is " -"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. " -"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed " -"to play commercial video DVD, etc." -msgstr "" -"Le dépôt <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> comprend les paquetages publiés sous " -"licence libre. La principale raison qui fait placer un paquetage dans ce " -"dépôt est qu'il peut violer des lois de protection des droits d'auteur dans " -"certains pays, en général, des codecs Multimedia nécessaires à l'exécution " -"de divers fichiers audio/video; ou bien des paquetages nécessaires pour " -"jouer des DVD vidéo commerciaux, etc." - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:10 -msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)" -msgstr "" -"Sélection de média (Configurer l'installation de média supplémentaires)" - -#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"add_supplemental_media." -"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-" -"im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"Cliquer sur <guibutton>Précédent</guibutton> en cas d'incertitude sur la " +"sélection du bon disque dur." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24 +#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 msgid "" -"This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can " -"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The " -"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " -"during the next steps." +"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every " +"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." msgstr "" -"Cet écran liste toutes les sources déjà disponibles. Il est possible " -"d'ajouter des sources supplémentaires de paquetages, comme un disque optique " -"ou une source distante. Le choix des sources détermine quels paquetages " -"seront disponibles à l'installation lors des étapes suivantes." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29 -msgid "For a network source, there are two steps to follow:" -msgstr "Pour une source sur le réseau, deux étapes sont nécessaires :" +"Cliquer sur <guibutton>Suivant</guibutton> en cas de certitude avec la " +"volonté d'effacer toutes les partitions, tous les systèmes d'exploitation et " +"toutes les données présents sur ce disque dur." -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:33 -msgid "Choosing and activation of the network, if not already up." -msgstr "Choix et activation du réseau, s'il ne l'est pas déjà." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> " +#~ "partition" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Redimensionner la partition <application>Windows<superscript>®</" +#~ "superscript></application>" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:37 -msgid "" -"Selecting a mirror or specifying a URL (very first entry). By selecting a " -"mirror, you have access to the selection of all repositories managed by " -"Mageia, like the non-free , the tainted repositories and the updates. With " -"the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS " -"installation." -msgstr "" -"Sélectionner un miroir ou spécifier une URL (toute première entrée). " -"Sélectionner un miroir vous donne la possibilité de choisir parmi tous les " -"dépôts gérés par Mageia, tels que le Nonfree, le Tainted et le Update. Avec " -"l'URL, vous pouvez désigner un dépôt spécifique de votre propre réseau NFS." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" +#~ "application> partition. Choose which one should be made smaller to make " +#~ "space for installing <application>Mageia</application>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "S'il existe plusieurs partitions <application>Windows<superscript>®</" +#~ "superscript></application>, choisir laquelle doit être diminuée pour " +#~ "libérer la place nécessaire à l'installation de <application>Mageia</" +#~ "application>." #~ msgid "Choose hard disk to erase for <application>Mageia</application>" #~ msgstr "" diff --git a/docs/installer/help.pot b/docs/installer/help.pot index ad3ba003..bd965a78 100644 --- a/docs/installer/help.pot +++ b/docs/installer/help.pot @@ -8,13 +8,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia Installer Help 3.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-07-07 10:48+0400\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-10-09 20:39+0400\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language: \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -75,6 +75,56 @@ msgid "" "click on the <guibutton>Release Notes</guibutton> button." msgstr "" +#. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 en/media_selection.xml:1 +msgid "en" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:10 +msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)" +msgstr "" + +#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" " +"xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24 +msgid "" +"This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can " +"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The " +"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " +"during the next steps." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29 +msgid "For a network source, there are two steps to follow:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:33 +msgid "Choosing and activation of the network, if not already up." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:37 +msgid "" +"Selecting a mirror or specifying a URL (very first entry). By selecting a " +"mirror, you have access to the selection of all repositories managed by " +"Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With " +"the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS " +"installation." +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:4 msgid "User and Superuser Management" @@ -353,429 +403,523 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:18 -msgid "DrakX, the Mageia Installer" +#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:5 +msgid "Desktop Selection" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:21 +#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11 msgid "" -"Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia " -"Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as " -"possible." +"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine " +"tune your choice." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:29 +#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:13 msgid "" -"The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will " -"start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need." +"After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package " +"installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the " +"<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><figure><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:35 -msgid "Installation Welcome Screen" +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:20 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:39 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\"> </imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" +"Choose whether you prefer to use the <application>KDE</application> or " +"<application>Gnome</application> desktop environment. Both come with a full " +"set of useful applications and tools. Tick <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if " +"you want to use neither or both, or if you want something other than the " +"default software choices for these desktop environments. The " +"<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, " +"sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure> -#: en/installer.xml:34 en/installer.xml:90 +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:4 +msgid "Package Group Selection" +msgstr "" + +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:10 msgid "" -"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" " -"id=\"1\"/>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:47 +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:16 msgid "" -"If there are problems during install, then it may be necessary to use " -"special installation options, see <xref " -"linkend=\"installationOptions\"></xref>." +"Packages have been sorted into groups, to make choosing what you need on " +"your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however " +"more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which " +"become visible as the mouse is hovered over them." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:52 -msgid "The installation steps" +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:23 +msgid "Workstation." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:55 -msgid "" -"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed " -"on the side panel of the screen." +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:27 +msgid "Server." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:58 +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:31 +msgid "Graphical Environment." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:35 msgid "" -"Each step has one or more screens which may also have " -"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, " -"options." +"Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or " +"remove packages." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:62 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:39 msgid "" -"Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further " -"explanations about the current step." +"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do " +"a minimal install." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/installer.xml:66 +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4 +msgid "Choose Individual Packages" +msgstr "" + +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11 msgid "" -"If somewhere during install you decide to stop the installation, it is " -"possible to reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a " -"partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your " -"computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well " -"leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure " -"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys " -"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " -"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot." +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:80 -msgid "Installation options" +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17 +msgid "" +"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your " +"installation." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:83 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20 msgid "" -"If the installation fails then it may be necessary to try again by using one " -"of the extra options available by hitting the <guibutton>F1 " -"(Help)</guibutton> key see <xref linkend=\"dx-welcome\"></xref>" +"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy " +"icon</guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages " +"(saving to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the " +"same packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install " +"and choosing to load it." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:87 -msgid "This will open the following text based help." +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/configureServices.xml:12 +msgid "Configure your Services" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:91 -msgid "Installation Help Screen" +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/configureServices.xml:21 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " +"xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:96 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureServices.xml:27 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" +"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your " +"system." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:105 -msgid "Installation Problems and Possible Solutions" +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureServices.xml:30 +msgid "" +"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and " +"see all services in it." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:111 -msgid "No Graphical Interface" +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureServices.xml:34 +msgid "The setting DrakX chose are usually good." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:116 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureServices.xml:37 msgid "" -"After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection " -"screen. This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using " -"low resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt." +"If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info " +"box below." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:123 -msgid "" -"If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be " -"possible. In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use " -"this hit ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be " -"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit " -"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode.<emphasis></emphasis>" +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureServices.xml:41 +msgid "Only change things when you know very well what you are doing." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:135 -msgid "The Install Freezes" +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:12 +msgid "Configure your Timezone" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:138 +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 msgid "" -"If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a " -"problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of " -"hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type " -"<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with " -"other options as necessary." +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " +"xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:147 -msgid "Kernel Options" +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26 +msgid "" +"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the " +"same time zone." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:150 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30 msgid "" -"These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " -"available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " -"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of " -"RAM. e.g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." +"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to " +"GMT, also known as UTC." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35 +msgid "" +"If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they " +"are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:23 -msgid "Install or Upgrade" +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11 +msgid "Choose an X Server (Configure your Graphic Card)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:27 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" " +"xml:id=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34 -msgid "Install" +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21 +msgid "" +"DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually " +"correctly identify your video device." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:36 -msgid "Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation." +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24 +msgid "" +"If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know " +"which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:41 -msgid "Upgrade" +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69 +msgid "vendor" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:43 +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:31 +msgid "then the name of your card" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:35 +msgid "and the type of card" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:39 msgid "" -"If you have one or more <application>Mageia 2</application> installations on " -"your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the " -"latest release." +"If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in " +"the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the " +"Xorg category" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:49 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43 msgid "" -"If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to " -"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been " -"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " -"the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an " -"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you " -"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " -"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " -"Delete</guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." +"The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card " +"drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the " +"option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> -#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:60 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48 msgid "" -"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you " -"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " -"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do " -"<emphasis>not</emphasis> do this later in the install." +"Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access " +"to the Commandline Interface." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14 -msgid "Keyboard" +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51 +msgid "" +"Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which " +"may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from " +"the card manufacturers' websites." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:17 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55 msgid "" -"DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable " -"keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout." +"The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them. If " +"you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4 +msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration" msgstr "" +#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22 +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" " -"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " +"xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18 +msgid "" +"No matter which graphical environment (also known as desktop environment) " +"you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are " +"all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window " +"System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for " +"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or " +"any other graphical environment to work well, the following " +"<acronym>X</acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct " +"settings if you can see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a " +"choice, or if you think the choice is incorrect." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30 +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31 msgid "" -"Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard " -"layout. If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the " -"specifications that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There " -"may even be a label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also " -"look here: <link " -"xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card " +"from the list if needed." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40 +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37 msgid "" -"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on " -"<guibutton>More</guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard " -"there." +"<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: You can choose " +"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> when applicable, or choose your monitor " +"from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> " +"list. Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the " +"horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para> -#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45 +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45 +msgid "Incorrect refresh rates may damage your monitor" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:51 msgid "" -"After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, " -"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though " -"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " -"and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the " -"full list." +"<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired " +"resolution and color depth of your monitor here." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:55 +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56 msgid "" -"If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an " -"extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin " -"and non-Latin keyboard layouts" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not " +"always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your " +"settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your " +"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be " +"kept. If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen " +"and be able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make " +"sure your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't " +"available</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67 +msgid "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to " +"enable or disable various options." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/configureServices.xml:12 -msgid "Configure your Services" +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18 +msgid "Choosing your Monitor" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:21 +msgid "" +"DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually " +"correctly identify yours." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26 +msgid "" +"<emphasis>Selecting a monitor with different characteristics could damage " +"your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing " +"what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor " +"documentation" msgstr "" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/configureServices.xml:21 +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " -"xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" " +"xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureServices.xml:27 +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42 +msgid "<emphasis>Custom</emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44 msgid "" -"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your " -"system." +"This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh " +"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the " +"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are " +"displayed." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureServices.xml:30 +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49 msgid "" -"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and " -"see all services in it." +"It is <emphasis>VERY IMPORTANT</emphasis> that you do not specify a monitor " +"type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you " +"may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and " +"consult your monitor documentation." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureServices.xml:34 -msgid "The setting DrakX chose are usually good." +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:55 +msgid "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureServices.xml:37 +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:58 msgid "" -"If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info " -"box below." +"This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the " +"monitor database." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureServices.xml:41 -msgid "Only change things when you know very well what you are doing." +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63 +msgid "<emphasis>Vendor</emphasis>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:23 -msgid "Please choose a language to use" +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:65 +msgid "" +"If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which " +"one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73 +msgid "the monitor manufacturers name" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:77 +msgid "the monitor description" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:26 -msgid "" -"Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your " -"continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during " -"the installation and for your installed system." +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:82 +msgid "<emphasis>Generic</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:30 +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84 msgid "" -"If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your " -"system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the " -"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be " -"difficult to add extra language support after installation." +"selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as " +"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is " +"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver " +"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it " +"may be wise to be conservative in your selections." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:19 +msgid "Custom disk partitioning with DiskDrake" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:36 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" " +"align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:44 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:33 msgid "" -"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them " -"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " -"marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ." +"If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " +"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The " +"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " +"set, otherwise your system will be unbootable." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:51 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:39 msgid "" -"If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then " -"it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well." +"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, " +"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " +"is in them before you start." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:57 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:42 msgid "" -"Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the " -"\"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your " -"language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages." +"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an " +"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:64 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:45 msgid "" -"You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia " -"Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:4 -msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted" +"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected " +"storage device" msgstr "" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 -#. test comment - johnr -#. 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct -#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I -#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD -#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:47 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, " +"or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24 -msgid "" -"Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your " -"choice." +#: en/diskdrake.xml:49 +msgid "Continue until you adjusted everything to your wishes." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 -msgid "" -"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every " -"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." +#: en/diskdrake.xml:51 +msgid "Click <guibutton>Done</guibutton> when you're ready." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -922,184 +1066,51 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:5 -msgid "Desktop Selection" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11 -msgid "" -"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine " -"tune your choice." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:13 -msgid "" -"After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package " -"installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the " -"<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:20 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:26 -msgid "" -"Choose whether you prefer to use the <application>KDE</application> or " -"<application>Gnome</application> desktop environment. Both come with a full " -"set of useful applications and tools. Tick <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if " -"you want to use neither or both, or if you want something other than the " -"default software choices for these desktop environments. The " -"<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, " -"sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:4 -msgid "Package Group Selection" -msgstr "" - -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:10 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:16 -msgid "" -"Packages have been sorted into groups, to make choosing what you need on " -"your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however " -"more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which " -"become visible as the mouse is hovered over them." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:23 -msgid "Workstation." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:27 -msgid "Server." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:31 -msgid "Graphical Environment." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:35 -msgid "" -"Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or " -"remove packages." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:39 -msgid "" -"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do " -"a minimal install." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4 -msgid "Choose Individual Packages" -msgstr "" - -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17 -msgid "" -"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your " -"installation." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20 -msgid "" -"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy " -"icon</guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages " -"(saving to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the " -"same packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install " -"and choosing to load it." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:19 -msgid "Custom disk partitioning with DiskDrake" +#. type: Content of: <article><info><title> +#: en/DrakX.xml:3 +msgid "Installation with DrakX" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:26 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" " -"align=\"center\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> +#: en/DrakX.xml:6 +msgid "<note>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:33 +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> +#: en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" -"If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " -"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The " -"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " -"set, otherwise your system will be unbootable." +"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " +"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " +"while installing." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:39 -msgid "" -"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, " -"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " -"is in them before you start." +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakX.xml:10 +msgid "</note>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:42 +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" -"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an " -"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." +"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " +"3.0 license <link " +"ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:45 +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" -"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected " -"storage device" +"This manual was produced with the help of the <link " +"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link " +"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:47 +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" -"For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, " -"or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:49 -msgid "Continue until you adjusted everything to your wishes." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:51 -msgid "Click <guibutton>Done</guibutton> when you're ready." +"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link " +"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation " +"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -1206,6 +1217,182 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:18 +msgid "DrakX, the Mageia Installer" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:21 +msgid "" +"Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia " +"Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as " +"possible." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:29 +msgid "" +"The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will " +"start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><figure><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:35 +msgid "Installation Welcome Screen" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject> +#: en/installer.xml:39 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\"> </imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure> +#: en/installer.xml:34 en/installer.xml:90 +msgid "" +"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" " +"id=\"1\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:47 +msgid "" +"If there are problems during install, then it may be necessary to use " +"special installation options, see <xref " +"linkend=\"installationOptions\"></xref>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:52 +msgid "The installation steps" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:55 +msgid "" +"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed " +"on the side panel of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:58 +msgid "" +"Each step has one or more screens which may also have " +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, " +"options." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:62 +msgid "" +"Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further " +"explanations about the current step." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> +#: en/installer.xml:66 +msgid "" +"If somewhere during install you decide to stop the installation, it is " +"possible to reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a " +"partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your " +"computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well " +"leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure " +"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys " +"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " +"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:80 +msgid "Installation options" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:83 +msgid "" +"If the installation fails then it may be necessary to try again by using one " +"of the extra options available by hitting the <guibutton>F1 " +"(Help)</guibutton> key see <xref linkend=\"dx-welcome\"></xref>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:87 +msgid "This will open the following text based help." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:91 +msgid "Installation Help Screen" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><mediaobject> +#: en/installer.xml:96 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:105 +msgid "Installation Problems and Possible Solutions" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:111 +msgid "No Graphical Interface" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/installer.xml:116 +msgid "" +"After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection " +"screen. This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using " +"low resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/installer.xml:123 +msgid "" +"If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be " +"possible. In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use " +"this hit ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be " +"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit " +"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode.<emphasis></emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:135 +msgid "The Install Freezes" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:138 +msgid "" +"If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a " +"problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of " +"hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type " +"<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with " +"other options as necessary." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:147 +msgid "Kernel Options" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:150 +msgid "" +"These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " +"available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " +"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of " +"RAM. e.g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/installUpdates.xml:3 msgid "Updates" msgstr "" @@ -1243,6 +1430,96 @@ msgid "Then press <guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/media_selection.xml:3 +msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)" +msgstr "" + +#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media) +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong) +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/media_selection.xml:12 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" " +"xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/media_selection.xml:18 +msgid "" +"Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are " +"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories " +"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " +"the next steps." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/media_selection.xml:25 +msgid "" +"The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains " +"the base of the distribution." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/media_selection.xml:30 +msgid "" +"The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are " +"free-of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain " +"closed-source software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this " +"repository includes nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, " +"firmware for various WiFi cards, etc." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/media_selection.xml:38 +msgid "" +"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under " +"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is " +"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, " +"e.g. Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages " +"needed to play commercial video DVD, etc." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/minimal-install.xml:3 +msgid "Minimal Install" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/minimal-install.xml:9 +msgid "" +"You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the " +"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref " +"linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/minimal-install.xml:10 +msgid "" +"Minimal Installation is intended for those with specific uses in mind for " +"their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised " +"workstation. You will probably use this option combined with Manual Package " +"Selection, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/minimal-install.xml:14 +msgid "" +"If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer " +"you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/minimal-install.xml:19 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:3 msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters" msgstr "" @@ -1441,7 +1718,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "You can configure your network here, but for network cards with non-free " "drivers it is better to do that after reboot, in the <application>Mageia " -"Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the non-free media " +"Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the Nonfree media " "repositories." msgstr "" @@ -1519,574 +1796,309 @@ msgid "Bear in mind that allowing everything (no firewall) may be very risky." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:12 -msgid "Configure your Timezone" +#: en/securityLevel.xml:12 +msgid "Security Level" msgstr "" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" #. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " -"xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26 -msgid "" -"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the " -"same time zone." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30 -msgid "" -"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to " -"GMT, also known as UTC." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35 -msgid "" -"If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they " -"are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:17 -msgid "" -"Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> " -"partition" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:21 -msgid "" -"You have more than one " -"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partition. " -"Choose which one should be made smaller to make space for installing " -"<application>Mageia</application>." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/setupSCSI.xml:11 -msgid "Setup SCSI" -msgstr "" - -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 -#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) -#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the -#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/setupSCSI.xml:26 +#: en/securityLevel.xml:19 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> " +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> " "</imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupSCSI.xml:32 -msgid "" -"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers " -"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " -"fail to recognise the drive." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupSCSI.xml:36 -msgid "" -"If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) " -"you have." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupSCSI.xml:39 -msgid "DrakX should then be able to configure the drive(s) correctly." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/selectMouse.xml:4 -msgid "Select mouse" -msgstr "" - -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place -#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/selectMouse.xml:16 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/selectMouse.xml:23 -msgid "" -"If you are not happy with how your mouse responds, you can select a " -"different one here." +#: en/securityLevel.xml:24 +msgid "You can adjust your security level here." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/selectMouse.xml:25 -msgid "" -"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB " -"mice</guilabel> is a good choice." +#: en/securityLevel.xml:27 +msgid "Leave the default settings as they are, if you don't know what to choose." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/selectMouse.xml:27 +#: en/securityLevel.xml:30 msgid "" -"Select <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> to " -"configure the buttons that do not work on a mouse with six or more buttons." +"After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings " +"in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:3 -msgid "Bootloader main options" +#: en/selectCountry.xml:13 +msgid "Select your Country / Region" msgstr "" -#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence. -# -#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:11 +#: en/selectCountry.xml:21 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" " -"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:16 +#: en/selectCountry.xml:27 msgid "" -"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by " -"the installer, you can change them here." +"Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, " +"like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country " +"can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:20 -msgid "" -"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case " -"you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " -"allow Mageia to create a new one." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:26 -msgid "The Mageia graphical menus are nice :)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:32 -msgid "Using a Mageia bootloader" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:36 -msgid "" -"By default, Mageia writes a new GRUB (legacy) bootloader into the MBR " -"(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other " -"operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them to your new Mageia " -"boot menu." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:41 -msgid "" -"Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB " -"legacy and Lilo." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:45 +#: en/selectCountry.xml:32 msgid "" -"Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by " -"GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is " -"used." +"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other " +"Countries</guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:49 +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/selectCountry.xml:37 msgid "" -"The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at " -"the Summary page during installation." +"If your country is only in the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> list, " +"after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the " +"first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real " +"choice." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:56 -msgid "Using an existing bootloader" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:60 -msgid "" -"If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember " -"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader " -"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the " -"bootloader install location." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 -msgid "" -"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing " -"MBR. You must select the root partition that you chose during the " -"partitioning phase earlier, e.g. sda7." +#: en/selectCountry.xml:46 +msgid "Input method" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:71 -msgid "To be clear, sda is a device, sda7 is a partition on that device." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:75 +#: en/selectCountry.xml:49 msgid "" -"Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where " -"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to " -"the installer screen." +"In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an " +"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input " +"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " +"default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India " +"Live-CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input " +"method so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input " +"methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be " +"installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:81 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> +#: en/selectCountry.xml:61 msgid "" -"The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader " -"is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve " -"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and " -"add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in " -"question." +"If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it " +"after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -> " +"\"System\", or by running localedrake as root." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:91 -msgid "Bootloader advanced option" +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:23 +msgid "Install or Upgrade" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:95 +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:27 msgid "" -"If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition " -"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on " -"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp " -"at each boot</guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> -#: en/DrakX.xml:1 en/media_selection.xml:1 en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 -msgid "en" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><title> -#: en/DrakX.xml:3 -msgid "Installation with DrakX" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> -#: en/DrakX.xml:6 -msgid "<note>" +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34 +msgid "Install" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:7 -msgid "" -"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " -"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " -"while installing." +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:36 +msgid "Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:10 -msgid "</note>" +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:41 +msgid "Upgrade" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:12 +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:43 msgid "" -"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " -"3.0 license <link " -"ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." +"If you have one or more <application>Mageia 2</application> installations on " +"your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the " +"latest release." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:16 +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:49 msgid "" -"This manual was produced with the help of the <link " -"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link " -"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." +"If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to " +"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been " +"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " +"the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an " +"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you " +"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " +"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " +"Delete</guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:18 +#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:60 msgid "" -"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link " -"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation " -"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." +"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you " +"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " +"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do " +"<emphasis>not</emphasis> do this later in the install." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11 -msgid "Choose an X Server (Configure your Graphic Card)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" " -"xml:id=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21 -msgid "" -"DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually " -"correctly identify your video device." +#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14 +msgid "Keyboard" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24 +#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:17 msgid "" -"If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know " -"which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69 -msgid "vendor" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:31 -msgid "then the name of your card" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:35 -msgid "and the type of card" +"DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable " +"keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:39 +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22 msgid "" -"If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in " -"the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the " -"Xorg category" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" " +"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43 +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30 msgid "" -"The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card " -"drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the " -"option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities." +"Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard " +"layout. If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the " +"specifications that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There " +"may even be a label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also " +"look here: <link " +"xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48 +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40 msgid "" -"Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access " -"to the Commandline Interface." +"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on " +"<guibutton>More</guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard " +"there." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51 +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para> +#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45 msgid "" -"Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which " -"may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from " -"the card manufacturers' websites." +"After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, " +"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though " +"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " +"and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the " +"full list." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55 +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:55 msgid "" -"The Nonfree repository need to be explicitly enabled to access them. If you " -"didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot." +"If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an " +"extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin " +"and non-Latin keyboard layouts" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18 -msgid "Choosing your Monitor" +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:23 +msgid "Please choose a language to use" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:21 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:26 msgid "" -"DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually " -"correctly identify yours." +"Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your " +"continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during " +"the installation and for your installed system." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:30 msgid "" -"<emphasis>Selecting a monitor with different characteristics could damage " -"your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing " -"what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor " -"documentation" +"If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your " +"system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the " +"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be " +"difficult to add extra language support after installation." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" " -"xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42 -msgid "<emphasis>Custom</emphasis>" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:36 msgid "" -"This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh " -"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the " -"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are " -"displayed." +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49 +#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:44 msgid "" -"It is <emphasis>VERY IMPORTANT</emphasis> that you do not specify a monitor " -"type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you " -"may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and " -"consult your monitor documentation." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:55 -msgid "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>" +"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them " +"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " +"marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:58 +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:51 msgid "" -"This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the " -"monitor database." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63 -msgid "<emphasis>Vendor</emphasis>" +"If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then " +"it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:65 +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:57 msgid "" -"If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which " -"one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73 -msgid "the monitor manufacturers name" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:77 -msgid "the monitor description" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:82 -msgid "<emphasis>Generic</emphasis>" +"Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the " +"\"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your " +"language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84 +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:64 msgid "" -"selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as " -"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is " -"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver " -"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it " -"may be wise to be conservative in your selections." +"You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia " +"Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4 -msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration" +#: en/selectMouse.xml:4 +msgid "Select mouse" msgstr "" -#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place +#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11 +#: en/selectMouse.xml:16 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" " -"xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18 -msgid "" -"No matter which graphical environment (also known as desktop environment) " -"you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are " -"all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window " -"System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for " -"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or " -"any other graphical environment to work well, the following " -"<acronym>X</acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct " -"settings if you can see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a " -"choice, or if you think the choice is incorrect." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31 -msgid "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card " -"from the list if needed." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37 -msgid "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: You can choose " -"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> when applicable, or choose your monitor " -"from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> " -"list. Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the " -"horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> -#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45 -msgid "Incorrect refresh rates may damage your monitor" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:51 +#: en/selectMouse.xml:23 msgid "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired " -"resolution and color depth of your monitor here." +"If you are not happy with how your mouse responds, you can select a " +"different one here." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/selectMouse.xml:25 msgid "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not " -"always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your " -"settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your " -"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be " -"kept. If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen " -"and be able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make " -"sure your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't " -"available</emphasis>" +"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB " +"mice</guilabel> is a good choice." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/selectMouse.xml:27 msgid "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to " -"enable or disable various options." +"Select <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> to " +"configure the buttons that do not work on a mouse with six or more buttons." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -2145,233 +2157,205 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/minimal-install.xml:3 -msgid "Minimal Install" +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:3 +msgid "Bootloader main options" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/minimal-install.xml:9 +#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence. +# +#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:11 msgid "" -"You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the " -"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref " -"linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" " +"fileref=\"dx2-setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" " +"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/minimal-install.xml:10 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:16 msgid "" -"Minimal Installation is intended for those with specific uses in mind for " -"their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised " -"workstation. You will probably use this option combined with Manual Package " -"Selection, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." +"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by " +"the installer, you can change them here." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/minimal-install.xml:14 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:20 msgid "" -"If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer " -"you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X." +"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case " +"you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " +"allow Mageia to create a new one." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/minimal-install.xml:19 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" +#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:26 +msgid "The Mageia graphical menus are nice :)" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/securityLevel.xml:12 -msgid "Security Level" +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:32 +msgid "Using a Mageia bootloader" msgstr "" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/securityLevel.xml:19 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:36 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" +"By default, Mageia writes a new GRUB (legacy) bootloader into the MBR " +"(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other " +"operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them to your new Mageia " +"boot menu." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/securityLevel.xml:24 -msgid "You can adjust your security level here." +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:41 +msgid "" +"Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB " +"legacy and Lilo." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/securityLevel.xml:27 -msgid "Leave the default settings as they are, if you don't know what to choose." +#. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:45 +msgid "" +"Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by " +"GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is " +"used." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/securityLevel.xml:30 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:49 msgid "" -"After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings " -"in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center." +"The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at " +"the Summary page during installation." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/selectCountry.xml:13 -msgid "Select your Country / Region" +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:56 +msgid "Using an existing bootloader" msgstr "" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/selectCountry.xml:21 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:60 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" +"If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember " +"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader " +"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the " +"bootloader install location." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/selectCountry.xml:27 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 msgid "" -"Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, " -"like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country " -"can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network." +"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing " +"MBR. You must select the root partition that you chose during the " +"partitioning phase earlier, e.g. sda7." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/selectCountry.xml:32 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:71 +msgid "To be clear, sda is a device, sda7 is a partition on that device." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:75 msgid "" -"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other " -"Countries</guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." +"Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where " +"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to " +"the installer screen." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/selectCountry.xml:37 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:81 msgid "" -"If your country is only in the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> list, " -"after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the " -"first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real " -"choice." +"The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader " +"is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve " +"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and " +"add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in " +"question." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/selectCountry.xml:46 -msgid "Input method" +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:91 +msgid "Bootloader advanced option" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/selectCountry.xml:49 -msgid "" -"In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an " -"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input " -"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " -"default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India " -"Live-CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input " -"method so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input " -"methods(SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be " -"installed if you added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/selectCountry.xml:61 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:95 msgid "" -"If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it " -"after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -> " -"\"System\", or by running localedrake as root." +"If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition " +"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on " +"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp " +"at each boot</guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/media_selection.xml:3 -msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)" +#: en/setupSCSI.xml:11 +msgid "Setup SCSI" msgstr "" -#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media) -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong) +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 +#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) +#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the +#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/media_selection.xml:12 +#: en/setupSCSI.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" " -"xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/media_selection.xml:18 -msgid "" -"Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are " -"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories " -"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " -"the next steps." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/media_selection.xml:25 +#: en/setupSCSI.xml:32 msgid "" -"The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains " -"the base of the distribution." +"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers " +"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " +"fail to recognise the drive." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/media_selection.xml:30 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/setupSCSI.xml:36 msgid "" -"The <emphasis>Non-free</emphasis> repository includes packages that are " -"free-of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain " -"closed-source software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this " -"repository includes nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, " -"firmware for various WiFi cards, etc." +"If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) " +"you have." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/media_selection.xml:38 -msgid "" -"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under " -"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is " -"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, " -"e.g. Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages " -"needed to play commercial video DVD, etc." +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/setupSCSI.xml:39 +msgid "DrakX should then be able to configure the drive(s) correctly." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:10 -msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)" +#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:4 +msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted" msgstr "" -#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 +#. test comment - johnr +#. 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct +#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I +#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD +#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18 +#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" " -"fileref=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" " -"xml:id=\"dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24 +#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24 msgid "" -"This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can " -"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The " -"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " -"during the next steps." +"Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your " +"choice." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29 -msgid "For a network source, there are two steps to follow:" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:33 -msgid "Choosing and activation of the network, if not already up." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:37 +#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 msgid "" -"Selecting a mirror or specifying a URL (very first entry). By selecting a " -"mirror, you have access to the selection of all repositories managed by " -"Mageia, like the non-free , the tainted repositories and the updates. With " -"the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS " -"installation." +"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every " +"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." msgstr "" diff --git a/docs/installer/nl.po b/docs/installer/nl.po index ad94fec1..1991e06f 100644 --- a/docs/installer/nl.po +++ b/docs/installer/nl.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia Installer Help\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-07-07 10:48+0400\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-10-09 20:39+0400\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-06-27 21:38+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Marja van Waes <marja11@xs4all.nl>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <i18n-nl@ml.mageia.org>\n" @@ -87,6 +87,68 @@ msgstr "" "Klik op de <guibutton>Uitgave-opmerkingen</guibutton> knop om te zien wat er " "nieuw is in deze versie van <application>Mageia</application>." +#. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 en/media_selection.xml:1 +msgid "en" +msgstr "nl" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:10 +msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)" +msgstr "Mediaselectie (Configureer aanvullende installatiebronnen)" + +#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24 +msgid "" +"This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can " +"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The " +"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " +"during the next steps." +msgstr "" +"Dit scherm geeft u de lijst van de reeds erkende bronnen. U kunt andere " +"bronnen toevoegen, zoals optische schijven of een bron op afstand. De keuze " +"van de bronnen bepaalt welke pakketten tijdens de volgende stappen " +"beschikbaar zullen zijn." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29 +msgid "For a network source, there are two steps to follow:" +msgstr "Voor een netwerkbron dienen twee stappen gevolgd te worden:" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:33 +msgid "Choosing and activation of the network, if not already up." +msgstr "Kiezen en activeren van een netwerk, tenzij al actief." + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:37 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Selecting a mirror or specifying a URL (very first entry). By selecting a " +"mirror, you have access to the selection of all repositories managed by " +"Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With " +"the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS " +"installation." +msgstr "" +"Kiezen van een mirror of specificeren van een URL (de eerste keuze). Door " +"een mirror te kiezen heeft u toegang tot de selectie van alle bronnen die " +"beheerd worden door Mageia, zoals Nonfree, Tainted en Updates. Met deze URL " +"kunt u ook een specifieke bron opgeven of uw eigen NFS installatie." + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:4 msgid "User and Superuser Management" @@ -454,560 +516,672 @@ msgstr "" "formatteren die DrakX voorstelt, of meer." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:18 -msgid "DrakX, the Mageia Installer" -msgstr "DrakX, het Mageia-installatieprogramma" +#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:5 +msgid "Desktop Selection" +msgstr "Werkomgevingselectie" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:21 +#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11 msgid "" -"Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia " -"Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as " -"possible." +"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine " +"tune your choice." msgstr "" -"DrakX is ontworpen om uw installatie of systeemopwaardering zo gemakkelijk " -"mogelijk te maken, ongeacht of GNU-Linux nieuw is voor u of dat u een " -"ervaren gebruiker bent." +"Afhankelijk van uw keuze hier kan het zijn dat u verdere schermen krijgt om " +"uw keuze te verfijnen." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:29 +#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:13 msgid "" -"The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will " -"start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need." +"After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package " +"installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the " +"<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button" msgstr "" -"Het beginscherm heeft een menu met verscheidene opties, als u niets " -"verandert zal de installatie starten, wat gewoonlijk het enige is dat u " -"nodig heeft." +"Na de keuzestap(pen), zult u tijdens het installeren een diapresentatie " +"zien. In plaats daarvan kunt u gegevens zien over de pakketten die " +"geïnstalleerd worden, door op <guilabel>Details</guilabel> te klikken." -#. type: Content of: <section><figure><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:35 -msgid "Installation Welcome Screen" -msgstr "Allereerste installatiewelkomsscherm" +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:20 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:39 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\"> </imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"Choose whether you prefer to use the <application>KDE</application> or " +"<application>Gnome</application> desktop environment. Both come with a full " +"set of useful applications and tools. Tick <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if " +"you want to use neither or both, or if you want something other than the " +"default software choices for these desktop environments. The " +"<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, " +"sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default." msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\"> </imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"Kies of u de <application>KDE</application>- of de <application>Gnome</" +"application>-werkomgeving wilt hebben. Bij beide is een volledige set " +"toepassingen en gereedschappen inbegrepen. Kies <guilabel>Aangepast</" +"guilabel> als u geen van beide wilt gebruiken of allebei, of als u iets " +"anders wilt dan de standaard software selectie voor deze werkomgevingen. De " +"<application>LXDE</application> werkomgeving vraagt minder van de computer, " +"is minder oogstrelend en heeft een kleinere standaard software selectie dan " +"de twee eerder genoemde." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure> -#: en/installer.xml:34 en/installer.xml:90 +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:4 +msgid "Package Group Selection" +msgstr "Pakketgroepselectie" + +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:10 msgid "" -"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=" -"\"1\"/>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=" -"\"1\"/>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:47 +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:16 msgid "" -"If there are problems during install, then it may be necessary to use " -"special installation options, see <xref linkend=\"installationOptions\"></" -"xref>." +"Packages have been sorted into groups, to make choosing what you need on " +"your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however " +"more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which " +"become visible as the mouse is hovered over them." msgstr "" -"Als er tijdens het installeren problemen zijn, kan het nodig zijn speciale " -"installatie-opties te gebruiken, zie <xref linkend=\"installationOptions\"></" -"xref>." +"De pakketten zijn in groepen verdeeld om het kiezen wat u op uw systeem " +"nodig heeft een stuk gemakkelijker te maken. De groepen zijn zelfverklarend, " +"maar u krijgt meer informatie te zien als u de muis over een groep heen " +"beweegt." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:52 -msgid "The installation steps" -msgstr "De Installatiestappen" +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:23 +msgid "Workstation." +msgstr "Werkstation." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:55 +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:27 +msgid "Server." +msgstr "Server." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:31 +msgid "Graphical Environment." +msgstr "Grafische omgeving." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:35 msgid "" -"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed " -"on the side panel of the screen." +"Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or " +"remove packages." msgstr "" -"Het installatieproces is onderverdeeld in stappen, die in het zijpaneel van " -"de volgende schermen zichtbaar zijn." +"Individuele pakketselectie: U kunt deze optie gebruiken om handmatig " +"pakketten toe te voegen." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:58 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:39 msgid "" -"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</" -"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options." +"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do " +"a minimal install." msgstr "" -"Elke stap bevat één of meerdere schermen die ook knoppen met het label " -"\"<guibutton>Geavanceerd</guibutton>\" kunnen hebben met extra of minder " -"gebruikelijke opties." +"Lees <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> voor instructies over hoe een " +"minimale installatie te doen." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:62 +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4 +msgid "Choose Individual Packages" +msgstr "Softwarebeheer" + +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11 msgid "" -"Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further " -"explanations about the current step." +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"De meeste schermen hebben \"<guibutton>hulp</guibutton>\" knoppen die meer " -"uitleg geven over de desbetreffende stap." +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/installer.xml:66 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17 msgid "" -"If somewhere during install you decide to stop the installation, it is " -"possible to reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a " -"partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your " -"computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well " -"leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure " -"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys " -"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " -"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot." +"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation." msgstr "" -"Als u tijdens het installeren besluit de installatie af te breken, is het " -"mogelijk opnieuw op te starten. Denk a.u.b. goed na voordat u dit doet. " -"Zodra er een partitie geformatteerd is of het installeren van updates is " -"begonnen, bevindt uw computer zich niet meer in dezelfde staat als voorheen. " -"De kans is groot dat u door het afbreken van de installatie met een " -"onbruikbaar systeem komt te zitten. Als u desondanks toch opnieuw wilt " -"opstarten, ga dan naar een tekst terminal door gelijktijdig de drie toetsen " -"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> in te drukken. Druk vervolgens simultaan " -"op <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> om opnieuw op te starten." - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:80 -msgid "Installation options" -msgstr "Installatie-opties" +"Hier kunt u extra pakketten toevoegen of verwijderen om uw installatie aan " +"uw wensen aan te passen." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:83 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20 msgid "" -"If the installation fails then it may be necessary to try again by using one " -"of the extra options available by hitting the <guibutton>F1 (Help)</" -"guibutton> key see <xref linkend=\"dx-welcome\"></xref>" +"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</" +"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving " +"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same " +"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and " +"choosing to load it." msgstr "" -"Als de installatie misgaat, kan het nodig zijn opnieuw te beginnen en één of " -"meer van de opties te gebruiken die u ziet als u op de F1 (Help) toets " -"klikt, zie <xref linkend=\"dx-welcome\"></xref>" +"Nadat u uw keuze gemaakt hebt kunt u onderaan de pagina op de " +"<guibutton>floppy-icoon</guibutton> klikken om uw keuze op te slaan (op een " +"USB-stick opslaan werkt ook). Daarna kunt u dat bestand gebruiken om " +"dezelfde pakketten op een ander systeem te installeren door tijdens de " +"installatie op dezelfde knop te klikken en er voor te kiezen het bestand te " +"laden." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:87 -msgid "This will open the following text based help." -msgstr "Het volgende tekstscherm wordt dan zichtbaar." +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/configureServices.xml:12 +msgid "Configure your Services" +msgstr "Configureer uw diensten" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:91 -msgid "Installation Help Screen" -msgstr "Eerste installatiehulpscherm" +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/configureServices.xml:21 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:96 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureServices.xml:27 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system." msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"Hier kunt u instellen welke diensten (niet) moeten starten als u uw systeem " +"opstart." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:105 -msgid "Installation Problems and Possible Solutions" -msgstr "Installatieproblemen en mogelijke oplossingen" +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureServices.xml:30 +msgid "" +"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and " +"see all services in it." +msgstr "" +"Er zijn vier groepen, klik op het driehoekje voor een groep om hem uit te " +"vouwen en alle diensten erin te zien." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:111 -msgid "No Graphical Interface" -msgstr "Geen grafische interface" +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureServices.xml:34 +msgid "The setting DrakX chose are usually good." +msgstr "De instellingen die DrakX koos zijn in de regel correct." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:116 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureServices.xml:37 msgid "" -"After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " -"This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low " -"resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt." +"If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info " +"box below." msgstr "" -"Na het eerste scherm kwam u niet bij het taalkeuzescherm. Dit kan gebeuren " -"bij sommige grafische kaarten en oudere systemen. Probeer een lagere " -"resolutie te gebruiken door \"vgalo\" te typen bij de \"boot:\"-prompt." +"Als u op een service klikt, ziet u er wat informatie over in het info-vak " +"beneden." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:123 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureServices.xml:41 +msgid "Only change things when you know very well what you are doing." +msgstr "Verander alleen iets als u heel goed weet wat u doet." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:12 +msgid "Configure your Timezone" +msgstr "Configureer uw tijdzone" + +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 msgid "" -"If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " -"In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit " -"ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be " -"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit " -"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode.<emphasis></emphasis>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." +"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"Als de hardware erg oud is, kan grafisch installeren zelfs onmogelijk zijn. " -"In dat geval is het de moeite waard een installatie in tekstmodus te doen. " -"Hiertoe dient u op \"Esc\" te drukken in het eerste welkomsscherm. Daarna " -"krijgt u een vraag die u moet bevestigen. Vervolgens krijgt u een zwart " -"scherm met enkel \"boot:\". Type daar: \"text\" (zonder aanhalingstekens) en " -"druk vervolgens op de entertoets. Ga nu verder met installeren in textmodus." - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:135 -msgid "The Install Freezes" -msgstr "Installatieblokkades" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." +"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:138 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26 msgid "" -"If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a " -"problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of " -"hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type " -"<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with " -"other options as necessary." +"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the " +"same time zone." msgstr "" -"Als het systeem tijdens de installatie blokkeert, kan er een probleem zijn " -"met de hardware detectie. In dit geval kan de automatische detectie van " -"hardware overgeslagen worden om later te regelen. Type \"<literal>noauto</" -"literal>\" bij de prompt om dit te proberen. Deze optie mag zonodig met " -"beide vorige gecombineerd worden." +"Kies uw tijdzone door uw land te kiezen of een stad die zich dicht bij u in " +"dezelfde tijdzone bevindt." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:147 -msgid "Kernel Options" -msgstr "Kernelopties" +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30 +msgid "" +"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to " +"GMT, also known as UTC." +msgstr "" +"In het volgende scherm kunt u kiezen uw hardware clock op lokale tijd in te " +"stellen of op UTC, ook wel GMT genoemd." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:150 +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35 msgid "" -"These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " -"available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " -"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e." -"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." +"If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they " +"are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT." msgstr "" -"Deze zullen zelden nodig zijn, maar in sommige gevallen wordt de beschikbare " -"hoeveelheid RAM onjuist gedetecteerd. U kunt dit handmatig specificeren door " -"de <literal>mem=xxxM</literal> parameter te gebruiken, waarin xxx de juiste " -"hoeveelheid RAM is, bijv. \"<literal>mem=256M</literal>\" betekent 256MB aan " -"RAM." +"Als u meer dan één besturingssysteem op uw computer heeft, zorg dan dat ze " +"allemaal op lokale tijd ingesteld staan, of op UTC/GMT." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:23 -msgid "Install or Upgrade" -msgstr "Installeren of opwaarderen" +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11 +msgid "Choose an X Server (Configure your Graphic Card)" +msgstr "Kies een X-server (Configureer uw grafische kaart)" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:27 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34 -msgid "Install" -msgstr "Installeren" +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21 +msgid "" +"DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually " +"correctly identify your video device." +msgstr "" +"DrakX heeft een veelomvattende gegevensbank van videokaarten en zal uw " +"grafische kaart gewoonlijk juist identificeren." -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:36 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24 msgid "" -"Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation." -msgstr "Kies dit voor een verse <application>Mageia</application>-installatie." +"If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know " +"which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:" +msgstr "" +"Als het installatieprogramma uw videokaart niet correct gedetecteerd heeft " +"en u weet welke u heeft, kunt u deze in de boomstructuur selecteren via:" -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:41 -msgid "Upgrade" -msgstr "Opwaarderen" +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69 +msgid "vendor" +msgstr "Vendor (producent)" -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:43 +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:31 +msgid "then the name of your card" +msgstr "dan de naam van uw kaart" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:35 +msgid "and the type of card" +msgstr "en het type" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:39 msgid "" -"If you have one or more <application>Mageia 2</application> installations on " -"your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the " -"latest release." +"If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in " +"the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the " +"Xorg category" msgstr "" -"Als u één of meer <application>Mageia 2</application>-installaties heeft op " -"uw systeem, kunt u er één uitkiezen om op te waarderen naar de nieuwste " -"uitgave." +"Als u de kaart niet in de Vendor-lijst kunt vinden (omdat ze zich nog niet " +"in de gegevensbank bevindt of omdat het een oudere kaart is), vindt u " +"mogelijk een geschikt stuurprogramma in de Xorg categorie." -#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:49 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43 msgid "" -"If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to " -"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been " -"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " -"the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an " -"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you " -"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " -"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</" -"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." +"The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card " +"drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the " +"option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities." msgstr "" -"Als u tijdens het installeren besluit de installatie af te breken, is het " -"mogelijk opnieuw op te starten. Denk a.u.b. goed na voordat u dit doet. " -"Zodra er een partitie geformatteerd is of het installeren van updates is " -"begonnen, bevindt uw computer zich niet meer in dezelfde staat als voorheen. " -"De kans is groot dat u door het afbreken van de installatie met een " -"onbruikbaar systeem komt te zitten. Als u desondanks toch opnieuw wilt " -"opstarten, ga dan naar een tekst terminal door gelijktijdig de drie toetsen " -"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> in te drukken. Druk vervolgens simultaan " -"op <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> om opnieuw op te starten" +"De Xorg lijst levert meer dan 40 algemene opensource-stuurprogramma's voor " +"videokaarten. Als u nog steeds geen stuurprogramma met de naam van uw kaart " +"kunt vinden, kunt u nog het vesa-stuurprogramma gebruiken dat elementaire " +"mogelijkheden biedt." -#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> -#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:60 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48 msgid "" -"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you " -"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " -"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</" -"emphasis> do this later in the install." +"Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access " +"to the Commandline Interface." msgstr "" -"Als u een extra taal vergat te installeren, kunt u nu nog terug van het " -"\"installeren of opwaarderen\" scherm naar het taalkeuzescherm door " -"gelijktijdig op de toetsen <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel> te drukken. " -"Doe dit <emphasis>niet</emphasis> later tijdens de installatie." +"Let wel: als u een ongeschikt stuurprogramma kiest, heeft u enkel toegang " +"tot de opdrachtregel-interface." -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14 -msgid "Keyboard" -msgstr "Toetsenbord" +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51 +msgid "" +"Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which " +"may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from " +"the card manufacturers' websites." +msgstr "" +"Sommige videokaartproducenten leveren fabrikantsgebonden stuurprogramma's " +"voor Linux die enkel in de Nonfree installatiebronnen beschikbaar zijn en in " +"sommige gevallen uitsluitend op de website van de betreffende fabrikant." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:17 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable " -"keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout." +"The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them. If " +"you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot." msgstr "" -"DrakX selecteert een geschikte toetsenbord-indeling voor uw taal, maar als " -"dat niet lukt zal hij uitgaan van een VS-toetsenbordindeling (US QWERTY)." +"Om toegang tot de Nonfree installatiebronnen te krijgen, moeten ze " +"uitdrukkelijk ingeschakeld worden. Doe dit zonodig meteen nadat u Mageia " +"voor het eerst start." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4 +msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration" +msgstr "Configuratie van grafische kaart en monitor" +#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22 +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18 +msgid "" +"No matter which graphical environment (also known as desktop environment) " +"you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are " +"all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window " +"System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for " +"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or " +"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</" +"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can " +"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you " +"think the choice is incorrect." +msgstr "" +"Welke grafische omgeving (ook bekend als werkomgeving) u ook koos voor deze " +"installatie van <application>Mageia</application>, zij is gebaseerd op een " +"grafisch gebuikersinterfacesysteem met de naam <acronym>X-Windows</acronym>, " +"of eenvoudig <acronym>X</acronym>. Om <acronym>KDE</acronym>, " +"<acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> of welke andere grafische " +"omgeving dan ook goed te laten werken, moeten de volgende instellingen van " +"<acronym>X</acronym> juist zijn. Kies de correcte instellingen als u kunt " +"zien dat <application>DrakX</application> geen keuze maakte, of als u denkt " +"dat de keuze verkeerd is." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30 +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31 msgid "" -"Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. " -"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications " -"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a " -"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " -"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en." -"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card " +"from the list if needed." msgstr "" -"Verzekert u zich er van dat de gekozen selectie juist is. Als u niet weet " -"wat voor indeling uw toetsenbord heeft, kijk dan in de specificaties die " -"meegeleverd werden of vraag het aan de leverancier. Er kan zelfs een label " -"aan het toetsenbord zitten dat de indeling identificeert. U kunt ook hier " -"kijken: <link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en." -"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link> (Engelstalig)" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Grafische kaart</guibutton></emphasis>: Kies zonodig uw " +"kaart uit de lijst." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40 +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37 msgid "" -"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</" -"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there." +"<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: You can choose " +"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> when applicable, or choose your monitor " +"from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. " +"Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the " +"horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor." msgstr "" -"Staat uw toetsenbord niet in de lijst die u ziet, klik dan op " -"<guibutton>Meer</guibutton> om een volledige lijst te krijgen en selecteer " -"uw toetsenbord daar." +"<emphasis><guibutton>Beeldscherm</guibutton></emphasis>: Indien van " +"toepassing kunt u <guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> kiezen, selecteer anders " +"uw monitor in de <guilabel>Fabrikant</guilabel>- of <guilabel>Algemeen</" +"guilabel>-lijst. Neem <guilabel>Aangepast</guilabel> als u liever zelf de " +"horizontale en verticale verversingsfrequenties van uw beeldscherm kiest." -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para> -#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45 +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45 +msgid "Incorrect refresh rates may damage your monitor" +msgstr "Onjuiste verversingsfrequenties kunnen uw monitor beschadigen." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:51 msgid "" -"After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, " -"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though " -"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " -"and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the " -"full list." +"<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired " +"resolution and color depth of your monitor here." msgstr "" -"Nadat u een toetsenbord uit het <guibutton>Meer</guibutton> scherm kiest, " -"keert u terug in het eerste toetsenbordkeuzescherm en zal het lijken alsof " -"een toetsenbord van dat scherm gekozen werd. U kunt deze vergissing met een " -"gerust hart negeren en doorgaan met de installatie: Uw toetsenbordindeling " -"is die welke u uit de volledige lijst koos." +"<emphasis><guibutton>Resolutie</guibutton></emphasis>: Stel hier de gewenste " +"resolutie en kleurdiepte van uw monitor in." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:55 +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56 msgid "" -"If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an " -"extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin " -"and non-Latin keyboard layouts" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not " +"always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your " +"settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your " +"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. " +"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be " +"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " +"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</" +"emphasis>" msgstr "" -"Als u een toetsenbord kiest dat gebaseerd is op niet-Latijnse lettertekens, " -"krijgt u een extra scherm waarin u kunt aangeven hoe u wilt wisselen tussen " -"de Latijnse en niet-Latijnse indeling." +"<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: De testknop verschijnt " +"niet altijd bij het installeren. Als de knop er is, kunt u uw instellingen " +"controleren door erop te klikken. Als u de vraag ziet of uw instelling " +"correct is, kunt u met \"ja\" antwoorden zodat de instellingen bewaard " +"worden. Als u niets ziet, keert u terug naar het configuratiescherm en kunt " +"u alles opnieuw instellen totdat de test goed is. <emphasis>Zorg dat uw " +"instellingen aan de veilige kant zijn als de testknop niet aanwezig is</" +"emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67 +msgid "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to " +"enable or disable various options." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Opties</guibutton></emphasis>: Hier kunt u " +"verschillende opties toestaan of uitschakelen." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/configureServices.xml:12 -msgid "Configure your Services" -msgstr "Configureer uw diensten" +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18 +msgid "Choosing your Monitor" +msgstr "Beeldscherm (Selecteer een monitor)" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:21 +msgid "" +"DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually " +"correctly identify yours." +msgstr "" +"DrakX heeft een uitgebreid gegevensbestand met monitors en zal de uwe " +"gewoonlijk correct identificeren." + +#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26 +msgid "" +"<emphasis>Selecting a monitor with different characteristics could damage " +"your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing " +"what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor " +"documentation" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Door een monitor met verkeerde kenmerken te selecteren, zou u uw " +"beelscherm kunnen beschadigen. Probeer a.u.b. niets zonder te weten wat u " +"doet.</emphasis> Raadpleeg bij twijfel de handleiding van uw monitor." -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/configureServices.xml:21 +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureServices.xml:27 +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42 +msgid "<emphasis>Custom</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>Aangepast</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44 msgid "" -"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system." +"This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh " +"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the " +"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are " +"displayed." msgstr "" -"Hier kunt u instellen welke diensten (niet) moeten starten als u uw systeem " -"opstart." +"Met deze optie kunt u twee cruciale parameters instellen, de horizontale en " +"vertikale verversingsfrequentie. De horizontale is de snelheid waarmee de " +"beeldlijnen worden geschreven, de verticale is de snelheid waarmee het hele " +"beeld wordt ververst." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureServices.xml:30 +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49 msgid "" -"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and " -"see all services in it." +"It is <emphasis>VERY IMPORTANT</emphasis> that you do not specify a monitor " +"type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you " +"may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and " +"consult your monitor documentation." msgstr "" -"Er zijn vier groepen, klik op het driehoekje voor een groep om hem uit te " -"vouwen en alle diensten erin te zien." +"Het is <emphasis>ERG BELANGRIJK</emphasis> dat u geen beeldscherm instelt " +"met andere mogelijke verversingsfrequenties dan die van uw monitor: u zou uw " +"monitor kunnen beschadigen. Raadpleeg de handleiding van uw monitor en wees " +"terughoudend bij het instellen in geval van twijfel." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureServices.xml:34 -msgid "The setting DrakX chose are usually good." -msgstr "De instellingen die DrakX koos zijn in de regel correct." +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:55 +msgid "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>Plug'n Play</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureServices.xml:37 +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:58 msgid "" -"If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info " -"box below." +"This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the " +"monitor database." msgstr "" -"Als u op een service klikt, ziet u er wat informatie over in het info-vak " -"beneden." +"Dit is the standaard optie, waarbij het beeldscherm de gegevens levert die " +"uw computer nodig heeft om het goed te configureren." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureServices.xml:41 -msgid "Only change things when you know very well what you are doing." -msgstr "Verander alleen iets als u heel goed weet wat u doet." - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:23 -msgid "Please choose a language to use" -msgstr "Taalkeuze" +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63 +msgid "<emphasis>Vendor</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>Vendor (producent)</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:26 +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:65 msgid "" -"Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your " -"continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during " -"the installation and for your installed system." +"If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which " +"one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:" msgstr "" -"Kies hier uw voorkeurstaal na eerst de lijst voor uw continent uit te " -"vouwen. <application>Mageia</application> zal deze selectie gebruiken " -"tijdens het installeren en voor het straks geïnstalleerde systeem op uw " -"computer." +"Als DrakX uw beeldscherm niet goed herkent en u weet welke monitor u heeft, " +"kunt u deze als volgt in de boomstructuur kiezen:" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73 +msgid "the monitor manufacturers name" +msgstr "naam van de fabrikant" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:77 +msgid "the monitor description" +msgstr "naam en type nummer van het beeldscherm" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:30 +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:82 +msgid "<emphasis>Generic</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>Algemeen</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84 msgid "" -"If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your " -"system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the " -"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be " -"difficult to add extra language support after installation." +"selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as " +"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is " +"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver " +"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it " +"may be wise to be conservative in your selections." msgstr "" -"Wanneer u meerdere talen op uw systeem wilt gebruiken, voor uzelf of voor " -"andere gebruikers, klik dan op \"<guibutton>Meerdere talen</guibutton>\" om " -"ze nu toe te voegen. Het is lastig om achteraf ondersteuning voor extra " -"talen toe te voegen." +"In deze groep kunt u kiezen uit bijna 30 monitorconfiguraties, traditionele, " +"zoals 1024x768 @ 60Hz, maar ook configuraties voor flat panels, platte " +"schermen die bijvoorbeeld in laptops zitten. Dit is vaak een goede groep om " +"van te kiezen als u het Vesa stuurprogramma moet gebruiken omdat uw " +"videokaart niet goed herkend wordt. Ook hier is het verstandig terughoudend " +"te zijn met uw keuze." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:19 +msgid "Custom disk partitioning with DiskDrake" +msgstr "Aangepaste schijfpartitionering met DiskDrake" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:36 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:44 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:33 msgid "" -"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them " -"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " -"marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ." +"If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " +"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The " +"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " +"set, otherwise your system will be unbootable." msgstr "" -"Zelfs als u meer dan één taal kiest, moet één van hen als voorkeurstaal " -"gekozen worden in het eerste taalscherm. Deze zal ook aangevinkt zijn in het " -"\"Meerdere talen\" scherm. ." +"Als u uw root-partitie (<literal>/</literal>) wilt versleutelen, verzeker u " +"er dan van dat u een aparte <literal>/boot</literal>-partitie heeft. De " +"<literal>/boot</literal>-partitie mag NIET versleuteld worden, anders kunt u " +"uw systeem niet opstarten." -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:51 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:39 msgid "" -"If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then " -"it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well." +"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, " +"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " +"is in them before you start." msgstr "" -"Als u de \"taal\" van uw toetsenbord ook installeert, voorkomt u verwarring " -"later tijdens de installatie." +"Pas hier de partitionering van uw harde schijf of schijven aan. U kunt " +"partities verwijderen of aanmaken, het bestandssysteem of de grootte van een " +"partitie wijzigen en zelfs bekijken wat ze bevatten voor u start." -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:57 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:42 msgid "" -"Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the " -"\"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your " -"language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages." +"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an " +"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." msgstr "" -"Mageia gebruikt UTF-8 (Unicode) ondersteuning, dat gewoonlijk goed werkt. " -"Als u weet dat deze niet geschikt is voor één van uw talen, kan zij " -"onderdrukt worden in het \"Meerdere talen\" scherm, door voor de oude " -"compatibiliteit te kiezen. Deze is dan van toepassing op alle geïnstalleerde " -"talen." +"Er is een tabblad voor elke gevonden harde schijf of opslag medium, zoals " +"een USB-stick. Deze zijn bijvoorbeeld genummerd \"sda\", \"sdb\" en \"sdc\" " +"als er drie zijn." -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:64 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:45 msgid "" -"You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia " -"Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system." +"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected " +"storage device" msgstr "" -"U kunt de taal van uw systeem na installatie veranderen in één van de andere " -"geïnstalleerde talen in het Mageia Configuratiecentrum onder \"Systeem -> " -"Regionaal -> Taalinstellingen voor uw systeem beheren\"." - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:4 -msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted" -msgstr "Bevestig het formatteren van de harde schijf" +"Klik op <guibutton>Alles wissen</guibutton> om alle partities op het " +"geselecteerde opslag apparaat te verwijderen." -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 -#. test comment - johnr -#. 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct -#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I -#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD -#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:47 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" -"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, " +"or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it." msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" -"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"Voor alle andere acties: Klik eerst op de gewenste partitie. Bekijk haar " +"vervolgens, of kies een bestandssysteem en een koppelpunt, pas de grootte " +"aan of verwijder haar." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24 -msgid "" -"Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your " -"choice." -msgstr "" -"Klik op <guibutton>Vorige</guibutton> als u niet zeker bent van uw keuze." +#: en/diskdrake.xml:49 +msgid "Continue until you adjusted everything to your wishes." +msgstr "Ga verder totdat alles naar uw wensen is aangepast." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 -msgid "" -"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every " -"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." -msgstr "" -"Klik op <guibutton>Volgende</guibutton> als u het zeker weet en elke " -"partitie, elk besturingssysteem en alle gegevens op deze harde schijf wilt " -"wissen." +#: en/diskdrake.xml:51 +msgid "Click <guibutton>Done</guibutton> when you're ready." +msgstr "Klik dan op <guibutton>Klaar</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:25 @@ -1193,236 +1367,65 @@ msgstr "" "Vergewis u er ook van dat alle partities gecreëerd worden met een even " "aantal megabytes." -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:5 -msgid "Desktop Selection" -msgstr "Werkomgevingselectie" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11 -msgid "" -"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine " -"tune your choice." -msgstr "" -"Afhankelijk van uw keuze hier kan het zijn dat u verdere schermen krijgt om " -"uw keuze te verfijnen." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:13 -msgid "" -"After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package " -"installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the " -"<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button" -msgstr "" -"Na de keuzestap(pen), zult u tijdens het installeren een diapresentatie " -"zien. In plaats daarvan kunt u gegevens zien over de pakketten die " -"geïnstalleerd worden, door op <guilabel>Details</guilabel> te klikken." - -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:20 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:26 -msgid "" -"Choose whether you prefer to use the <application>KDE</application> or " -"<application>Gnome</application> desktop environment. Both come with a full " -"set of useful applications and tools. Tick <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if " -"you want to use neither or both, or if you want something other than the " -"default software choices for these desktop environments. The " -"<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, " -"sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default." -msgstr "" -"Kies of u de <application>KDE</application>- of de <application>Gnome</" -"application>-werkomgeving wilt hebben. Bij beide is een volledige set " -"toepassingen en gereedschappen inbegrepen. Kies <guilabel>Aangepast</" -"guilabel> als u geen van beide wilt gebruiken of allebei, of als u iets " -"anders wilt dan de standaard software selectie voor deze werkomgevingen. De " -"<application>LXDE</application> werkomgeving vraagt minder van de computer, " -"is minder oogstrelend en heeft een kleinere standaard software selectie dan " -"de twee eerder genoemde." - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:4 -msgid "Package Group Selection" -msgstr "Pakketgroepselectie" - -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:10 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:16 -msgid "" -"Packages have been sorted into groups, to make choosing what you need on " -"your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however " -"more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which " -"become visible as the mouse is hovered over them." -msgstr "" -"De pakketten zijn in groepen verdeeld om het kiezen wat u op uw systeem " -"nodig heeft een stuk gemakkelijker te maken. De groepen zijn zelfverklarend, " -"maar u krijgt meer informatie te zien als u de muis over een groep heen " -"beweegt." - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:23 -msgid "Workstation." -msgstr "Werkstation." - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:27 -msgid "Server." -msgstr "Server." - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:31 -msgid "Graphical Environment." -msgstr "Grafische omgeving." - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:35 -msgid "" -"Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or " -"remove packages." -msgstr "" -"Individuele pakketselectie: U kunt deze optie gebruiken om handmatig " -"pakketten toe te voegen." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:39 -msgid "" -"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do " -"a minimal install." -msgstr "" -"Lees <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> voor instructies over hoe een " -"minimale installatie te doen." - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4 -msgid "Choose Individual Packages" -msgstr "Softwarebeheer" - -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17 -msgid "" -"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation." -msgstr "" -"Hier kunt u extra pakketten toevoegen of verwijderen om uw installatie aan " -"uw wensen aan te passen." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20 -msgid "" -"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</" -"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving " -"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same " -"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and " -"choosing to load it." -msgstr "" -"Nadat u uw keuze gemaakt hebt kunt u onderaan de pagina op de " -"<guibutton>floppy-icoon</guibutton> klikken om uw keuze op te slaan (op een " -"USB-stick opslaan werkt ook). Daarna kunt u dat bestand gebruiken om " -"dezelfde pakketten op een ander systeem te installeren door tijdens de " -"installatie op dezelfde knop te klikken en er voor te kiezen het bestand te " -"laden." - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:19 -msgid "Custom disk partitioning with DiskDrake" -msgstr "Aangepaste schijfpartitionering met DiskDrake" +#. type: Content of: <article><info><title> +#: en/DrakX.xml:3 +msgid "Installation with DrakX" +msgstr "Installeren met DrakX" -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:26 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> +#: en/DrakX.xml:6 +msgid "<note>" +msgstr "<note>" -#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:33 +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> +#: en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" -"If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " -"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The " -"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " -"set, otherwise your system will be unbootable." +"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " +"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " +"while installing." msgstr "" -"Als u uw root-partitie (<literal>/</literal>) wilt versleutelen, verzeker u " -"er dan van dat u een aparte <literal>/boot</literal>-partitie heeft. De " -"<literal>/boot</literal>-partitie mag NIET versleuteld worden, anders kunt u " -"uw systeem niet opstarten." +"U zult niet alle installatieschermen zien die in deze handleiding besproken " +"worden. Welke schermen u krijgt hangt af van uw systeem en van de keuzes die " +"u tijdens het installeren maakt." -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:39 -msgid "" -"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, " -"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " -"is in them before you start." -msgstr "" -"Pas hier de partitionering van uw harde schijf of schijven aan. U kunt " -"partities verwijderen of aanmaken, het bestandssysteem of de grootte van een " -"partitie wijzigen en zelfs bekijken wat ze bevatten voor u start." +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakX.xml:10 +msgid "</note>" +msgstr "</note>" -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:42 +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" -"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an " -"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." +"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " +"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" +"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." msgstr "" -"Er is een tabblad voor elke gevonden harde schijf of opslag medium, zoals " -"een USB-stick. Deze zijn bijvoorbeeld genummerd \"sda\", \"sdb\" en \"sdc\" " -"als er drie zijn." +"De teksten en de screenshots in deze handleiding zijn beschikbaar onder de " +"CC BY-SA 3.0 licentie <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/" +"by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>" -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:45 +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" -"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected " -"storage device" +"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." msgstr "" -"Klik op <guibutton>Alles wissen</guibutton> om alle partities op het " -"geselecteerde opslag apparaat te verwijderen." +"Deze handleiding werd geproduceerd met behulp van het <link ns6:href=" +"\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link>, ontwikkeld door <link ns6:" +"href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>" -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:47 +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" -"For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, " -"or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it." +"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" +"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" +"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." msgstr "" -"Voor alle andere acties: Klik eerst op de gewenste partitie. Bekijk haar " -"vervolgens, of kies een bestandssysteem en een koppelpunt, pas de grootte " -"aan of verwijder haar." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:49 -msgid "Continue until you adjusted everything to your wishes." -msgstr "Ga verder totdat alles naar uw wensen is aangepast." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:51 -msgid "Click <guibutton>Done</guibutton> when you're ready." -msgstr "Klik dan op <guibutton>Klaar</guibutton>." +"Ze werd door vrijwilligers in hun vrije tijd geschreven. Neem a.u.b. contact " +"op met het <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team" +"\">Documentatie Team</link>, als u mee wilt helpen deze handleiding te " +"verbeteren." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/exitInstall.xml:4 @@ -1555,6 +1558,236 @@ msgstr "" "uw keus." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:18 +msgid "DrakX, the Mageia Installer" +msgstr "DrakX, het Mageia-installatieprogramma" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:21 +msgid "" +"Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia " +"Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as " +"possible." +msgstr "" +"DrakX is ontworpen om uw installatie of systeemopwaardering zo gemakkelijk " +"mogelijk te maken, ongeacht of GNU-Linux nieuw is voor u of dat u een " +"ervaren gebruiker bent." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:29 +msgid "" +"The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will " +"start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need." +msgstr "" +"Het beginscherm heeft een menu met verscheidene opties, als u niets " +"verandert zal de installatie starten, wat gewoonlijk het enige is dat u " +"nodig heeft." + +#. type: Content of: <section><figure><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:35 +msgid "Installation Welcome Screen" +msgstr "Allereerste installatiewelkomsscherm" + +#. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject> +#: en/installer.xml:39 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\"> </imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\"> </imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure> +#: en/installer.xml:34 en/installer.xml:90 +msgid "" +"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=" +"\"1\"/>" +msgstr "" +"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=" +"\"1\"/>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:47 +msgid "" +"If there are problems during install, then it may be necessary to use " +"special installation options, see <xref linkend=\"installationOptions\"></" +"xref>." +msgstr "" +"Als er tijdens het installeren problemen zijn, kan het nodig zijn speciale " +"installatie-opties te gebruiken, zie <xref linkend=\"installationOptions\"></" +"xref>." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:52 +msgid "The installation steps" +msgstr "De Installatiestappen" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:55 +msgid "" +"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed " +"on the side panel of the screen." +msgstr "" +"Het installatieproces is onderverdeeld in stappen, die in het zijpaneel van " +"de volgende schermen zichtbaar zijn." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:58 +msgid "" +"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</" +"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options." +msgstr "" +"Elke stap bevat één of meerdere schermen die ook knoppen met het label " +"\"<guibutton>Geavanceerd</guibutton>\" kunnen hebben met extra of minder " +"gebruikelijke opties." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:62 +msgid "" +"Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further " +"explanations about the current step." +msgstr "" +"De meeste schermen hebben \"<guibutton>hulp</guibutton>\" knoppen die meer " +"uitleg geven over de desbetreffende stap." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> +#: en/installer.xml:66 +msgid "" +"If somewhere during install you decide to stop the installation, it is " +"possible to reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a " +"partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your " +"computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well " +"leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure " +"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys " +"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " +"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot." +msgstr "" +"Als u tijdens het installeren besluit de installatie af te breken, is het " +"mogelijk opnieuw op te starten. Denk a.u.b. goed na voordat u dit doet. " +"Zodra er een partitie geformatteerd is of het installeren van updates is " +"begonnen, bevindt uw computer zich niet meer in dezelfde staat als voorheen. " +"De kans is groot dat u door het afbreken van de installatie met een " +"onbruikbaar systeem komt te zitten. Als u desondanks toch opnieuw wilt " +"opstarten, ga dan naar een tekst terminal door gelijktijdig de drie toetsen " +"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> in te drukken. Druk vervolgens simultaan " +"op <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> om opnieuw op te starten." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:80 +msgid "Installation options" +msgstr "Installatie-opties" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:83 +msgid "" +"If the installation fails then it may be necessary to try again by using one " +"of the extra options available by hitting the <guibutton>F1 (Help)</" +"guibutton> key see <xref linkend=\"dx-welcome\"></xref>" +msgstr "" +"Als de installatie misgaat, kan het nodig zijn opnieuw te beginnen en één of " +"meer van de opties te gebruiken die u ziet als u op de F1 (Help) toets " +"klikt, zie <xref linkend=\"dx-welcome\"></xref>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:87 +msgid "This will open the following text based help." +msgstr "Het volgende tekstscherm wordt dan zichtbaar." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:91 +msgid "Installation Help Screen" +msgstr "Eerste installatiehulpscherm" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><mediaobject> +#: en/installer.xml:96 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:105 +msgid "Installation Problems and Possible Solutions" +msgstr "Installatieproblemen en mogelijke oplossingen" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:111 +msgid "No Graphical Interface" +msgstr "Geen grafische interface" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/installer.xml:116 +msgid "" +"After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " +"This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low " +"resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt." +msgstr "" +"Na het eerste scherm kwam u niet bij het taalkeuzescherm. Dit kan gebeuren " +"bij sommige grafische kaarten en oudere systemen. Probeer een lagere " +"resolutie te gebruiken door \"vgalo\" te typen bij de \"boot:\"-prompt." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/installer.xml:123 +msgid "" +"If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " +"In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit " +"ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be " +"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit " +"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode.<emphasis></emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Als de hardware erg oud is, kan grafisch installeren zelfs onmogelijk zijn. " +"In dat geval is het de moeite waard een installatie in tekstmodus te doen. " +"Hiertoe dient u op \"Esc\" te drukken in het eerste welkomsscherm. Daarna " +"krijgt u een vraag die u moet bevestigen. Vervolgens krijgt u een zwart " +"scherm met enkel \"boot:\". Type daar: \"text\" (zonder aanhalingstekens) en " +"druk vervolgens op de entertoets. Ga nu verder met installeren in textmodus." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:135 +msgid "The Install Freezes" +msgstr "Installatieblokkades" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:138 +msgid "" +"If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a " +"problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of " +"hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type " +"<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with " +"other options as necessary." +msgstr "" +"Als het systeem tijdens de installatie blokkeert, kan er een probleem zijn " +"met de hardware detectie. In dit geval kan de automatische detectie van " +"hardware overgeslagen worden om later te regelen. Type \"<literal>noauto</" +"literal>\" bij de prompt om dit te proberen. Deze optie mag zonodig met " +"beide vorige gecombineerd worden." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:147 +msgid "Kernel Options" +msgstr "Kernelopties" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:150 +msgid "" +"These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " +"available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " +"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e." +"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." +msgstr "" +"Deze zullen zelden nodig zijn, maar in sommige gevallen wordt de beschikbare " +"hoeveelheid RAM onjuist gedetecteerd. U kunt dit handmatig specificeren door " +"de <literal>mem=xxxM</literal> parameter te gebruiken, waarin xxx de juiste " +"hoeveelheid RAM is, bijv. \"<literal>mem=256M</literal>\" betekent 256MB aan " +"RAM." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/installUpdates.xml:3 msgid "Updates" msgstr "Updates" @@ -1600,6 +1833,130 @@ msgid "Then press <guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue" msgstr "Klik daarna op <guibutton>Volgende</guibutton> om verder te gaan." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/media_selection.xml:3 +msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)" +msgstr "Mediaselectie (Nonfree)" + +#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media) +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong) +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/media_selection.xml:12 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/media_selection.xml:18 +msgid "" +"Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are " +"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories " +"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " +"the next steps." +msgstr "" +"Hier vindt u de lijst van beschikbare bronnen. Niet alle bronnen zijn " +"beschikbaar, overeenkomstig de media die U gebruikt om van te installeren. " +"De selectie van bronnen bepaalt welke pakketten beschikbaar zijn ter keuze " +"in de volgende stappen." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/media_selection.xml:25 +msgid "" +"The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains " +"the base of the distribution." +msgstr "" +"De <emphasis>Core</emphasis> bron kan niet uitgeschakeld worden, want ze " +"bevat de basis van de distributie." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/media_selection.xml:30 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-" +"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source " +"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " +"nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi " +"cards, etc." +msgstr "" +"De <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> bron bevat pakketten die vrij van betaling " +"zijn, d.w.z. Mageia kan die herdistribueren, maar zij bevatten gesloten-bron-" +"software (vandaar de naam Nonfree, oftewel Nietvrij). Deze bron bevat " +"bijvoorbeeld eigen drivers van nVidia en ATI voor grafische kaarten, " +"fabriekssoftware voor diverse WiFi kaarten, e.d." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/media_selection.xml:38 +msgid "" +"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under " +"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is " +"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. " +"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed " +"to play commercial video DVD, etc." +msgstr "" +"De <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> bron bevat pakketten die zijn uitgegeven " +"onder een vrije licentie. Het belangrijkste criterium om pakketten in deze " +"bron te plaatsen is dat zij inbreuk kunnen maken op copyright wetten in " +"sommige landen, bijvoorbeeld Multimedia codecs die nodig zijn om diverse " +"audio/video bestanden te spelen en pakketten om commerciele video, dvd e.d. " +"af te spelen." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/minimal-install.xml:3 +msgid "Minimal Install" +msgstr "Minimale installatie" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/minimal-install.xml:9 +msgid "" +"You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the " +"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></" +"xref>." +msgstr "" +"U kunt een minimale installatie kiezen door alles in het " +"Pakketgroepselectiescherm te deselecteren, zie <xref linkend=" +"\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/minimal-install.xml:10 +msgid "" +"Minimal Installation is intended for those with specific uses in mind for " +"their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised " +"workstation. You will probably use this option combined with Manual Package " +"Selection, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." +msgstr "" +"Minimale installatie is bedoeld voor degenen die <application>Mageia</" +"application> op een bepaalde manier willen gebruiken, zoals als server of " +"gespecialiseerd werkstation. Waarschijnlijk gebruikt u deze optie samen met " +"de Individuele pakketselectie, zie <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></" +"xref>." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/minimal-install.xml:14 +msgid "" +"If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer " +"you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X." +msgstr "" +"Als u deze installatieklasse kiest, zal het bijbehorende scherm u een aantal " +"bruikbare extra's bieden om te installeren, zoals documentatie en X." + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/minimal-install.xml:19 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:3 msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters" msgstr "Overzicht van diverse instellingen" @@ -1823,10 +2180,11 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Netwerk</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:163 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "You can configure your network here, but for network cards with non-free " "drivers it is better to do that after reboot, in the <application>Mageia " -"Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the non-free media " +"Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the Nonfree media " "repositories." msgstr "" "U kunt uw netwerk hier instellen, maar als u de Nonfree bronnen nu niet " @@ -1921,115 +2279,369 @@ msgid "Bear in mind that allowing everything (no firewall) may be very risky." msgstr "Denk eraan dat alles toestaan (geen firewall) erg riskant kan zijn." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:12 -msgid "Configure your Timezone" -msgstr "Configureer uw tijdzone" +#: en/securityLevel.xml:12 +msgid "Security Level" +msgstr "Beveiligingsniveau" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" #. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 +#: en/securityLevel.xml:19 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." -"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." -"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26 +#: en/securityLevel.xml:24 +msgid "You can adjust your security level here." +msgstr "Uw beveiligingsniveau kunt u hier aanpassen." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/securityLevel.xml:27 msgid "" -"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the " -"same time zone." +"Leave the default settings as they are, if you don't know what to choose." msgstr "" -"Kies uw tijdzone door uw land te kiezen of een stad die zich dicht bij u in " -"dezelfde tijdzone bevindt." +"Laat de door DrakX gekozen instellingen staan, als u niet weet wat u kiezen " +"moet." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30 +#: en/securityLevel.xml:30 msgid "" -"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to " -"GMT, also known as UTC." +"After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings " +"in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center." msgstr "" -"In het volgende scherm kunt u kiezen uw hardware clock op lokale tijd in te " -"stellen of op UTC, ook wel GMT genoemd." +"Achteraf is het altijd mogelijk uw beveiligingsinstellingen aan te passen in " +"het <guilabel>Veiligheid</guilabel>sgedeelte van het Mageia-" +"configuratiecentrum (MCC)." -#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35 +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/selectCountry.xml:13 +msgid "Select your Country / Region" +msgstr "Selecteer uw land" + +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/selectCountry.xml:21 msgid "" -"If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they " -"are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT." +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" -"Als u meer dan één besturingssysteem op uw computer heeft, zorg dan dat ze " -"allemaal op lokale tijd ingesteld staan, of op UTC/GMT." +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:17 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/selectCountry.xml:27 msgid "" -"Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> " -"partition" +"Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, " +"like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country " +"can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network." msgstr "" -"Grootte aanpassen van een <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" -"application> partitie" +"Selecteer uw land. Dit is belangrijk voor allerlei instellingen, zoals de " +"muntsoort en de toegestane draadloze instellingen. Het verkeerde land " +"instellen kan veroorzaken dat u geen draadloos netwerk kunt gebruiken." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:21 +#: en/selectCountry.xml:32 msgid "" -"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" -"application> partition. Choose which one should be made smaller to make " -"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>." +"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</" +"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." msgstr "" -"U heeft meer dan één <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" -"application> partitie. Kies welke kleiner gemaakt moet worden om " -"<application>Mageia</application> te installeren." +"Als uw land niet in de lijst staat, klik dan op de <guilabel>Overige landen</" +"guilabel> knop en kies uw land daar." + +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/selectCountry.xml:37 +msgid "" +"If your country is only in the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> list, " +"after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the " +"first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real " +"choice." +msgstr "" +"Als uw land alleen in de <guilabel>Overige landen</guilabel> lijst staat kan " +"het, nadat u op <guibutton>OK</guibutton> klikt, lijken alsof een land van " +"de eerste lijst gekozen is. Negeer dit a.u.b., DrakX zal uw echte keuze " +"volgen." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/selectCountry.xml:46 +msgid "Input method" +msgstr "Invoermethode" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/selectCountry.xml:49 +msgid "" +"In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an " +"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input " +"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " +"default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India Live-" +"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method " +"so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input methods(SCIM, " +"GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be installed if you " +"added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." +msgstr "" +"In het <guilabel>Overige landen</guilabel> scherm kun je ook een " +"invoermethode selecteren (onderaan de lijst). Met invoermethodes kunnen " +"gebruikers meertalige tekens invoeren (Chinees, Japans, Koreaans, etc.). " +"IBus is de standaard invoermethode in de Mageia DVD's en in de Africa/India " +"en Asia/no-India Live-CD's. IBus is de standaard input methode voor " +"Aziatische en Afrikaanse locales, het is dus niet nodig het handmatig te " +"configureren. Andere intput methodes (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, enz.) hebben " +"soortgelijke fucties als IBus en kunnen geïnstalleerd worden als u HTTP/FTP " +"media toevoegt voor u de pakketten selecteert." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> +#: en/selectCountry.xml:61 +msgid "" +"If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it " +"after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -> " +"\"System\", or by running localedrake as root." +msgstr "" +"Als u het instellen van de invoermethode miste tijdens het installeren, kunt " +"u dat als u uw geinstalleerde systeem gestart heeft alsnog doen via " +"\"Configureer uw Computer\" -> \"Systeem\", of door in een konsole of " +"terminal localedrake als root te starten." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/setupSCSI.xml:11 -msgid "Setup SCSI" -msgstr "Harde schijf detectie" +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:23 +msgid "Install or Upgrade" +msgstr "Installeren of opwaarderen" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 -#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) -#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the -#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/setupSCSI.xml:26 +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:27 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34 +msgid "Install" +msgstr "Installeren" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:36 +msgid "" +"Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation." +msgstr "Kies dit voor een verse <application>Mageia</application>-installatie." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:41 +msgid "Upgrade" +msgstr "Opwaarderen" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:43 +msgid "" +"If you have one or more <application>Mageia 2</application> installations on " +"your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the " +"latest release." +msgstr "" +"Als u één of meer <application>Mageia 2</application>-installaties heeft op " +"uw systeem, kunt u er één uitkiezen om op te waarderen naar de nieuwste " +"uitgave." + +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:49 +msgid "" +"If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to " +"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been " +"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " +"the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an " +"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you " +"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " +"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</" +"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." +msgstr "" +"Als u tijdens het installeren besluit de installatie af te breken, is het " +"mogelijk opnieuw op te starten. Denk a.u.b. goed na voordat u dit doet. " +"Zodra er een partitie geformatteerd is of het installeren van updates is " +"begonnen, bevindt uw computer zich niet meer in dezelfde staat als voorheen. " +"De kans is groot dat u door het afbreken van de installatie met een " +"onbruikbaar systeem komt te zitten. Als u desondanks toch opnieuw wilt " +"opstarten, ga dan naar een tekst terminal door gelijktijdig de drie toetsen " +"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> in te drukken. Druk vervolgens simultaan " +"op <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> om opnieuw op te starten" + +#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:60 +msgid "" +"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you " +"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " +"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</" +"emphasis> do this later in the install." +msgstr "" +"Als u een extra taal vergat te installeren, kunt u nu nog terug van het " +"\"installeren of opwaarderen\" scherm naar het taalkeuzescherm door " +"gelijktijdig op de toetsen <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel> te drukken. " +"Doe dit <emphasis>niet</emphasis> later tijdens de installatie." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14 +msgid "Keyboard" +msgstr "Toetsenbord" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupSCSI.xml:32 +#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:17 msgid "" -"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers " -"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " -"fail to recognise the drive." +"DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable " +"keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout." msgstr "" -"DrakX herkent harde schijven gewoonlijk correct, maar het kan zijn dat hij " -"sommige oudere SCSI-schijfcontrollers niet herkent en daardoor verzuimt de " -"benodigde drivers te installeren." +"DrakX selecteert een geschikte toetsenbord-indeling voor uw taal, maar als " +"dat niet lukt zal hij uitgaan van een VS-toetsenbordindeling (US QWERTY)." + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. " +"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications " +"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a " +"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " +"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en." +"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" +msgstr "" +"Verzekert u zich er van dat de gekozen selectie juist is. Als u niet weet " +"wat voor indeling uw toetsenbord heeft, kijk dan in de specificaties die " +"meegeleverd werden of vraag het aan de leverancier. Er kan zelfs een label " +"aan het toetsenbord zitten dat de indeling identificeert. U kunt ook hier " +"kijken: <link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en." +"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link> (Engelstalig)" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40 +msgid "" +"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</" +"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there." +msgstr "" +"Staat uw toetsenbord niet in de lijst die u ziet, klik dan op " +"<guibutton>Meer</guibutton> om een volledige lijst te krijgen en selecteer " +"uw toetsenbord daar." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para> +#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45 +msgid "" +"After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, " +"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though " +"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " +"and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the " +"full list." +msgstr "" +"Nadat u een toetsenbord uit het <guibutton>Meer</guibutton> scherm kiest, " +"keert u terug in het eerste toetsenbordkeuzescherm en zal het lijken alsof " +"een toetsenbord van dat scherm gekozen werd. U kunt deze vergissing met een " +"gerust hart negeren en doorgaan met de installatie: Uw toetsenbordindeling " +"is die welke u uit de volledige lijst koos." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:55 +msgid "" +"If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an " +"extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin " +"and non-Latin keyboard layouts" +msgstr "" +"Als u een toetsenbord kiest dat gebaseerd is op niet-Latijnse lettertekens, " +"krijgt u een extra scherm waarin u kunt aangeven hoe u wilt wisselen tussen " +"de Latijnse en niet-Latijnse indeling." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:23 +msgid "Please choose a language to use" +msgstr "Taalkeuze" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupSCSI.xml:36 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:26 msgid "" -"If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) " -"you have." +"Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your " +"continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during " +"the installation and for your installed system." msgstr "" -"Als dit gebeurt, moet u DrakX vertellen welke SCSI controller(s) u heeft." +"Kies hier uw voorkeurstaal na eerst de lijst voor uw continent uit te " +"vouwen. <application>Mageia</application> zal deze selectie gebruiken " +"tijdens het installeren en voor het straks geïnstalleerde systeem op uw " +"computer." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupSCSI.xml:39 -msgid "DrakX should then be able to configure the drive(s) correctly." -msgstr "DrakX zou deze dan goed moeten instellen." +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:30 +msgid "" +"If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your " +"system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the " +"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be " +"difficult to add extra language support after installation." +msgstr "" +"Wanneer u meerdere talen op uw systeem wilt gebruiken, voor uzelf of voor " +"andere gebruikers, klik dan op \"<guibutton>Meerdere talen</guibutton>\" om " +"ze nu toe te voegen. Het is lastig om achteraf ondersteuning voor extra " +"talen toe te voegen." + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:36 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:44 +msgid "" +"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them " +"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " +"marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ." +msgstr "" +"Zelfs als u meer dan één taal kiest, moet één van hen als voorkeurstaal " +"gekozen worden in het eerste taalscherm. Deze zal ook aangevinkt zijn in het " +"\"Meerdere talen\" scherm. ." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:51 +msgid "" +"If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then " +"it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well." +msgstr "" +"Als u de \"taal\" van uw toetsenbord ook installeert, voorkomt u verwarring " +"later tijdens de installatie." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:57 +msgid "" +"Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the " +"\"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your " +"language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages." +msgstr "" +"Mageia gebruikt UTF-8 (Unicode) ondersteuning, dat gewoonlijk goed werkt. " +"Als u weet dat deze niet geschikt is voor één van uw talen, kan zij " +"onderdrukt worden in het \"Meerdere talen\" scherm, door voor de oude " +"compatibiliteit te kiezen. Deze is dan van toepassing op alle geïnstalleerde " +"talen." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:64 +msgid "" +"You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia " +"Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system." +msgstr "" +"U kunt de taal van uw systeem na installatie veranderen in één van de andere " +"geïnstalleerde talen in het Mageia Configuratiecentrum onder \"Systeem -> " +"Regionaal -> Taalinstellingen voor uw systeem beheren\"." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectMouse.xml:4 @@ -2078,6 +2690,81 @@ msgstr "" "of meer knoppen." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:5 +msgid "Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry" +msgstr "Wijzig een opstartmenu-ingang of voeg er een toe" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:10 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:17 +msgid "" +"You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the " +"relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen " +"and editing the screen that pops up on top of it." +msgstr "" +"U kunt een ingang (in het scherm \"waarde\" genoemd) toevoegen of er een " +"selecteren om aan te passen. Klik op de betreffende knop in het " +"<emphasis>Configuratie van Opstartlader</emphasis> scherm en bewerk de " +"gegevens in het scherm dat zich op de voorgrond opent." + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:21 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:26 +msgid "" +"Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an " +"entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one." +msgstr "" +"Een paar dingen die zonder enig risico gedaan kunnen worden, zijn de naam " +"van een menu-ingang veranderen en het hokje aanvinken waarmee een waarde de " +"standaard ingang wordt." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:27 +msgid "" +"You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely." +msgstr "" +"U kunt het juiste versienummer van een ingang toevoegen of deze helemaal " +"hernoemen." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:28 +msgid "" +"The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a " +"choice while booting up." +msgstr "" +"De Standaard waarde of ingang, is die die gestart wordt als u geen keuze " +"maakt tijdens het opstarten van uw computer." + +#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:29 +msgid "" +"Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " +"just try something without knowing what you are doing." +msgstr "" +"Door andere dingen te veranderen kan het gebeuren dat u uw systeem niet meer " +"kunt opstarten. Probeer alstublieft niets zonder precies te weten wat u doet." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:3 msgid "Bootloader main options" msgstr "Algemene opties voor de opstartlader" @@ -2244,793 +2931,105 @@ msgstr "" "en zet een vinkje voor <guilabel>Elke keer bij opstarten /tmp legen</" "guilabel>. Dit helpt om wat vrije ruimte te behouden." -#. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> -#: en/DrakX.xml:1 en/media_selection.xml:1 en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 -msgid "en" -msgstr "nl" - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><title> -#: en/DrakX.xml:3 -msgid "Installation with DrakX" -msgstr "Installeren met DrakX" - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> -#: en/DrakX.xml:6 -msgid "<note>" -msgstr "<note>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:7 -msgid "" -"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " -"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " -"while installing." -msgstr "" -"U zult niet alle installatieschermen zien die in deze handleiding besproken " -"worden. Welke schermen u krijgt hangt af van uw systeem en van de keuzes die " -"u tijdens het installeren maakt." - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:10 -msgid "</note>" -msgstr "</note>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:12 -msgid "" -"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " -"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" -"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." -msgstr "" -"De teksten en de screenshots in deze handleiding zijn beschikbaar onder de " -"CC BY-SA 3.0 licentie <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/" -"by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:16 -msgid "" -"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." -msgstr "" -"Deze handleiding werd geproduceerd met behulp van het <link ns6:href=" -"\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link>, ontwikkeld door <link ns6:" -"href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:18 -msgid "" -"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" -"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" -"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." -msgstr "" -"Ze werd door vrijwilligers in hun vrije tijd geschreven. Neem a.u.b. contact " -"op met het <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team" -"\">Documentatie Team</link>, als u mee wilt helpen deze handleiding te " -"verbeteren." - #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11 -msgid "Choose an X Server (Configure your Graphic Card)" -msgstr "Kies een X-server (Configureer uw grafische kaart)" - -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21 -msgid "" -"DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually " -"correctly identify your video device." -msgstr "" -"DrakX heeft een veelomvattende gegevensbank van videokaarten en zal uw " -"grafische kaart gewoonlijk juist identificeren." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24 -msgid "" -"If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know " -"which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:" -msgstr "" -"Als het installatieprogramma uw videokaart niet correct gedetecteerd heeft " -"en u weet welke u heeft, kunt u deze in de boomstructuur selecteren via:" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69 -msgid "vendor" -msgstr "Vendor (producent)" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:31 -msgid "then the name of your card" -msgstr "dan de naam van uw kaart" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:35 -msgid "and the type of card" -msgstr "en het type" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:39 -msgid "" -"If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in " -"the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the " -"Xorg category" -msgstr "" -"Als u de kaart niet in de Vendor-lijst kunt vinden (omdat ze zich nog niet " -"in de gegevensbank bevindt of omdat het een oudere kaart is), vindt u " -"mogelijk een geschikt stuurprogramma in de Xorg categorie." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43 -msgid "" -"The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card " -"drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the " -"option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities." -msgstr "" -"De Xorg lijst levert meer dan 40 algemene opensource-stuurprogramma's voor " -"videokaarten. Als u nog steeds geen stuurprogramma met de naam van uw kaart " -"kunt vinden, kunt u nog het vesa-stuurprogramma gebruiken dat elementaire " -"mogelijkheden biedt." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48 -msgid "" -"Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access " -"to the Commandline Interface." -msgstr "" -"Let wel: als u een ongeschikt stuurprogramma kiest, heeft u enkel toegang " -"tot de opdrachtregel-interface." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51 -msgid "" -"Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which " -"may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from " -"the card manufacturers' websites." -msgstr "" -"Sommige videokaartproducenten leveren fabrikantsgebonden stuurprogramma's " -"voor Linux die enkel in de Nonfree installatiebronnen " -"beschikbaar zijn en in sommige gevallen uitsluitend op de website van de " -"betreffende fabrikant." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55 -msgid "" -"The Nonfree repository need to be explicitly enabled to access them. If you " -"didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot." -msgstr "" -"Om toegang tot de Nonfree installatiebronnen te krijgen, moeten " -"ze uitdrukkelijk ingeschakeld worden. Doe dit zonodig meteen nadat u Mageia " -"voor het eerst start." - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18 -msgid "Choosing your Monitor" -msgstr "Beeldscherm (Selecteer een monitor)" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:21 -msgid "" -"DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually " -"correctly identify yours." -msgstr "" -"DrakX heeft een uitgebreid gegevensbestand met monitors en zal de uwe " -"gewoonlijk correct identificeren." - -#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26 -msgid "" -"<emphasis>Selecting a monitor with different characteristics could damage " -"your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing " -"what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor " -"documentation" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis>Door een monitor met verkeerde kenmerken te selecteren, zou u uw " -"beelscherm kunnen beschadigen. Probeer a.u.b. niets zonder te weten wat u " -"doet.</emphasis> Raadpleeg bij twijfel de handleiding van uw monitor." - -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." -"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." -"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42 -msgid "<emphasis>Custom</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>Aangepast</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44 -msgid "" -"This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh " -"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the " -"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are " -"displayed." -msgstr "" -"Met deze optie kunt u twee cruciale parameters instellen, de horizontale en " -"vertikale verversingsfrequentie. De horizontale is de snelheid waarmee de " -"beeldlijnen worden geschreven, de verticale is de snelheid waarmee het hele " -"beeld wordt ververst." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49 -msgid "" -"It is <emphasis>VERY IMPORTANT</emphasis> that you do not specify a monitor " -"type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you " -"may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and " -"consult your monitor documentation." -msgstr "" -"Het is <emphasis>ERG BELANGRIJK</emphasis> dat u geen beeldscherm instelt " -"met andere mogelijke verversingsfrequenties dan die van uw monitor: u zou uw " -"monitor kunnen beschadigen. Raadpleeg de handleiding van uw monitor en wees " -"terughoudend bij het instellen in geval van twijfel." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:55 -msgid "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>Plug'n Play</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:58 -msgid "" -"This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the " -"monitor database." -msgstr "" -"Dit is the standaard optie, waarbij het beeldscherm de gegevens levert die " -"uw computer nodig heeft om het goed te configureren." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63 -msgid "<emphasis>Vendor</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>Vendor (producent)</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:65 -msgid "" -"If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which " -"one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:" -msgstr "" -"Als DrakX uw beeldscherm niet goed herkent en u weet welke monitor u heeft, " -"kunt u deze als volgt in de boomstructuur kiezen:" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73 -msgid "the monitor manufacturers name" -msgstr "naam van de fabrikant" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:77 -msgid "the monitor description" -msgstr "naam en type nummer van het beeldscherm" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:82 -msgid "<emphasis>Generic</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>Algemeen</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84 -msgid "" -"selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as " -"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is " -"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver " -"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it " -"may be wise to be conservative in your selections." -msgstr "" -"In deze groep kunt u kiezen uit bijna 30 monitorconfiguraties, traditionele, " -"zoals 1024x768 @ 60Hz, maar ook configuraties voor flat panels, platte " -"schermen die bijvoorbeeld in laptops zitten. Dit is vaak een goede groep om " -"van te kiezen als u het Vesa stuurprogramma moet gebruiken omdat uw " -"videokaart niet goed herkend wordt. Ook hier is het verstandig terughoudend " -"te zijn met uw keuze." - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4 -msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration" -msgstr "Configuratie van grafische kaart en monitor" - -#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18 -msgid "" -"No matter which graphical environment (also known as desktop environment) " -"you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are " -"all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window " -"System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for " -"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or " -"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</" -"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can " -"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you " -"think the choice is incorrect." -msgstr "" -"Welke grafische omgeving (ook bekend als werkomgeving) u ook koos voor deze " -"installatie van <application>Mageia</application>, zij is gebaseerd op een " -"grafisch gebuikersinterfacesysteem met de naam <acronym>X-Windows</acronym>, " -"of eenvoudig <acronym>X</acronym>. Om <acronym>KDE</acronym>, " -"<acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> of welke andere grafische " -"omgeving dan ook goed te laten werken, moeten de volgende instellingen van " -"<acronym>X</acronym> juist zijn. Kies de correcte instellingen als u kunt " -"zien dat <application>DrakX</application> geen keuze maakte, of als u denkt " -"dat de keuze verkeerd is." - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31 -msgid "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card " -"from the list if needed." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Grafische kaart</guibutton></emphasis>: Kies zonodig uw " -"kaart uit de lijst." - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37 -msgid "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: You can choose " -"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> when applicable, or choose your monitor " -"from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. " -"Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the " -"horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Beeldscherm</guibutton></emphasis>: Indien van " -"toepassing kunt u <guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> kiezen, selecteer anders " -"uw monitor in de <guilabel>Fabrikant</guilabel>- of <guilabel>Algemeen</" -"guilabel>-lijst. Neem <guilabel>Aangepast</guilabel> als u liever zelf de " -"horizontale en verticale verversingsfrequenties van uw beeldscherm kiest." - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> -#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45 -msgid "Incorrect refresh rates may damage your monitor" -msgstr "Onjuiste verversingsfrequenties kunnen uw monitor beschadigen." - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:51 -msgid "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired " -"resolution and color depth of your monitor here." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Resolutie</guibutton></emphasis>: Stel hier de gewenste " -"resolutie en kleurdiepte van uw monitor in." - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56 -msgid "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not " -"always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your " -"settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your " -"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. " -"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be " -"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " -"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</" -"emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: De testknop verschijnt " -"niet altijd bij het installeren. Als de knop er is, kunt u uw instellingen " -"controleren door erop te klikken. Als u de vraag ziet of uw instelling " -"correct is, kunt u met \"ja\" antwoorden zodat de instellingen bewaard " -"worden. Als u niets ziet, keert u terug naar het configuratiescherm en kunt " -"u alles opnieuw instellen totdat de test goed is. <emphasis>Zorg dat uw " -"instellingen aan de veilige kant zijn als de testknop niet aanwezig is</" -"emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67 -msgid "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to " -"enable or disable various options." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Opties</guibutton></emphasis>: Hier kunt u " -"verschillende opties toestaan of uitschakelen." - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:5 -msgid "Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry" -msgstr "Wijzig een opstartmenu-ingang of voeg er een toe" - -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:10 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:17 -msgid "" -"You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the " -"relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen " -"and editing the screen that pops up on top of it." -msgstr "" -"U kunt een ingang (in het scherm \"waarde\" genoemd) toevoegen of er een " -"selecteren om aan te passen. Klik op de betreffende knop in het " -"<emphasis>Configuratie van Opstartlader</emphasis> scherm en bewerk de " -"gegevens in het scherm dat zich op de voorgrond opent." +#: en/setupSCSI.xml:11 +msgid "Setup SCSI" +msgstr "Harde schijf detectie" +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 +#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) +#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the +#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:21 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:26 -msgid "" -"Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an " -"entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one." -msgstr "" -"Een paar dingen die zonder enig risico gedaan kunnen worden, zijn de naam " -"van een menu-ingang veranderen en het hokje aanvinken waarmee een waarde de " -"standaard ingang wordt." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:27 -msgid "" -"You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely." -msgstr "" -"U kunt het juiste versienummer van een ingang toevoegen of deze helemaal " -"hernoemen." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:28 -msgid "" -"The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a " -"choice while booting up." -msgstr "" -"De Standaard waarde of ingang, is die die gestart wordt als u geen keuze " -"maakt tijdens het opstarten van uw computer." - -#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:29 -msgid "" -"Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " -"just try something without knowing what you are doing." -msgstr "" -"Door andere dingen te veranderen kan het gebeuren dat u uw systeem niet meer " -"kunt opstarten. Probeer alstublieft niets zonder precies te weten wat u doet." - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/minimal-install.xml:3 -msgid "Minimal Install" -msgstr "Minimale installatie" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/minimal-install.xml:9 -msgid "" -"You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the " -"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></" -"xref>." -msgstr "" -"U kunt een minimale installatie kiezen door alles in het " -"Pakketgroepselectiescherm te deselecteren, zie <xref linkend=" -"\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/minimal-install.xml:10 +#: en/setupSCSI.xml:26 msgid "" -"Minimal Installation is intended for those with specific uses in mind for " -"their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised " -"workstation. You will probably use this option combined with Manual Package " -"Selection, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"Minimale installatie is bedoeld voor degenen die <application>Mageia</" -"application> op een bepaalde manier willen gebruiken, zoals als server of " -"gespecialiseerd werkstation. Waarschijnlijk gebruikt u deze optie samen met " -"de Individuele pakketselectie, zie <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></" -"xref>." +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/minimal-install.xml:14 -msgid "" -"If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer " -"you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X." -msgstr "" -"Als u deze installatieklasse kiest, zal het bijbehorende scherm u een aantal " -"bruikbare extra's bieden om te installeren, zoals documentatie en X." - -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/minimal-install.xml:19 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/securityLevel.xml:12 -msgid "Security Level" -msgstr "Beveiligingsniveau" - -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/securityLevel.xml:19 +#: en/setupSCSI.xml:32 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers " +"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " +"fail to recognise the drive." msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/securityLevel.xml:24 -msgid "You can adjust your security level here." -msgstr "Uw beveiligingsniveau kunt u hier aanpassen." +"DrakX herkent harde schijven gewoonlijk correct, maar het kan zijn dat hij " +"sommige oudere SCSI-schijfcontrollers niet herkent en daardoor verzuimt de " +"benodigde drivers te installeren." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/securityLevel.xml:27 +#: en/setupSCSI.xml:36 msgid "" -"Leave the default settings as they are, if you don't know what to choose." +"If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) " +"you have." msgstr "" -"Laat de door DrakX gekozen instellingen staan, als u niet weet wat u kiezen " -"moet." +"Als dit gebeurt, moet u DrakX vertellen welke SCSI controller(s) u heeft." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/securityLevel.xml:30 -msgid "" -"After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings " -"in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center." -msgstr "" -"Achteraf is het altijd mogelijk uw beveiligingsinstellingen aan te passen in " -"het <guilabel>Veiligheid</guilabel>sgedeelte van het Mageia-" -"configuratiecentrum (MCC)." +#: en/setupSCSI.xml:39 +msgid "DrakX should then be able to configure the drive(s) correctly." +msgstr "DrakX zou deze dan goed moeten instellen." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/selectCountry.xml:13 -msgid "Select your Country / Region" -msgstr "Selecteer uw land" +#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:4 +msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted" +msgstr "Bevestig het formatteren van de harde schijf" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 +#. test comment - johnr +#. 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct +#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I +#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD +#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/selectCountry.xml:21 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/selectCountry.xml:27 +#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19 msgid "" -"Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, " -"like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country " -"can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network." +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" +"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"Selecteer uw land. Dit is belangrijk voor allerlei instellingen, zoals de " -"muntsoort en de toegestane draadloze instellingen. Het verkeerde land " -"instellen kan veroorzaken dat u geen draadloos netwerk kunt gebruiken." +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" +"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/selectCountry.xml:32 -msgid "" -"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</" -"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." -msgstr "" -"Als uw land niet in de lijst staat, klik dan op de <guilabel>Overige landen</" -"guilabel> knop en kies uw land daar." - -#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/selectCountry.xml:37 +#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24 msgid "" -"If your country is only in the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> list, " -"after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the " -"first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real " +"Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your " "choice." msgstr "" -"Als uw land alleen in de <guilabel>Overige landen</guilabel> lijst staat kan " -"het, nadat u op <guibutton>OK</guibutton> klikt, lijken alsof een land van " -"de eerste lijst gekozen is. Negeer dit a.u.b., DrakX zal uw echte keuze " -"volgen." - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/selectCountry.xml:46 -msgid "Input method" -msgstr "Invoermethode" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/selectCountry.xml:49 -msgid "" -"In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an " -"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input " -"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " -"default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India Live-" -"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method " -"so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input methods(SCIM, " -"GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be installed if you " -"added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." -msgstr "" -"In het <guilabel>Overige landen</guilabel> scherm kun je ook een " -"invoermethode selecteren (onderaan de lijst). Met invoermethodes kunnen " -"gebruikers meertalige tekens invoeren (Chinees, Japans, Koreaans, etc.). " -"IBus is de standaard invoermethode in de Mageia DVD's en in de Africa/India " -"en Asia/no-India Live-CD's. IBus is de standaard input methode voor " -"Aziatische en Afrikaanse locales, het is dus niet nodig het handmatig te " -"configureren. Andere intput methodes (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, enz.) hebben " -"soortgelijke fucties als IBus en kunnen geïnstalleerd worden als u HTTP/FTP " -"media toevoegt voor u de pakketten selecteert." - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/selectCountry.xml:61 -msgid "" -"If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it " -"after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -> " -"\"System\", or by running localedrake as root." -msgstr "" -"Als u het instellen van de invoermethode miste tijdens het installeren, kunt " -"u dat als u uw geinstalleerde systeem gestart heeft alsnog doen via " -"\"Configureer uw Computer\" -> \"Systeem\", of door in een konsole of " -"terminal localedrake als root te starten." - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/media_selection.xml:3 -msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)" -msgstr "Mediaselectie (Nonfree)" - -#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media) -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong) -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/media_selection.xml:12 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" -"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" -"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/media_selection.xml:18 -msgid "" -"Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are " -"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories " -"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " -"the next steps." -msgstr "" -"Hier vindt u de lijst van beschikbare bronnen. Niet alle bronnen zijn " -"beschikbaar, overeenkomstig de media die U gebruikt om van te installeren. " -"De selectie van bronnen bepaalt welke pakketten beschikbaar zijn ter keuze " -"in de volgende stappen." - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/media_selection.xml:25 -msgid "" -"The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains " -"the base of the distribution." -msgstr "" -"De <emphasis>Core</emphasis> bron kan niet uitgeschakeld worden, want ze " -"bevat de basis van de distributie." - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/media_selection.xml:30 -msgid "" -"The <emphasis>Non-free</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-" -"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source " -"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " -"nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi " -"cards, etc." -msgstr "" -"De <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> bron bevat pakketten die vrij van betaling " -"zijn, d.w.z. Mageia kan die herdistribueren, maar zij bevatten gesloten-bron-" -"software (vandaar de naam Nonfree, oftewel Nietvrij). Deze bron bevat " -"bijvoorbeeld eigen drivers van nVidia en ATI voor grafische kaarten, " -"fabriekssoftware voor diverse WiFi kaarten, e.d." - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/media_selection.xml:38 -msgid "" -"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under " -"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is " -"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. " -"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed " -"to play commercial video DVD, etc." -msgstr "" -"De <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> bron bevat pakketten die zijn uitgegeven " -"onder een vrije licentie. Het belangrijkste criterium om pakketten in deze " -"bron te plaatsen is dat zij inbreuk kunnen maken op copyright wetten in " -"sommige landen, bijvoorbeeld Multimedia codecs die nodig zijn om diverse " -"audio/video bestanden te spelen en pakketten om commerciele video, dvd e.d. " -"af te spelen." - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:10 -msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)" -msgstr "Mediaselectie (Configureer aanvullende installatiebronnen)" - -#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"Klik op <guibutton>Vorige</guibutton> als u niet zeker bent van uw keuze." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24 +#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 msgid "" -"This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can " -"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The " -"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " -"during the next steps." +"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every " +"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." msgstr "" -"Dit scherm geeft u de lijst van de reeds erkende bronnen. U kunt andere " -"bronnen toevoegen, zoals optische schijven of een bron op afstand. De keuze " -"van de bronnen bepaalt welke pakketten tijdens de volgende stappen " -"beschikbaar zullen zijn." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29 -msgid "For a network source, there are two steps to follow:" -msgstr "Voor een netwerkbron dienen twee stappen gevolgd te worden:" +"Klik op <guibutton>Volgende</guibutton> als u het zeker weet en elke " +"partitie, elk besturingssysteem en alle gegevens op deze harde schijf wilt " +"wissen." -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:33 -msgid "Choosing and activation of the network, if not already up." -msgstr "Kiezen en activeren van een netwerk, tenzij al actief." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> " +#~ "partition" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Grootte aanpassen van een <application>Windows<superscript>®</" +#~ "superscript></application> partitie" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:37 -msgid "" -"Selecting a mirror or specifying a URL (very first entry). By selecting a " -"mirror, you have access to the selection of all repositories managed by " -"Mageia, like the non-free , the tainted repositories and the updates. With " -"the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS " -"installation." -msgstr "" -"Kiezen van een mirror of specificeren van een URL (de eerste keuze). Door " -"een mirror te kiezen heeft u toegang tot de selectie van alle bronnen die " -"beheerd worden door Mageia, zoals Nonfree, Tainted en Updates. Met deze URL " -"kunt u ook een specifieke bron opgeven of uw eigen NFS installatie." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" +#~ "application> partition. Choose which one should be made smaller to make " +#~ "space for installing <application>Mageia</application>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "U heeft meer dan één <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" +#~ "application> partitie. Kies welke kleiner gemaakt moet worden om " +#~ "<application>Mageia</application> te installeren." #~ msgid "Choose hard disk to erase for <application>Mageia</application>" #~ msgstr "Kies te wissen harde schijf" diff --git a/docs/installer/pt_BR.po b/docs/installer/pt_BR.po index f2c524f3..520dcfbd 100644 --- a/docs/installer/pt_BR.po +++ b/docs/installer/pt_BR.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia Installer Help\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-07-07 10:48+0400\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-10-09 20:39+0400\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -86,6 +86,69 @@ msgstr "" "Para ver o que há de novo nesta versão da <application>Mageia</application>, " "clique no botão <guibutton>Notas de Lançamento</guibutton>." +#. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 en/media_selection.xml:1 +msgid "en" +msgstr "pt_BR" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:10 +msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)" +msgstr "Seleção de Mídia (Configurar a Instalação de Mídias Suplementares )" + +#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24 +msgid "" +"This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can " +"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The " +"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " +"during the next steps." +msgstr "" +"Esta tela lista os repositórios reconhecidos automaticamente. Você pode " +"adicionar outras fontes de pacotes, como um CD-ROM ou uma fonte remota. A " +"fonte selecionada determina quais pacotes estarão disponíveis para seleção " +"durante os próximos passos." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29 +msgid "For a network source, there are two steps to follow:" +msgstr "Para instalação via rede, siga os seguintes passos:" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:33 +msgid "Choosing and activation of the network, if not already up." +msgstr "Escolha e ativação da rede, caso não esteja disponível." + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:37 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Selecting a mirror or specifying a URL (very first entry). By selecting a " +"mirror, you have access to the selection of all repositories managed by " +"Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With " +"the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS " +"installation." +msgstr "" +"selecione um mirror ou especifique uma URL (a primeira opção). Selecionando " +"um mirror, você tem acesso a todos os repositórios gerenciados pela Mageia, " +"como os repositórios non-freee, tainted e updates. Informando uma URL, você " +"pode selecionar um repositório específico ou seu próprio compartilhamento " +"NFS de instalação." + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:4 msgid "User and Superuser Management" @@ -444,558 +507,673 @@ msgstr "" "partição(s) que o DrakX sugere, ou mais." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:18 -msgid "DrakX, the Mageia Installer" -msgstr "DrakX, o Instalador da Mageia" +#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:5 +msgid "Desktop Selection" +msgstr "Seleção de Área de Trabalho" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:21 +#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11 msgid "" -"Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia " -"Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as " -"possible." +"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine " +"tune your choice." msgstr "" -"Se você é novo no GNU-Linux ou um usuário experiente, o Instalador da Mageia " -"foi feito para ajudar a fazer sua instalação ou atualização tão fácil quando " -"possível." +"Dependendo de suas seleções aqui, pode ser oferecido a você telas adicionais " +"para ajustar as suas escolhas." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:29 +#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:13 msgid "" -"The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will " -"start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need." +"After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package " +"installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the " +"<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button" msgstr "" -"A tela do menu inicial tem várias opções, porém a opção padrão irá iniciar o " -"instalador, que será, normalmente, tudo o que você irá precisar." +"Após a(s) etapa(s) de seleção(s), você vai ver uma apresentação de slides " +"durante a instalação dos pacotes. A apresentação de slides pode ser " +"desativada pressionando o botão <guilabel>Detalhes</guilabel>." -#. type: Content of: <section><figure><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:35 -msgid "Installation Welcome Screen" -msgstr "Primeira Tela da Instalação" +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:20 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:39 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\"> </imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"Choose whether you prefer to use the <application>KDE</application> or " +"<application>Gnome</application> desktop environment. Both come with a full " +"set of useful applications and tools. Tick <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if " +"you want to use neither or both, or if you want something other than the " +"default software choices for these desktop environments. The " +"<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, " +"sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default." msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"Escolha se você prefere usar o ambiente de trabalho <application>KDE</" +"application> ou <application>Gnome</application>. Ambos vêm com um conjunto " +"completo de aplicações e ferramentas úteis. Marque <guilabel>Personalizar</" +"guilabel> se você quiser usar um ou ambos, ou se você quer algo diferente do " +"que as escolhas de software padrão para estes ambientes de desktop. O " +"desktop <application>LXDE</application> é mais leve que os dois anteriores, " +"ostentando colírio para os olhos e menos pacotes instalado por padrão." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure> -#: en/installer.xml:34 en/installer.xml:90 +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:4 +msgid "Package Group Selection" +msgstr "Seleção de Grupo de Pacotes" + +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:10 msgid "" -"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=" -"\"1\"/>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=" -"\"1\"/>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:47 +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:16 msgid "" -"If there are problems during install, then it may be necessary to use " -"special installation options, see <xref linkend=\"installationOptions\"></" -"xref>." +"Packages have been sorted into groups, to make choosing what you need on " +"your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however " +"more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which " +"become visible as the mouse is hovered over them." msgstr "" -"Se houver problemas durante a instalação, então pode ser necessário usar " -"opções de instalação especiais, consulte <xref linkend=\"installationOptions" -"\"></xref>." +"Os pacotes foram divididos em grupos, para fazer a escolha do que você " +"precisa no seu sistema ser muito mais fácil. Os grupos são bastante " +"autoexplicativo, no entanto, mais informações sobre o conteúdo de cada um " +"está disponível nas dicas de ferramentas, que se tornam visíveis quando o " +"mouse é passado sobre eles." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:52 -msgid "The installation steps" -msgstr "As etapas de instalação" +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:23 +msgid "Workstation." +msgstr "Estação de trabalho." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:55 +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:27 +msgid "Server." +msgstr "Servidor." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:31 +msgid "Graphical Environment." +msgstr "Ambiente Gráfico." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:35 msgid "" -"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed " -"on the side panel of the screen." +"Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or " +"remove packages." msgstr "" -"O processo de instalação é dividido em um número de passos, o que pode ser " -"seguido no painel lateral da tela." +"Seleção de Pacotes Individuais: Você pode usar esta opção para adicionar ou " +"remover pacotes manualmente." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:58 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:39 msgid "" -"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</" -"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options." +"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do " +"a minimal install." msgstr "" -"Cada passo tem uma ou mais telas que também podem ter botões " -"<guibutton>Avançados</guibutton> com opções extras, menos comumente " -"necessárias." +"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do " +"a minimal install." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:62 +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4 +msgid "Choose Individual Packages" +msgstr "Escolha Pacotes Individuais" + +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11 msgid "" -"Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further " -"explanations about the current step." +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"A maioria das telas tem botões de <guibutton>Ajuda</guibutton> que contém " -"explicações sobre a etapa atual." +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/installer.xml:66 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17 msgid "" -"If somewhere during install you decide to stop the installation, it is " -"possible to reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a " -"partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your " -"computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well " -"leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure " -"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys " -"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " -"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot." +"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation." msgstr "" -"Se em algum momento durante a instalação, você decidir interromper a " -"instalação, é possível reiniciar, mas por favor, pense duas vezes antes de " -"fazer isso. Uma vez que a partição tenha sido formatada ou atualizações " -"começaram a ser instaladas, o computador não está mais no mesmo estado e " -"reiniciar ele poderá deixá-lo com um sistema inutilizável. Se, apesar disto, " -"você está muito certo de que reiniciar é o que você quer, vá para um " -"terminal de texto e pressione as três teclas <guibutton> Ctrl Alt F2 </" -"guibutton> ao mesmo tempo. Depois disso, pressione <guibutton>Ctrl Alt " -"Delete</guibutton> simultaneamente, para reiniciar." - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:80 -msgid "Installation options" -msgstr "Opções de Instalação" +"Aqui você pode adicionar ou remover quaisquer pacotes extras para " +"personalizar a instalação." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:83 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20 msgid "" -"If the installation fails then it may be necessary to try again by using one " -"of the extra options available by hitting the <guibutton>F1 (Help)</" -"guibutton> key see <xref linkend=\"dx-welcome\"></xref>" +"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</" +"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving " +"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same " +"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and " +"choosing to load it." msgstr "" -"Se a instalação falhar, então pode ser necessário tentar de novo usando uma " -"das opções extras disponíveis pressionando <guibutton>F1 (Help)</guibutton>. " -"Veja em <xref linkend=\"dx-welcome\"></xref>Tela de Ajuda da Instalação" +"Depois de ter feito a sua escolha, você pode clicar no ícone do " +"<guibutton>disquete</guibutton>, na parte inferior da página, para salvar a " +"sua escolha de pacotes (salvar em um pendrive USB, também). Você pode então " +"usar este arquivo para instalar os mesmos pacotes em outro sistema, " +"pressionando o mesmo botão durante a instalação e escolhendo a carregá-lo." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:87 -msgid "This will open the following text based help." -msgstr "Isto abrirá o seguinte ajuda em modo texto." +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/configureServices.xml:12 +msgid "Configure your Services" +msgstr "Configurar os seus serviços" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:91 -msgid "Installation Help Screen" -msgstr "Tela de Ajuda da Instalação" +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/configureServices.xml:21 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:96 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureServices.xml:27 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system." msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"Aqui você pode definir quais serviços devem (ou não) começar quando você " +"inicializar seu sistema." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:105 -msgid "Installation Problems and Possible Solutions" -msgstr "Problemas de Instalação e Possíveis Soluções" +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureServices.xml:30 +msgid "" +"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and " +"see all services in it." +msgstr "" +"Há quatro grupos, clique no triângulo diante de um grupo para expandi-lo e " +"ver todos os serviços nele." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:111 -msgid "No Graphical Interface" -msgstr "Sem Interface Gráfica" +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureServices.xml:34 +msgid "The setting DrakX chose are usually good." +msgstr "A configuração escolhida pelo DrakX são geralmente boas." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:116 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureServices.xml:37 msgid "" -"After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " -"This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low " -"resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt." +"If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info " +"box below." msgstr "" -"Após a tela inicial, você não chegou na tela de seleção de idioma. Isto " -"pode acontecer com algumas placas de vídeos e sistemas antigos. Tente usar " -"uma resolução baixa teclando <code>vgalo</code> na tela de prompt (modo-" -"texto)." +"Se você selecionar um serviço, algumas informações sobre ele são mostradas " +"na caixa de informações abaixo." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:123 -msgid "" -"If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " -"In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit " -"ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be " -"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit " -"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode.<emphasis></emphasis>" +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureServices.xml:41 +msgid "Only change things when you know very well what you are doing." msgstr "" -"Se o hardware é muito antigo, uma instalação gráfica pode não ser possível. " -"Neste caso, vale a pena tentar uma instalação em modo de texto. Para usar " -"esta opção, tecle ESC na primeira tela de boas-vindas e confirme com ENTER. " -"Aparecerá para você uma tela preta com a palavra \"boot:\". Tecle \"text\" e " -"clique ENTER. Agora continue com a instalação em modo-texto." +"Apenas mude as coisas quando você sabe muito bem o que você está fazendo." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:135 -msgid "The Install Freezes" -msgstr "A Instalação Congela" +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:12 +msgid "Configure your Timezone" +msgstr "Configure o seu fuso horário" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:138 +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 msgid "" -"If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a " -"problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of " -"hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type " -"<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with " -"other options as necessary." +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." +"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"Se o sistema parece congelar durante a instalação, isto pode ser um problema " -"com a detecção de hardware. Neste caso, a detecção automática de hardware " -"pode ser ignorada e tratada mais tarde. Para tentar desta forma, tecle " -"<code>noauto</code> no prompt (tela modo-texto). Esta opção pode também ser " -"combinada com outras opções, conforme necessário." +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." +"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:147 -msgid "Kernel Options" -msgstr "Opções do Kernel" +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26 +msgid "" +"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the " +"same time zone." +msgstr "" +"Escolha o seu fuso horário, escolha o seu país ou uma cidade próxima a você " +"no mesmo fuso horário." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:150 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30 msgid "" -"These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " -"available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " -"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e." -"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." +"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to " +"GMT, also known as UTC." msgstr "" -"Estas raramente serão necessárias, mas em alguns casos, o hardware pode " -"relatar a memória RAM disponível de forma incorreta. Para especificar isso " -"manualmente, você pode usar o parâmetro <code>mem=xxxM</code>, onde xxx é o " -"a correta quantidade de RAM. Por exemplo <code>mem=256M</code> irá " -"especificar 256MB de RAM." +"Na próxima tela você pode optar por configurar seu relógio para a hora local " +"ou GMT, também conhecida como UTC." + +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35 +msgid "" +"If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they " +"are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT." +msgstr "" +"Se você tiver mais de um sistema operacional em seu computador, certifique-" +"se que eles estão todos configurados para a hora local, ou todos para a UTC/" +"GMT." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:23 -msgid "Install or Upgrade" -msgstr "Instalar ou atualizar" +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11 +msgid "Choose an X Server (Configure your Graphic Card)" +msgstr "Escolha um Servidor X (Configure sua Placa de Vídeo)" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:27 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34 -msgid "Install" -msgstr "Instalar" +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21 +msgid "" +"DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually " +"correctly identify your video device." +msgstr "" +"DrakX tem um banco de dados muito completo de placas de vídeo e geralmente " +"identifica corretamente o seu dispositivo." -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:36 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24 msgid "" -"Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation." +"If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know " +"which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:" msgstr "" -"Utilize esta opção para uma nova instalação <application>Mageia</" -"application>. ." +"Se o instalador não detectou corretamente sua placa de vídeo e você sabe " +"identificá-la, você pode selecioná-la a partir da árvore, escolhendo:" -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:41 -msgid "Upgrade" -msgstr "Atualizar" +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69 +msgid "vendor" +msgstr "fabricante" -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:43 +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:31 +msgid "then the name of your card" +msgstr "em seguida, o nome de sua placa" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:35 +msgid "and the type of card" +msgstr "e o tipo de placa" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:39 msgid "" -"If you have one or more <application>Mageia 2</application> installations on " -"your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the " -"latest release." +"If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in " +"the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the " +"Xorg category" msgstr "" -"Se você tem uma ou mais instalações da <application>Mageia 2</application> " -"em seu sistema, o instalador irá permitir que você atualize uma delas para a " -"última versão." +"Se você não consegue encontrar sua placa nas listas de fabricantes (porque " +"ainda não está no banco de dados ou é uma placa antiga), você pode encontrar " +"um driver adequado na categoria Xorg" -#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:49 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43 msgid "" -"If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to " -"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been " -"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " -"the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an " -"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you " -"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " -"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</" -"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." +"The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card " +"drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the " +"option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities." msgstr "" -"Se durante a instalação você decidir interromper a instalação, é possível " -"reiniciar, mas por favor, pense duas vezes antes de fazer isso. Uma vez que " -"a partição tenha sido formatada ou atualizações começaram a ser instaladas, " -"o computador não estará mais no mesmo estado e reiniciar ele poderia muito " -"bem deixá-lo com um sistema inutilizável. Se, apesar isso, você está muito " -"certo de você quer reiniciar, vá para um terminal de texto, pressione as " -"três teclas <guilabel>Alt Ctrl F2</guilabel>, ao mesmo tempo. Depois disso, " -"pressione <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</guilabel> simultaneamente para " -"reiniciar." +"A listagem Xorg fornece mais de 40 drivers de placa de vídeos genéricos e de " +"código aberto. Se você ainda não conseguiu encontrar um driver para o sua " +"placa, há a opção de usar o driver vesa que fornece os recursos básicos." -#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> -#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:60 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48 msgid "" -"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you " -"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " -"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</" -"emphasis> do this later in the install." +"Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access " +"to the Commandline Interface." msgstr "" -"Se você descobriu que você esqueceu de selecionar um idioma adicional, você " -"pode retornar a partir da tela \"Instalar ou Atualizar\" para a tela de " -"escolha de idioma pressionando <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. " -"<emphasis>Não</emphasis> faça isso mais tarde na instalação." +"Esteja ciente de que se você selecionar um driver incompatível você só pode " +"ter acesso à interface de linha de comando." -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14 -msgid "Keyboard" -msgstr "Teclado" +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51 +msgid "" +"Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which " +"may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from " +"the card manufacturers' websites." +msgstr "" +"Alguns fabricantes de placas de vídeo oferecem drivers proprietários para " +"Linux, que só podem estar disponíveis nos repositórios Nonfree e, em alguns " +"casos, apenas nos sites dos fabricantes de placas." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:17 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable " -"keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout." +"The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them. If " +"you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot." msgstr "" -"DrakX seleciona um teclado adequado ao seu idioma. Se nenhum teclado " -"adequado for encontrado, ele será o padrão para um layout de teclado dos EUA." +"Os respositórios Nonfree precisam ser explicitamente habilitados para acessá-" +"los, você deve fazer isso após o primeiro reinício." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4 +msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration" +msgstr "Configuração da placa de vídeo e monitor" +#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22 +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" align=\"center\" " -"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18 +msgid "" +"No matter which graphical environment (also known as desktop environment) " +"you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are " +"all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window " +"System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for " +"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or " +"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</" +"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can " +"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you " +"think the choice is incorrect." +msgstr "" +"Não importa qual ambiente gráfico (também conhecido como ambiente de " +"desktop) que você escolheu para esta instalação da <application>Mageia</" +"application>, eles são todos baseados em um sistema de interface gráfica de " +"usuário chamada <acronym>X Window System</acronym>, ou simplesmente " +"<acronym>X</acronym>. Então, para <acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</" +"acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> ou qualquer outro ambiente gráfico " +"funcionar bem, as configurações de <acronym>X</acronym> a seguir precisam " +"ser corretas. Escolha as configurações corretas, se você pode ver que o " +"<application>DrakX</application> não fazer uma escolha, ou se você acha que " +"a escolha é incorreta." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30 +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31 msgid "" -"Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. " -"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications " -"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a " -"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " -"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en." -"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card " +"from the list if needed." msgstr "" -"Certifique-se que a seleção está correta ou escolha outro layout de teclado. " -"Se você não sabe qual o layout do seu teclado possui, procure nas " -"especificações que acompanham o sistema ou peça ao fornecedor do computador. " -"Pode até haver uma etiqueta no teclado que identifica o layout. Você também " -"pode procurar aqui:<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/" -"Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Placa de Vídeo</guibutton></emphasis>: Escolha a sua " +"placa da lista, se necessário.." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40 +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37 msgid "" -"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</" -"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there." +"<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: You can choose " +"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> when applicable, or choose your monitor " +"from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. " +"Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the " +"horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor." msgstr "" -"Se o seu teclado não está na lista exibida, clique em <guibutton>Mais</" -"guibutton> para obter uma lista completa, e selecionar o seu teclado lá." +"<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: Você pode escolher " +"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> quando aplicável, ou escolher o seu monitor " +"a partir da lista de <guilabel>Fornecedores</guilabel> ou " +"<guilabel>Genéricos</guilabel>. Escolha <guilabel>Personalizar</guilabel> se " +"você preferir definir manualmente as taxas de atualização horizontal e " +"vertical do seu monitor." -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para> -#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45 +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45 +msgid "Incorrect refresh rates may damage your monitor" +msgstr "Taxas de atualização incorreta pode danificar o seu monitor" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:51 msgid "" -"After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, " -"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though " -"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " -"and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the " -"full list." +"<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired " +"resolution and color depth of your monitor here." msgstr "" -"Depois de escolher um teclado a partir do diálogo <guibutton>Mais</" -"guibutton>, você vai voltar para a primeira caixa de diálogo de escolha do " -"teclado e vai parecer que um teclado daquela tela foi escolhido. Você pode " -"ignorar esta anomalia e continuar a instalação: O teclado é aquele que você " -"escolheu da lista completa." +"<emphasis><guibutton>Resolução</guibutton></emphasis>: Defina aqui a " +"resolução e profundidade de cor desejada de seu monitor." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:55 +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56 msgid "" -"If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an " -"extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin " -"and non-Latin keyboard layouts" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not " +"always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your " +"settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your " +"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. " +"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be " +"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " +"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</" +"emphasis>" msgstr "" -"Se você escolher um teclado baseado em caracteres não latinos, você verá uma " -"tela de diálogo extra perguntando como você prefere alternar entre os " -"layouts de teclados latinos e não latinos." +"<emphasis><guibutton>Teste</guibutton></emphasis>: O botão de teste nem " +"sempre aparece durante a instalação. Se o botão está lá, você pode controlar " +"suas configurações pressionando-a. Se você ver uma indagação perguntando se " +"suas configurações estão corretas, você pode responder \"sim\", e as " +"configurações serão mantidas. Se você não vê nada, você vai voltar para a " +"tela de configuração e ser capaz de reconfigurar tudo até o teste ficar bom. " +"<emphasis>Certifique-se de que suas configurações estejam da forma mais " +"segura, caso o botão de teste não esteja disponível</emphasis>." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67 +msgid "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to " +"enable or disable various options." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Opções</guibutton></emphasis>: Aqui você pode optar por " +"ativar ou desativar várias opções." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/configureServices.xml:12 -msgid "Configure your Services" -msgstr "Configurar os seus serviços" +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18 +msgid "Choosing your Monitor" +msgstr "Escolhendo seu Monitor" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:21 +msgid "" +"DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually " +"correctly identify yours." +msgstr "" +"DrakX tem um banco de dados bastante extenso de monitores e geralmente " +"identificará corretamente o seu." + +#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26 +msgid "" +"<emphasis>Selecting a monitor with different characteristics could damage " +"your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing " +"what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor " +"documentation" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Selecionando um monitor com características diferentes pode " +"danificar seu equipamento de vídeo. Por favor não tente algo sem " +"conhecimento do que você está fazendo. </emphasis>Se você tiver dúvidas, " +"consulte a documentação de seu monitor." -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/configureServices.xml:21 +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureServices.xml:27 +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42 +msgid "<emphasis>Custom</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>Personalizado</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44 msgid "" -"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system." +"This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh " +"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the " +"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are " +"displayed." msgstr "" -"Aqui você pode definir quais serviços devem (ou não) começar quando você " -"inicializar seu sistema." +"Esta opção permite você definir dois parâmetros importantes, a taxa de " +"atualização vertical e da taxa de sicronização horizontal. A atualização " +"vertical determina a frequência que a tela será atualizada e a sicronização " +"horizontal é a taxa de linhas que serão exibidas." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureServices.xml:30 +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49 msgid "" -"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and " -"see all services in it." +"It is <emphasis>VERY IMPORTANT</emphasis> that you do not specify a monitor " +"type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you " +"may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and " +"consult your monitor documentation." msgstr "" -"Há quatro grupos, clique no triângulo diante de um grupo para expandi-lo e " -"ver todos os serviços nele." +"É <emphasis>MUITO IMPORTANTE</emphasis> que você não especifique um tipo de " +"monitor com uma gama de sincronização que está além das capacidades do seu " +"equipamento: você pode danificá-lo. Em caso de dúvidas, escolha uma " +"configuração conservadora e consulte a documentação de seu monitor." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureServices.xml:34 -msgid "The setting DrakX chose are usually good." -msgstr "A configuração escolhida pelo DrakX são geralmente boas." +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:55 +msgid "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureServices.xml:37 +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:58 msgid "" -"If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info " -"box below." +"This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the " +"monitor database." msgstr "" -"Se você selecionar um serviço, algumas informações sobre ele são mostradas " -"na caixa de informações abaixo." +"É a opção padrão e tenta determinar o tipo de monitor no banco de dados." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureServices.xml:41 -msgid "Only change things when you know very well what you are doing." -msgstr "" -"Apenas mude as coisas quando você sabe muito bem o que você está fazendo." - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:23 -msgid "Please choose a language to use" -msgstr "Por favor, escolha um idioma para usar" +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63 +msgid "<emphasis>Vendor</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>Fabricante</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:26 +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:65 msgid "" -"Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your " -"continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during " -"the installation and for your installed system." +"If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which " +"one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:" msgstr "" -"Selecione o seu idioma preferido, pela primeira ampliação da lista para o " -"seu continente. A <application>Mageia</application> irá utilizar essa " -"seleção durante a instalação e para o sistema instalado." +"Se o instalador não detectou corretamente o seu monitor e você sabe " +"identificá-lo, você pode selecioná-lo a partir da árvore, escolhendo:" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73 +msgid "the monitor manufacturers name" +msgstr "o nome do fabricante do monitor" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:77 +msgid "the monitor description" +msgstr "a descrição do monitor" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:30 +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:82 +msgid "<emphasis>Generic</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>Generic</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84 msgid "" -"If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your " -"system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the " -"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be " -"difficult to add extra language support after installation." +"selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as " +"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is " +"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver " +"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it " +"may be wise to be conservative in your selections." msgstr "" -"Se é provável que você vai exigir vários idiomas instalado em seu sistema, " -"para si ou para outros usuários, então você deve usar o botão " -"<guibutton>Múltiplas linguagens</guibutton> para adicioná-los agora. Vai ser " -"difícil adicionar o suporte a idiomas adicionais após a instalação." +"A seleção deste grupo apresenta cerca de 30 configurações de tela, tal como " +"1024x768 @ 60Hz, incluindo as telas planas como as usadas em laptops. Esta é " +"frequentemente uma boa opção de seleção de grupo de monitor, se você usa o " +"driver da placa Vesa, quando seu equipamento de vídeo não é identificado " +"automaticamente. Mais uma vez, pode ser ser sábio ser cauteloso em suas " +"seleções." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:19 +msgid "Custom disk partitioning with DiskDrake" +msgstr "Personalização do particionamento de disco com DiskDrake" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:36 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"> </" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:44 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:33 msgid "" -"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them " -"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " -"marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ." +"If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " +"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The " +"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " +"set, otherwise your system will be unbootable." msgstr "" -"Mesmo se você escolher mais de um idioma, você deve primeiro escolher um " -"deles como seu idioma preferido na primeira tela de idiomas. Também será " -"marcado como escolhido na tela de múltiplos idiomas." +"Se você deseja usar a criptografia em sua partição <literal>/</literal> " +"(raiz) você deve garantir que você tenha uma partição <literal>/boot</" +"literal> separada. A opção de criptografia para a partição <literal>/boot</" +"literal> NÃO deve ser feita, caso contrário, seu sistema não inicializará." -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:51 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:39 msgid "" -"If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then " -"it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well." +"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, " +"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " +"is in them before you start." msgstr "" -"Se o idioma do teclado não é o mesmo que o seu idioma preferido, então é " -"aconselhável instalar o idioma do teclado também." +"Ajuste o layout de seu(s) disco(s) aqui. Você pode remover ou criar " +"partições, mudar o sistema de arquivos de uma partição ou alterar o seu " +"tamanho e até mesmo ver o que há neles antes de começar." -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:57 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:42 msgid "" -"Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the " -"\"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your " -"language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages." +"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an " +"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." msgstr "" -"A Mageia usa UTF-8 (Unicode) por padrão. Isso pode ser desativado na tela " -"\"múltiplas linguagens\" se você sabe que é inadequado para o seu idioma. A " -"desativação do UTF-8 se aplicada a todos os idiomas instalados." +"Há uma aba para cada disco rígido ou outro dispositivo de armazenamento " +"detectado, como uma chave USB. Por exemplo sda, sdb e sdc, se existem três " +"deles." -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:64 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:45 msgid "" -"You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia " -"Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system." +"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected " +"storage device" msgstr "" -"Você pode alterar o idioma do seu sistema após a instalação no Centro de " -"Controle Mageia -> Sistema -> Gerenciar Localização para o seu Sistema." - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:4 -msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted" -msgstr "Confirme o disco rígido para ser formatado" +"Pressione <guibutton>Limpar tudo</guibutton> para limpar todas as partições " +"no dispositivo de armazenamento selecionado." -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 -#. test comment - johnr -#. 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct -#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I -#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD -#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:47 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" -"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, " +"or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it." msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" -"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"Para todas as outras ações: clicar na partição desejada primeiro. Em " +"seguida, visualizá-la, ou escolher um sistema de arquivos e um ponto de " +"montagem, redimensioná-la ou limpá-la." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24 -msgid "" -"Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your " -"choice." -msgstr "" -"Clique em <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton> se você não tem certeza sobre sua " -"escolha." +#: en/diskdrake.xml:49 +msgid "Continue until you adjusted everything to your wishes." +msgstr "Continue até que você ajustar tudo como desejar." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 -msgid "" -"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every " -"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." -msgstr "" -"Clique em <guibutton>Avançar</guibutton> se você tem certeza e deseja apagar " -"todas as partições, cada sistema operacional e todos os dados no disco " -"rígido." +#: en/diskdrake.xml:51 +msgid "Click <guibutton>Done</guibutton> when you're ready." +msgstr "Click <guibutton>Ok</guibutton> quando estiver pronto." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:25 @@ -1180,235 +1358,64 @@ msgstr "" "Certifique-se também que todas as partições tenham sido criadas com um " "número par de megabytes." -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:5 -msgid "Desktop Selection" -msgstr "Seleção de Área de Trabalho" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11 -msgid "" -"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine " -"tune your choice." -msgstr "" -"Dependendo de suas seleções aqui, pode ser oferecido a você telas adicionais " -"para ajustar as suas escolhas." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:13 -msgid "" -"After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package " -"installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the " -"<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button" -msgstr "" -"Após a(s) etapa(s) de seleção(s), você vai ver uma apresentação de slides " -"durante a instalação dos pacotes. A apresentação de slides pode ser " -"desativada pressionando o botão <guilabel>Detalhes</guilabel>." - -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:20 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:26 -msgid "" -"Choose whether you prefer to use the <application>KDE</application> or " -"<application>Gnome</application> desktop environment. Both come with a full " -"set of useful applications and tools. Tick <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if " -"you want to use neither or both, or if you want something other than the " -"default software choices for these desktop environments. The " -"<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, " -"sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default." -msgstr "" -"Escolha se você prefere usar o ambiente de trabalho <application>KDE</" -"application> ou <application>Gnome</application>. Ambos vêm com um conjunto " -"completo de aplicações e ferramentas úteis. Marque <guilabel>Personalizar</" -"guilabel> se você quiser usar um ou ambos, ou se você quer algo diferente do " -"que as escolhas de software padrão para estes ambientes de desktop. O " -"desktop <application>LXDE</application> é mais leve que os dois anteriores, " -"ostentando colírio para os olhos e menos pacotes instalado por padrão." - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:4 -msgid "Package Group Selection" -msgstr "Seleção de Grupo de Pacotes" - -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:10 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:16 -msgid "" -"Packages have been sorted into groups, to make choosing what you need on " -"your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however " -"more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which " -"become visible as the mouse is hovered over them." -msgstr "" -"Os pacotes foram divididos em grupos, para fazer a escolha do que você " -"precisa no seu sistema ser muito mais fácil. Os grupos são bastante " -"autoexplicativo, no entanto, mais informações sobre o conteúdo de cada um " -"está disponível nas dicas de ferramentas, que se tornam visíveis quando o " -"mouse é passado sobre eles." - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:23 -msgid "Workstation." -msgstr "Estação de trabalho." - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:27 -msgid "Server." -msgstr "Servidor." - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:31 -msgid "Graphical Environment." -msgstr "Ambiente Gráfico." - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:35 -msgid "" -"Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or " -"remove packages." -msgstr "" -"Seleção de Pacotes Individuais: Você pode usar esta opção para adicionar ou " -"remover pacotes manualmente." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:39 -msgid "" -"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do " -"a minimal install." -msgstr "" -"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do " -"a minimal install." - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4 -msgid "Choose Individual Packages" -msgstr "Escolha Pacotes Individuais" - -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17 -msgid "" -"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation." -msgstr "" -"Aqui você pode adicionar ou remover quaisquer pacotes extras para " -"personalizar a instalação." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20 -msgid "" -"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</" -"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving " -"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same " -"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and " -"choosing to load it." -msgstr "" -"Depois de ter feito a sua escolha, você pode clicar no ícone do " -"<guibutton>disquete</guibutton>, na parte inferior da página, para salvar a " -"sua escolha de pacotes (salvar em um pendrive USB, também). Você pode então " -"usar este arquivo para instalar os mesmos pacotes em outro sistema, " -"pressionando o mesmo botão durante a instalação e escolhendo a carregá-lo." - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:19 -msgid "Custom disk partitioning with DiskDrake" -msgstr "Personalização do particionamento de disco com DiskDrake" +#. type: Content of: <article><info><title> +#: en/DrakX.xml:3 +msgid "Installation with DrakX" +msgstr "Instalando com DrakX" -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:26 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> +#: en/DrakX.xml:6 +msgid "<note>" +msgstr "<note>" -#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:33 +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> +#: en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" -"If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " -"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The " -"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " -"set, otherwise your system will be unbootable." +"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " +"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " +"while installing." msgstr "" -"Se você deseja usar a criptografia em sua partição <literal>/</literal> " -"(raiz) você deve garantir que você tenha uma partição <literal>/boot</" -"literal> separada. A opção de criptografia para a partição <literal>/boot</" -"literal> NÃO deve ser feita, caso contrário, seu sistema não inicializará." +"Ninguém vai ver todas as telas do instalador mostradas neste manual. As " +"telas que você verá dependem de seu hardware e as escolhas que você faz " +"durante a instalação." -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:39 -msgid "" -"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, " -"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " -"is in them before you start." -msgstr "" -"Ajuste o layout de seu(s) disco(s) aqui. Você pode remover ou criar " -"partições, mudar o sistema de arquivos de uma partição ou alterar o seu " -"tamanho e até mesmo ver o que há neles antes de começar." +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakX.xml:10 +msgid "</note>" +msgstr "</note>" -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:42 +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" -"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an " -"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." +"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " +"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" +"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." msgstr "" -"Há uma aba para cada disco rígido ou outro dispositivo de armazenamento " -"detectado, como uma chave USB. Por exemplo sda, sdb e sdc, se existem três " -"deles." +"Os textos e imagens deste manual estão disponíveis sob a licença CC BY-SA " +"3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://" +"creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:45 +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" -"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected " -"storage device" +"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." msgstr "" -"Pressione <guibutton>Limpar tudo</guibutton> para limpar todas as partições " -"no dispositivo de armazenamento selecionado." +"Este manual foi produzido com a ajuda de <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco." +"com\">Calenco CMS</link> desenvolvido por <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc." +"biz\">NeoDoc</link>." -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:47 +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" -"For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, " -"or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it." +"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" +"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" +"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." msgstr "" -"Para todas as outras ações: clicar na partição desejada primeiro. Em " -"seguida, visualizá-la, ou escolher um sistema de arquivos e um ponto de " -"montagem, redimensioná-la ou limpá-la." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:49 -msgid "Continue until you adjusted everything to your wishes." -msgstr "Continue até que você ajustar tudo como desejar." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:51 -msgid "Click <guibutton>Done</guibutton> when you're ready." -msgstr "Click <guibutton>Ok</guibutton> quando estiver pronto." +"Ele foi escrito por voluntários em seu tempo livre. Entre em contato com a " +"<link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Equipe de " +"Documentação</link>, se você deseja ajudar a melhorar este manual." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/exitInstall.xml:4 @@ -1543,6 +1550,235 @@ msgstr "" "<guibutton>Próximo</guibutton> para continuar." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:18 +msgid "DrakX, the Mageia Installer" +msgstr "DrakX, o Instalador da Mageia" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:21 +msgid "" +"Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia " +"Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as " +"possible." +msgstr "" +"Se você é novo no GNU-Linux ou um usuário experiente, o Instalador da Mageia " +"foi feito para ajudar a fazer sua instalação ou atualização tão fácil quando " +"possível." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:29 +msgid "" +"The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will " +"start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need." +msgstr "" +"A tela do menu inicial tem várias opções, porém a opção padrão irá iniciar o " +"instalador, que será, normalmente, tudo o que você irá precisar." + +#. type: Content of: <section><figure><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:35 +msgid "Installation Welcome Screen" +msgstr "Primeira Tela da Instalação" + +#. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject> +#: en/installer.xml:39 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\"> </imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure> +#: en/installer.xml:34 en/installer.xml:90 +msgid "" +"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=" +"\"1\"/>" +msgstr "" +"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=" +"\"1\"/>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:47 +msgid "" +"If there are problems during install, then it may be necessary to use " +"special installation options, see <xref linkend=\"installationOptions\"></" +"xref>." +msgstr "" +"Se houver problemas durante a instalação, então pode ser necessário usar " +"opções de instalação especiais, consulte <xref linkend=\"installationOptions" +"\"></xref>." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:52 +msgid "The installation steps" +msgstr "As etapas de instalação" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:55 +msgid "" +"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed " +"on the side panel of the screen." +msgstr "" +"O processo de instalação é dividido em um número de passos, o que pode ser " +"seguido no painel lateral da tela." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:58 +msgid "" +"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</" +"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options." +msgstr "" +"Cada passo tem uma ou mais telas que também podem ter botões " +"<guibutton>Avançados</guibutton> com opções extras, menos comumente " +"necessárias." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:62 +msgid "" +"Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further " +"explanations about the current step." +msgstr "" +"A maioria das telas tem botões de <guibutton>Ajuda</guibutton> que contém " +"explicações sobre a etapa atual." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> +#: en/installer.xml:66 +msgid "" +"If somewhere during install you decide to stop the installation, it is " +"possible to reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a " +"partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your " +"computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well " +"leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure " +"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys " +"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " +"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot." +msgstr "" +"Se em algum momento durante a instalação, você decidir interromper a " +"instalação, é possível reiniciar, mas por favor, pense duas vezes antes de " +"fazer isso. Uma vez que a partição tenha sido formatada ou atualizações " +"começaram a ser instaladas, o computador não está mais no mesmo estado e " +"reiniciar ele poderá deixá-lo com um sistema inutilizável. Se, apesar disto, " +"você está muito certo de que reiniciar é o que você quer, vá para um " +"terminal de texto e pressione as três teclas <guibutton> Ctrl Alt F2 </" +"guibutton> ao mesmo tempo. Depois disso, pressione <guibutton>Ctrl Alt " +"Delete</guibutton> simultaneamente, para reiniciar." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:80 +msgid "Installation options" +msgstr "Opções de Instalação" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:83 +msgid "" +"If the installation fails then it may be necessary to try again by using one " +"of the extra options available by hitting the <guibutton>F1 (Help)</" +"guibutton> key see <xref linkend=\"dx-welcome\"></xref>" +msgstr "" +"Se a instalação falhar, então pode ser necessário tentar de novo usando uma " +"das opções extras disponíveis pressionando <guibutton>F1 (Help)</guibutton>. " +"Veja em <xref linkend=\"dx-welcome\"></xref>Tela de Ajuda da Instalação" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:87 +msgid "This will open the following text based help." +msgstr "Isto abrirá o seguinte ajuda em modo texto." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:91 +msgid "Installation Help Screen" +msgstr "Tela de Ajuda da Instalação" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><mediaobject> +#: en/installer.xml:96 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:105 +msgid "Installation Problems and Possible Solutions" +msgstr "Problemas de Instalação e Possíveis Soluções" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:111 +msgid "No Graphical Interface" +msgstr "Sem Interface Gráfica" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/installer.xml:116 +msgid "" +"After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " +"This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low " +"resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt." +msgstr "" +"Após a tela inicial, você não chegou na tela de seleção de idioma. Isto " +"pode acontecer com algumas placas de vídeos e sistemas antigos. Tente usar " +"uma resolução baixa teclando <code>vgalo</code> na tela de prompt (modo-" +"texto)." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/installer.xml:123 +msgid "" +"If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " +"In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit " +"ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be " +"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit " +"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode.<emphasis></emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Se o hardware é muito antigo, uma instalação gráfica pode não ser possível. " +"Neste caso, vale a pena tentar uma instalação em modo de texto. Para usar " +"esta opção, tecle ESC na primeira tela de boas-vindas e confirme com ENTER. " +"Aparecerá para você uma tela preta com a palavra \"boot:\". Tecle \"text\" e " +"clique ENTER. Agora continue com a instalação em modo-texto." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:135 +msgid "The Install Freezes" +msgstr "A Instalação Congela" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:138 +msgid "" +"If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a " +"problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of " +"hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type " +"<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with " +"other options as necessary." +msgstr "" +"Se o sistema parece congelar durante a instalação, isto pode ser um problema " +"com a detecção de hardware. Neste caso, a detecção automática de hardware " +"pode ser ignorada e tratada mais tarde. Para tentar desta forma, tecle " +"<code>noauto</code> no prompt (tela modo-texto). Esta opção pode também ser " +"combinada com outras opções, conforme necessário." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:147 +msgid "Kernel Options" +msgstr "Opções do Kernel" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:150 +msgid "" +"These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " +"available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " +"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e." +"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." +msgstr "" +"Estas raramente serão necessárias, mas em alguns casos, o hardware pode " +"relatar a memória RAM disponível de forma incorreta. Para especificar isso " +"manualmente, você pode usar o parâmetro <code>mem=xxxM</code>, onde xxx é o " +"a correta quantidade de RAM. Por exemplo <code>mem=256M</code> irá " +"especificar 256MB de RAM." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/installUpdates.xml:3 msgid "Updates" msgstr "Atualizações" @@ -1588,6 +1824,131 @@ msgid "Then press <guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue" msgstr "Em seguida, pressione <guibutton>Próximo</guibutton> para continuar." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/media_selection.xml:3 +msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)" +msgstr "Seleção de Mídia (Nonfree)" + +#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media) +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong) +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/media_selection.xml:12 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/media_selection.xml:18 +msgid "" +"Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are " +"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories " +"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " +"the next steps." +msgstr "" +"Aqui você tem uma lista dos repositórios disponíveis. Nem todos os " +"repositórios estarão disponíveis, dependendo do tipo de mídia que você " +"estiver usando para a instalação. A seleção do repositório determinará quais " +"pacotes estarão disponíveis para seleção durante os próximos passos." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/media_selection.xml:25 +msgid "" +"The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains " +"the base of the distribution." +msgstr "" +"O repositório <emphasis>Core</emphasis> não pode ser desabilitado uma vez " +"que ele contém a base da distribuição." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/media_selection.xml:30 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-" +"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source " +"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " +"nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi " +"cards, etc." +msgstr "" +"O repositório <emphasis>Non-free</emphasis> inclui pacotes que são " +"gratuitos, ou seja, a Mageia pode redistribuí-los, mas eles contêm código-" +"fonte fechado (daí o nome - Nonfree). Por exemplo, este repositório inclui " +"drivers proprietários para placas de vídeo nVidia e ATI, firmware para " +"várias placas WiFi, etc." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/media_selection.xml:38 +msgid "" +"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under " +"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is " +"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. " +"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed " +"to play commercial video DVD, etc." +msgstr "" +"O repositório <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> inclui pacotes distribuídos sob " +"licença livre. O principal critério para colocar pacotes neste repositório é " +"que eles podem infringir patentes e leis de direitos autorais em alguns " +"países, por exemplo, codecs multimídia necessários para reproduzir vários " +"arquivos de áudio/video; pacotes necessários para reproduzir DVD de vídeo " +"comercial, etc." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/minimal-install.xml:3 +msgid "Minimal Install" +msgstr "Instalação Mínima" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/minimal-install.xml:9 +msgid "" +"You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the " +"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></" +"xref>." +msgstr "" +"Você pode escolher uma instalação mínima desmarcando todas as seleções na " +"tela Seleção do Grupo de Pacotes, ver <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups" +"\"></xref>." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/minimal-install.xml:10 +msgid "" +"Minimal Installation is intended for those with specific uses in mind for " +"their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised " +"workstation. You will probably use this option combined with Manual Package " +"Selection, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." +msgstr "" +"A instalação mínima é destinado para aqueles com usos específicos em mente " +"para sua <application>Mageia</application>, como um servidor ou estação de " +"trabalho especializado. Você provavelmente irá utilizar esta opção, " +"combinada com a seleção manual de pacotes, ver <xref linkend=" +"\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/minimal-install.xml:14 +msgid "" +"If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer " +"you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X." +msgstr "" +"Se você escolher esta classe de instalação, em seguida, a próxima tela irá " +"oferecer-lhe alguns pacotes extras úteis para instalar, tais como a " +"documentação e o X." + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/minimal-install.xml:19 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:3 msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters" msgstr "Resumo de diversos parâmetros" @@ -1815,10 +2176,11 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Rede</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:163 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "You can configure your network here, but for network cards with non-free " "drivers it is better to do that after reboot, in the <application>Mageia " -"Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the non-free media " +"Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the Nonfree media " "repositories." msgstr "" "Você pode configurar sua rede aqui, mas para placas de rede com drivers não-" @@ -1914,118 +2276,364 @@ msgstr "" "Ter em mente que permitir tudo (sem firewall) pode ser muito arriscado." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:12 -msgid "Configure your Timezone" -msgstr "Configure o seu fuso horário" +#: en/securityLevel.xml:12 +msgid "Security Level" +msgstr "Nível de Segurança" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" #. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 +#: en/securityLevel.xml:19 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." -"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." -"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26 +#: en/securityLevel.xml:24 +msgid "You can adjust your security level here." +msgstr "Você pode ajustar o seu nível de segurança aqui." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/securityLevel.xml:27 msgid "" -"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the " -"same time zone." +"Leave the default settings as they are, if you don't know what to choose." msgstr "" -"Escolha o seu fuso horário, escolha o seu país ou uma cidade próxima a você " -"no mesmo fuso horário." +"Deixe as configurações padrão como estão, se você não sabe o que escolher." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30 +#: en/securityLevel.xml:30 msgid "" -"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to " -"GMT, also known as UTC." +"After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings " +"in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center." msgstr "" -"Na próxima tela você pode optar por configurar seu relógio para a hora local " -"ou GMT, também conhecida como UTC." +"Após a instalação, sempre será possível ajustar as configurações de " +"segurança na aba <guilabel>Segurança</guilabel> do Centro de Controle Mageia." -#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35 +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/selectCountry.xml:13 +msgid "Select your Country / Region" +msgstr "Selecione seu país / região" + +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/selectCountry.xml:21 msgid "" -"If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they " -"are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT." +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" -"Se você tiver mais de um sistema operacional em seu computador, certifique-" -"se que eles estão todos configurados para a hora local, ou todos para a UTC/" -"GMT." +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:17 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/selectCountry.xml:27 msgid "" -"Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> " -"partition" +"Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, " +"like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country " +"can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network." msgstr "" -"Redimensionar partição <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" -"application>" +"Selecione seu país ou região. Isso é importante para todos os tipos de " +"configurações, como a moeda e domínio regulador do wireless. Definir o país " +"errado pode levar a não ser capaz de usar uma rede sem fio." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:21 +#: en/selectCountry.xml:32 +msgid "" +"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</" +"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." +msgstr "" +"Se o seu país não está na lista, clique no botão <guilabel>Outros Países</" +"guilabel> e escolha seu país / região lá." + +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/selectCountry.xml:37 msgid "" -"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" -"application> partition. Choose which one should be made smaller to make " -"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>." +"If your country is only in the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> list, " +"after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the " +"first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real " +"choice." msgstr "" -"Você tem mais de uma partição do <application>Windows<superscript>®</" -"superscript></application>. Escolha qual deve ser reduzida para dar espaço " -"para a instalação <application>Mageia</application>." +"Se o seu país está apenas na lista <guilabel>Outros Países</guilabel>, " +"depois de clicar <guibutton>OK</guibutton> pode parecer um país de uma " +"primeira lista foi escolhida. Por favor, ignore isso, o DrakX seguirá sua " +"escolha real." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/selectCountry.xml:46 +msgid "Input method" +msgstr "Método de entrada" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/selectCountry.xml:49 +msgid "" +"In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an " +"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input " +"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " +"default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India Live-" +"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method " +"so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input methods(SCIM, " +"GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be installed if you " +"added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." +msgstr "" +"Na tela <guilabel>Outros Países</guilabel> você também pode selecionar um " +"método de entrada (na parte inferior da lista). Métodos de entrada permitem " +"a entrada de caracteres multilíngues (chinês, japonês, coreano, etc). IBus é " +"o método de entrada padrão nos DVDs e nos live-CDs da Mageia para a África/" +"Índia e Ásia/no-Índia. Para idiomas asiáticos e africanos, o IBus será " +"definido como método de entrada padrão para que os usuários não precisem " +"configurá-lo manualmente. Outros métodos de entrada (SCIM, gcin, HIME, etc) " +"também oferecem funções semelhantes e podem ser instalados se você adicionou " +"as mídias HTTP/FTP antes da seleção do pacote." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> +#: en/selectCountry.xml:61 +msgid "" +"If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it " +"after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -> " +"\"System\", or by running localedrake as root." +msgstr "" +"Se você perdeu a configuração do método de entrada durante a instalação, " +"você pode acessá-lo depois de inicializar o sistema instalado, acessando " +"\"Configure seu Computador\" -> \"Sistema\", ou executando localedrake " +"(gerenciador de localização/idiomas) como root." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/setupSCSI.xml:11 -msgid "Setup SCSI" -msgstr "Detecção de disco rígido" +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:23 +msgid "Install or Upgrade" +msgstr "Instalar ou atualizar" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 -#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) -#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the -#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/setupSCSI.xml:26 +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:27 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34 +msgid "Install" +msgstr "Instalar" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:36 +msgid "" +"Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation." +msgstr "" +"Utilize esta opção para uma nova instalação <application>Mageia</" +"application>. ." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:41 +msgid "Upgrade" +msgstr "Atualizar" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:43 +msgid "" +"If you have one or more <application>Mageia 2</application> installations on " +"your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the " +"latest release." +msgstr "" +"Se você tem uma ou mais instalações da <application>Mageia 2</application> " +"em seu sistema, o instalador irá permitir que você atualize uma delas para a " +"última versão." + +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:49 +msgid "" +"If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to " +"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been " +"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " +"the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an " +"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you " +"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " +"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</" +"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." +msgstr "" +"Se durante a instalação você decidir interromper a instalação, é possível " +"reiniciar, mas por favor, pense duas vezes antes de fazer isso. Uma vez que " +"a partição tenha sido formatada ou atualizações começaram a ser instaladas, " +"o computador não estará mais no mesmo estado e reiniciar ele poderia muito " +"bem deixá-lo com um sistema inutilizável. Se, apesar isso, você está muito " +"certo de você quer reiniciar, vá para um terminal de texto, pressione as " +"três teclas <guilabel>Alt Ctrl F2</guilabel>, ao mesmo tempo. Depois disso, " +"pressione <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</guilabel> simultaneamente para " +"reiniciar." + +#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:60 +msgid "" +"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you " +"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " +"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</" +"emphasis> do this later in the install." +msgstr "" +"Se você descobriu que você esqueceu de selecionar um idioma adicional, você " +"pode retornar a partir da tela \"Instalar ou Atualizar\" para a tela de " +"escolha de idioma pressionando <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. " +"<emphasis>Não</emphasis> faça isso mais tarde na instalação." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14 +msgid "Keyboard" +msgstr "Teclado" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupSCSI.xml:32 +#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:17 msgid "" -"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers " -"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " -"fail to recognise the drive." +"DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable " +"keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout." msgstr "" -"O DrakX normalmente detecta discos rígidos corretamente. Pode, contudo, não " -"detectar alguns controladores de disco SCSI antigos e, portanto, deixar de " -"instalar os drivers necessários." +"DrakX seleciona um teclado adequado ao seu idioma. Se nenhum teclado " +"adequado for encontrado, ele será o padrão para um layout de teclado dos EUA." + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" align=\"center\" " +"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. " +"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications " +"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a " +"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " +"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en." +"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" +msgstr "" +"Certifique-se que a seleção está correta ou escolha outro layout de teclado. " +"Se você não sabe qual o layout do seu teclado possui, procure nas " +"especificações que acompanham o sistema ou peça ao fornecedor do computador. " +"Pode até haver uma etiqueta no teclado que identifica o layout. Você também " +"pode procurar aqui:<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/" +"Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40 +msgid "" +"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</" +"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there." +msgstr "" +"Se o seu teclado não está na lista exibida, clique em <guibutton>Mais</" +"guibutton> para obter uma lista completa, e selecionar o seu teclado lá." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para> +#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45 +msgid "" +"After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, " +"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though " +"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " +"and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the " +"full list." +msgstr "" +"Depois de escolher um teclado a partir do diálogo <guibutton>Mais</" +"guibutton>, você vai voltar para a primeira caixa de diálogo de escolha do " +"teclado e vai parecer que um teclado daquela tela foi escolhido. Você pode " +"ignorar esta anomalia e continuar a instalação: O teclado é aquele que você " +"escolheu da lista completa." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:55 +msgid "" +"If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an " +"extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin " +"and non-Latin keyboard layouts" +msgstr "" +"Se você escolher um teclado baseado em caracteres não latinos, você verá uma " +"tela de diálogo extra perguntando como você prefere alternar entre os " +"layouts de teclados latinos e não latinos." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:23 +msgid "Please choose a language to use" +msgstr "Por favor, escolha um idioma para usar" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupSCSI.xml:36 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:26 msgid "" -"If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) " -"you have." +"Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your " +"continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during " +"the installation and for your installed system." msgstr "" -"Se isso acontecer, você terá que manualmente dizer ao Drakx qual o " -"dispositivo(s) SCSI que você tem." +"Selecione o seu idioma preferido, pela primeira ampliação da lista para o " +"seu continente. A <application>Mageia</application> irá utilizar essa " +"seleção durante a instalação e para o sistema instalado." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupSCSI.xml:39 -msgid "DrakX should then be able to configure the drive(s) correctly." +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:30 +msgid "" +"If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your " +"system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the " +"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be " +"difficult to add extra language support after installation." msgstr "" -"O DrakX deve então ser capaz de configurar o dispositivo(s) corretamente." +"Se é provável que você vai exigir vários idiomas instalado em seu sistema, " +"para si ou para outros usuários, então você deve usar o botão " +"<guibutton>Múltiplas linguagens</guibutton> para adicioná-los agora. Vai ser " +"difícil adicionar o suporte a idiomas adicionais após a instalação." + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:36 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:44 +msgid "" +"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them " +"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " +"marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ." +msgstr "" +"Mesmo se você escolher mais de um idioma, você deve primeiro escolher um " +"deles como seu idioma preferido na primeira tela de idiomas. Também será " +"marcado como escolhido na tela de múltiplos idiomas." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:51 +msgid "" +"If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then " +"it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well." +msgstr "" +"Se o idioma do teclado não é o mesmo que o seu idioma preferido, então é " +"aconselhável instalar o idioma do teclado também." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:57 +msgid "" +"Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the " +"\"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your " +"language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages." +msgstr "" +"A Mageia usa UTF-8 (Unicode) por padrão. Isso pode ser desativado na tela " +"\"múltiplas linguagens\" se você sabe que é inadequado para o seu idioma. A " +"desativação do UTF-8 se aplicada a todos os idiomas instalados." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:64 +msgid "" +"You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia " +"Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system." +msgstr "" +"Você pode alterar o idioma do seu sistema após a instalação no Centro de " +"Controle Mageia -> Sistema -> Gerenciar Localização para o seu Sistema." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectMouse.xml:4 @@ -2075,6 +2683,79 @@ msgstr "" "botões." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:5 +msgid "Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry" +msgstr "Adicionando ou Modificando uma Entrada do Menu de Inicialização" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:10 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:17 +msgid "" +"You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the " +"relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen " +"and editing the screen that pops up on top of it." +msgstr "" +"Você pode adicionar uma entrada ou modificar a que você selecionar primeiro, " +"pressionando o botão correspondente na janela de <emphasis>Configuração do " +"Menu de Inicialização</emphasis> e editando a janela que abrir em cima dela." + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:21 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:26 +msgid "" +"Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an " +"entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one." +msgstr "" +"Algumas coisas que podem ser feitas sem qualquer risco são, mudar o rótulo " +"de uma entrada e selecionar a caixa de uma entrada para torná-la padrão." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:27 +msgid "" +"You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely." +msgstr "" +"Você pode adicionar o número da versão correta de uma entrada, ou renomeá-la " +"completamente." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:28 +msgid "" +"The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a " +"choice while booting up." +msgstr "" +"A entrada padrão vai inicializar o sistema se você não fizer uma escolha " +"durante a inicialização." + +#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:29 +msgid "" +"Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " +"just try something without knowing what you are doing." +msgstr "" +"Editar outras coisas pode fazer com que o sistema não inicie. Por favor, não " +"tente algo sem saber o que está fazendo." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:3 msgid "Bootloader main options" msgstr "Principais Opções do Gerenciador de Inicialização" @@ -2246,789 +2927,108 @@ msgstr "" "cada inicialização</guilabel>. Isto ajuda a obter algum espaço livre " "adicional." -#. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> -#: en/DrakX.xml:1 en/media_selection.xml:1 en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 -msgid "en" -msgstr "pt_BR" - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><title> -#: en/DrakX.xml:3 -msgid "Installation with DrakX" -msgstr "Instalando com DrakX" - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> -#: en/DrakX.xml:6 -msgid "<note>" -msgstr "<note>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:7 -msgid "" -"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " -"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " -"while installing." -msgstr "" -"Ninguém vai ver todas as telas do instalador mostradas neste manual. As " -"telas que você verá dependem de seu hardware e as escolhas que você faz " -"durante a instalação." - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:10 -msgid "</note>" -msgstr "</note>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:12 -msgid "" -"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " -"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" -"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." -msgstr "" -"Os textos e imagens deste manual estão disponíveis sob a licença CC BY-SA " -"3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://" -"creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:16 -msgid "" -"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." -msgstr "" -"Este manual foi produzido com a ajuda de <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco." -"com\">Calenco CMS</link> desenvolvido por <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc." -"biz\">NeoDoc</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:18 -msgid "" -"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" -"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" -"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." -msgstr "" -"Ele foi escrito por voluntários em seu tempo livre. Entre em contato com a " -"<link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Equipe de " -"Documentação</link>, se você deseja ajudar a melhorar este manual." - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11 -msgid "Choose an X Server (Configure your Graphic Card)" -msgstr "Escolha um Servidor X (Configure sua Placa de Vídeo)" - -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21 -msgid "" -"DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually " -"correctly identify your video device." -msgstr "" -"DrakX tem um banco de dados muito completo de placas de vídeo e geralmente " -"identifica corretamente o seu dispositivo." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24 -msgid "" -"If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know " -"which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:" -msgstr "" -"Se o instalador não detectou corretamente sua placa de vídeo e você sabe " -"identificá-la, você pode selecioná-la a partir da árvore, escolhendo:" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69 -msgid "vendor" -msgstr "fabricante" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:31 -msgid "then the name of your card" -msgstr "em seguida, o nome de sua placa" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:35 -msgid "and the type of card" -msgstr "e o tipo de placa" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:39 -msgid "" -"If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in " -"the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the " -"Xorg category" -msgstr "" -"Se você não consegue encontrar sua placa nas listas de fabricantes (porque " -"ainda não está no banco de dados ou é uma placa antiga), você pode encontrar " -"um driver adequado na categoria Xorg" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43 -msgid "" -"The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card " -"drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the " -"option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities." -msgstr "" -"A listagem Xorg fornece mais de 40 drivers de placa de vídeos genéricos e de " -"código aberto. Se você ainda não conseguiu encontrar um driver para o sua " -"placa, há a opção de usar o driver vesa que fornece os recursos básicos." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48 -msgid "" -"Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access " -"to the Commandline Interface." -msgstr "" -"Esteja ciente de que se você selecionar um driver incompatível você só pode " -"ter acesso à interface de linha de comando." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51 -msgid "" -"Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which " -"may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from " -"the card manufacturers' websites." -msgstr "" -"Alguns fabricantes de placas de vídeo oferecem drivers proprietários para " -"Linux, que só podem estar disponíveis nos repositórios Nonfree " -"e, em alguns casos, apenas nos sites dos fabricantes de placas." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55 -msgid "" -"The Nonfree repository need to be explicitly enabled to access them. If you " -"didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot." -msgstr "" -"Os respositórios Nonfree precisam ser explicitamente habilitados " -"para acessá-los, você deve fazer isso após o primeiro reinício." - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18 -msgid "Choosing your Monitor" -msgstr "Escolhendo seu Monitor" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:21 -msgid "" -"DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually " -"correctly identify yours." -msgstr "" -"DrakX tem um banco de dados bastante extenso de monitores e geralmente " -"identificará corretamente o seu." - -#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26 -msgid "" -"<emphasis>Selecting a monitor with different characteristics could damage " -"your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing " -"what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor " -"documentation" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis>Selecionando um monitor com características diferentes pode " -"danificar seu equipamento de vídeo. Por favor não tente algo sem " -"conhecimento do que você está fazendo. </emphasis>Se você tiver dúvidas, " -"consulte a documentação de seu monitor." - -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." -"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." -"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42 -msgid "<emphasis>Custom</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>Personalizado</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44 -msgid "" -"This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh " -"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the " -"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are " -"displayed." -msgstr "" -"Esta opção permite você definir dois parâmetros importantes, a taxa de " -"atualização vertical e da taxa de sicronização horizontal. A atualização " -"vertical determina a frequência que a tela será atualizada e a sicronização " -"horizontal é a taxa de linhas que serão exibidas." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49 -msgid "" -"It is <emphasis>VERY IMPORTANT</emphasis> that you do not specify a monitor " -"type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you " -"may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and " -"consult your monitor documentation." -msgstr "" -"É <emphasis>MUITO IMPORTANTE</emphasis> que você não especifique um tipo de " -"monitor com uma gama de sincronização que está além das capacidades do seu " -"equipamento: você pode danificá-lo. Em caso de dúvidas, escolha uma " -"configuração conservadora e consulte a documentação de seu monitor." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:55 -msgid "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:58 -msgid "" -"This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the " -"monitor database." -msgstr "" -"É a opção padrão e tenta determinar o tipo de monitor no banco de dados." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63 -msgid "<emphasis>Vendor</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>Fabricante</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:65 -msgid "" -"If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which " -"one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:" -msgstr "" -"Se o instalador não detectou corretamente o seu monitor e você sabe " -"identificá-lo, você pode selecioná-lo a partir da árvore, escolhendo:" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73 -msgid "the monitor manufacturers name" -msgstr "o nome do fabricante do monitor" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:77 -msgid "the monitor description" -msgstr "a descrição do monitor" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:82 -msgid "<emphasis>Generic</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>Generic</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84 -msgid "" -"selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as " -"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is " -"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver " -"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it " -"may be wise to be conservative in your selections." -msgstr "" -"A seleção deste grupo apresenta cerca de 30 configurações de tela, tal como " -"1024x768 @ 60Hz, incluindo as telas planas como as usadas em laptops. Esta é " -"frequentemente uma boa opção de seleção de grupo de monitor, se você usa o " -"driver da placa Vesa, quando seu equipamento de vídeo não é identificado " -"automaticamente. Mais uma vez, pode ser ser sábio ser cauteloso em suas " -"seleções." - #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4 -msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration" -msgstr "Configuração da placa de vídeo e monitor" - -#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18 -msgid "" -"No matter which graphical environment (also known as desktop environment) " -"you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are " -"all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window " -"System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for " -"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or " -"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</" -"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can " -"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you " -"think the choice is incorrect." -msgstr "" -"Não importa qual ambiente gráfico (também conhecido como ambiente de " -"desktop) que você escolheu para esta instalação da <application>Mageia</" -"application>, eles são todos baseados em um sistema de interface gráfica de " -"usuário chamada <acronym>X Window System</acronym>, ou simplesmente " -"<acronym>X</acronym>. Então, para <acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</" -"acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> ou qualquer outro ambiente gráfico " -"funcionar bem, as configurações de <acronym>X</acronym> a seguir precisam " -"ser corretas. Escolha as configurações corretas, se você pode ver que o " -"<application>DrakX</application> não fazer uma escolha, ou se você acha que " -"a escolha é incorreta." - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31 -msgid "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card " -"from the list if needed." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Placa de Vídeo</guibutton></emphasis>: Escolha a sua " -"placa da lista, se necessário.." - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37 -msgid "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: You can choose " -"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> when applicable, or choose your monitor " -"from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. " -"Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the " -"horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: Você pode escolher " -"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> quando aplicável, ou escolher o seu monitor " -"a partir da lista de <guilabel>Fornecedores</guilabel> ou " -"<guilabel>Genéricos</guilabel>. Escolha <guilabel>Personalizar</guilabel> se " -"você preferir definir manualmente as taxas de atualização horizontal e " -"vertical do seu monitor." - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> -#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45 -msgid "Incorrect refresh rates may damage your monitor" -msgstr "Taxas de atualização incorreta pode danificar o seu monitor" - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:51 -msgid "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired " -"resolution and color depth of your monitor here." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Resolução</guibutton></emphasis>: Defina aqui a " -"resolução e profundidade de cor desejada de seu monitor." - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56 -msgid "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not " -"always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your " -"settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your " -"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. " -"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be " -"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " -"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</" -"emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Teste</guibutton></emphasis>: O botão de teste nem " -"sempre aparece durante a instalação. Se o botão está lá, você pode controlar " -"suas configurações pressionando-a. Se você ver uma indagação perguntando se " -"suas configurações estão corretas, você pode responder \"sim\", e as " -"configurações serão mantidas. Se você não vê nada, você vai voltar para a " -"tela de configuração e ser capaz de reconfigurar tudo até o teste ficar bom. " -"<emphasis>Certifique-se de que suas configurações estejam da forma mais " -"segura, caso o botão de teste não esteja disponível</emphasis>." - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67 -msgid "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to " -"enable or disable various options." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Opções</guibutton></emphasis>: Aqui você pode optar por " -"ativar ou desativar várias opções." - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:5 -msgid "Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry" -msgstr "Adicionando ou Modificando uma Entrada do Menu de Inicialização" - -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:10 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:17 -msgid "" -"You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the " -"relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen " -"and editing the screen that pops up on top of it." -msgstr "" -"Você pode adicionar uma entrada ou modificar a que você selecionar primeiro, " -"pressionando o botão correspondente na janela de <emphasis>Configuração do " -"Menu de Inicialização</emphasis> e editando a janela que abrir em cima dela." +#: en/setupSCSI.xml:11 +msgid "Setup SCSI" +msgstr "Detecção de disco rígido" +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 +#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) +#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the +#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:21 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:26 -msgid "" -"Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an " -"entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one." -msgstr "" -"Algumas coisas que podem ser feitas sem qualquer risco são, mudar o rótulo " -"de uma entrada e selecionar a caixa de uma entrada para torná-la padrão." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:27 -msgid "" -"You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely." -msgstr "" -"Você pode adicionar o número da versão correta de uma entrada, ou renomeá-la " -"completamente." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:28 -msgid "" -"The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a " -"choice while booting up." -msgstr "" -"A entrada padrão vai inicializar o sistema se você não fizer uma escolha " -"durante a inicialização." - -#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:29 -msgid "" -"Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " -"just try something without knowing what you are doing." -msgstr "" -"Editar outras coisas pode fazer com que o sistema não inicie. Por favor, não " -"tente algo sem saber o que está fazendo." - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/minimal-install.xml:3 -msgid "Minimal Install" -msgstr "Instalação Mínima" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/minimal-install.xml:9 -msgid "" -"You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the " -"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></" -"xref>." -msgstr "" -"Você pode escolher uma instalação mínima desmarcando todas as seleções na " -"tela Seleção do Grupo de Pacotes, ver <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups" -"\"></xref>." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/minimal-install.xml:10 +#: en/setupSCSI.xml:26 msgid "" -"Minimal Installation is intended for those with specific uses in mind for " -"their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised " -"workstation. You will probably use this option combined with Manual Package " -"Selection, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"A instalação mínima é destinado para aqueles com usos específicos em mente " -"para sua <application>Mageia</application>, como um servidor ou estação de " -"trabalho especializado. Você provavelmente irá utilizar esta opção, " -"combinada com a seleção manual de pacotes, ver <xref linkend=" -"\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/minimal-install.xml:14 -msgid "" -"If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer " -"you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X." -msgstr "" -"Se você escolher esta classe de instalação, em seguida, a próxima tela irá " -"oferecer-lhe alguns pacotes extras úteis para instalar, tais como a " -"documentação e o X." - -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/minimal-install.xml:19 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/securityLevel.xml:12 -msgid "Security Level" -msgstr "Nível de Segurança" - -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/securityLevel.xml:19 +#: en/setupSCSI.xml:32 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers " +"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " +"fail to recognise the drive." msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/securityLevel.xml:24 -msgid "You can adjust your security level here." -msgstr "Você pode ajustar o seu nível de segurança aqui." +"O DrakX normalmente detecta discos rígidos corretamente. Pode, contudo, não " +"detectar alguns controladores de disco SCSI antigos e, portanto, deixar de " +"instalar os drivers necessários." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/securityLevel.xml:27 +#: en/setupSCSI.xml:36 msgid "" -"Leave the default settings as they are, if you don't know what to choose." +"If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) " +"you have." msgstr "" -"Deixe as configurações padrão como estão, se você não sabe o que escolher." +"Se isso acontecer, você terá que manualmente dizer ao Drakx qual o " +"dispositivo(s) SCSI que você tem." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/securityLevel.xml:30 -msgid "" -"After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings " -"in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center." +#: en/setupSCSI.xml:39 +msgid "DrakX should then be able to configure the drive(s) correctly." msgstr "" -"Após a instalação, sempre será possível ajustar as configurações de " -"segurança na aba <guilabel>Segurança</guilabel> do Centro de Controle Mageia." +"O DrakX deve então ser capaz de configurar o dispositivo(s) corretamente." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/selectCountry.xml:13 -msgid "Select your Country / Region" -msgstr "Selecione seu país / região" +#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:4 +msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted" +msgstr "Confirme o disco rígido para ser formatado" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 +#. test comment - johnr +#. 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct +#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I +#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD +#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/selectCountry.xml:21 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/selectCountry.xml:27 +#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19 msgid "" -"Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, " -"like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country " -"can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network." +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" +"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"Selecione seu país ou região. Isso é importante para todos os tipos de " -"configurações, como a moeda e domínio regulador do wireless. Definir o país " -"errado pode levar a não ser capaz de usar uma rede sem fio." +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" +"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/selectCountry.xml:32 -msgid "" -"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</" -"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." -msgstr "" -"Se o seu país não está na lista, clique no botão <guilabel>Outros Países</" -"guilabel> e escolha seu país / região lá." - -#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/selectCountry.xml:37 +#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24 msgid "" -"If your country is only in the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> list, " -"after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the " -"first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real " +"Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your " "choice." msgstr "" -"Se o seu país está apenas na lista <guilabel>Outros Países</guilabel>, " -"depois de clicar <guibutton>OK</guibutton> pode parecer um país de uma " -"primeira lista foi escolhida. Por favor, ignore isso, o DrakX seguirá sua " -"escolha real." - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/selectCountry.xml:46 -msgid "Input method" -msgstr "Método de entrada" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/selectCountry.xml:49 -msgid "" -"In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an " -"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input " -"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " -"default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India Live-" -"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method " -"so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input methods(SCIM, " -"GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be installed if you " -"added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." -msgstr "" -"Na tela <guilabel>Outros Países</guilabel> você também pode selecionar um " -"método de entrada (na parte inferior da lista). Métodos de entrada permitem " -"a entrada de caracteres multilíngues (chinês, japonês, coreano, etc). IBus é " -"o método de entrada padrão nos DVDs e nos live-CDs da Mageia para a África/" -"Índia e Ásia/no-Índia. Para idiomas asiáticos e africanos, o IBus será " -"definido como método de entrada padrão para que os usuários não precisem " -"configurá-lo manualmente. Outros métodos de entrada (SCIM, gcin, HIME, etc) " -"também oferecem funções semelhantes e podem ser instalados se você adicionou " -"as mídias HTTP/FTP antes da seleção do pacote." - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/selectCountry.xml:61 -msgid "" -"If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it " -"after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -> " -"\"System\", or by running localedrake as root." -msgstr "" -"Se você perdeu a configuração do método de entrada durante a instalação, " -"você pode acessá-lo depois de inicializar o sistema instalado, acessando " -"\"Configure seu Computador\" -> \"Sistema\", ou executando localedrake " -"(gerenciador de localização/idiomas) como root." - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/media_selection.xml:3 -msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)" -msgstr "Seleção de Mídia (Nonfree)" - -#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media) -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong) -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/media_selection.xml:12 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" -"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" -"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/media_selection.xml:18 -msgid "" -"Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are " -"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories " -"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " -"the next steps." -msgstr "" -"Aqui você tem uma lista dos repositórios disponíveis. Nem todos os " -"repositórios estarão disponíveis, dependendo do tipo de mídia que você " -"estiver usando para a instalação. A seleção do repositório determinará quais " -"pacotes estarão disponíveis para seleção durante os próximos passos." - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/media_selection.xml:25 -msgid "" -"The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains " -"the base of the distribution." -msgstr "" -"O repositório <emphasis>Core</emphasis> não pode ser desabilitado uma vez " -"que ele contém a base da distribuição." - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/media_selection.xml:30 -msgid "" -"The <emphasis>Non-free</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-" -"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source " -"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " -"nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi " -"cards, etc." -msgstr "" -"O repositório <emphasis>Non-free</emphasis> inclui pacotes que são " -"gratuitos, ou seja, a Mageia pode redistribuí-los, mas eles contêm código-" -"fonte fechado (daí o nome - Nonfree). Por exemplo, este repositório inclui " -"drivers proprietários para placas de vídeo nVidia e ATI, firmware para " -"várias placas WiFi, etc." - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/media_selection.xml:38 -msgid "" -"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under " -"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is " -"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. " -"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed " -"to play commercial video DVD, etc." -msgstr "" -"O repositório <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> inclui pacotes distribuídos sob " -"licença livre. O principal critério para colocar pacotes neste repositório é " -"que eles podem infringir patentes e leis de direitos autorais em alguns " -"países, por exemplo, codecs multimídia necessários para reproduzir vários " -"arquivos de áudio/video; pacotes necessários para reproduzir DVD de vídeo " -"comercial, etc." - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:10 -msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)" -msgstr "Seleção de Mídia (Configurar a Instalação de Mídias Suplementares )" - -#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"Clique em <guibutton>Anterior</guibutton> se você não tem certeza sobre sua " +"escolha." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24 +#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 msgid "" -"This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can " -"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The " -"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " -"during the next steps." +"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every " +"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." msgstr "" -"Esta tela lista os repositórios reconhecidos automaticamente. Você pode " -"adicionar outras fontes de pacotes, como um CD-ROM ou uma fonte remota. A " -"fonte selecionada determina quais pacotes estarão disponíveis para seleção " -"durante os próximos passos." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29 -msgid "For a network source, there are two steps to follow:" -msgstr "Para instalação via rede, siga os seguintes passos:" +"Clique em <guibutton>Avançar</guibutton> se você tem certeza e deseja apagar " +"todas as partições, cada sistema operacional e todos os dados no disco " +"rígido." -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:33 -msgid "Choosing and activation of the network, if not already up." -msgstr "Escolha e ativação da rede, caso não esteja disponível." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> " +#~ "partition" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Redimensionar partição <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" +#~ "application>" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:37 -msgid "" -"Selecting a mirror or specifying a URL (very first entry). By selecting a " -"mirror, you have access to the selection of all repositories managed by " -"Mageia, like the non-free , the tainted repositories and the updates. With " -"the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS " -"installation." -msgstr "" -"selecione um mirror ou especifique uma URL (a primeira opção). Selecionando " -"um mirror, você tem acesso a todos os repositórios gerenciados pela Mageia, " -"como os repositórios non-freee, tainted e updates. Informando uma URL, você " -"pode selecionar um repositório específico ou seu próprio compartilhamento " -"NFS de instalação." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" +#~ "application> partition. Choose which one should be made smaller to make " +#~ "space for installing <application>Mageia</application>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Você tem mais de uma partição do <application>Windows<superscript>®</" +#~ "superscript></application>. Escolha qual deve ser reduzida para dar " +#~ "espaço para a instalação <application>Mageia</application>." #~ msgid "Choose hard disk to erase for <application>Mageia</application>" #~ msgstr "" diff --git a/docs/installer/ru.po b/docs/installer/ru.po index f192e958..2f07bd6a 100644 --- a/docs/installer/ru.po +++ b/docs/installer/ru.po @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-07-07 10:48+0400\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-10-09 20:39+0400\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-05-16 22:21+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>\n" "Language-Team: Russian <saikov.vb@gmail.com>\n" @@ -90,6 +90,72 @@ msgstr "" "Чтобы ознакомиться со списком нововведений в <application>Mageia</" "application>, нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Заметки о выпуске</guibutton>." +#. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 en/media_selection.xml:1 +msgid "en" +msgstr "ru" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:10 +msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)" +msgstr "" +"Выбор носителя (настройки дополнительных носителей пакетов для установки)" + +#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24 +msgid "" +"This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can " +"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The " +"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " +"during the next steps." +msgstr "" +"На этой странице будет представлен список определенных репозиториев пакетов. " +"Вы сможете добавить другие источники пакетов, в частности оптический " +"носитель или удаленный сервер сети. Набор указанных репозиториев определяет, " +"какие из пакетов будут доступны для выбора на последующих шагах." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29 +msgid "For a network source, there are two steps to follow:" +msgstr "" +"Чтобы добавить сетевой источник, необходимо выполнить два следующих шага:" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:33 +msgid "Choosing and activation of the network, if not already up." +msgstr "Выбор и включение сети, если она еще не была включена." + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:37 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Selecting a mirror or specifying a URL (very first entry). By selecting a " +"mirror, you have access to the selection of all repositories managed by " +"Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With " +"the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS " +"installation." +msgstr "" +"Выбор зеркала или определение URL-адреса (первая запись). После выбора " +"зеркала вы получите доступ к выбору репозиториев, которые используются в " +"Mageia, в частности к репозиторию несвободных пакетов, к репозиторию пакетов " +"с ограничениями в лицензировании и к репозиторию обновлений. С помощью URL-" +"адреса можно связать с системой определенный репозиторий пакетов или " +"развернутую вами с помощью NFS систему." + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:4 msgid "User and Superuser Management" @@ -468,575 +534,690 @@ msgstr "" "дополнительные действия." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:18 -msgid "DrakX, the Mageia Installer" -msgstr "DrakX, программа для установки Mageia" +#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:5 +msgid "Desktop Selection" +msgstr "Выбор рабочего стола" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:21 +#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11 msgid "" -"Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia " -"Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as " -"possible." +"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine " +"tune your choice." msgstr "" -"Неважно, есть у вас опыт использования GNU-Linux или нет, программа для " -"установки Mageia разработана таким образом, чтобы установка или обновление " -"системы прошло как можно проще для вас." +"В зависимости от выбранного вами с помощью этой страницы варианта установки, " +"программа может предложить на последующих страницах дополнительные " +"возможности окончательной настройки вашей системы." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:29 +#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:13 msgid "" -"The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will " -"start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need." +"After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package " +"installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the " +"<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button" msgstr "" -"На начальном окне меню установки вы увидите пункты вариантов действий. " -"Типичным будет пункт запуска программы для установки системы. Обычно, это " -"именно тот пункт, который вам нужен." +"После выполнения операций выбора, вы увидите демонстрацию слайдов. Отключить " +"показ слайдов можно нажатием кнопки <guilabel>Подробности</guilabel>." -#. type: Content of: <section><figure><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:35 -msgid "Installation Welcome Screen" -msgstr "Приветственное окно программы установки" +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:20 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:39 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\"> </imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"Choose whether you prefer to use the <application>KDE</application> or " +"<application>Gnome</application> desktop environment. Both come with a full " +"set of useful applications and tools. Tick <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if " +"you want to use neither or both, or if you want something other than the " +"default software choices for these desktop environments. The " +"<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, " +"sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default." msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\"> </imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"Выберите желаемую для вас графическую среду, <application>KDE</application> " +"или <application>Gnome</application>. Эти среды объединяют полноценные " +"наборы программ и инструментов. Отметьте пункт <guilabel>Дополнительно</" +"guilabel>, если вы намерены не использовать ни одну из этих сред, намерены " +"использовать обе или хотите выбрать какой-то особый перечень программного " +"обеспечения для этих сред. Рабочая среда <application>LXDE</application> " +"является менее требовательным к ресурсам, чем первые две среды, но выглядит " +"не так ярко и по умолчанию содержит меньше полезных программ." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure> -#: en/installer.xml:34 en/installer.xml:90 +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:4 +msgid "Package Group Selection" +msgstr "Выбор групп пакетов" + +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:10 msgid "" -"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=" -"\"1\"/>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=" -"\"1\"/>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:47 +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:16 msgid "" -"If there are problems during install, then it may be necessary to use " -"special installation options, see <xref linkend=\"installationOptions\"></" -"xref>." +"Packages have been sorted into groups, to make choosing what you need on " +"your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however " +"more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which " +"become visible as the mouse is hovered over them." msgstr "" -"Если при установке у вас возникнут проблемы, вам придется воспользоваться " -"особыми параметрами установке см.. <xref linkend=\"installationOptions\"></" -"xref>." +"Чтобы облегчить выбор нужных вам пакетов, список разделен на группы. " +"Назначение групп можно понять из их названий, впрочем, вы можете получить " +"подсказку относительно содержания группы в ответ на наведение указателя мыши " +"на пункт группы в списке." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:52 -msgid "The installation steps" -msgstr "Шаги установки" +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:23 +msgid "Workstation." +msgstr "Рабочая станция." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:55 +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:27 +msgid "Server." +msgstr "Сервер." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:31 +msgid "Graphical Environment." +msgstr "Графическая среда." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:35 msgid "" -"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed " -"on the side panel of the screen." +"Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or " +"remove packages." msgstr "" -"Установка разделена на последовательность шагов, перечень которых будет " -"показан на боковой панели экрана." +"Индивидуальный выбор пакетов: этот вариант можно использовать для добавления " +"или удаления пакетов вручную." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:58 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:39 msgid "" -"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</" -"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options." +"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do " +"a minimal install." msgstr "" -"На каждом шаге вам будут показаны одна или несколько страниц, на которых вы " -"можете увидеть кнопку <guibutton>Дополнительно</guibutton>, с помощью " -"которой осуществляется доступ к дополнительным параметрам, которыми " -"пользуются не так часто как основные." +"Ознакомьтесь с разделом <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref>, где " +"изложены указания относительно установки минимальной системы." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:62 +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4 +msgid "Choose Individual Packages" +msgstr "Выбор индивидуальных пакетов" + +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11 msgid "" -"Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further " -"explanations about the current step." +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"На большинстве страниц вы также увидите кнопку <guibutton>Справка</" -"guibutton>, с помощью которой можно получить дополнительные объяснения " -"относительно текущего шага." +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/installer.xml:66 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17 msgid "" -"If somewhere during install you decide to stop the installation, it is " -"possible to reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a " -"partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your " -"computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well " -"leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure " -"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys " -"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " -"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot." +"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation." msgstr "" -"Если в течение процедуры установки вы решите прекратить установку, тогда вы " -"можете перезагрузить компьютер. Впрочем, вам следует тщательно обдумать ваши " -"действия. После форматирования раздела или начала процедуры установки " -"обновлений компьютер находиться в промежуточном состоянии. Перезагрузка " -"может привести к невозможности пользования системой. Если, вопреки этим " -"предупреждением, вы хотите перезагрузить систему, перейдите в текстовый " -"терминал нажатием комбинации этих трех клавиш: <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</" -"guibutton> одновременно. После этого, нажмите комбинацию клавиш " -"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton>одновременно, чтобы перезагрузить " -"компьютер." +"С помощью этого варианта можно выбрать дополнительные пакеты, которые " +"дополнят установленную вами систему, или удалить пакеты являющиеся частью " +"типового набора." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:80 -msgid "Installation options" -msgstr "Параметры установки" +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20 +msgid "" +"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</" +"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving " +"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same " +"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and " +"choosing to load it." +msgstr "" +"Как только выбор будет сделан, вы сможете нажать <guibutton>значок дискеты</" +"guibutton> в нижней части страницы, чтобы сохранить список пакетов (данные " +"можно сохранить на флэш-носителе USB). После этого сохраненным файлом можно " +"будет воспользоваться для установки системы на другие компьютеры: достаточно " +"нажать эту кнопку еще раз при установке и загрузить сохраненный файл." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:83 +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/configureServices.xml:12 +msgid "Configure your Services" +msgstr "Настройка ваших служб" + +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/configureServices.xml:21 msgid "" -"If the installation fails then it may be necessary to try again by using one " -"of the extra options available by hitting the <guibutton>F1 (Help)</" -"guibutton> key see <xref linkend=\"dx-welcome\"></xref>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"Если программе установки не удается выполнить свое назначение должным " -"образом, вы можете повторить попытку, воспользовавшись дополнительными " -"вариантами, описание которых можно получить после нажатия клавиши " -"<guibutton>F1 (Справка)</guibutton> см. <xref linkend=\"dx-welcome\"></xref>." +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:87 -msgid "This will open the following text based help." +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureServices.xml:27 +msgid "" +"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system." msgstr "" -"В ответ на нажатие этой клавиши будет открыто текстовое окно справочных " -"данных." +"С помощью этой страницы вы можете определить, какие службы запускаться, а " +"какие нет, при загрузке вашей системы." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:91 -msgid "Installation Help Screen" -msgstr "Справочное окно инсталлятора" +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureServices.xml:30 +msgid "" +"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and " +"see all services in it." +msgstr "" +"Предусмотрено четыре группы служб. Чтобы развернуть список каждой из групп, " +"нажмите кнопку с изображением треугольника перед пунктом группы." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:96 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureServices.xml:34 +msgid "The setting DrakX chose are usually good." +msgstr "Обычно необходимости в изменении настроек, выбранных DrakX, нет." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureServices.xml:37 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info " +"box below." msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"После обозначения пункта службы, программа покажет дополнительные данные о " +"службе на панели под списком." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:105 -msgid "Installation Problems and Possible Solutions" -msgstr "Проблемы с установкой и возможные пути их решения" +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureServices.xml:41 +msgid "Only change things when you know very well what you are doing." +msgstr "" +"Вносите изменения только если вам хорошо известны последствия ваших действий." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:111 -msgid "No Graphical Interface" -msgstr "Нет графического интерфейса" +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:12 +msgid "Configure your Timezone" +msgstr "Настройка часового пояса" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:116 +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 msgid "" -"After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " -"This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low " -"resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt." +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." +"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"После начальной страницы не открывается страница выбора языка. Такое может " -"случиться в системах с некоторыми графическими картами и в устаревших " -"системах. Попробуйте воспользоваться режимом низкого разрешения. Для этого " -"впишите<code>vgalo</code> в строку запроса." +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." +"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:123 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26 msgid "" -"If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " -"In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit " -"ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be " -"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit " -"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode.<emphasis></emphasis>" +"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the " +"same time zone." msgstr "" -"Если компьютер очень старый, установка в графическом режиме может быть " -"просто невозможна. В таком случае стоит воспользоваться установкой в " -"текстовом режиме. Чтобы воспользоваться этим режимом, нажмите клавишу Esc, " -"когда будет показан первый пригласительный экран, и подтвердите выполнение " -"действия нажатием клавиши Enter. Введите <code>text</code> и нажмите клавишу " -"Enter. Установка будет продолжена в текстовом режиме.<emphasis></emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:135 -msgid "The Install Freezes" -msgstr "Остановка установки" +"Выберите ваш часовой пояс. Для этого достаточно выбрать вашу страну или " +"какой-то город рядом с вашим местом пребывания так, чтобы этот город был " +"расположен в том же часовом поясе." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:138 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30 msgid "" -"If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a " -"problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of " -"hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type " -"<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with " -"other options as necessary." +"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to " +"GMT, also known as UTC." msgstr "" -"Установка останавливается. Если при установке система перестает отвечать на " -"ваши запросы, вероятно, возникла проблема с определением характеристик " -"оборудования. В таком случае можно обойти автоматическое определение " -"характеристик оборудования и выполнить его настройки позже. Чтобы перевести " -"установку системы в соответствующий режим, введите в строку запроса " -"команду<code>noauto</code>. При необходимости эту команду можно совместить с " -"вышеуказанными командами." - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:147 -msgid "Kernel Options" -msgstr "Параметры ядра" +"С помощью следующего раздела вы можете указать режим работы системных часов " +"компьютера: использование местного времени или времени по Гринвичу (GMT), " +"также известного как Всемирное время (UTC)." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:150 +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35 msgid "" -"These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " -"available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " -"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e." -"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." +"If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they " +"are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT." msgstr "" -"Потребность в определении параметров ядра возникает не часто, но в некоторых " -"случаях компьютер может сообщать инсталлятору ложные данные относительно " -"объема оперативной памяти. Чтобы указать объем оперативной памяти вручную, " -"воспользуйтесь командой <code>mem=xxxM</code>, где xxx правильное значение " -"оперативной памяти, например <code>mem=256M</code> соответствует 256 МБ " -"оперативной памяти." +"Если на компьютере установлено несколько операционных систем, убедитесь, что " +"во всех этих системах используется местное время или Всемирное время (UTC/" +"GMT)." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:23 -msgid "Install or Upgrade" -msgstr "Установка или обновление" +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11 +msgid "Choose an X Server (Configure your Graphic Card)" +msgstr "Выбор графического сервера (настройки вашей графической карты)" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:27 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34 -msgid "Install" -msgstr "Установка" +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21 +msgid "" +"DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually " +"correctly identify your video device." +msgstr "" +"В DrakX предусмотрена очень полная база данных графических карт. Обычно, " +"программа может правильно определить ваш видеоадаптер." -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:36 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24 msgid "" -"Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation." +"If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know " +"which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:" msgstr "" -"Этим вариантом следует воспользоваться, если вы хотите установить " -"<application>Mageia</application> с нуля." +"Если установщику не удалось должным образом определить вашу графическую " +"карту, и вам известно название этой карты, вы можете выбрать ее из " +"иерархического списка по следующим критериям:" -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:41 -msgid "Upgrade" -msgstr "Обновление" +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69 +msgid "vendor" +msgstr "разработчик" -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:43 +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:31 +msgid "then the name of your card" +msgstr "затем название вашей карты" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:35 +msgid "and the type of card" +msgstr "и тип вашей карты" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:39 msgid "" -"If you have one or more <application>Mageia 2</application> installations on " -"your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the " -"latest release." +"If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in " +"the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the " +"Xorg category" msgstr "" -"Если на компьютере установлена одна или несколько предыдущих версий " -"<application>Mageia</application>, программа установки предоставит вам " -"возможность обновить одну из установленных систем до последней версии." +"Если вашей карты нет в списке карт по производителям (поскольку она еще не " +"успела попасть в базы данных или слишком старая), вы можете найти " +"соответствующий драйвер в категории «Xorg»." -#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:49 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43 msgid "" -"If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to " -"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been " -"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " -"the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an " -"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you " -"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " -"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</" -"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." +"The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card " +"drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the " +"option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities." msgstr "" -"Если в течение процедуры установки вы решите прекратить установку, то вы " -"можете перезагрузить компьютер. Впрочем, вам следует тщательно обдумать ваши " -"действия. После форматирования раздела или начала процедуры установки " -"обновлений компьютер находиться в промежуточном состоянии. Перезагрузка " -"может привести к невозможности пользования системой. Если, вопреки этим " -"предупреждением, вы хотите перезагрузить систему, перейдите в текстовый " -"терминал нажатием комбинации этих трех клавиш: <guilabel>Alt Ctrl F2</" -"guilabel> одновременно. После этого нажмите комбинацию клавиш <guilabel>Alt " -"Ctrl Delete</guilabel> одновременно, чтобы перезагрузить компьютер." +"В категории «Xorg» вы можете воспользоваться одним из более 40 типовых " +"драйверов с открытым кодом для видеокарт. Если вам все же не удастся найти " +"драйвер по названию, вы можете воспользоваться драйвером \"vesa\". Этот " +"драйвер обеспечивает базовые возможности видео." -#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> -#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:60 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48 msgid "" -"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you " -"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " -"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</" -"emphasis> do this later in the install." +"Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access " +"to the Commandline Interface." msgstr "" -"Если вы обнаружите, что забыли установить пакет дополнительного языка, вы " -"можете вернуться со страницы «Установка или обновление» на страницу выбора " -"языка нажатием комбинации клавиш <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. " -"<emphasis>Не</emphasis> делайте этого во время следующих шагов установки." +"Будьте внимательны: если драйвер будет выбран ошибочно, вы сможете получить " +"доступ только к интерфейсу командной строки." -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14 -msgid "Keyboard" -msgstr "Клавиатура" +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51 +msgid "" +"Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which " +"may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from " +"the card manufacturers' websites." +msgstr "" +"Некоторые производители видеокарт сами создают проприетарные (закрытые) " +"драйверы для Linux. Доступ к таким драйверов можно получить только с помощью " +"репозиториев пакетов «Nonfree» или на сайтах производителей карт." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:17 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable " -"keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout." +"The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them. If " +"you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot." msgstr "" -"DrakX автоматически выбирает соответствующую раскладку клавиатуры с " -"выбранным вами языком. Если в списке не окажется соответствующей раскладки, " -"будет использована типичная американская раскладка US." +"Вам следует явным образом включить репозитории «Nonfree», чтобы иметь к ним " +"доступ. Сделать это следует после первой перезагрузки системы." +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4 +msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration" +msgstr "Настройки графической карты и монитора" + +#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22 +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18 +msgid "" +"No matter which graphical environment (also known as desktop environment) " +"you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are " +"all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window " +"System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for " +"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or " +"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</" +"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can " +"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you " +"think the choice is incorrect." +msgstr "" +"Безразлично, какая графическая среда (или рабочая среда) была выбрана во " +"время установки <application>Mageia</application>, все эти среды основаны на " +"графическом интерфейсе, который называется <acronym>X Window System</" +"acronym> или просто <acronym>X</acronym>. Следовательно, чтобы <acronym>KDE</" +"acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> или любая другая " +"графическая среда работала должным образом, указанные ниже параметры работы " +"сервера <acronym>X</acronym>должны быть определены правильно. Изменять " +"значения параметров следует, если заметно, что <application>DrakX</" +"application> сделал ошибочный выбор, или если вам кажется, что этот выбор " +"является ошибочным." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30 +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31 msgid "" -"Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. " -"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications " -"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a " -"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " -"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en." -"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card " +"from the list if needed." msgstr "" -"Убедитесь, что программа сделала правильный выбор, или выберите другую " -"раскладку клавиатуры. Если вы не можете определиться с нужной вам " -"раскладкой, ознакомьтесь с документацией к компьютеру или отправьте запрос " -"производителю. Кроме того, на некоторых из клавиатур можно найти отметку, " -"которая содержит данные относительно раскладки клавиатуры. Также полезным " -"может быть ознакомление с содержанием страницы: <link xlink:href=\"http://en." -"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</" -"link>" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Графическая карта</guibutton></emphasis>: если нужно, " +"выберите установленную на компьютере графическую карту из списка." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40 +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37 msgid "" -"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</" -"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there." +"<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: You can choose " +"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> when applicable, or choose your monitor " +"from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. " +"Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the " +"horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor." msgstr "" -"Если нужного пункта для вашей клавиатуры не будет в показанном списке, " -"нажмите кнопку<guibutton>Еще</guibutton> для ознакомления с полным списком, " -"из которого вы можете выбрать модель клавиатуры." +"<emphasis><guibutton>Монитор</guibutton></emphasis>: вы можете выбрать " +"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> если считаете, что это правильно, или " +"выбрать пункт вашего монитора из списка <guilabel>Производитель</guilabel> " +"или <guilabel>Общий</guilabel>. Выберете пункт <guilabel>Дополнительно</" +"guilabel>, если хотите вручную указать частоту обновления изображения по " +"вертикали и горизонтали для вашего монитора." -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para> -#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45 +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45 +msgid "Incorrect refresh rates may damage your monitor" +msgstr "" +"Ошибочно указанные частоты обновления изображения могут привести к " +"повреждению монитора." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:51 msgid "" -"After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, " -"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though " -"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " -"and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the " -"full list." +"<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired " +"resolution and color depth of your monitor here." msgstr "" -"После выбора модели клавиатуры с помощью диалогового окна <guibutton>Еще</" -"guibutton> вы вернетесь к первому диалоговому окну выбора клавиатуры, в " -"котором пункт клавиатуры останется прежним. Не обращайте на это внимание: " -"средству установки уже сообщено, что вы выбрали надлежащую клавиатуры из " -"полного списка." +"<emphasis><guibutton>Разрешение</guibutton></emphasis>: с помощью этого " +"пункта можно выбрать желаемое разрешение и глубину цвета на вашем мониторе." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:55 +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56 msgid "" -"If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an " -"extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin " -"and non-Latin keyboard layouts" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not " +"always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your " +"settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your " +"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. " +"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be " +"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " +"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</" +"emphasis>" msgstr "" -"Если вами была выбрана раскладка с нелатинскими символами, программа покажет " -"дополнительное диалоговое окно, с помощью которого вы сможете определиться " -"со способом переключения между латинской и нелатинской раскладкой." +"<emphasis><guibutton>Проверить</guibutton></emphasis>: кнопка проверки при " +"установке недоступна. Если кнопка доступна, посредством ее нажатия вы можете " +"проверить, правильно ли указаны параметры. В ответ на вопрос о правильности " +"параметров вы можете ответить «да», чтобы сохранить указанные параметры. " +"Если же изображения на мониторе нет, то система через некоторое время вернет " +"вас к окну настройки, с помощью которого вы сможете исправить настройки, " +"пока не будет достигнут желаемый результат. <emphasis>Если кнопка проверки " +"недоступна, вам следует самостоятельно позаботиться о том, чтобы указанные " +"параметры были безопасными.</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67 +msgid "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to " +"enable or disable various options." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Параметры</guibutton></emphasis>: с помощью этого " +"пункта вы можете включить или отключить различные параметры." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/configureServices.xml:12 -msgid "Configure your Services" -msgstr "Настройка ваших служб" +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18 +msgid "Choosing your Monitor" +msgstr "Выбор монитора" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:21 +msgid "" +"DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually " +"correctly identify yours." +msgstr "" +"В DrakX предусмотрена очень полная база данных мониторов. Обычно, программа " +"может правильно определить ваш монитор." + +#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26 +msgid "" +"<emphasis>Selecting a monitor with different characteristics could damage " +"your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing " +"what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor " +"documentation" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Выбор пункта монитора с другими аппаратными характеристиками может " +"привести к повреждению монитора или видеоаппаратуры. Пожалуйста, подумайте " +"над вашим выбором.</emphasis> Если есть определенные сомнения, обратитесь к " +"документации вашего монитора." -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/configureServices.xml:21 +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureServices.xml:27 +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42 +msgid "<emphasis>Custom</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>Дополнительно</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44 msgid "" -"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system." +"This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh " +"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the " +"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are " +"displayed." msgstr "" -"С помощью этой страницы вы можете определить, какие службы запускаться, а " -"какие нет, при загрузке вашей системы." +"С помощью этого пункта вы можете установить значение двух критических " +"параметров: вертикальной частоты обновления и горизонтальной частоты " +"синхронизации. Частота обновления определяет частоту, с которой обновляется " +"изображение на экране, а частота синхронизации является частотой, с которой " +"будет показаны линии изображения." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureServices.xml:30 +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49 msgid "" -"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and " -"see all services in it." +"It is <emphasis>VERY IMPORTANT</emphasis> that you do not specify a monitor " +"type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you " +"may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and " +"consult your monitor documentation." msgstr "" -"Предусмотрено четыре группы служб. Чтобы развернуть список каждой из групп, " -"нажмите кнопку с изображением треугольника перед пунктом группы." +"<emphasis>ОЧЕНЬ ВАЖНО</emphasis> не указать тип монитора, возможности " +"которого превышают возможности вашего, иначе вы можете повредите монитор. " +"Если сомневаетесь, выберите минимальные параметры и внимательно ознакомьтесь " +"с документацией к вашему монитору." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureServices.xml:34 -msgid "The setting DrakX chose are usually good." -msgstr "Обычно необходимости в изменении настроек, выбранных DrakX, нет." +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:55 +msgid "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureServices.xml:37 +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:58 msgid "" -"If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info " -"box below." +"This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the " +"monitor database." msgstr "" -"После обозначения пункта службы, программа покажет дополнительные данные о " -"службе на панели под списком." +"Это дефолтный вариант: программа пытается определить тип вашего монитора по " +"базе данных мониторов." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureServices.xml:41 -msgid "Only change things when you know very well what you are doing." -msgstr "" -"Вносите изменения только если вам хорошо известны последствия ваших действий." - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:23 -msgid "Please choose a language to use" -msgstr "Выберите, пожалуйста, язык" +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63 +msgid "<emphasis>Vendor</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>Производитель</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:26 +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:65 msgid "" -"Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your " -"continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during " -"the installation and for your installed system." +"If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which " +"one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:" msgstr "" -"Выберите нужный язык интерфейса системы. Для этого сначала откройте список " -"стран вашего континента. <application>Mageia</application> будет " -"использовать этот выбор во время установки и в установленной системе." +"Если установщику не удалось должным образом определить ваш монитор, и вам " +"известно название этого монитора, вы можете выбрать его из иерархического " +"списка по следующим критериям:" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73 +msgid "the monitor manufacturers name" +msgstr "название фирмы-производителя монитора" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:77 +msgid "the monitor description" +msgstr "описание монитора" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:30 +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:82 +msgid "<emphasis>Generic</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>Общий</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84 msgid "" -"If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your " -"system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the " -"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be " -"difficult to add extra language support after installation." +"selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as " +"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is " +"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver " +"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it " +"may be wise to be conservative in your selections." msgstr "" -"Если в системе будет использоваться несколько языков (вами или другими " -"пользователями), нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Несколько языков</guibutton>, " -"чтобы добавить их. После установки добавить поддержку языков будет довольно " -"сложно." +"если вы выберете эту группу, будет открыт список из около 30 типовых " +"настроек дисплеев, подобных 1024x768@60 Гц, в который включены параметры " +"плоских панелей дисплеев для ноутбуков. Обычно, этой группой стоит " +"пользоваться, если у вас возникла необходимость использовать драйвер «Vesa» " +"для вашей карты, то есть вашу видеокарту не удалось определить " +"автоматически. Опять же, стоит параметры выбирать очень осторожно." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:19 +msgid "Custom disk partitioning with DiskDrake" +msgstr "Ручное разделение диска на разделы с помощью DiskDrake" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:36 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:44 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:33 msgid "" -"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them " -"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " -"marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ." +"If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " +"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The " +"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " +"set, otherwise your system will be unbootable." msgstr "" -"Даже если вами было выбрано несколько языков, вам сначала необходимо выбрать " -"один из них как основной язык страниц программы установки. Кроме того, этот " -"язык будет отмечен и в окне выбора нескольких языков." +"Если на вашем разделе <literal>/</literal> вы хотите воспользоваться " +"шифрованием, то каталог <literal>/boot</literal> следует хранить на " +"отдельном разделе. Не следует шифровать каталог <literal>/boot</literal>, " +"иначе загрузка системы станет невозможной." -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:51 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:39 msgid "" -"If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then " -"it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well." +"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, " +"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " +"is in them before you start." msgstr "" -"Если раскладка вашей клавиатуры не совпадает с раскладкой, используемой для " -"желаемого языка, следует также установить языковые пакеты для языка, " -"связанные с выбранной раскладкой." +"С помощью этой страницы можно определить компоновки разделов в системе. С ее " +"помощью можно удалять и создавать разделы, изменять файловые системы на " +"разделах или размеры разделов и даже просматривать содержимое разделов до " +"внесения изменений." -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:57 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:42 msgid "" -"Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the " -"\"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your " -"language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages." +"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an " +"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." msgstr "" -"По умолчанию в Mageia используется кодировка UTF-8 (Unicode). Эту кодировку " -"можно отключить в окне выбора нескольких языков, если вам заранее известно, " -"что Unicode несовместим с вашим языком. Выключение UTF-8 касается всех " -"установленных языков." +"Для каждого обнаруженного жесткого диска или другого носителя данных (в " +"частности флэш USB) будет отведена своя вкладка. Пример: sda, sdb и sdc, " +"если будет обнаружено три диска." -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:64 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:45 msgid "" -"You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia " -"Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system." +"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected " +"storage device" msgstr "" -"Изменить язык интерфейса системы после установки можно с помощью Центра " -"управления Mageia -> Система -> Настройка локализации системы." - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:4 -msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted" -msgstr "Подтверждение форматирования жесткого диска" +"Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Очистить все</guibutton>, чтобы все разделы на " +"выбранном носителе данных были очищены." -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 -#. test comment - johnr -#. 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct -#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I -#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD -#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:47 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" -"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, " +"or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it." msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" -"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"Чтобы выполнить любое другое действие, сначала отметьте область " +"соответствующего раздела. Затем просмотрите данные по разделу, измените его " +"файловую систему и точку монтирования, размеры или просто удалите все " +"разделы." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24 -msgid "" -"Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your " -"choice." +#: en/diskdrake.xml:49 +msgid "Continue until you adjusted everything to your wishes." msgstr "" -"Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Назад</guibutton>, если вы не уверены в сделанном " -"выборе." +"Повторяйте эти действия для всех соответствующих разделов, пока все не " +"станет так, как вы хотите." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 -msgid "" -"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every " -"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." +#: en/diskdrake.xml:51 +msgid "Click <guibutton>Done</guibutton> when you're ready." msgstr "" -"Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>, если вы уверены и хотите " -"стереть все разделы, все операционные системы на диске и все данные, " -"хранящиеся на этом диске." +"Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Выполнено</guibutton>, когда настройки будут " +"завершены." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:25 @@ -1223,242 +1404,66 @@ msgid "" "Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes." msgstr "Также следует создавать разделы только с чётным размером в мегабайтах." -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:5 -msgid "Desktop Selection" -msgstr "Выбор рабочего стола" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11 -msgid "" -"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine " -"tune your choice." -msgstr "" -"В зависимости от выбранного вами с помощью этой страницы варианта установки, " -"программа может предложить на последующих страницах дополнительные " -"возможности окончательной настройки вашей системы." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:13 -msgid "" -"After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package " -"installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the " -"<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button" -msgstr "" -"После выполнения операций выбора, вы увидите демонстрацию слайдов. Отключить " -"показ слайдов можно нажатием кнопки <guilabel>Подробности</guilabel>." - -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:20 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:26 -msgid "" -"Choose whether you prefer to use the <application>KDE</application> or " -"<application>Gnome</application> desktop environment. Both come with a full " -"set of useful applications and tools. Tick <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if " -"you want to use neither or both, or if you want something other than the " -"default software choices for these desktop environments. The " -"<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, " -"sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default." -msgstr "" -"Выберите желаемую для вас графическую среду, <application>KDE</application> " -"или <application>Gnome</application>. Эти среды объединяют полноценные " -"наборы программ и инструментов. Отметьте пункт <guilabel>Дополнительно</" -"guilabel>, если вы намерены не использовать ни одну из этих сред, намерены " -"использовать обе или хотите выбрать какой-то особый перечень программного " -"обеспечения для этих сред. Рабочая среда <application>LXDE</application> " -"является менее требовательным к ресурсам, чем первые две среды, но выглядит " -"не так ярко и по умолчанию содержит меньше полезных программ." - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:4 -msgid "Package Group Selection" -msgstr "Выбор групп пакетов" - -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:10 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:16 -msgid "" -"Packages have been sorted into groups, to make choosing what you need on " -"your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however " -"more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which " -"become visible as the mouse is hovered over them." -msgstr "" -"Чтобы облегчить выбор нужных вам пакетов, список разделен на группы. " -"Назначение групп можно понять из их названий, впрочем, вы можете получить " -"подсказку относительно содержания группы в ответ на наведение указателя мыши " -"на пункт группы в списке." - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:23 -msgid "Workstation." -msgstr "Рабочая станция." - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:27 -msgid "Server." -msgstr "Сервер." - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:31 -msgid "Graphical Environment." -msgstr "Графическая среда." - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:35 -msgid "" -"Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or " -"remove packages." -msgstr "" -"Индивидуальный выбор пакетов: этот вариант можно использовать для добавления " -"или удаления пакетов вручную." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:39 -msgid "" -"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do " -"a minimal install." -msgstr "" -"Ознакомьтесь с разделом <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref>, где " -"изложены указания относительно установки минимальной системы." - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4 -msgid "Choose Individual Packages" -msgstr "Выбор индивидуальных пакетов" - -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17 -msgid "" -"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation." -msgstr "" -"С помощью этого варианта можно выбрать дополнительные пакеты, которые " -"дополнят установленную вами систему, или удалить пакеты являющиеся частью " -"типового набора." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20 -msgid "" -"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</" -"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving " -"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same " -"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and " -"choosing to load it." -msgstr "" -"Как только выбор будет сделан, вы сможете нажать <guibutton>значок дискеты</" -"guibutton> в нижней части страницы, чтобы сохранить список пакетов (данные " -"можно сохранить на флэш-носителе USB). После этого сохраненным файлом можно " -"будет воспользоваться для установки системы на другие компьютеры: достаточно " -"нажать эту кнопку еще раз при установке и загрузить сохраненный файл." - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:19 -msgid "Custom disk partitioning with DiskDrake" -msgstr "Ручное разделение диска на разделы с помощью DiskDrake" +#. type: Content of: <article><info><title> +#: en/DrakX.xml:3 +msgid "Installation with DrakX" +msgstr "Установка с помощью DrakX" -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:26 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> +#: en/DrakX.xml:6 +msgid "<note>" +msgstr "<note>" -#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:33 +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> +#: en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" -"If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " -"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The " -"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " -"set, otherwise your system will be unbootable." +"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " +"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " +"while installing." msgstr "" -"Если на вашем разделе <literal>/</literal> вы хотите воспользоваться " -"шифрованием, то каталог <literal>/boot</literal> следует хранить на " -"отдельном разделе. Не следует шифровать каталог <literal>/boot</literal>, " -"иначе загрузка системы станет невозможной." +"Все страницы, описанные в этом учебнике увидеть сразу невозможно. Набор " +"страниц, которые вы увидите, зависит от набора оборудования в системе и " +"выбранного вами варианта установки." -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:39 -msgid "" -"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, " -"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " -"is in them before you start." -msgstr "" -"С помощью этой страницы можно определить компоновки разделов в системе. С ее " -"помощью можно удалять и создавать разделы, изменять файловые системы на " -"разделах или размеры разделов и даже просматривать содержимое разделов до " -"внесения изменений." +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakX.xml:10 +msgid "</note>" +msgstr "</note>" -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:42 +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" -"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an " -"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." +"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " +"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" +"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." msgstr "" -"Для каждого обнаруженного жесткого диска или другого носителя данных (в " -"частности флэш USB) будет отведена своя вкладка. Пример: sda, sdb и sdc, " -"если будет обнаружено три диска." +"Текст и фотографии окон в этом учебнике предоставляются вам в соответствии с " +"условиями лицензирования CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://" +"creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/" +"licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:45 +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" -"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected " -"storage device" +"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." msgstr "" -"Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Очистить все</guibutton>, чтобы все разделы на " -"выбранном носителе данных были очищены." +"Этот учебник был создан с помощью <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com" +"\">Calenco CMS</link>, разработанной компанией <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:47 +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" -"For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, " -"or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it." -msgstr "" -"Чтобы выполнить любое другое действие, сначала отметьте область " -"соответствующего раздела. Затем просмотрите данные по разделу, измените его " -"файловую систему и точку монтирования, размеры или просто удалите все " -"разделы." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:49 -msgid "Continue until you adjusted everything to your wishes." -msgstr "" -"Повторяйте эти действия для всех соответствующих разделов, пока все не " -"станет так, как вы хотите." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:51 -msgid "Click <guibutton>Done</guibutton> when you're ready." +"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" +"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" +"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." msgstr "" -"Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Выполнено</guibutton>, когда настройки будут " -"завершены." +"Учебник был написан доброжелателями в свободное от основной работы время. " +"Пожалуйста, обратитесь к <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" +"Documentation_team\">команды документирования</link>, Если вы хотите, помочь " +"улучшить данное руководство." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/exitInstall.xml:4 @@ -1592,6 +1597,246 @@ msgstr "" "чтобы продолжить работу с программой." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:18 +msgid "DrakX, the Mageia Installer" +msgstr "DrakX, программа для установки Mageia" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:21 +msgid "" +"Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia " +"Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as " +"possible." +msgstr "" +"Неважно, есть у вас опыт использования GNU-Linux или нет, программа для " +"установки Mageia разработана таким образом, чтобы установка или обновление " +"системы прошло как можно проще для вас." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:29 +msgid "" +"The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will " +"start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need." +msgstr "" +"На начальном окне меню установки вы увидите пункты вариантов действий. " +"Типичным будет пункт запуска программы для установки системы. Обычно, это " +"именно тот пункт, который вам нужен." + +#. type: Content of: <section><figure><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:35 +msgid "Installation Welcome Screen" +msgstr "Приветственное окно программы установки" + +#. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject> +#: en/installer.xml:39 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\"> </imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\"> </imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure> +#: en/installer.xml:34 en/installer.xml:90 +msgid "" +"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=" +"\"1\"/>" +msgstr "" +"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=" +"\"1\"/>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:47 +msgid "" +"If there are problems during install, then it may be necessary to use " +"special installation options, see <xref linkend=\"installationOptions\"></" +"xref>." +msgstr "" +"Если при установке у вас возникнут проблемы, вам придется воспользоваться " +"особыми параметрами установке см.. <xref linkend=\"installationOptions\"></" +"xref>." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:52 +msgid "The installation steps" +msgstr "Шаги установки" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:55 +msgid "" +"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed " +"on the side panel of the screen." +msgstr "" +"Установка разделена на последовательность шагов, перечень которых будет " +"показан на боковой панели экрана." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:58 +msgid "" +"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</" +"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options." +msgstr "" +"На каждом шаге вам будут показаны одна или несколько страниц, на которых вы " +"можете увидеть кнопку <guibutton>Дополнительно</guibutton>, с помощью " +"которой осуществляется доступ к дополнительным параметрам, которыми " +"пользуются не так часто как основные." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:62 +msgid "" +"Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further " +"explanations about the current step." +msgstr "" +"На большинстве страниц вы также увидите кнопку <guibutton>Справка</" +"guibutton>, с помощью которой можно получить дополнительные объяснения " +"относительно текущего шага." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> +#: en/installer.xml:66 +msgid "" +"If somewhere during install you decide to stop the installation, it is " +"possible to reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a " +"partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your " +"computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well " +"leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure " +"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys " +"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " +"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot." +msgstr "" +"Если в течение процедуры установки вы решите прекратить установку, тогда вы " +"можете перезагрузить компьютер. Впрочем, вам следует тщательно обдумать ваши " +"действия. После форматирования раздела или начала процедуры установки " +"обновлений компьютер находиться в промежуточном состоянии. Перезагрузка " +"может привести к невозможности пользования системой. Если, вопреки этим " +"предупреждением, вы хотите перезагрузить систему, перейдите в текстовый " +"терминал нажатием комбинации этих трех клавиш: <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</" +"guibutton> одновременно. После этого, нажмите комбинацию клавиш " +"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton>одновременно, чтобы перезагрузить " +"компьютер." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:80 +msgid "Installation options" +msgstr "Параметры установки" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:83 +msgid "" +"If the installation fails then it may be necessary to try again by using one " +"of the extra options available by hitting the <guibutton>F1 (Help)</" +"guibutton> key see <xref linkend=\"dx-welcome\"></xref>" +msgstr "" +"Если программе установки не удается выполнить свое назначение должным " +"образом, вы можете повторить попытку, воспользовавшись дополнительными " +"вариантами, описание которых можно получить после нажатия клавиши " +"<guibutton>F1 (Справка)</guibutton> см. <xref linkend=\"dx-welcome\"></xref>." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:87 +msgid "This will open the following text based help." +msgstr "" +"В ответ на нажатие этой клавиши будет открыто текстовое окно справочных " +"данных." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:91 +msgid "Installation Help Screen" +msgstr "Справочное окно инсталлятора" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><mediaobject> +#: en/installer.xml:96 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:105 +msgid "Installation Problems and Possible Solutions" +msgstr "Проблемы с установкой и возможные пути их решения" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:111 +msgid "No Graphical Interface" +msgstr "Нет графического интерфейса" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/installer.xml:116 +msgid "" +"After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " +"This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low " +"resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt." +msgstr "" +"После начальной страницы не открывается страница выбора языка. Такое может " +"случиться в системах с некоторыми графическими картами и в устаревших " +"системах. Попробуйте воспользоваться режимом низкого разрешения. Для этого " +"впишите<code>vgalo</code> в строку запроса." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/installer.xml:123 +msgid "" +"If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " +"In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit " +"ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be " +"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit " +"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode.<emphasis></emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Если компьютер очень старый, установка в графическом режиме может быть " +"просто невозможна. В таком случае стоит воспользоваться установкой в " +"текстовом режиме. Чтобы воспользоваться этим режимом, нажмите клавишу Esc, " +"когда будет показан первый пригласительный экран, и подтвердите выполнение " +"действия нажатием клавиши Enter. Введите <code>text</code> и нажмите клавишу " +"Enter. Установка будет продолжена в текстовом режиме.<emphasis></emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:135 +msgid "The Install Freezes" +msgstr "Остановка установки" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:138 +msgid "" +"If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a " +"problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of " +"hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type " +"<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with " +"other options as necessary." +msgstr "" +"Установка останавливается. Если при установке система перестает отвечать на " +"ваши запросы, вероятно, возникла проблема с определением характеристик " +"оборудования. В таком случае можно обойти автоматическое определение " +"характеристик оборудования и выполнить его настройки позже. Чтобы перевести " +"установку системы в соответствующий режим, введите в строку запроса " +"команду<code>noauto</code>. При необходимости эту команду можно совместить с " +"вышеуказанными командами." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:147 +msgid "Kernel Options" +msgstr "Параметры ядра" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:150 +msgid "" +"These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " +"available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " +"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e." +"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." +msgstr "" +"Потребность в определении параметров ядра возникает не часто, но в некоторых " +"случаях компьютер может сообщать инсталлятору ложные данные относительно " +"объема оперативной памяти. Чтобы указать объем оперативной памяти вручную, " +"воспользуйтесь командой <code>mem=xxxM</code>, где xxx правильное значение " +"оперативной памяти, например <code>mem=256M</code> соответствует 256 МБ " +"оперативной памяти." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/installUpdates.xml:3 msgid "Updates" msgstr "Обновления" @@ -1639,6 +1884,133 @@ msgstr "" "чтобы продолжить работу с программой." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/media_selection.xml:3 +msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)" +msgstr "Выбор источника (Nonfree)" + +#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media) +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong) +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/media_selection.xml:12 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/media_selection.xml:18 +msgid "" +"Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are " +"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories " +"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " +"the next steps." +msgstr "" +"Здесь вы видите список доступных репозиториев. Не все репозитории доступны. " +"Список доступных репозиториев зависит от носителя, которым вы " +"воспользовались для установки. Набор репозиториев определяет, какие из " +"пакетов будут доступны для выбора на последующих шагах." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/media_selection.xml:25 +msgid "" +"The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains " +"the base of the distribution." +msgstr "" +"Репозиторий <emphasis>Core</emphasis> нельзя выключать, поскольку в нем " +"содержатся основные пакеты дистрибутива." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/media_selection.xml:30 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-" +"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source " +"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " +"nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi " +"cards, etc." +msgstr "" +"В репозиторий <emphasis>Non-free</emphasis> включены пакеты, которые " +"являются бесплатными, то есть Mageia может распространять их, но в них " +"содержится программное обеспечение с закрытым кодом (отсюда и название - " +"Nonfree). В этом репозитории, например, содержатся пакеты закрытых драйверов " +"к графическим картам nVidia и ATI, прошивки для различных карт WiFi т. п." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/media_selection.xml:38 +msgid "" +"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under " +"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is " +"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. " +"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed " +"to play commercial video DVD, etc." +msgstr "" +"В репозитории <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> хранятся пакеты, выпущенные в " +"соответствии со свободными лицензионными соглашениями. Основным критерием " +"для включения пакетов в этот репозиторий является то, что их распространение " +"ограничивается патентным законодательством и законами об авторских и смежных " +"правах некоторых стран. В этот репозиторий в частности включены " +"мультимедийные кодеки, необходимые для воспроизведения различных звуковых и " +"видео файлов; пакеты, необходимые для воспроизведения коммерческих видео-DVD " +"и т. п." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/minimal-install.xml:3 +msgid "Minimal Install" +msgstr "Минимальная установка" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/minimal-install.xml:9 +msgid "" +"You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the " +"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></" +"xref>." +msgstr "" +"Вы можете выбрать «Минимальная установка» снятием отметок по всем пунктам в " +"списке выбора групп пакетов, см. раздел <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups" +"\"></xref>." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/minimal-install.xml:10 +msgid "" +"Minimal Installation is intended for those with specific uses in mind for " +"their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised " +"workstation. You will probably use this option combined with Manual Package " +"Selection, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." +msgstr "" +"Минимальная установка предназначена для тех, кто намерен использовать " +"<application>Mageia</application> с какой-то узкоспециализированной целью, в " +"частности как сервер или рабочую станцию узкого направления. Этим вариантом " +"следует пользоваться в сочетании с выбором пакетов вручную, см. <xref " +"linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/minimal-install.xml:14 +msgid "" +"If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer " +"you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X." +msgstr "" +"Если вы выберете этот вариант установки, на следующей странице программы вам " +"будет предложено установить полезные дополнения системы, в частности " +"документацию и графический сервер." + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/minimal-install.xml:19 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:3 msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters" msgstr "Резюме относительно других параметров" @@ -1872,10 +2244,11 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Сеть</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:163 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "You can configure your network here, but for network cards with non-free " "drivers it is better to do that after reboot, in the <application>Mageia " -"Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the non-free media " +"Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the Nonfree media " "repositories." msgstr "" "В этом разделе вы можете настроить сеть. Впрочем если вы используете " @@ -1977,122 +2350,374 @@ msgstr "" "значительно снизить уровень защиты вашей системы." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:12 -msgid "Configure your Timezone" -msgstr "Настройка часового пояса" +#: en/securityLevel.xml:12 +msgid "Security Level" +msgstr "Уровень безопасности" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" #. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 +#: en/securityLevel.xml:19 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." -"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." -"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26 -msgid "" -"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the " -"same time zone." +#: en/securityLevel.xml:24 +msgid "You can adjust your security level here." msgstr "" -"Выберите ваш часовой пояс. Для этого достаточно выбрать вашу страну или " -"какой-то город рядом с вашим местом пребывания так, чтобы этот город был " -"расположен в том же часовом поясе." +"С помощью этой страницы вы можете изменить уровень защиты вашей системы." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30 +#: en/securityLevel.xml:27 msgid "" -"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to " -"GMT, also known as UTC." +"Leave the default settings as they are, if you don't know what to choose." msgstr "" -"С помощью следующего раздела вы можете указать режим работы системных часов " -"компьютера: использование местного времени или времени по Гринвичу (GMT), " -"также известного как Всемирное время (UTC)." +"Если вы не уверены в нужных для вас параметрах, лучше не меняйте их " +"дефолтные значения." -#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/securityLevel.xml:30 msgid "" -"If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they " -"are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT." +"After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings " +"in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center." msgstr "" -"Если на компьютере установлено несколько операционных систем, убедитесь, что " -"во всех этих системах используется местное время или Всемирное время (UTC/" -"GMT)." +"После установки вы всегда сможете изменить параметры защиты с помощью модуля " +"<guilabel>Безопасность</guilabel> в Центре управления Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:17 +#: en/selectCountry.xml:13 +msgid "Select your Country / Region" +msgstr "Выбор страны и региона" + +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/selectCountry.xml:21 msgid "" -"Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> " -"partition" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" -"Изменение размеров раздела <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" -"application>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:21 +#: en/selectCountry.xml:27 msgid "" -"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" -"application> partition. Choose which one should be made smaller to make " -"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>." +"Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, " +"like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country " +"can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network." msgstr "" -"В вашей системе несколько разделов <application>Windows<superscript>®</" -"superscript></application>. Выберите один из них, тот, который следует " -"уменьшить в размерах, чтобы получить достаточно места для установки " -"<application>Mageia</application>." +"Выберите страну или регион. Ваш выбор будет важным для всех типов параметров " +"локализации системы, в частности выбора валюты и домена управления " +"беспроводной связью. Ложный выбор может привести к невозможности " +"использования беспроводной связи." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/selectCountry.xml:32 +msgid "" +"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</" +"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." +msgstr "" +"Если вашей страны нет в списке, нажмите кнопку <guilabel>Другие страны</" +"guilabel> и выберите страну или регион в окне, которое будет открыто." + +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/selectCountry.xml:37 +msgid "" +"If your country is only in the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> list, " +"after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the " +"first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real " +"choice." +msgstr "" +"Если пункт вашей страны есть только в списке <guilabel>Другие страны</" +"guilabel> может показаться, что выбрана страна из первого списка. " +"Пожалуйста, не обращайте на это внимание, DrakX уже учел ваш правильный " +"выбор." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/selectCountry.xml:46 +msgid "Input method" +msgstr "Способ ввода" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/selectCountry.xml:49 +msgid "" +"In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an " +"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input " +"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " +"default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India Live-" +"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method " +"so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input methods(SCIM, " +"GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be installed if you " +"added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." +msgstr "" +"С помощью окна <guilabel>Другие страны</guilabel> вы можете выбрать способ " +"ввода (с помощью нижней части списка). Способы ввода дают возможность " +"пользователям вводить символы разных восточных языков (китайского, " +"японского, корейского и т.п.). Типичным способом ввода на DVD с Mageia и " +"портативных образах системы для Африки/Индии и Азии есть IBus. Для локалей " +"азиатских и африканских стран IBus будет определен типичным способом ввода, " +"следовательно пользователям не придется настраивать ничего вручную. Другие " +"способы ввода (SCIM, GCIN, HIME т.п.), которые предоставляют пользователям " +"подобные возможности, можно установить, если перед выбором пакетов были " +"добавлены репозитории пакетов HTTP/FTP." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> +#: en/selectCountry.xml:61 +msgid "" +"If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it " +"after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -> " +"\"System\", or by running localedrake as root." +msgstr "" +"Если вы пропустили настройки ввода во время установки, вы можете получить " +"доступ к ним после загрузки установленной системы в меню «Настроить " +"компьютер» -> «Система» или запустите localedrake от имени пользователя " +"root." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/setupSCSI.xml:11 -msgid "Setup SCSI" -msgstr "Настройка SCSI" +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:23 +msgid "Install or Upgrade" +msgstr "Установка или обновление" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 -#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) -#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the -#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/setupSCSI.xml:26 +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:27 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34 +msgid "Install" +msgstr "Установка" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:36 +msgid "" +"Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation." +msgstr "" +"Этим вариантом следует воспользоваться, если вы хотите установить " +"<application>Mageia</application> с нуля." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:41 +msgid "Upgrade" +msgstr "Обновление" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:43 +msgid "" +"If you have one or more <application>Mageia 2</application> installations on " +"your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the " +"latest release." +msgstr "" +"Если на компьютере установлена одна или несколько предыдущих версий " +"<application>Mageia</application>, программа установки предоставит вам " +"возможность обновить одну из установленных систем до последней версии." + +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:49 +msgid "" +"If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to " +"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been " +"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " +"the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an " +"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you " +"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " +"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</" +"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." +msgstr "" +"Если в течение процедуры установки вы решите прекратить установку, то вы " +"можете перезагрузить компьютер. Впрочем, вам следует тщательно обдумать ваши " +"действия. После форматирования раздела или начала процедуры установки " +"обновлений компьютер находиться в промежуточном состоянии. Перезагрузка " +"может привести к невозможности пользования системой. Если, вопреки этим " +"предупреждением, вы хотите перезагрузить систему, перейдите в текстовый " +"терминал нажатием комбинации этих трех клавиш: <guilabel>Alt Ctrl F2</" +"guilabel> одновременно. После этого нажмите комбинацию клавиш <guilabel>Alt " +"Ctrl Delete</guilabel> одновременно, чтобы перезагрузить компьютер." + +#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:60 +msgid "" +"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you " +"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " +"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</" +"emphasis> do this later in the install." +msgstr "" +"Если вы обнаружите, что забыли установить пакет дополнительного языка, вы " +"можете вернуться со страницы «Установка или обновление» на страницу выбора " +"языка нажатием комбинации клавиш <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. " +"<emphasis>Не</emphasis> делайте этого во время следующих шагов установки." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14 +msgid "Keyboard" +msgstr "Клавиатура" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupSCSI.xml:32 +#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:17 msgid "" -"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers " -"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " -"fail to recognise the drive." +"DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable " +"keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout." msgstr "" -"Обычно DrakX определяет параметры дисков правильно. Впрочем, если вы имеете " -"дело с устаревшим дисковым контроллером SCSI, возможны ошибки, из-за которых " -"программа не сможет установить нужных драйверов." +"DrakX автоматически выбирает соответствующую раскладку клавиатуры с " +"выбранным вами языком. Если в списке не окажется соответствующей раскладки, " +"будет использована типичная американская раскладка US." + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. " +"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications " +"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a " +"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " +"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en." +"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" +msgstr "" +"Убедитесь, что программа сделала правильный выбор, или выберите другую " +"раскладку клавиатуры. Если вы не можете определиться с нужной вам " +"раскладкой, ознакомьтесь с документацией к компьютеру или отправьте запрос " +"производителю. Кроме того, на некоторых из клавиатур можно найти отметку, " +"которая содержит данные относительно раскладки клавиатуры. Также полезным " +"может быть ознакомление с содержанием страницы: <link xlink:href=\"http://en." +"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</" +"link>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40 +msgid "" +"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</" +"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there." +msgstr "" +"Если нужного пункта для вашей клавиатуры не будет в показанном списке, " +"нажмите кнопку<guibutton>Еще</guibutton> для ознакомления с полным списком, " +"из которого вы можете выбрать модель клавиатуры." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para> +#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45 +msgid "" +"After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, " +"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though " +"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " +"and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the " +"full list." +msgstr "" +"После выбора модели клавиатуры с помощью диалогового окна <guibutton>Еще</" +"guibutton> вы вернетесь к первому диалоговому окну выбора клавиатуры, в " +"котором пункт клавиатуры останется прежним. Не обращайте на это внимание: " +"средству установки уже сообщено, что вы выбрали надлежащую клавиатуры из " +"полного списка." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:55 +msgid "" +"If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an " +"extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin " +"and non-Latin keyboard layouts" +msgstr "" +"Если вами была выбрана раскладка с нелатинскими символами, программа покажет " +"дополнительное диалоговое окно, с помощью которого вы сможете определиться " +"со способом переключения между латинской и нелатинской раскладкой." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:23 +msgid "Please choose a language to use" +msgstr "Выберите, пожалуйста, язык" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupSCSI.xml:36 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:26 msgid "" -"If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) " -"you have." +"Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your " +"continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during " +"the installation and for your installed system." msgstr "" -"Если вам встретился именно такой контроллер, вам придется вручную сообщить " -"DrakX с каким диском SCSI придется иметь дело." +"Выберите нужный язык интерфейса системы. Для этого сначала откройте список " +"стран вашего континента. <application>Mageia</application> будет " +"использовать этот выбор во время установки и в установленной системе." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupSCSI.xml:39 -msgid "DrakX should then be able to configure the drive(s) correctly." +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:30 +msgid "" +"If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your " +"system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the " +"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be " +"difficult to add extra language support after installation." msgstr "" -"После этого, DrakX сможет настроить систему на работу с дисками должным " -"образом." +"Если в системе будет использоваться несколько языков (вами или другими " +"пользователями), нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Несколько языков</guibutton>, " +"чтобы добавить их. После установки добавить поддержку языков будет довольно " +"сложно." + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:36 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:44 +msgid "" +"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them " +"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " +"marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ." +msgstr "" +"Даже если вами было выбрано несколько языков, вам сначала необходимо выбрать " +"один из них как основной язык страниц программы установки. Кроме того, этот " +"язык будет отмечен и в окне выбора нескольких языков." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:51 +msgid "" +"If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then " +"it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well." +msgstr "" +"Если раскладка вашей клавиатуры не совпадает с раскладкой, используемой для " +"желаемого языка, следует также установить языковые пакеты для языка, " +"связанные с выбранной раскладкой." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:57 +msgid "" +"Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the " +"\"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your " +"language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages." +msgstr "" +"По умолчанию в Mageia используется кодировка UTF-8 (Unicode). Эту кодировку " +"можно отключить в окне выбора нескольких языков, если вам заранее известно, " +"что Unicode несовместим с вашим языком. Выключение UTF-8 касается всех " +"установленных языков." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:64 +msgid "" +"You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia " +"Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system." +msgstr "" +"Изменить язык интерфейса системы после установки можно с помощью Центра " +"управления Mageia -> Система -> Настройка локализации системы." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectMouse.xml:4 @@ -2141,6 +2766,81 @@ msgstr "" "шестью или более кнопками." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:5 +msgid "Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry" +msgstr "" +"Добавление пункта в меню загрузки или внесение изменений в такие пункты" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:10 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:17 +msgid "" +"You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the " +"relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen " +"and editing the screen that pops up on top of it." +msgstr "" +"Чтобы добавить запись или внести изменения в выбранную запись, нажмите " +"соответствующую кнопку на странице<emphasis>Настройки загрузчика</emphasis>. " +"В ответ будет показано окно редактирования." + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:21 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:26 +msgid "" +"Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an " +"entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one." +msgstr "" +"Некоторые из действий можно выполнять ничем не рискуя. К таким действиям " +"относится изменение метки записи или обозначение дефолтной записи в списке." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:27 +msgid "" +"You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely." +msgstr "" +"Вы можете добавить к записи надлежащий номер версии или полностью изменить " +"название записи." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:28 +msgid "" +"The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a " +"choice while booting up." +msgstr "" +"Дефолтный пункт - это пункт операционной системы, которая загружается, если " +"пользователем не будет сделано другого выбора во время показа меню загрузки." + +#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:29 +msgid "" +"Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " +"just try something without knowing what you are doing." +msgstr "" +"Изменение других параметров может привести к невозможности загрузки системы. " +"Пожалуйста, не экспериментируйте с этими параметрами, если вам достоверно " +"неизвестно их назначение." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:3 msgid "Bootloader main options" msgstr "Основные параметры загрузчика" @@ -2312,811 +3012,110 @@ msgstr "" "<guibutton>Дополнительно</guibutton> и отметьте пункт <guilabel>Очищать /tmp " "при каждой перезагрузке</guilabel>. Это поможет сэкономить немного места." -#. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> -#: en/DrakX.xml:1 en/media_selection.xml:1 en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 -msgid "en" -msgstr "ru" - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><title> -#: en/DrakX.xml:3 -msgid "Installation with DrakX" -msgstr "Установка с помощью DrakX" - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> -#: en/DrakX.xml:6 -msgid "<note>" -msgstr "<note>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:7 -msgid "" -"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " -"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " -"while installing." -msgstr "" -"Все страницы, описанные в этом учебнике увидеть сразу невозможно. Набор " -"страниц, которые вы увидите, зависит от набора оборудования в системе и " -"выбранного вами варианта установки." - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:10 -msgid "</note>" -msgstr "</note>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:12 -msgid "" -"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " -"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" -"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." -msgstr "" -"Текст и фотографии окон в этом учебнике предоставляются вам в соответствии с " -"условиями лицензирования CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://" -"creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/" -"licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:16 -msgid "" -"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." -msgstr "" -"Этот учебник был создан с помощью <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com" -"\">Calenco CMS</link>, разработанной компанией <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:18 -msgid "" -"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" -"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" -"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." -msgstr "" -"Учебник был написан доброжелателями в свободное от основной работы время. " -"Пожалуйста, обратитесь к <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" -"Documentation_team\">команды документирования</link>, Если вы хотите, помочь " -"улучшить данное руководство." - #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11 -msgid "Choose an X Server (Configure your Graphic Card)" -msgstr "Выбор графического сервера (настройки вашей графической карты)" - -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21 -msgid "" -"DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually " -"correctly identify your video device." -msgstr "" -"В DrakX предусмотрена очень полная база данных графических карт. Обычно, " -"программа может правильно определить ваш видеоадаптер." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24 -msgid "" -"If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know " -"which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:" -msgstr "" -"Если установщику не удалось должным образом определить вашу графическую " -"карту, и вам известно название этой карты, вы можете выбрать ее из " -"иерархического списка по следующим критериям:" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69 -msgid "vendor" -msgstr "разработчик" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:31 -msgid "then the name of your card" -msgstr "затем название вашей карты" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:35 -msgid "and the type of card" -msgstr "и тип вашей карты" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:39 -msgid "" -"If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in " -"the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the " -"Xorg category" -msgstr "" -"Если вашей карты нет в списке карт по производителям (поскольку она еще не " -"успела попасть в базы данных или слишком старая), вы можете найти " -"соответствующий драйвер в категории «Xorg»." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43 -msgid "" -"The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card " -"drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the " -"option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities." -msgstr "" -"В категории «Xorg» вы можете воспользоваться одним из более 40 типовых " -"драйверов с открытым кодом для видеокарт. Если вам все же не удастся найти " -"драйвер по названию, вы можете воспользоваться драйвером \"vesa\". Этот " -"драйвер обеспечивает базовые возможности видео." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48 -msgid "" -"Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access " -"to the Commandline Interface." -msgstr "" -"Будьте внимательны: если драйвер будет выбран ошибочно, вы сможете получить " -"доступ только к интерфейсу командной строки." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51 -msgid "" -"Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which " -"may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from " -"the card manufacturers' websites." -msgstr "" -"Некоторые производители видеокарт сами создают проприетарные (закрытые) " -"драйверы для Linux. Доступ к таким драйверов можно получить только с помощью " -"репозиториев пакетов «Nonfree» или на сайтах производителей " -"карт." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55 -msgid "" -"The Nonfree repository need to be explicitly enabled to access them. If you " -"didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot." -msgstr "" -"Вам следует явным образом включить репозитории «Nonfree», чтобы " -"иметь к ним доступ. Сделать это следует после первой перезагрузки системы." - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18 -msgid "Choosing your Monitor" -msgstr "Выбор монитора" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:21 -msgid "" -"DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually " -"correctly identify yours." -msgstr "" -"В DrakX предусмотрена очень полная база данных мониторов. Обычно, программа " -"может правильно определить ваш монитор." - -#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26 -msgid "" -"<emphasis>Selecting a monitor with different characteristics could damage " -"your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing " -"what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor " -"documentation" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis>Выбор пункта монитора с другими аппаратными характеристиками может " -"привести к повреждению монитора или видеоаппаратуры. Пожалуйста, подумайте " -"над вашим выбором.</emphasis> Если есть определенные сомнения, обратитесь к " -"документации вашего монитора." - -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." -"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." -"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42 -msgid "<emphasis>Custom</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>Дополнительно</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44 -msgid "" -"This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh " -"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the " -"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are " -"displayed." -msgstr "" -"С помощью этого пункта вы можете установить значение двух критических " -"параметров: вертикальной частоты обновления и горизонтальной частоты " -"синхронизации. Частота обновления определяет частоту, с которой обновляется " -"изображение на экране, а частота синхронизации является частотой, с которой " -"будет показаны линии изображения." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49 -msgid "" -"It is <emphasis>VERY IMPORTANT</emphasis> that you do not specify a monitor " -"type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you " -"may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and " -"consult your monitor documentation." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis>ОЧЕНЬ ВАЖНО</emphasis> не указать тип монитора, возможности " -"которого превышают возможности вашего, иначе вы можете повредите монитор. " -"Если сомневаетесь, выберите минимальные параметры и внимательно ознакомьтесь " -"с документацией к вашему монитору." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:55 -msgid "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:58 -msgid "" -"This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the " -"monitor database." -msgstr "" -"Это дефолтный вариант: программа пытается определить тип вашего монитора по " -"базе данных мониторов." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63 -msgid "<emphasis>Vendor</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>Производитель</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:65 -msgid "" -"If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which " -"one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:" -msgstr "" -"Если установщику не удалось должным образом определить ваш монитор, и вам " -"известно название этого монитора, вы можете выбрать его из иерархического " -"списка по следующим критериям:" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73 -msgid "the monitor manufacturers name" -msgstr "название фирмы-производителя монитора" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:77 -msgid "the monitor description" -msgstr "описание монитора" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:82 -msgid "<emphasis>Generic</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>Общий</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84 -msgid "" -"selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as " -"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is " -"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver " -"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it " -"may be wise to be conservative in your selections." -msgstr "" -"если вы выберете эту группу, будет открыт список из около 30 типовых " -"настроек дисплеев, подобных 1024x768@60 Гц, в который включены параметры " -"плоских панелей дисплеев для ноутбуков. Обычно, этой группой стоит " -"пользоваться, если у вас возникла необходимость использовать драйвер «Vesa» " -"для вашей карты, то есть вашу видеокарту не удалось определить " -"автоматически. Опять же, стоит параметры выбирать очень осторожно." - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4 -msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration" -msgstr "Настройки графической карты и монитора" - -#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18 -msgid "" -"No matter which graphical environment (also known as desktop environment) " -"you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are " -"all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window " -"System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for " -"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or " -"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</" -"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can " -"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you " -"think the choice is incorrect." -msgstr "" -"Безразлично, какая графическая среда (или рабочая среда) была выбрана во " -"время установки <application>Mageia</application>, все эти среды основаны на " -"графическом интерфейсе, который называется <acronym>X Window System</" -"acronym> или просто <acronym>X</acronym>. Следовательно, чтобы <acronym>KDE</" -"acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> или любая другая " -"графическая среда работала должным образом, указанные ниже параметры работы " -"сервера <acronym>X</acronym>должны быть определены правильно. Изменять " -"значения параметров следует, если заметно, что <application>DrakX</" -"application> сделал ошибочный выбор, или если вам кажется, что этот выбор " -"является ошибочным." - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31 -msgid "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card " -"from the list if needed." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Графическая карта</guibutton></emphasis>: если нужно, " -"выберите установленную на компьютере графическую карту из списка." - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37 -msgid "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: You can choose " -"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> when applicable, or choose your monitor " -"from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. " -"Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the " -"horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Монитор</guibutton></emphasis>: вы можете выбрать " -"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> если считаете, что это правильно, или " -"выбрать пункт вашего монитора из списка <guilabel>Производитель</guilabel> " -"или <guilabel>Общий</guilabel>. Выберете пункт <guilabel>Дополнительно</" -"guilabel>, если хотите вручную указать частоту обновления изображения по " -"вертикали и горизонтали для вашего монитора." - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> -#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45 -msgid "Incorrect refresh rates may damage your monitor" -msgstr "" -"Ошибочно указанные частоты обновления изображения могут привести к " -"повреждению монитора." - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:51 -msgid "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired " -"resolution and color depth of your monitor here." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Разрешение</guibutton></emphasis>: с помощью этого " -"пункта можно выбрать желаемое разрешение и глубину цвета на вашем мониторе." - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56 -msgid "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not " -"always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your " -"settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your " -"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. " -"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be " -"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " -"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</" -"emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Проверить</guibutton></emphasis>: кнопка проверки при " -"установке недоступна. Если кнопка доступна, посредством ее нажатия вы можете " -"проверить, правильно ли указаны параметры. В ответ на вопрос о правильности " -"параметров вы можете ответить «да», чтобы сохранить указанные параметры. " -"Если же изображения на мониторе нет, то система через некоторое время вернет " -"вас к окну настройки, с помощью которого вы сможете исправить настройки, " -"пока не будет достигнут желаемый результат. <emphasis>Если кнопка проверки " -"недоступна, вам следует самостоятельно позаботиться о том, чтобы указанные " -"параметры были безопасными.</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67 -msgid "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to " -"enable or disable various options." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Параметры</guibutton></emphasis>: с помощью этого " -"пункта вы можете включить или отключить различные параметры." - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:5 -msgid "Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry" -msgstr "" -"Добавление пункта в меню загрузки или внесение изменений в такие пункты" - -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:10 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:17 -msgid "" -"You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the " -"relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen " -"and editing the screen that pops up on top of it." -msgstr "" -"Чтобы добавить запись или внести изменения в выбранную запись, нажмите " -"соответствующую кнопку на странице<emphasis>Настройки загрузчика</emphasis>. " -"В ответ будет показано окно редактирования." +#: en/setupSCSI.xml:11 +msgid "Setup SCSI" +msgstr "Настройка SCSI" +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 +#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) +#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the +#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:21 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:26 -msgid "" -"Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an " -"entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one." -msgstr "" -"Некоторые из действий можно выполнять ничем не рискуя. К таким действиям " -"относится изменение метки записи или обозначение дефолтной записи в списке." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:27 -msgid "" -"You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely." -msgstr "" -"Вы можете добавить к записи надлежащий номер версии или полностью изменить " -"название записи." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:28 -msgid "" -"The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a " -"choice while booting up." -msgstr "" -"Дефолтный пункт - это пункт операционной системы, которая загружается, если " -"пользователем не будет сделано другого выбора во время показа меню загрузки." - -#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:29 -msgid "" -"Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " -"just try something without knowing what you are doing." -msgstr "" -"Изменение других параметров может привести к невозможности загрузки системы. " -"Пожалуйста, не экспериментируйте с этими параметрами, если вам достоверно " -"неизвестно их назначение." - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/minimal-install.xml:3 -msgid "Minimal Install" -msgstr "Минимальная установка" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/minimal-install.xml:9 -msgid "" -"You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the " -"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></" -"xref>." -msgstr "" -"Вы можете выбрать «Минимальная установка» снятием отметок по всем пунктам в " -"списке выбора групп пакетов, см. раздел <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups" -"\"></xref>." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/minimal-install.xml:10 +#: en/setupSCSI.xml:26 msgid "" -"Minimal Installation is intended for those with specific uses in mind for " -"their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised " -"workstation. You will probably use this option combined with Manual Package " -"Selection, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"Минимальная установка предназначена для тех, кто намерен использовать " -"<application>Mageia</application> с какой-то узкоспециализированной целью, в " -"частности как сервер или рабочую станцию узкого направления. Этим вариантом " -"следует пользоваться в сочетании с выбором пакетов вручную, см. <xref " -"linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/minimal-install.xml:14 -msgid "" -"If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer " -"you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X." -msgstr "" -"Если вы выберете этот вариант установки, на следующей странице программы вам " -"будет предложено установить полезные дополнения системы, в частности " -"документацию и графический сервер." - -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/minimal-install.xml:19 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/securityLevel.xml:12 -msgid "Security Level" -msgstr "Уровень безопасности" - -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/securityLevel.xml:19 +#: en/setupSCSI.xml:32 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/securityLevel.xml:24 -msgid "You can adjust your security level here." +"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers " +"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " +"fail to recognise the drive." msgstr "" -"С помощью этой страницы вы можете изменить уровень защиты вашей системы." +"Обычно DrakX определяет параметры дисков правильно. Впрочем, если вы имеете " +"дело с устаревшим дисковым контроллером SCSI, возможны ошибки, из-за которых " +"программа не сможет установить нужных драйверов." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/securityLevel.xml:27 +#: en/setupSCSI.xml:36 msgid "" -"Leave the default settings as they are, if you don't know what to choose." +"If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) " +"you have." msgstr "" -"Если вы не уверены в нужных для вас параметрах, лучше не меняйте их " -"дефолтные значения." +"Если вам встретился именно такой контроллер, вам придется вручную сообщить " +"DrakX с каким диском SCSI придется иметь дело." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/securityLevel.xml:30 -msgid "" -"After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings " -"in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center." +#: en/setupSCSI.xml:39 +msgid "DrakX should then be able to configure the drive(s) correctly." msgstr "" -"После установки вы всегда сможете изменить параметры защиты с помощью модуля " -"<guilabel>Безопасность</guilabel> в Центре управления Mageia." +"После этого, DrakX сможет настроить систему на работу с дисками должным " +"образом." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/selectCountry.xml:13 -msgid "Select your Country / Region" -msgstr "Выбор страны и региона" +#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:4 +msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted" +msgstr "Подтверждение форматирования жесткого диска" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 +#. test comment - johnr +#. 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct +#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I +#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD +#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/selectCountry.xml:21 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/selectCountry.xml:27 +#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19 msgid "" -"Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, " -"like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country " -"can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network." +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" +"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"Выберите страну или регион. Ваш выбор будет важным для всех типов параметров " -"локализации системы, в частности выбора валюты и домена управления " -"беспроводной связью. Ложный выбор может привести к невозможности " -"использования беспроводной связи." +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" +"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/selectCountry.xml:32 -msgid "" -"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</" -"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." -msgstr "" -"Если вашей страны нет в списке, нажмите кнопку <guilabel>Другие страны</" -"guilabel> и выберите страну или регион в окне, которое будет открыто." - -#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/selectCountry.xml:37 +#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24 msgid "" -"If your country is only in the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> list, " -"after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the " -"first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real " +"Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your " "choice." msgstr "" -"Если пункт вашей страны есть только в списке <guilabel>Другие страны</" -"guilabel> может показаться, что выбрана страна из первого списка. " -"Пожалуйста, не обращайте на это внимание, DrakX уже учел ваш правильный " -"выбор." - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/selectCountry.xml:46 -msgid "Input method" -msgstr "Способ ввода" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/selectCountry.xml:49 -msgid "" -"In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an " -"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input " -"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " -"default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India Live-" -"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method " -"so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input methods(SCIM, " -"GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be installed if you " -"added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." -msgstr "" -"С помощью окна <guilabel>Другие страны</guilabel> вы можете выбрать способ " -"ввода (с помощью нижней части списка). Способы ввода дают возможность " -"пользователям вводить символы разных восточных языков (китайского, " -"японского, корейского и т.п.). Типичным способом ввода на DVD с Mageia и " -"портативных образах системы для Африки/Индии и Азии есть IBus. Для локалей " -"азиатских и африканских стран IBus будет определен типичным способом ввода, " -"следовательно пользователям не придется настраивать ничего вручную. Другие " -"способы ввода (SCIM, GCIN, HIME т.п.), которые предоставляют пользователям " -"подобные возможности, можно установить, если перед выбором пакетов были " -"добавлены репозитории пакетов HTTP/FTP." - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/selectCountry.xml:61 -msgid "" -"If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it " -"after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -> " -"\"System\", or by running localedrake as root." -msgstr "" -"Если вы пропустили настройки ввода во время установки, вы можете получить " -"доступ к ним после загрузки установленной системы в меню «Настроить " -"компьютер» -> «Система» или запустите localedrake от имени пользователя " -"root." - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/media_selection.xml:3 -msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)" -msgstr "Выбор источника (Nonfree)" - -#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media) -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong) -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/media_selection.xml:12 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" -"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" -"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/media_selection.xml:18 -msgid "" -"Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are " -"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories " -"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " -"the next steps." -msgstr "" -"Здесь вы видите список доступных репозиториев. Не все репозитории доступны. " -"Список доступных репозиториев зависит от носителя, которым вы " -"воспользовались для установки. Набор репозиториев определяет, какие из " -"пакетов будут доступны для выбора на последующих шагах." - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/media_selection.xml:25 -msgid "" -"The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains " -"the base of the distribution." -msgstr "" -"Репозиторий <emphasis>Core</emphasis> нельзя выключать, поскольку в нем " -"содержатся основные пакеты дистрибутива." - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/media_selection.xml:30 -msgid "" -"The <emphasis>Non-free</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-" -"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source " -"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " -"nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi " -"cards, etc." -msgstr "" -"В репозиторий <emphasis>Non-free</emphasis> включены пакеты, которые " -"являются бесплатными, то есть Mageia может распространять их, но в них " -"содержится программное обеспечение с закрытым кодом (отсюда и название - " -"Nonfree). В этом репозитории, например, содержатся пакеты закрытых драйверов " -"к графическим картам nVidia и ATI, прошивки для различных карт WiFi т. п." - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/media_selection.xml:38 -msgid "" -"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under " -"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is " -"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. " -"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed " -"to play commercial video DVD, etc." -msgstr "" -"В репозитории <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> хранятся пакеты, выпущенные в " -"соответствии со свободными лицензионными соглашениями. Основным критерием " -"для включения пакетов в этот репозиторий является то, что их распространение " -"ограничивается патентным законодательством и законами об авторских и смежных " -"правах некоторых стран. В этот репозиторий в частности включены " -"мультимедийные кодеки, необходимые для воспроизведения различных звуковых и " -"видео файлов; пакеты, необходимые для воспроизведения коммерческих видео-DVD " -"и т. п." - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:10 -msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)" -msgstr "" -"Выбор носителя (настройки дополнительных носителей пакетов для установки)" - -#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Назад</guibutton>, если вы не уверены в сделанном " +"выборе." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24 +#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 msgid "" -"This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can " -"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The " -"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " -"during the next steps." -msgstr "" -"На этой странице будет представлен список определенных репозиториев пакетов. " -"Вы сможете добавить другие источники пакетов, в частности оптический " -"носитель или удаленный сервер сети. Набор указанных репозиториев определяет, " -"какие из пакетов будут доступны для выбора на последующих шагах." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29 -msgid "For a network source, there are two steps to follow:" +"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every " +"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." msgstr "" -"Чтобы добавить сетевой источник, необходимо выполнить два следующих шага:" +"Нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Далее</guibutton>, если вы уверены и хотите " +"стереть все разделы, все операционные системы на диске и все данные, " +"хранящиеся на этом диске." -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:33 -msgid "Choosing and activation of the network, if not already up." -msgstr "Выбор и включение сети, если она еще не была включена." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> " +#~ "partition" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Изменение размеров раздела <application>Windows<superscript>®</" +#~ "superscript></application>" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:37 -msgid "" -"Selecting a mirror or specifying a URL (very first entry). By selecting a " -"mirror, you have access to the selection of all repositories managed by " -"Mageia, like the non-free , the tainted repositories and the updates. With " -"the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS " -"installation." -msgstr "" -"Выбор зеркала или определение URL-адреса (первая запись). После выбора " -"зеркала вы получите доступ к выбору репозиториев, которые используются в " -"Mageia, в частности к репозиторию несвободных пакетов, к репозиторию пакетов " -"с ограничениями в лицензировании и к репозиторию обновлений. С помощью URL-" -"адреса можно связать с системой определенный репозиторий пакетов или " -"развернутую вами с помощью NFS систему." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" +#~ "application> partition. Choose which one should be made smaller to make " +#~ "space for installing <application>Mageia</application>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "В вашей системе несколько разделов <application>Windows<superscript>®</" +#~ "superscript></application>. Выберите один из них, тот, который следует " +#~ "уменьшить в размерах, чтобы получить достаточно места для установки " +#~ "<application>Mageia</application>." #~ msgid "Choose hard disk to erase for <application>Mageia</application>" #~ msgstr "" diff --git a/docs/installer/sv.po b/docs/installer/sv.po index 649bd68a..1ad6c60f 100644 --- a/docs/installer/sv.po +++ b/docs/installer/sv.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia Installer Help\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-07-07 10:48+0400\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-10-09 20:39+0400\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-07-04 01:11+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Kristoffer Grundström <kristoffer.grundstrom1983@gmail." "com>\n" @@ -88,6 +88,69 @@ msgstr "" "För att se vad som är nytt i denna release av <application>Mageia</" "application>, klicka på <guibutton>Noteringar för utgåva</guibutton>-knappen." +#. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 en/media_selection.xml:1 +msgid "en" +msgstr "sv" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:10 +msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)" +msgstr "Val av medier (Konfigurera kompletterande installationsmedier)" + +#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24 +msgid "" +"This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can " +"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The " +"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " +"during the next steps." +msgstr "" +"Denna ruta ger dig en lista över redan upptäckta förvaringsplatser. Du kan " +"lägga till andra källor för paket, till exempel en optisk skiva eller en " +"fjärrstyrd källa. Valet av källa avgör vilka paket som kommer att göras " +"tillgängliga för val under nästa steg." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29 +msgid "For a network source, there are two steps to follow:" +msgstr "För en nätverkskälla så finns det två steg att följa:" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:33 +msgid "Choosing and activation of the network, if not already up." +msgstr "Val och aktivering av nätverket om det inte redan är uppe." + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:37 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Selecting a mirror or specifying a URL (very first entry). By selecting a " +"mirror, you have access to the selection of all repositories managed by " +"Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With " +"the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS " +"installation." +msgstr "" +"Väljer en spegel eller specificera en URL (allra första posten). Genom att " +"välja en spegel så har du tillgång till urvalet av alla förvaringsplatser " +"som hanteras av Mageia, till exempel non-free, tainted och uppdateringarna " +"som de ger. Med denna URL så kan du utse en specifik förvaringsplats eller " +"din egen NFS-installation." + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:4 msgid "User and Superuser Management" @@ -414,473 +477,634 @@ msgstr "" "partitonen(rna) som DrakX föreslår eller fler." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:18 -msgid "DrakX, the Mageia Installer" -msgstr "Mageia-installeraren DrakX" +#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:5 +msgid "Desktop Selection" +msgstr "Val av skrivbordsmiljö" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:21 +#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11 msgid "" -"Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia " -"Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as " -"possible." +"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine " +"tune your choice." msgstr "" +"Beroende på dina val här, så kan det finnas flera fönster för att finjustera " +"ditt val." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:29 +#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:13 msgid "" -"The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will " -"start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need." +"After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package " +"installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the " +"<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button" msgstr "" +"Efter dom olika valen kommer du att se ett bildspel under paket " +"installationen. Bildspelet får du fram genom att klicka på " +"<guilabel>Detaljer</guilabel> knappen" -#. type: Content of: <section><figure><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:35 -msgid "Installation Welcome Screen" -msgstr "Välkomstskärm till installationen" +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:20 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:39 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\"> </imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"Choose whether you prefer to use the <application>KDE</application> or " +"<application>Gnome</application> desktop environment. Both come with a full " +"set of useful applications and tools. Tick <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if " +"you want to use neither or both, or if you want something other than the " +"default software choices for these desktop environments. The " +"<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, " +"sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default." msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\"> </imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"Välj antingen <application>KDE</application> eller <application>Gnome</" +"application> skrivbordsmiljö beroenda av vad du tycker om. Bägge kommer med " +"användbara verktyg och applikationer. Bocka för <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> " +"om du inte vill använda någon av dessa eller båda, eller om du vill annat än " +"dessa standard programmen för dessa skrivbordsmiljöerna. <application>LXDE</" +"application> skrivbordsmiljö är lättare än dom två tidigare, Med mindre " +"ögongodis och färre programpaket installerade som standard." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure> -#: en/installer.xml:34 en/installer.xml:90 +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:4 +msgid "Package Group Selection" +msgstr "Val av paketgrupp" + +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:10 msgid "" -"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=" -"\"1\"/>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:47 +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:16 msgid "" -"If there are problems during install, then it may be necessary to use " -"special installation options, see <xref linkend=\"installationOptions\"></" -"xref>." +"Packages have been sorted into groups, to make choosing what you need on " +"your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however " +"more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which " +"become visible as the mouse is hovered over them." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:52 -msgid "The installation steps" +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:23 +msgid "Workstation." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:55 -msgid "" -"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed " -"on the side panel of the screen." +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:27 +msgid "Server." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:58 -msgid "" -"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</" -"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options." +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:31 +msgid "Graphical Environment." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:62 +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:35 msgid "" -"Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further " -"explanations about the current step." +"Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or " +"remove packages." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/installer.xml:66 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:39 msgid "" -"If somewhere during install you decide to stop the installation, it is " -"possible to reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a " -"partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your " -"computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well " -"leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure " -"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys " -"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " -"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot." +"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do " +"a minimal install." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:80 -msgid "Installation options" -msgstr "Installationsalternativ" +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4 +msgid "Choose Individual Packages" +msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:83 +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11 msgid "" -"If the installation fails then it may be necessary to try again by using one " -"of the extra options available by hitting the <guibutton>F1 (Help)</" -"guibutton> key see <xref linkend=\"dx-welcome\"></xref>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:87 -msgid "This will open the following text based help." +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17 +msgid "" +"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:91 -msgid "Installation Help Screen" -msgstr "Hjälpskärm för installation" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:96 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</" +"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving " +"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same " +"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and " +"choosing to load it." msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:105 -msgid "Installation Problems and Possible Solutions" -msgstr "" +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/configureServices.xml:12 +msgid "Configure your Services" +msgstr "Konfigurera dina tjänster" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:111 -msgid "No Graphical Interface" +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/configureServices.xml:21 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:116 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureServices.xml:27 msgid "" -"After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " -"This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low " -"resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt." +"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system." msgstr "" +"Här ställer du in vilka tjänster som (inte) ska starta när du startar ditt " +"system." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:123 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureServices.xml:30 msgid "" -"If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " -"In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit " -"ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be " -"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit " -"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode.<emphasis></emphasis>" +"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and " +"see all services in it." msgstr "" +"Det finns fyra grupper, klicka på triangeln intill en grupp för att " +"expandera den och se alla tjänster i den." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:135 -msgid "The Install Freezes" +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureServices.xml:34 +msgid "The setting DrakX chose are usually good." +msgstr "Inställningarna som DrakX väljer är oftast bra." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureServices.xml:37 +msgid "" +"If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info " +"box below." +msgstr "Om du markerar en tjänst så visas viss information i info-lådan nedan." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureServices.xml:41 +msgid "Only change things when you know very well what you are doing." +msgstr "Ändra bara på saker som du mycket väl vet hur du ska ändra." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:12 +msgid "Configure your Timezone" +msgstr "Ställ in din tidszon" + +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." +"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." +"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:138 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26 msgid "" -"If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a " -"problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of " -"hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type " -"<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with " -"other options as necessary." +"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the " +"same time zone." msgstr "" +"Välj din tidszon genom att välja ditt land eller en stad nära dig i samma " +"tidszon." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:147 -msgid "Kernel Options" +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30 +msgid "" +"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to " +"GMT, also known as UTC." msgstr "" +"I nästa skärm så kan du välja att ställa in din hårdvaruklocka till lokal " +"tid eller till GMT, också känd som UTC." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:150 +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35 msgid "" -"These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " -"available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " -"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e." -"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." +"If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they " +"are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT." msgstr "" +"Om du har mer än ett operativsystem i din dator så se då till att alla är " +"inställda på lokal tid eller alla till UTC/GMT." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:23 -msgid "Install or Upgrade" -msgstr "" +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11 +msgid "Choose an X Server (Configure your Graphic Card)" +msgstr "Välj en X-server (Konfigurera ditt grafikkort)" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:27 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34 -msgid "Install" +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21 +msgid "" +"DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually " +"correctly identify your video device." msgstr "" +"DrakX har en väldigt omfattande databas av grafikkort och kommer oftast att " +"identifiera ditt nuvarande grafikkort rätt." -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:36 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24 msgid "" -"Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation." +"If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know " +"which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:" msgstr "" -"Välj detta alternativ för en fräsch <application>Mageia</application>-" -"installation." +"Om installationen inte har korrekt upptäckt ditt grafikkort och du vet " +"vilket du har så kan du välja det från trädet genom:" -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:41 -msgid "Upgrade" +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69 +msgid "vendor" +msgstr "tillverkare" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:31 +msgid "then the name of your card" +msgstr "sedan namnet på ditt kort" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:35 +msgid "and the type of card" +msgstr "och typ av kort" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:39 +msgid "" +"If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in " +"the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the " +"Xorg category" msgstr "" +"Om du inte kan hitta ditt kort i listan över tillverkare (för att det ännu " +"inte finns i databasen eller att det är ett äldre kort) så kan du hitta en " +"passande drivrutin i Xorg-kategorin" -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:43 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43 msgid "" -"If you have one or more <application>Mageia 2</application> installations on " -"your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the " -"latest release." +"The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card " +"drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the " +"option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities." msgstr "" +"Xorg-listan erbjuder mer än 40 vanliga och grafikkortsdrivrutiner med öppen " +"källkod. Om du fortfarande inte kan hitta en namngiven drivrutin för ditt " +"kort så finns det valet att använda vesa-drivrutinen som tillhandahåller " +"grundläggande kapaciteter." -#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:49 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48 msgid "" -"If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to " -"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been " -"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " -"the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an " -"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you " -"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " -"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</" -"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." +"Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access " +"to the Commandline Interface." msgstr "" +"Var medveten om att om du väljer en drivrutin som inte passar så kan du " +"enbart ha tillgång till kommandorad-gränssnittet." -#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> -#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:60 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51 msgid "" -"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you " -"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " -"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</" -"emphasis> do this later in the install." +"Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which " +"may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from " +"the card manufacturers' websites." +msgstr "" +"En del grafikkortstillverkare tillhandahåller drivrutiner för Linux vilket " +"enbart finns tillgängligt i NonFree-medierna och i vissa fall enbart från " +"kortets tillverkares hemsida." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them. If " +"you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot." msgstr "" +"Nonfree-medierna behöver vara aktiverade för att få tillgång till dem, du " +"borde göra detta efter din första omstart." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14 -msgid "Keyboard" +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4 +msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration" +msgstr "Ställa in X, grafikkort och konfiguration av monitor" + +#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:17 +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18 msgid "" -"DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable " -"keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout." +"No matter which graphical environment (also known as desktop environment) " +"you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are " +"all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window " +"System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for " +"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or " +"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</" +"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can " +"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you " +"think the choice is incorrect." msgstr "" +"Oberoende vilken grafisk miljö (också känt som skrivbordsmiljö) som du " +"väljer för denna installation av <application>Mageia</application>, så " +"baseras alla på ett grafiskt användargränssnittssytem kallat <acronym>X-" +"Windows</acronym>, eller enbart <acronym>X</acronym>. För att <acronym>KDE</" +"acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> och någon annan " +"grafisk miljö ska fungera väl så behöver följande <acronym>X</acronym>-" +"inställningar vara korrekta. Välj de korrekta inställningarna om du ser att " +"<application>DrakX</application> inte gjorde något val, eller om du tror att " +"valet är inkorrekt." -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22 +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card " +"from the list if needed." msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Grafikkort</guibutton></emphasis>: Välj ditt kort från " +"listan om det behövs." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30 +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37 msgid "" -"Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. " -"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications " -"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a " -"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " -"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en." -"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: You can choose " +"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> when applicable, or choose your monitor " +"from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. " +"Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the " +"horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor." msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Skärm</guibutton></emphasis>: Du kan välja " +"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> när det passar, eller välj din skärm från " +"listorna <guilabel>Tillverkare</guilabel> eller <guilabel>Allmänna</" +"guilabel>. Välj <guilabel>Anpassad</guilabel> om du föredrar att manuellt " +"ange de horisontella och vertikala uppdateringsfrekvenserna för din skärm." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45 +msgid "Incorrect refresh rates may damage your monitor" +msgstr "Inkorrekta uppdateringsfrekvenser kan skada din skärm" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40 +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:51 msgid "" -"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</" -"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there." +"<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired " +"resolution and color depth of your monitor here." msgstr "" -"Om ditt tangentbord inte finns i nedanstående lista, klicka på " -"<guibutton>Fler</guibutton> för att få en fullständig lista och välj ditt " -"tangentbord där." +"<emphasis><guibutton>Upplösning</guibutton></emphasis>: Ange önskad " +"upplösning och färgdjup för din skärm här." -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para> -#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45 +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56 msgid "" -"After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, " -"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though " -"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " -"and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the " -"full list." +"<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not " +"always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your " +"settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your " +"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. " +"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be " +"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " +"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</" +"emphasis>" msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: Test-knappen visas inte " +"alltid under installationen. Om knappen finns där så kan du kontrollera dina " +"inställningar genom att trycka på den. Om du ser en fråga om dina " +"inställningar är korrekta så kan du svara \"ja\", och inställningarna kommer " +"att behållas. Om du inte ser någonting så kommer du tillbaka till " +"konfigurationsskärmen och ha möjlighet att konfigurera allt igen tills " +"testet är bra. <emphasis>Var säker på att dina inställningar är på den säkra " +"sidan om test-knappen inte finns tillgänglig</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:55 +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67 msgid "" -"If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an " -"extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin " -"and non-Latin keyboard layouts" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to " +"enable or disable various options." msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Val</guibutton></emphasis>: Här kan du välja att " +"aktivera eller inaktivera olika val." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/configureServices.xml:12 -msgid "Configure your Services" -msgstr "Konfigurera dina tjänster" +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18 +msgid "Choosing your Monitor" +msgstr "Att välja din skärm" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:21 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually " +"correctly identify yours." +msgstr "" +"DrakX har en väldigt omfattande databas av grafikkort och kommer oftast att " +"identifiera ditt nuvarande grafikkort rätt." + +#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26 +msgid "" +"<emphasis>Selecting a monitor with different characteristics could damage " +"your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing " +"what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor " +"documentation" +msgstr "" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/configureServices.xml:21 +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureServices.xml:27 +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42 +msgid "<emphasis>Custom</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>Anpassad</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44 msgid "" -"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system." +"This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh " +"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the " +"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are " +"displayed." msgstr "" -"Här ställer du in vilka tjänster som (inte) ska starta när du startar ditt " -"system." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureServices.xml:30 +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49 msgid "" -"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and " -"see all services in it." +"It is <emphasis>VERY IMPORTANT</emphasis> that you do not specify a monitor " +"type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you " +"may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and " +"consult your monitor documentation." msgstr "" -"Det finns fyra grupper, klicka på triangeln intill en grupp för att " -"expandera den och se alla tjänster i den." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureServices.xml:34 -msgid "The setting DrakX chose are usually good." -msgstr "Inställningarna som DrakX väljer är oftast bra." +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:55 +msgid "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureServices.xml:37 +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:58 msgid "" -"If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info " -"box below." -msgstr "Om du markerar en tjänst så visas viss information i info-lådan nedan." +"This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the " +"monitor database." +msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureServices.xml:41 -msgid "Only change things when you know very well what you are doing." -msgstr "Ändra bara på saker som du mycket väl vet hur du ska ändra." - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:23 -msgid "Please choose a language to use" -msgstr "Var vänlig välj språk att använda" +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63 +msgid "<emphasis>Vendor</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>Tillverkare</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:26 +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:65 msgid "" -"Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your " -"continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during " -"the installation and for your installed system." +"If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which " +"one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:" msgstr "" -"Välj ditt föredragna språk, genom att först expandera listan över din " -"kontinent. <application>Mageia</application> kommer att använda detta val " -"under installationen och för ditt installerade system." +"Om installationen inte har upptäckt ditt rätta grafikkort och du vet vilket " +"du har så kan du välja det från trädet genom att välja:" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73 +msgid "the monitor manufacturers name" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:77 +msgid "the monitor description" +msgstr "beskrivning av skärmen" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:30 +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:82 +msgid "<emphasis>Generic</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>Standard</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84 msgid "" -"If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your " -"system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the " -"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be " -"difficult to add extra language support after installation." +"selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as " +"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is " +"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver " +"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it " +"may be wise to be conservative in your selections." msgstr "" -"Om det troligt att du kommer att behöva ett flertal språk installerade i " -"ditt system, antingen för dig själv eller andra användare så borde du " -"använda knappen för <guibutton>Fler språk</guibutton> för att lägga till dem " -"nu. Det kommer att vara svårt att lägga till extra språkstöd efter " -"installationen." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:19 +msgid "Custom disk partitioning with DiskDrake" +msgstr "Anpassad diskpartionering med DiskDrake" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:36 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:44 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:33 msgid "" -"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them " -"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " -"marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ." +"If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " +"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The " +"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " +"set, otherwise your system will be unbootable." msgstr "" -"Även om du väljer mer än ett språk så måste du välja en av dessa som " -"föredraget språk en den första språk-rutan. Det kommer också att bli märkt " -"som vald i rutan för flertalet språk." +"Om du vill använda kryptering på din <literal>/</literal>-partition så måste " +"du se till att ha en separat <literal>/boot</literal>-partition. " +"Krypteringsalternativet för din <literal>/boot</literal>-partition ska INTE " +"ställas in, annars kommer detta att göra ditt system omöjligt att boota." -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:51 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:39 msgid "" -"If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then " -"it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well." +"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, " +"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " +"is in them before you start." msgstr "" -"Om ditt tangetbordspråk inte är samma som ditt föredragna språk så är det " -"rådande att också installera språket för ditt tangetbord." +"Justera layouten av din(a) disk(ar) här. Du kan avlägsna eller skapa " +"partitioner, ändra filsystemet för en partition eller ändra dess storlek och " +"även titta vad om finns i dem innan du startar." -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:57 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:42 msgid "" -"Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the " -"\"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your " -"language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages." +"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an " +"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." msgstr "" -"Mageia använder UTF-8 (Unicode) stöd som standard. Detta kan inaktiveras i " -"rutan för \"flera språk\" om du vet att det är olämpligt för ditt språk. " -"Inaktivering av UTF-8 gäller för alla installerade språk." +"Det finns en flik för varje hårddisk som är upptäckt eller annan " +"lagringsenhet, exempelvis ett USB-minne. Det finns sda, sdb och sdc om det " +"är tre stycken." -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:64 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:45 msgid "" -"You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia " -"Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system." -msgstr "" -"Du kan ändra systemets språk efter installationen via Mageia Control Center -" -"> System -> Ändra språk för ditt system." - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:4 -msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted" +"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected " +"storage device" msgstr "" +"Tryck på <guibutton>Rensa alla</guibutton> för att tömma alla partitioner på " +"den valda lagringsenheten" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 -#. test comment - johnr -#. 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct -#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I -#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD -#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:47 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" -"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, " +"or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it." msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" -"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"För alla andra åtgärder: klicka på den valda partitionen först. Titta sedan " +"på den eller välj filsystem och en monteringspunkt, ändra storlek på den " +"eller töm den." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24 -msgid "" -"Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your " -"choice." -msgstr "" -"Klicka på <guibutton>Förra</guibutton> om du inte är säker på ditt val." +#: en/diskdrake.xml:49 +msgid "Continue until you adjusted everything to your wishes." +msgstr "Fortsätt tills du har justerat allt enligt dina önskemål." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 -msgid "" -"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every " -"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." -msgstr "" +#: en/diskdrake.xml:51 +msgid "Click <guibutton>Done</guibutton> when you're ready." +msgstr "Klicka på <guibutton>Klar</guibutton> när du är redo." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:25 @@ -1029,219 +1253,64 @@ msgid "" "Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:5 -msgid "Desktop Selection" -msgstr "Val av skrivbordsmiljö" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11 -msgid "" -"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine " -"tune your choice." -msgstr "" -"Beroende på dina val här, så kan det finnas flera fönster för att finjustera " -"ditt val." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:13 -msgid "" -"After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package " -"installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the " -"<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button" -msgstr "" -"Efter dom olika valen kommer du att se ett bildspel under paket " -"installationen. Bildspelet får du fram genom att klicka på " -"<guilabel>Detaljer</guilabel> knappen" - -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:20 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:26 -msgid "" -"Choose whether you prefer to use the <application>KDE</application> or " -"<application>Gnome</application> desktop environment. Both come with a full " -"set of useful applications and tools. Tick <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if " -"you want to use neither or both, or if you want something other than the " -"default software choices for these desktop environments. The " -"<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, " -"sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default." -msgstr "" -"Välj antingen <application>KDE</application> eller <application>Gnome</" -"application> skrivbordsmiljö beroenda av vad du tycker om. Bägge kommer med " -"användbara verktyg och applikationer. Bocka för <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> " -"om du inte vill använda någon av dessa eller båda, eller om du vill annat än " -"dessa standard programmen för dessa skrivbordsmiljöerna. <application>LXDE</" -"application> skrivbordsmiljö är lättare än dom två tidigare, Med mindre " -"ögongodis och färre programpaket installerade som standard." - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:4 -msgid "Package Group Selection" -msgstr "Val av paketgrupp" - -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:10 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:16 -msgid "" -"Packages have been sorted into groups, to make choosing what you need on " -"your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however " -"more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which " -"become visible as the mouse is hovered over them." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:23 -msgid "Workstation." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:27 -msgid "Server." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:31 -msgid "Graphical Environment." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:35 -msgid "" -"Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or " -"remove packages." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:39 -msgid "" -"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do " -"a minimal install." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4 -msgid "Choose Individual Packages" -msgstr "" - -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17 -msgid "" -"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20 -msgid "" -"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</" -"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving " -"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same " -"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and " -"choosing to load it." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:19 -msgid "Custom disk partitioning with DiskDrake" -msgstr "Anpassad diskpartionering med DiskDrake" +#. type: Content of: <article><info><title> +#: en/DrakX.xml:3 +msgid "Installation with DrakX" +msgstr "Installation med DrakX" -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:26 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> +#: en/DrakX.xml:6 +msgid "<note>" +msgstr "<note>" -#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:33 +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> +#: en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" -"If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " -"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The " -"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " -"set, otherwise your system will be unbootable." +"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " +"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " +"while installing." msgstr "" -"Om du vill använda kryptering på din <literal>/</literal>-partition så måste " -"du se till att ha en separat <literal>/boot</literal>-partition. " -"Krypteringsalternativet för din <literal>/boot</literal>-partition ska INTE " -"ställas in, annars kommer detta att göra ditt system omöjligt att boota." +"Ingen kommer att se alla installerarens skärm bilder som du ser i denna " +"handbok. Vilka skärm bilder du kommer att se, beror på din hårdvara och val " +"du gör under installationen." -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:39 -msgid "" -"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, " -"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " -"is in them before you start." -msgstr "" -"Justera layouten av din(a) disk(ar) här. Du kan avlägsna eller skapa " -"partitioner, ändra filsystemet för en partition eller ändra dess storlek och " -"även titta vad om finns i dem innan du startar." +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakX.xml:10 +msgid "</note>" +msgstr "</note>" -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:42 +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" -"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an " -"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." +"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " +"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" +"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." msgstr "" -"Det finns en flik för varje hårddisk som är upptäckt eller annan " -"lagringsenhet, exempelvis ett USB-minne. Det finns sda, sdb och sdc om det " -"är tre stycken." +"Texter och skärmdumpar i denna manual finns under CC BY-SA 3.0 licensen " +"<link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://" +"creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>" -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:45 +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" -"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected " -"storage device" +"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." msgstr "" -"Tryck på <guibutton>Rensa alla</guibutton> för att tömma alla partitioner på " -"den valda lagringsenheten" +"Denna manual är produserad med hjälp av <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco." +"com\">Calenco CMS</link> utvecklad av <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz" +"\">NeoDoc</link>" -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:47 +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" -"For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, " -"or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it." +"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" +"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" +"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." msgstr "" -"För alla andra åtgärder: klicka på den valda partitionen först. Titta sedan " -"på den eller välj filsystem och en monteringspunkt, ändra storlek på den " -"eller töm den." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:49 -msgid "Continue until you adjusted everything to your wishes." -msgstr "Fortsätt tills du har justerat allt enligt dina önskemål." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:51 -msgid "Click <guibutton>Done</guibutton> when you're ready." -msgstr "Klicka på <guibutton>Klar</guibutton> när du är redo." +"Den är skriven av frivilliga på deras fritid. Kontakta <link ns6:href=" +"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</link>, " +"om du vill hjälpa till och förbättra denna manual." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/exitInstall.xml:4 @@ -1364,6 +1433,187 @@ msgstr "" "fortsätta." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:18 +msgid "DrakX, the Mageia Installer" +msgstr "Mageia-installeraren DrakX" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:21 +msgid "" +"Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia " +"Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as " +"possible." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:29 +msgid "" +"The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will " +"start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><figure><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:35 +msgid "Installation Welcome Screen" +msgstr "Välkomstskärm till installationen" + +#. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject> +#: en/installer.xml:39 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\"> </imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\"> </imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure> +#: en/installer.xml:34 en/installer.xml:90 +msgid "" +"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=" +"\"1\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:47 +msgid "" +"If there are problems during install, then it may be necessary to use " +"special installation options, see <xref linkend=\"installationOptions\"></" +"xref>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:52 +msgid "The installation steps" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:55 +msgid "" +"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed " +"on the side panel of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:58 +msgid "" +"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</" +"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:62 +msgid "" +"Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further " +"explanations about the current step." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> +#: en/installer.xml:66 +msgid "" +"If somewhere during install you decide to stop the installation, it is " +"possible to reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a " +"partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your " +"computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well " +"leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure " +"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys " +"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " +"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:80 +msgid "Installation options" +msgstr "Installationsalternativ" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:83 +msgid "" +"If the installation fails then it may be necessary to try again by using one " +"of the extra options available by hitting the <guibutton>F1 (Help)</" +"guibutton> key see <xref linkend=\"dx-welcome\"></xref>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:87 +msgid "This will open the following text based help." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:91 +msgid "Installation Help Screen" +msgstr "Hjälpskärm för installation" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><mediaobject> +#: en/installer.xml:96 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:105 +msgid "Installation Problems and Possible Solutions" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:111 +msgid "No Graphical Interface" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/installer.xml:116 +msgid "" +"After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " +"This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low " +"resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/installer.xml:123 +msgid "" +"If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " +"In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit " +"ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be " +"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit " +"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode.<emphasis></emphasis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:135 +msgid "The Install Freezes" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:138 +msgid "" +"If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a " +"problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of " +"hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type " +"<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with " +"other options as necessary." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:147 +msgid "Kernel Options" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:150 +msgid "" +"These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " +"available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " +"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e." +"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/installUpdates.xml:3 msgid "Updates" msgstr "Uppdateringar" @@ -1409,6 +1659,106 @@ msgid "Then press <guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue" msgstr "Tryck sedan på <guibutton>Nästa</guibutton> för att fortsätta" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/media_selection.xml:3 +msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)" +msgstr "Val av media (Nonfree)" + +#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media) +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong) +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/media_selection.xml:12 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/media_selection.xml:18 +msgid "" +"Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are " +"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories " +"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " +"the next steps." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/media_selection.xml:25 +msgid "" +"The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains " +"the base of the distribution." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/media_selection.xml:30 +msgid "" +"The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-" +"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source " +"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " +"nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi " +"cards, etc." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/media_selection.xml:38 +msgid "" +"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under " +"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is " +"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. " +"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed " +"to play commercial video DVD, etc." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Tainted</emphasis>-förvaringsplatsen inkluderar paket som är " +"släppt under en Fri licens. Huvudsakliga kriterier för att placera paket i " +"denna förvaringsplats är att de kan motverka patent och kopierinsskyddslagar " +"i några länder, exempelvis multimedia-" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/minimal-install.xml:3 +msgid "Minimal Install" +msgstr "Minimal installation" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/minimal-install.xml:9 +msgid "" +"You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the " +"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></" +"xref>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/minimal-install.xml:10 +msgid "" +"Minimal Installation is intended for those with specific uses in mind for " +"their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised " +"workstation. You will probably use this option combined with Manual Package " +"Selection, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/minimal-install.xml:14 +msgid "" +"If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer " +"you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/minimal-install.xml:19 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:3 msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters" msgstr "Sammanfattning av diverse parametrar" @@ -1631,10 +1981,11 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Nätverk</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:163 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "You can configure your network here, but for network cards with non-free " "drivers it is better to do that after reboot, in the <application>Mageia " -"Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the non-free media " +"Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the Nonfree media " "repositories." msgstr "" "Du kan konfigurera ditt nätverk här, men för nätverkskort med drivrutiner " @@ -1730,665 +2081,375 @@ msgstr "" "Ha i åtanke att om du tillåter allt (ingen brandvägg) så tar du en stor risk." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:12 -msgid "Configure your Timezone" -msgstr "Ställ in din tidszon" +#: en/securityLevel.xml:12 +msgid "Security Level" +msgstr "Säkerhetsnivå" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" #. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." -"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." -"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26 -msgid "" -"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the " -"same time zone." -msgstr "" -"Välj din tidszon genom att välja ditt land eller en stad nära dig i samma " -"tidszon." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30 -msgid "" -"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to " -"GMT, also known as UTC." -msgstr "" -"I nästa skärm så kan du välja att ställa in din hårdvaruklocka till lokal " -"tid eller till GMT, också känd som UTC." - -#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35 -msgid "" -"If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they " -"are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT." -msgstr "" -"Om du har mer än ett operativsystem i din dator så se då till att alla är " -"inställda på lokal tid eller alla till UTC/GMT." - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:17 -msgid "" -"Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> " -"partition" -msgstr "" -"Ändra storlek på <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" -"application>-partitionen" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:21 -msgid "" -"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" -"application> partition. Choose which one should be made smaller to make " -"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>." -msgstr "" -"Du har mer än en <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" -"application>-partition. Välj vilken som ska göras mindre för att frigöra " -"utrymme så att <application>Mageia</application> kan installeras." - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/setupSCSI.xml:11 -msgid "Setup SCSI" -msgstr "" - -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 -#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) -#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the -#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/setupSCSI.xml:26 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupSCSI.xml:32 -msgid "" -"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers " -"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " -"fail to recognise the drive." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupSCSI.xml:36 -msgid "" -"If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) " -"you have." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupSCSI.xml:39 -msgid "DrakX should then be able to configure the drive(s) correctly." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/selectMouse.xml:4 -msgid "Select mouse" -msgstr "" - -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place -#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/selectMouse.xml:16 +#: en/securityLevel.xml:19 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/selectMouse.xml:23 -msgid "" -"If you are not happy with how your mouse responds, you can select a " -"different one here." -msgstr "" +#: en/securityLevel.xml:24 +msgid "You can adjust your security level here." +msgstr "Här justerar du din säkerhetsnivå." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/selectMouse.xml:25 +#: en/securityLevel.xml:27 msgid "" -"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</" -"guilabel> is a good choice." +"Leave the default settings as they are, if you don't know what to choose." msgstr "" +"Om du inte vet vad du ska välja så lämna standardinställningarna som de är." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/selectMouse.xml:27 +#: en/securityLevel.xml:30 msgid "" -"Select <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> to " -"configure the buttons that do not work on a mouse with six or more buttons." +"After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings " +"in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center." msgstr "" +"Efter installationen så kommer det alltid att finnas möjlighet att justera " +"dina säkerhetsinställningar i <guilabel>Säkerhet</guilabel>-delen av Mageia " +"Control Center." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:3 -msgid "Bootloader main options" -msgstr "Huvudsakliga alternativ för uppstartshanterare" +#: en/selectCountry.xml:13 +msgid "Select your Country / Region" +msgstr "Välj ditt land / region" -#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence. -#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:11 +#: en/selectCountry.xml:21 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" "imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" "imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:16 +#: en/selectCountry.xml:27 msgid "" -"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by " -"the installer, you can change them here." +"Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, " +"like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country " +"can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network." msgstr "" +"Välj ditt land eller region. Det är viktigt för alla typer av " +"inställningar, så som valutan och trådlös regulär domän. Att ställa in fel " +"land kan leda till att en trådlös nätverksanslutning inte fungerar." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:20 -msgid "" -"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case " -"you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " -"allow Mageia to create a new one." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:26 -msgid "The Mageia graphical menus are nice :)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:32 -msgid "Using a Mageia bootloader" -msgstr "Använder en Mageia-uppstartshanterare" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:36 -msgid "" -"By default, Mageia writes a new GRUB (legacy) bootloader into the MBR " -"(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other " -"operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them to your new Mageia " -"boot menu." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:41 -msgid "" -"Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB " -"legacy and Lilo." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:45 +#: en/selectCountry.xml:32 msgid "" -"Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by " -"GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is " -"used." +"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</" +"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." msgstr "" +"Om ditt land inte finns i listan så klicka på <guilabel>Andra länder</" +"guilabel>-knappen och välj ditt land / region där." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:49 +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/selectCountry.xml:37 msgid "" -"The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at " -"the Summary page during installation." +"If your country is only in the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> list, " +"after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the " +"first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real " +"choice." msgstr "" +"Om ditt land enbart finns i listan över <guilabel>Andra länder</guilabel> " +"efter att du har klickat på <guibutton>OK</guibutton> så kan det verka som " +"att ett land från första listan har valts. DrakX kommer att följa ditt " +"riktiga val så ignorera detta.." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:56 -msgid "Using an existing bootloader" -msgstr "Använder en existerande uppstartshanterare" +#: en/selectCountry.xml:46 +msgid "Input method" +msgstr "Inmatningsmetod" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:60 +#: en/selectCountry.xml:49 msgid "" -"If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember " -"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader " -"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the " -"bootloader install location." +"In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an " +"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input " +"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " +"default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India Live-" +"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method " +"so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input methods(SCIM, " +"GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be installed if you " +"added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." msgstr "" +"I <guilabel>Andra länder</guilabel>-fönstret så kan du också välja en " +"inmatningsmetod (på botten av bistan). Inmatningsmetoder tillåter användare " +"att mata in flerspråkiga karaktärer (Kinesiska, Japanska, Koreanska, osv). " +"IBus är den huvudsakliga inmatningsmetoden i Mageia's DVD:er, Afrika/Indien " +"och Asien/icke-Indien Live CD-skivor. För Asiatiska och Afrikanska " +"språkversioner, IBus kommer att anges som huvudsaklig inmatningsmetod så " +"användare borde inte behöva konfigurera detta manuellt. Andra " +"inmatningsmetoder (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, osv) erbjuder också liknander " +"funktioner och kan installeras om du la till HTTP/FTP-medier innan val av " +"paket." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> +#: en/selectCountry.xml:61 msgid "" -"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. " -"You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " -"phase earlier, e.g. sda7." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:71 -msgid "To be clear, sda is a device, sda7 is a partition on that device." +"If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it " +"after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -> " +"\"System\", or by running localedrake as root." msgstr "" +"Om du missade att ställa in inmatningsmetoden under installationen så kan du " +"få tillgång till det efter det att du startade ditt installerade system via " +"\"Konfigurera din Dator\" -> \"System\", eller genom att köra localedrake " +"som root." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:75 -msgid "" -"Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where " -"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to " -"the installer screen." +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:23 +msgid "Install or Upgrade" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:81 +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:27 msgid "" -"The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader " -"is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve " -"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and " -"add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in " -"question." +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:91 -msgid "Bootloader advanced option" +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34 +msgid "Install" msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/setupBootloader.xml:95 +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:36 msgid "" -"If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition " -"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</" -"guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp at each boot</" -"guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." +"Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation." msgstr "" +"Välj detta alternativ för en fräsch <application>Mageia</application>-" +"installation." -#. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> -#: en/DrakX.xml:1 en/media_selection.xml:1 en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 -msgid "en" -msgstr "sv" - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><title> -#: en/DrakX.xml:3 -msgid "Installation with DrakX" -msgstr "Installation med DrakX" - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> -#: en/DrakX.xml:6 -msgid "<note>" -msgstr "<note>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:7 -msgid "" -"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " -"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " -"while installing." +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:41 +msgid "Upgrade" msgstr "" -"Ingen kommer att se alla installerarens skärm bilder som du ser i denna " -"handbok. Vilka skärm bilder du kommer att se, beror på din hårdvara och val " -"du gör under installationen." - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:10 -msgid "</note>" -msgstr "</note>" -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:12 +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:43 msgid "" -"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " -"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" -"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." +"If you have one or more <application>Mageia 2</application> installations on " +"your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the " +"latest release." msgstr "" -"Texter och skärmdumpar i denna manual finns under CC BY-SA 3.0 licensen " -"<link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://" -"creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>" -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:16 +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:49 msgid "" -"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." +"If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to " +"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been " +"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " +"the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an " +"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you " +"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " +"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</" +"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." msgstr "" -"Denna manual är produserad med hjälp av <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco." -"com\">Calenco CMS</link> utvecklad av <link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz" -"\">NeoDoc</link>" -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:18 +#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:60 msgid "" -"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" -"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" -"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." +"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you " +"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " +"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</" +"emphasis> do this later in the install." msgstr "" -"Den är skriven av frivilliga på deras fritid. Kontakta <link ns6:href=" -"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</link>, " -"om du vill hjälpa till och förbättra denna manual." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11 -msgid "Choose an X Server (Configure your Graphic Card)" -msgstr "Välj en X-server (Konfigurera ditt grafikkort)" - -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21 -msgid "" -"DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually " -"correctly identify your video device." +#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14 +msgid "Keyboard" msgstr "" -"DrakX har en väldigt omfattande databas av grafikkort och kommer oftast att " -"identifiera ditt nuvarande grafikkort rätt." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24 +#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:17 msgid "" -"If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know " -"which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:" +"DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable " +"keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout." msgstr "" -"Om installationen inte har korrekt upptäckt ditt grafikkort och du vet " -"vilket du har så kan du välja det från trädet genom:" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69 -msgid "vendor" -msgstr "tillverkare" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:31 -msgid "then the name of your card" -msgstr "sedan namnet på ditt kort" -#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:35 -msgid "and the type of card" -msgstr "och typ av kort" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:39 +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22 msgid "" -"If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in " -"the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the " -"Xorg category" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"Om du inte kan hitta ditt kort i listan över tillverkare (för att det ännu " -"inte finns i databasen eller att det är ett äldre kort) så kan du hitta en " -"passande drivrutin i Xorg-kategorin" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43 +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30 msgid "" -"The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card " -"drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the " -"option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities." +"Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. " +"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications " +"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a " +"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " +"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en." +"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" msgstr "" -"Xorg-listan erbjuder mer än 40 vanliga och grafikkortsdrivrutiner med öppen " -"källkod. Om du fortfarande inte kan hitta en namngiven drivrutin för ditt " -"kort så finns det valet att använda vesa-drivrutinen som tillhandahåller " -"grundläggande kapaciteter." -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48 +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40 msgid "" -"Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access " -"to the Commandline Interface." +"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</" +"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there." msgstr "" -"Var medveten om att om du väljer en drivrutin som inte passar så kan du " -"enbart ha tillgång till kommandorad-gränssnittet." +"Om ditt tangentbord inte finns i nedanstående lista, klicka på " +"<guibutton>Fler</guibutton> för att få en fullständig lista och välj ditt " +"tangentbord där." -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51 +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para> +#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45 msgid "" -"Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which " -"may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from " -"the card manufacturers' websites." +"After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, " +"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though " +"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " +"and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the " +"full list." msgstr "" -"En del grafikkortstillverkare tillhandahåller drivrutiner för Linux vilket " -"enbart finns tillgängligt i NonFree-medierna och i vissa fall " -"enbart från kortets tillverkares hemsida." -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55 +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:55 msgid "" -"The Nonfree repository need to be explicitly enabled to access them. If you " -"didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot." +"If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an " +"extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin " +"and non-Latin keyboard layouts" msgstr "" -"Nonfree-medierna behöver vara aktiverade för att få tillgång " -"till dem, du borde göra detta efter din första omstart." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18 -msgid "Choosing your Monitor" -msgstr "Att välja din skärm" +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:23 +msgid "Please choose a language to use" +msgstr "Var vänlig välj språk att använda" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:21 -#, fuzzy +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:26 msgid "" -"DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually " -"correctly identify yours." +"Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your " +"continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during " +"the installation and for your installed system." msgstr "" -"DrakX har en väldigt omfattande databas av grafikkort och kommer oftast att " -"identifiera ditt nuvarande grafikkort rätt." +"Välj ditt föredragna språk, genom att först expandera listan över din " +"kontinent. <application>Mageia</application> kommer att använda detta val " +"under installationen och för ditt installerade system." -#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:30 msgid "" -"<emphasis>Selecting a monitor with different characteristics could damage " -"your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing " -"what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor " -"documentation" +"If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your " +"system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the " +"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be " +"difficult to add extra language support after installation." msgstr "" +"Om det troligt att du kommer att behöva ett flertal språk installerade i " +"ditt system, antingen för dig själv eller andra användare så borde du " +"använda knappen för <guibutton>Fler språk</guibutton> för att lägga till dem " +"nu. Det kommer att vara svårt att lägga till extra språkstöd efter " +"installationen." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." -"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." -"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42 -msgid "<emphasis>Custom</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>Anpassad</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:36 msgid "" -"This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh " -"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the " -"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are " -"displayed." +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49 +#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:44 msgid "" -"It is <emphasis>VERY IMPORTANT</emphasis> that you do not specify a monitor " -"type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you " -"may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and " -"consult your monitor documentation." +"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them " +"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " +"marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ." msgstr "" +"Även om du väljer mer än ett språk så måste du välja en av dessa som " +"föredraget språk en den första språk-rutan. Det kommer också att bli märkt " +"som vald i rutan för flertalet språk." -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:55 -msgid "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:58 +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:51 msgid "" -"This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the " -"monitor database." +"If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then " +"it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well." msgstr "" +"Om ditt tangetbordspråk inte är samma som ditt föredragna språk så är det " +"rådande att också installera språket för ditt tangetbord." -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63 -msgid "<emphasis>Vendor</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>Tillverkare</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:65 +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:57 msgid "" -"If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which " -"one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:" -msgstr "" -"Om installationen inte har upptäckt ditt rätta grafikkort och du vet vilket " -"du har så kan du välja det från trädet genom att välja:" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73 -msgid "the monitor manufacturers name" +"Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the " +"\"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your " +"language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages." msgstr "" +"Mageia använder UTF-8 (Unicode) stöd som standard. Detta kan inaktiveras i " +"rutan för \"flera språk\" om du vet att det är olämpligt för ditt språk. " +"Inaktivering av UTF-8 gäller för alla installerade språk." -#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:77 -msgid "the monitor description" -msgstr "beskrivning av skärmen" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:82 -msgid "<emphasis>Generic</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>Standard</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84 +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:64 msgid "" -"selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as " -"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is " -"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver " -"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it " -"may be wise to be conservative in your selections." +"You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia " +"Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system." msgstr "" +"Du kan ändra systemets språk efter installationen via Mageia Control Center -" +"> System -> Ändra språk för ditt system." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4 -msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration" -msgstr "Ställa in X, grafikkort och konfiguration av monitor" +#: en/selectMouse.xml:4 +msgid "Select mouse" +msgstr "" -#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place +#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11 +#: en/selectMouse.xml:16 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectMouse.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18 -msgid "" -"No matter which graphical environment (also known as desktop environment) " -"you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are " -"all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window " -"System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for " -"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or " -"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</" -"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can " -"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you " -"think the choice is incorrect." -msgstr "" -"Oberoende vilken grafisk miljö (också känt som skrivbordsmiljö) som du " -"väljer för denna installation av <application>Mageia</application>, så " -"baseras alla på ett grafiskt användargränssnittssytem kallat <acronym>X-" -"Windows</acronym>, eller enbart <acronym>X</acronym>. För att <acronym>KDE</" -"acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> och någon annan " -"grafisk miljö ska fungera väl så behöver följande <acronym>X</acronym>-" -"inställningar vara korrekta. Välj de korrekta inställningarna om du ser att " -"<application>DrakX</application> inte gjorde något val, eller om du tror att " -"valet är inkorrekt." - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31 -msgid "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card " -"from the list if needed." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Grafikkort</guibutton></emphasis>: Välj ditt kort från " -"listan om det behövs." - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37 -msgid "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: You can choose " -"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> when applicable, or choose your monitor " -"from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. " -"Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the " -"horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Skärm</guibutton></emphasis>: Du kan välja " -"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> när det passar, eller välj din skärm från " -"listorna <guilabel>Tillverkare</guilabel> eller <guilabel>Allmänna</" -"guilabel>. Välj <guilabel>Anpassad</guilabel> om du föredrar att manuellt " -"ange de horisontella och vertikala uppdateringsfrekvenserna för din skärm." - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> -#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45 -msgid "Incorrect refresh rates may damage your monitor" -msgstr "Inkorrekta uppdateringsfrekvenser kan skada din skärm" - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:51 +#: en/selectMouse.xml:23 msgid "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired " -"resolution and color depth of your monitor here." +"If you are not happy with how your mouse responds, you can select a " +"different one here." msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Upplösning</guibutton></emphasis>: Ange önskad " -"upplösning och färgdjup för din skärm här." -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/selectMouse.xml:25 msgid "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not " -"always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your " -"settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your " -"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. " -"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be " -"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " -"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</" -"emphasis>" +"Usually, <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Any PS/2 and USB mice</" +"guilabel> is a good choice." msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: Test-knappen visas inte " -"alltid under installationen. Om knappen finns där så kan du kontrollera dina " -"inställningar genom att trycka på den. Om du ser en fråga om dina " -"inställningar är korrekta så kan du svara \"ja\", och inställningarna kommer " -"att behållas. Om du inte ser någonting så kommer du tillbaka till " -"konfigurationsskärmen och ha möjlighet att konfigurera allt igen tills " -"testet är bra. <emphasis>Var säker på att dina inställningar är på den säkra " -"sidan om test-knappen inte finns tillgänglig</emphasis>" -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/selectMouse.xml:27 msgid "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to " -"enable or disable various options." +"Select <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> to " +"configure the buttons that do not work on a mouse with six or more buttons." msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Val</guibutton></emphasis>: Här kan du välja att " -"aktivera eller inaktivera olika val." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:5 @@ -2453,292 +2514,230 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/minimal-install.xml:3 -msgid "Minimal Install" -msgstr "Minimal installation" +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:3 +msgid "Bootloader main options" +msgstr "Huvudsakliga alternativ för uppstartshanterare" -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/minimal-install.xml:9 +#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence. +#. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:11 msgid "" -"You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the " -"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></" -"xref>." +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"setupBootloader.png\" xml:id=\"setupBootloader-im1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/minimal-install.xml:10 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:16 msgid "" -"Minimal Installation is intended for those with specific uses in mind for " -"their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised " -"workstation. You will probably use this option combined with Manual Package " -"Selection, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." +"If you prefer different bootloader settings to those chosen automatically by " +"the installer, you can change them here." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/minimal-install.xml:14 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:20 msgid "" -"If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer " -"you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X." +"You may already have another operating system on your machine, in which case " +"you need to decide whether to add Mageia to your existing bootloader, or " +"allow Mageia to create a new one." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/minimal-install.xml:19 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" +#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:26 +msgid "The Mageia graphical menus are nice :)" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/securityLevel.xml:12 -msgid "Security Level" -msgstr "Säkerhetsnivå" +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:32 +msgid "Using a Mageia bootloader" +msgstr "Använder en Mageia-uppstartshanterare" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/securityLevel.xml:19 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:36 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"By default, Mageia writes a new GRUB (legacy) bootloader into the MBR " +"(Master Boot Record) of your first hard drive. If you already have other " +"operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them to your new Mageia " +"boot menu." msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/securityLevel.xml:24 -msgid "You can adjust your security level here." -msgstr "Här justerar du din säkerhetsnivå." +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:41 +msgid "" +"Mageia now also offers GRUB2 as an optional bootloader in addition to GRUB " +"legacy and Lilo." +msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/securityLevel.xml:27 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:45 msgid "" -"Leave the default settings as they are, if you don't know what to choose." +"Linux systems which use the GRUB2 bootloader are not currently supported by " +"GRUB (legacy) and will not be recognised if the default GRUB bootloader is " +"used." msgstr "" -"Om du inte vet vad du ska välja så lämna standardinställningarna som de är." -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/securityLevel.xml:30 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:49 msgid "" -"After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings " -"in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center." +"The best solution here is to use the GRUB2 bootloader which is available at " +"the Summary page during installation." msgstr "" -"Efter installationen så kommer det alltid att finnas möjlighet att justera " -"dina säkerhetsinställningar i <guilabel>Säkerhet</guilabel>-delen av Mageia " -"Control Center." -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/selectCountry.xml:13 -msgid "Select your Country / Region" -msgstr "Välj ditt land / region" +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:56 +msgid "Using an existing bootloader" +msgstr "Använder en existerande uppstartshanterare" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/selectCountry.xml:21 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:60 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"If you decide to use an existing bootloader then you will need to remember " +"to STOP at the summary page during the installation and click the Bootloader " +"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button, which will allow you to change the " +"bootloader install location." msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/selectCountry.xml:27 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 msgid "" -"Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, " -"like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country " -"can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network." +"Do not select a device e.g.\"sda\", or you will overwrite your existing MBR. " +"You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " +"phase earlier, e.g. sda7." msgstr "" -"Välj ditt land eller region. Det är viktigt för alla typer av " -"inställningar, så som valutan och trådlös regulär domän. Att ställa in fel " -"land kan leda till att en trådlös nätverksanslutning inte fungerar." -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/selectCountry.xml:32 -msgid "" -"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</" -"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:71 +msgid "To be clear, sda is a device, sda7 is a partition on that device." msgstr "" -"Om ditt land inte finns i listan så klicka på <guilabel>Andra länder</" -"guilabel>-knappen och välj ditt land / region där." -#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/selectCountry.xml:37 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:75 msgid "" -"If your country is only in the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> list, " -"after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the " -"first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real " -"choice." +"Go to tty2 with Ctrl+Alt+F2 and type <literal>df</literal> to check where " +"your <literal>/</literal> (root) partition is. Ctrl+Alt+F7 takes you back to " +"the installer screen." msgstr "" -"Om ditt land enbart finns i listan över <guilabel>Andra länder</guilabel> " -"efter att du har klickat på <guibutton>OK</guibutton> så kan det verka som " -"att ett land från första listan har valts. DrakX kommer att följa ditt " -"riktiga val så ignorera detta.." - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/selectCountry.xml:46 -msgid "Input method" -msgstr "Inmatningsmetod" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/selectCountry.xml:49 +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:81 msgid "" -"In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an " -"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input " -"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " -"default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India Live-" -"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method " -"so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input methods(SCIM, " -"GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be installed if you " -"added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." +"The exact procedure for adding your Mageia system to an existing bootloader " +"is beyond the scope of this help, however in most cases it will involve " +"running the relevant bootloader installation program which should detect and " +"add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in " +"question." msgstr "" -"I <guilabel>Andra länder</guilabel>-fönstret så kan du också välja en " -"inmatningsmetod (på botten av bistan). Inmatningsmetoder tillåter användare " -"att mata in flerspråkiga karaktärer (Kinesiska, Japanska, Koreanska, osv). " -"IBus är den huvudsakliga inmatningsmetoden i Mageia's DVD:er, Afrika/Indien " -"och Asien/icke-Indien Live CD-skivor. För Asiatiska och Afrikanska " -"språkversioner, IBus kommer att anges som huvudsaklig inmatningsmetod så " -"användare borde inte behöva konfigurera detta manuellt. Andra " -"inmatningsmetoder (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, osv) erbjuder också liknander " -"funktioner och kan installeras om du la till HTTP/FTP-medier innan val av " -"paket." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/selectCountry.xml:61 +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:91 +msgid "Bootloader advanced option" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/setupBootloader.xml:95 msgid "" -"If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it " -"after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -> " -"\"System\", or by running localedrake as root." +"If you have very limited disk space for the <literal>/</literal> partition " +"that contains <literal>/tmp</literal>, click on <guibutton>Advanced</" +"guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp at each boot</" +"guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." msgstr "" -"Om du missade att ställa in inmatningsmetoden under installationen så kan du " -"få tillgång till det efter det att du startade ditt installerade system via " -"\"Konfigurera din Dator\" -> \"System\", eller genom att köra localedrake " -"som root." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/media_selection.xml:3 -msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)" -msgstr "Val av media (Nonfree)" +#: en/setupSCSI.xml:11 +msgid "Setup SCSI" +msgstr "" -#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media) -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong) +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 +#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) +#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the +#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/media_selection.xml:12 +#: en/setupSCSI.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" -"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" -"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/media_selection.xml:18 -msgid "" -"Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are " -"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories " -"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " -"the next steps." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/media_selection.xml:25 +#: en/setupSCSI.xml:32 msgid "" -"The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains " -"the base of the distribution." +"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers " +"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " +"fail to recognise the drive." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/media_selection.xml:30 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/setupSCSI.xml:36 msgid "" -"The <emphasis>Non-free</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-" -"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source " -"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " -"nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi " -"cards, etc." +"If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) " +"you have." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/media_selection.xml:38 -msgid "" -"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under " -"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is " -"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. " -"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed " -"to play commercial video DVD, etc." +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/setupSCSI.xml:39 +msgid "DrakX should then be able to configure the drive(s) correctly." msgstr "" -"<emphasis>Tainted</emphasis>-förvaringsplatsen inkluderar paket som är " -"släppt under en Fri licens. Huvudsakliga kriterier för att placera paket i " -"denna förvaringsplats är att de kan motverka patent och kopierinsskyddslagar " -"i några länder, exempelvis multimedia-" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:10 -msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)" -msgstr "Val av medier (Konfigurera kompletterande installationsmedier)" +#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:4 +msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted" +msgstr "" -#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 +#. test comment - johnr +#. 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct +#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I +#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD +#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18 +#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" +"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" +"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24 +#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24 msgid "" -"This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can " -"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The " -"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " -"during the next steps." +"Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your " +"choice." msgstr "" -"Denna ruta ger dig en lista över redan upptäckta förvaringsplatser. Du kan " -"lägga till andra källor för paket, till exempel en optisk skiva eller en " -"fjärrstyrd källa. Valet av källa avgör vilka paket som kommer att göras " -"tillgängliga för val under nästa steg." +"Klicka på <guibutton>Förra</guibutton> om du inte är säker på ditt val." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29 -msgid "For a network source, there are two steps to follow:" -msgstr "För en nätverkskälla så finns det två steg att följa:" - -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:33 -msgid "Choosing and activation of the network, if not already up." -msgstr "Val och aktivering av nätverket om det inte redan är uppe." - -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:37 +#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 msgid "" -"Selecting a mirror or specifying a URL (very first entry). By selecting a " -"mirror, you have access to the selection of all repositories managed by " -"Mageia, like the non-free , the tainted repositories and the updates. With " -"the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS " -"installation." +"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every " +"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." msgstr "" -"Väljer en spegel eller specificera en URL (allra första posten). Genom att " -"välja en spegel så har du tillgång till urvalet av alla förvaringsplatser " -"som hanteras av Mageia, till exempel non-free, tainted och uppdateringarna " -"som de ger. Med denna URL så kan du utse en specifik förvaringsplats eller " -"din egen NFS-installation." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> " +#~ "partition" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ändra storlek på <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" +#~ "application>-partitionen" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" +#~ "application> partition. Choose which one should be made smaller to make " +#~ "space for installing <application>Mageia</application>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Du har mer än en <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" +#~ "application>-partition. Välj vilken som ska göras mindre för att frigöra " +#~ "utrymme så att <application>Mageia</application> kan installeras." #~ msgid "" #~ "Select the hard disk that should be formatted to install " diff --git a/docs/installer/tr.po b/docs/installer/tr.po index 09f7e0b6..94dd9de3 100644 --- a/docs/installer/tr.po +++ b/docs/installer/tr.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia Installer Help\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-07-07 10:48+0400\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-10-09 20:39+0400\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: Turkish <i18n-discuss@ml.mageia.org>\n" @@ -86,6 +86,69 @@ msgstr "" "To see what's new in this release of <application>Mageia</application>, " "click on the <guibutton>Release Notes</guibutton> button." +#. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 en/media_selection.xml:1 +msgid "en" +msgstr "tr" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:10 +msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)" +msgstr "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)" + +#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24 +msgid "" +"This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can " +"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The " +"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " +"during the next steps." +msgstr "" +"This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can " +"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The " +"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " +"during the next steps." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29 +msgid "For a network source, there are two steps to follow:" +msgstr "For a network source, there are two steps to follow:" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:33 +msgid "Choosing and activation of the network, if not already up." +msgstr "Choosing and activation of the network, if not already up." + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:37 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Selecting a mirror or specifying a URL (very first entry). By selecting a " +"mirror, you have access to the selection of all repositories managed by " +"Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With " +"the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS " +"installation." +msgstr "" +"Selecting a mirror or specifying a URL (very first entry). By selecting a " +"mirror, you have access to the selection of all repositories managed by " +"Mageia, like the non-free , the tainted repositories and the updates. With " +"the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS " +"installation." + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:4 msgid "User and Superuser Management" @@ -447,550 +510,669 @@ msgstr "" "DrakX suggests, or more." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:18 -msgid "DrakX, the Mageia Installer" -msgstr "DrakX, the Mageia Installer" +#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:5 +msgid "Desktop Selection" +msgstr "Desktop Selection" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:21 +#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11 msgid "" -"Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia " -"Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as " -"possible." +"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine " +"tune your choice." msgstr "" -"Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia " -"Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as " -"possible." +"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine " +"tune your choice." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:29 +#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:13 msgid "" -"The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will " -"start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need." +"After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package " +"installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the " +"<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button" msgstr "" -"The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will " -"start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need." +"After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package " +"installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the " +"<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button" -#. type: Content of: <section><figure><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:35 -msgid "Installation Welcome Screen" -msgstr "Installation Welcome Screen" +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:20 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" width=\"800\" depth=\"600\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:39 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\"> </imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"Choose whether you prefer to use the <application>KDE</application> or " +"<application>Gnome</application> desktop environment. Both come with a full " +"set of useful applications and tools. Tick <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if " +"you want to use neither or both, or if you want something other than the " +"default software choices for these desktop environments. The " +"<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, " +"sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default." msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\" align=" -"\"center\" width=\"100%\" format=\"PNG\" depth=\"600\" xml:id=\"BId-drakx-" -"intro-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"Choose whether you prefer to use the <application>KDE</application> or " +"<application>Gnome</application> desktop environment. Both come with a full " +"set of useful applications and tools. Tick <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if " +"you want to use neither or both, or if you want something other than the " +"default software choices for these desktop environments. The " +"<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, " +"sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure> -#: en/installer.xml:34 en/installer.xml:90 +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:4 +msgid "Package Group Selection" +msgstr "Package Group Selection" + +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:10 msgid "" -"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=" -"\"1\"/>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=" -"\"1\"/>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" width=\"800\" depth=\"600\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:47 +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:16 msgid "" -"If there are problems during install, then it may be necessary to use " -"special installation options, see <xref linkend=\"installationOptions\"></" -"xref>." +"Packages have been sorted into groups, to make choosing what you need on " +"your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however " +"more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which " +"become visible as the mouse is hovered over them." msgstr "" -"If there are problems during install, then it may be necessary to use " -"special installation options, see <xref linkend=\"installationOptions\"></" -"xref>." +"Packages have been sorted into groups, to make choosing what you need on " +"your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however " +"more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which " +"become visible as the mouse is hovered over them." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:52 -msgid "The installation steps" -msgstr "The installation steps" +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:23 +msgid "Workstation." +msgstr "Workstation." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:55 +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:27 +msgid "Server." +msgstr "Server." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:31 +msgid "Graphical Environment." +msgstr "Graphical Environment." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:35 msgid "" -"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed " -"on the side panel of the screen." +"Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or " +"remove packages." msgstr "" -"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed " -"on the side panel of the screen." +"Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or " +"remove packages." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:58 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:39 msgid "" -"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</" -"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options." +"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do " +"a minimal install." msgstr "" -"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</" -"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options." +"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do " +"a minimal install." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:62 +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4 +msgid "Choose Individual Packages" +msgstr "Choose Individual Packages" + +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11 msgid "" -"Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further " -"explanations about the current step." +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further " -"explanations about the current step." +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" width=\"800\" depth=\"600\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/installer.xml:66 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17 msgid "" -"If somewhere during install you decide to stop the installation, it is " -"possible to reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a " -"partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your " -"computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well " -"leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure " -"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys " -"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " -"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot." +"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation." msgstr "" -"If somewhere during install you decide to stop the installation, it is " -"possible to reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a " -"partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your " -"computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well " -"leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure " -"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys " -"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " -"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot." - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:80 -msgid "Installation options" -msgstr "Installation options" +"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:83 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20 msgid "" -"If the installation fails then it may be necessary to try again by using one " -"of the extra options available by hitting the <guibutton>F1 (Help)</" -"guibutton> key see <xref linkend=\"dx-welcome\"></xref>" +"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</" +"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving " +"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same " +"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and " +"choosing to load it." msgstr "" -"If the installation fails then it may be necessary to try again by using one " -"of the extra options available by hitting the <guibutton>F1 (Help)</" -"guibutton> key see <xref linkend=\"dx-welcome\"></xref>" +"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</" +"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving " +"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same " +"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and " +"choosing to load it." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:87 -msgid "This will open the following text based help." -msgstr "This will open the following text based help." +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/configureServices.xml:12 +msgid "Configure your Services" +msgstr "Configure your Services" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:91 -msgid "Installation Help Screen" -msgstr "Installation Help Screen" +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/configureServices.xml:21 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:96 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureServices.xml:27 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system." msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\" align=" -"\"center\" width=\"100%\" format=\"PNG\" depth=\"600\" xml:id=\"installer-" -"im2\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:105 -msgid "Installation Problems and Possible Solutions" -msgstr "Installation Problems and Possible Solutions" +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureServices.xml:30 +msgid "" +"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and " +"see all services in it." +msgstr "" +"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and " +"see all services in it." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:111 -msgid "No Graphical Interface" -msgstr "No Graphical Interface" +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureServices.xml:34 +msgid "The setting DrakX chose are usually good." +msgstr "The setting DrakX chose are usually good." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:116 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureServices.xml:37 msgid "" -"After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " -"This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low " -"resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt." +"If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info " +"box below." msgstr "" -"After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " -"This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low " -"resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt." +"If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info " +"box below." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:123 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureServices.xml:41 +msgid "Only change things when you know very well what you are doing." +msgstr "Only change things when you know very well what you are doing." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:12 +msgid "Configure your Timezone" +msgstr "Configure your Timezone" + +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 msgid "" -"If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " -"In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit " -"ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be " -"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit " -"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode.<emphasis></emphasis>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." +"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " -"In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit " -"ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be " -"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit " -"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode.<emphasis></emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:135 -msgid "The Install Freezes" -msgstr "The Install Freezes" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." +"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:138 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26 msgid "" -"If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a " -"problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of " -"hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type " -"<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with " -"other options as necessary." +"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the " +"same time zone." msgstr "" -"If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a " -"problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of " -"hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type " -"<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with " -"other options as necessary." +"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the " +"same time zone." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:147 -msgid "Kernel Options" -msgstr "Kernel Options" +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30 +msgid "" +"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to " +"GMT, also known as UTC." +msgstr "" +"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to " +"GMT, also known as UTC." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:150 +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35 msgid "" -"These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " -"available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " -"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e." -"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." +"If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they " +"are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT." msgstr "" -"These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " -"available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " -"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e." -"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." +"If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they " +"are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:23 -msgid "Install or Upgrade" -msgstr "Install or Upgrade" +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11 +msgid "Choose an X Server (Configure your Graphic Card)" +msgstr "Choose an X Server (Configure your Graphic Card)" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:27 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectinstallClass.png\" align=" -"\"center\" width=\"100%\" format=\"PNG\" depth=\"600\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata width=\"800\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:" +"id=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" " +"format=\"PNG\" depth=\"600\"/> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34 -msgid "Install" -msgstr "Install" +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21 +msgid "" +"DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually " +"correctly identify your video device." +msgstr "" +"DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually " +"correctly identify your video device." -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:36 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24 msgid "" -"Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation." +"If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know " +"which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:" msgstr "" -"Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation." +"If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know " +"which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:" -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:41 -msgid "Upgrade" -msgstr "Upgrade" +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69 +msgid "vendor" +msgstr "vendor" -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:43 +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:31 +msgid "then the name of your card" +msgstr "then the name of your card" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:35 +msgid "and the type of card" +msgstr "and the type of card" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:39 msgid "" -"If you have one or more <application>Mageia 2</application> installations on " -"your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the " -"latest release." +"If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in " +"the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the " +"Xorg category" msgstr "" -"If you have one or more previous installations of <application>Mageia</" -"application> on your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of " -"them to the latest release." +"If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in " +"the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the " +"Xorg category" -#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:49 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to " -"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been " -"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " -"the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an " -"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you " -"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " -"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</" -"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." +"The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card " +"drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the " +"option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities." msgstr "" -"If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to " -"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been " -"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " -"the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an " -"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you " -"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " -"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</" -"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." +"The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card " +"drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the " +"option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities." -#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> -#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:60 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48 msgid "" -"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you " -"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " -"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</" -"emphasis> do this later in the install." +"Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access " +"to the Commandline Interface." msgstr "" -"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you " -"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " -"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</" -"emphasis> do this later in the install." +"Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access " +"to the Commandline Interface." -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14 -msgid "Keyboard" -msgstr "Keyboard" +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which " +"may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from " +"the card manufacturers' websites." +msgstr "" +"Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which " +"may only be available in the Non-free or Tainted repositories and in some " +"cases only from the card manufacturers' websites" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:17 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable " -"keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout." +"The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them. If " +"you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot." msgstr "" -"DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable " -"keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout." +"The Non-free and Tainted repositories need to be explicitly enabled to " +"access them, you should do this after your first reboot." +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4 +msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration" +msgstr "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration" + +#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22 +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" depth=\"600\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"selectKeyboard.png\" width=\"800\"/> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" +"\" width=\"100%\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" depth=\"600\" xml:id=" +"\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18 +msgid "" +"No matter which graphical environment (also known as desktop environment) " +"you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are " +"all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window " +"System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for " +"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or " +"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</" +"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can " +"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you " +"think the choice is incorrect." +msgstr "" +"No matter which graphical environment (also known as desktop environment) " +"you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are " +"all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window " +"System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for " +"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or " +"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</" +"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can " +"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you " +"think the choice is incorrect." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30 +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31 msgid "" -"Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. " -"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications " -"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a " -"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " -"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en." -"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card " +"from the list if needed." msgstr "" -"Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. " -"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications " -"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a " -"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " -"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en." -"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card " +"from the list if needed." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40 +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37 msgid "" -"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</" -"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there." +"<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: You can choose " +"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> when applicable, or choose your monitor " +"from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. " +"Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the " +"horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor." msgstr "" -"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</" -"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there." +"<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: You can choose " +"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> when applicable, or choose your monitor " +"from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. " +"Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the " +"horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor." -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para> -#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45 +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45 +msgid "Incorrect refresh rates may damage your monitor" +msgstr "Incorrect refresh rates may damage your monitor" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:51 msgid "" -"After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, " -"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though " -"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " -"and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the " -"full list." +"<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired " +"resolution and color depth of your monitor here." msgstr "" -"After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, " -"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though " -"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " -"and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the " -"full list." +"<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired " +"resolution and color depth of your monitor here." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:55 +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56 msgid "" -"If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an " -"extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin " -"and non-Latin keyboard layouts" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not " +"always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your " +"settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your " +"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. " +"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be " +"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " +"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</" +"emphasis>" msgstr "" -"If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an " -"extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin " -"and non-Latin keyboard layouts" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not " +"always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your " +"settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your " +"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. " +"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be " +"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " +"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</" +"emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67 +msgid "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to " +"enable or disable various options." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to " +"enable or disable various options." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/configureServices.xml:12 -msgid "Configure your Services" -msgstr "Configure your Services" +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18 +msgid "Choosing your Monitor" +msgstr "Choosing your Monitor" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:21 +msgid "" +"DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually " +"correctly identify yours." +msgstr "" +"DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually " +"correctly identify yours." + +#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26 +msgid "" +"<emphasis>Selecting a monitor with different characteristics could damage " +"your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing " +"what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor " +"documentation" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Selecting a monitor with different characteristics could damage " +"your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing " +"what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor " +"documentation" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/configureServices.xml:21 +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" depth=\"600\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" width=\"800\" xml:id=" +"\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureServices.xml:27 +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42 +msgid "<emphasis>Custom</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>Custom</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44 msgid "" -"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system." +"This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh " +"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the " +"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are " +"displayed." msgstr "" -"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system." +"This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh " +"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the " +"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are " +"displayed." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureServices.xml:30 +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49 msgid "" -"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and " -"see all services in it." +"It is <emphasis>VERY IMPORTANT</emphasis> that you do not specify a monitor " +"type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you " +"may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and " +"consult your monitor documentation." msgstr "" -"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and " -"see all services in it." +"It is <emphasis>VERY IMPORTANT</emphasis> that you do not specify a monitor " +"type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you " +"may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and " +"consult your monitor documentation." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureServices.xml:34 -msgid "The setting DrakX chose are usually good." -msgstr "The setting DrakX chose are usually good." +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:55 +msgid "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureServices.xml:37 +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:58 msgid "" -"If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info " -"box below." +"This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the " +"monitor database." msgstr "" -"If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info " -"box below." +"This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the " +"monitor database." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureServices.xml:41 -msgid "Only change things when you know very well what you are doing." -msgstr "Only change things when you know very well what you are doing." - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:23 -msgid "Please choose a language to use" -msgstr "Please choose a language to use" +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63 +msgid "<emphasis>Vendor</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>Vendor</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:26 +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:65 msgid "" -"Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your " -"continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during " -"the installation and for your installed system." +"If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which " +"one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:" msgstr "" -"Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your " -"continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during " -"the installation and for your installed system." +"If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which " +"one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73 +msgid "the monitor manufacturers name" +msgstr "the monitor manufacturers name" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:77 +msgid "the monitor description" +msgstr "the monitor description" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:30 +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:82 +msgid "<emphasis>Generic</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>Generic</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84 msgid "" -"If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your " -"system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the " -"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be " -"difficult to add extra language support after installation." +"selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as " +"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is " +"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver " +"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it " +"may be wise to be conservative in your selections." msgstr "" -"If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your " -"system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the " -"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be " -"difficult to add extra language support after installation." +"selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as " +"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is " +"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver " +"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it " +"may be wise to be conservative in your selections." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:19 +msgid "Custom disk partitioning with DiskDrake" +msgstr "Custom disk partitioning with DiskDrake" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:36 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " -"width=\"100%\" format=\"PNG\" depth=\"600\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:44 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:33 msgid "" -"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them " -"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " -"marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ." +"If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " +"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The " +"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " +"set, otherwise your system will be unbootable." msgstr "" -"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them " -"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " -"marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ." +"If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " +"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The " +"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " +"set, otherwise your system will be unbootable." -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:51 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:39 msgid "" -"If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then " -"it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well." +"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, " +"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " +"is in them before you start." msgstr "" -"If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then " -"it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well." +"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, " +"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " +"is in them before you start." -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:57 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:42 msgid "" -"Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the " -"\"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your " -"language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages." +"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an " +"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." msgstr "" -"Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the " -"\"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your " -"language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages." +"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an " +"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:64 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:45 msgid "" -"You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia " -"Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system." +"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected " +"storage device" msgstr "" -"You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia " -"Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system." - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:4 -msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted" -msgstr "Confirm hard disk to be formatted" +"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected " +"storage device" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 -#. test comment - johnr -#. 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct -#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I -#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD -#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:47 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" -"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, " +"or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it." msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" -"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, " +"or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24 -msgid "" -"Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your " -"choice." -msgstr "" -"Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your " -"choice." +#: en/diskdrake.xml:49 +msgid "Continue until you adjusted everything to your wishes." +msgstr "Continue until you adjusted everything to your wishes." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 -msgid "" -"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every " -"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." -msgstr "" -"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every " -"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." +#: en/diskdrake.xml:51 +msgid "Click <guibutton>Done</guibutton> when you're ready." +msgstr "Click <guibutton>Done</guibutton> when you're ready." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:25 @@ -1165,233 +1347,64 @@ msgid "" "Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:5 -msgid "Desktop Selection" -msgstr "Desktop Selection" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11 -msgid "" -"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine " -"tune your choice." -msgstr "" -"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine " -"tune your choice." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:13 -msgid "" -"After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package " -"installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the " -"<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button" -msgstr "" -"After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package " -"installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the " -"<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button" - -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:20 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" width=\"800\" depth=\"600\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:26 -msgid "" -"Choose whether you prefer to use the <application>KDE</application> or " -"<application>Gnome</application> desktop environment. Both come with a full " -"set of useful applications and tools. Tick <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if " -"you want to use neither or both, or if you want something other than the " -"default software choices for these desktop environments. The " -"<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, " -"sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default." -msgstr "" -"Choose whether you prefer to use the <application>KDE</application> or " -"<application>Gnome</application> desktop environment. Both come with a full " -"set of useful applications and tools. Tick <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if " -"you want to use neither or both, or if you want something other than the " -"default software choices for these desktop environments. The " -"<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, " -"sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default." - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:4 -msgid "Package Group Selection" -msgstr "Package Group Selection" - -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:10 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" width=\"800\" depth=\"600\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:16 -msgid "" -"Packages have been sorted into groups, to make choosing what you need on " -"your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however " -"more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which " -"become visible as the mouse is hovered over them." -msgstr "" -"Packages have been sorted into groups, to make choosing what you need on " -"your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however " -"more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which " -"become visible as the mouse is hovered over them." - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:23 -msgid "Workstation." -msgstr "Workstation." - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:27 -msgid "Server." -msgstr "Server." - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:31 -msgid "Graphical Environment." -msgstr "Graphical Environment." - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:35 -msgid "" -"Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or " -"remove packages." -msgstr "" -"Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or " -"remove packages." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:39 -msgid "" -"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do " -"a minimal install." -msgstr "" -"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do " -"a minimal install." - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4 -msgid "Choose Individual Packages" -msgstr "Choose Individual Packages" - -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" width=\"800\" depth=\"600\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17 -msgid "" -"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation." -msgstr "" -"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20 -msgid "" -"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</" -"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving " -"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same " -"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and " -"choosing to load it." -msgstr "" -"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</" -"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving " -"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same " -"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and " -"choosing to load it." - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:19 -msgid "Custom disk partitioning with DiskDrake" -msgstr "Custom disk partitioning with DiskDrake" +#. type: Content of: <article><info><title> +#: en/DrakX.xml:3 +msgid "Installation with DrakX" +msgstr "Installation with DrakX" -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:26 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> +#: en/DrakX.xml:6 +msgid "<note>" +msgstr "<note>" -#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:33 +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> +#: en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" -"If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " -"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The " -"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " -"set, otherwise your system will be unbootable." +"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " +"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " +"while installing." msgstr "" -"If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " -"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The " -"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " -"set, otherwise your system will be unbootable." +"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " +"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " +"while installing." -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:39 -msgid "" -"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, " -"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " -"is in them before you start." -msgstr "" -"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, " -"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " -"is in them before you start." +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakX.xml:10 +msgid "</note>" +msgstr "</note>" -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:42 +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" -"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an " -"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." +"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " +"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" +"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." msgstr "" -"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an " -"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." +"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " +"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" +"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:45 +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" -"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected " -"storage device" +"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." msgstr "" -"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected " -"storage device" +"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:47 +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" -"For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, " -"or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it." +"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" +"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" +"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." msgstr "" -"For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, " -"or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:49 -msgid "Continue until you adjusted everything to your wishes." -msgstr "Continue until you adjusted everything to your wishes." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:51 -msgid "Click <guibutton>Done</guibutton> when you're ready." -msgstr "Click <guibutton>Done</guibutton> when you're ready." +"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" +"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" +"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/exitInstall.xml:4 @@ -1522,6 +1535,231 @@ msgstr "" "guibutton> to continue." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:18 +msgid "DrakX, the Mageia Installer" +msgstr "DrakX, the Mageia Installer" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:21 +msgid "" +"Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia " +"Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as " +"possible." +msgstr "" +"Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia " +"Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as " +"possible." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:29 +msgid "" +"The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will " +"start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need." +msgstr "" +"The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will " +"start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need." + +#. type: Content of: <section><figure><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:35 +msgid "Installation Welcome Screen" +msgstr "Installation Welcome Screen" + +#. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject> +#: en/installer.xml:39 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\"> </imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\" align=" +"\"center\" width=\"100%\" format=\"PNG\" depth=\"600\" xml:id=\"BId-drakx-" +"intro-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure> +#: en/installer.xml:34 en/installer.xml:90 +msgid "" +"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=" +"\"1\"/>" +msgstr "" +"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=" +"\"1\"/>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:47 +msgid "" +"If there are problems during install, then it may be necessary to use " +"special installation options, see <xref linkend=\"installationOptions\"></" +"xref>." +msgstr "" +"If there are problems during install, then it may be necessary to use " +"special installation options, see <xref linkend=\"installationOptions\"></" +"xref>." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:52 +msgid "The installation steps" +msgstr "The installation steps" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:55 +msgid "" +"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed " +"on the side panel of the screen." +msgstr "" +"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed " +"on the side panel of the screen." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:58 +msgid "" +"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</" +"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options." +msgstr "" +"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</" +"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:62 +msgid "" +"Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further " +"explanations about the current step." +msgstr "" +"Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further " +"explanations about the current step." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> +#: en/installer.xml:66 +msgid "" +"If somewhere during install you decide to stop the installation, it is " +"possible to reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a " +"partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your " +"computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well " +"leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure " +"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys " +"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " +"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot." +msgstr "" +"If somewhere during install you decide to stop the installation, it is " +"possible to reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a " +"partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your " +"computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well " +"leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure " +"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys " +"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " +"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:80 +msgid "Installation options" +msgstr "Installation options" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:83 +msgid "" +"If the installation fails then it may be necessary to try again by using one " +"of the extra options available by hitting the <guibutton>F1 (Help)</" +"guibutton> key see <xref linkend=\"dx-welcome\"></xref>" +msgstr "" +"If the installation fails then it may be necessary to try again by using one " +"of the extra options available by hitting the <guibutton>F1 (Help)</" +"guibutton> key see <xref linkend=\"dx-welcome\"></xref>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:87 +msgid "This will open the following text based help." +msgstr "This will open the following text based help." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:91 +msgid "Installation Help Screen" +msgstr "Installation Help Screen" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><mediaobject> +#: en/installer.xml:96 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\" align=" +"\"center\" width=\"100%\" format=\"PNG\" depth=\"600\" xml:id=\"installer-" +"im2\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:105 +msgid "Installation Problems and Possible Solutions" +msgstr "Installation Problems and Possible Solutions" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:111 +msgid "No Graphical Interface" +msgstr "No Graphical Interface" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/installer.xml:116 +msgid "" +"After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " +"This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low " +"resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt." +msgstr "" +"After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " +"This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low " +"resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/installer.xml:123 +msgid "" +"If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " +"In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit " +"ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be " +"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit " +"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode.<emphasis></emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " +"In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit " +"ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be " +"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit " +"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode.<emphasis></emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:135 +msgid "The Install Freezes" +msgstr "The Install Freezes" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:138 +msgid "" +"If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a " +"problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of " +"hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type " +"<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with " +"other options as necessary." +msgstr "" +"If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a " +"problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of " +"hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type " +"<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with " +"other options as necessary." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:147 +msgid "Kernel Options" +msgstr "Kernel Options" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:150 +msgid "" +"These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " +"available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " +"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e." +"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." +msgstr "" +"These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " +"available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " +"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e." +"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/installUpdates.xml:3 msgid "Updates" msgstr "Updates" @@ -1567,6 +1805,128 @@ msgid "Then press <guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue" msgstr "Then press <guibutton>Next</guibutton> to continue" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/media_selection.xml:3 +msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)" +msgstr "Media Selection (Nonfree)" + +#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media) +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong) +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/media_selection.xml:12 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/media_selection.xml:18 +msgid "" +"Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are " +"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories " +"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " +"the next steps." +msgstr "" +"Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are " +"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories " +"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " +"the next steps." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/media_selection.xml:25 +msgid "" +"The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains " +"the base of the distribution." +msgstr "" +"The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains " +"the base of the distribution." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/media_selection.xml:30 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-" +"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source " +"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " +"nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi " +"cards, etc." +msgstr "" +"The <emphasis>Non-free</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-" +"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source " +"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " +"nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi " +"cards, etc." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/media_selection.xml:38 +msgid "" +"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under " +"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is " +"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. " +"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed " +"to play commercial video DVD, etc." +msgstr "" +"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under " +"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is " +"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. " +"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed " +"to play commercial video DVD, etc." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/minimal-install.xml:3 +msgid "Minimal Install" +msgstr "Minimal Install" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/minimal-install.xml:9 +msgid "" +"You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the " +"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></" +"xref>." +msgstr "" +"You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the " +"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></" +"xref>." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/minimal-install.xml:10 +msgid "" +"Minimal Installation is intended for those with specific uses in mind for " +"their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised " +"workstation. You will probably use this option combined with Manual Package " +"Selection, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." +msgstr "" +"Minimal Installation is intended for those with specific uses in mind for " +"their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised " +"workstation. You will probably use this option combined with Manual Package " +"Selection, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/minimal-install.xml:14 +msgid "" +"If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer " +"you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X." +msgstr "" +"If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer " +"you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X." + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/minimal-install.xml:19 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:3 msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters" msgstr "Summary of miscellaneous parameters" @@ -1793,10 +2153,11 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Network</guilabel>:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:163 +#, fuzzy msgid "" "You can configure your network here, but for network cards with non-free " "drivers it is better to do that after reboot, in the <application>Mageia " -"Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the non-free media " +"Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the Nonfree media " "repositories." msgstr "" "You can configure your network here, but for network cards with non-free " @@ -1891,117 +2252,361 @@ msgid "Bear in mind that allowing everything (no firewall) may be very risky." msgstr "Bear in mind that allowing everything (no firewall) may be very risky." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:12 -msgid "Configure your Timezone" -msgstr "Configure your Timezone" +#: en/securityLevel.xml:12 +msgid "Security Level" +msgstr "Security Level" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" #. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 +#: en/securityLevel.xml:19 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." -"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." -"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26 +#: en/securityLevel.xml:24 +msgid "You can adjust your security level here." +msgstr "You can adjust your security level here." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/securityLevel.xml:27 msgid "" -"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the " -"same time zone." +"Leave the default settings as they are, if you don't know what to choose." msgstr "" -"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the " -"same time zone." +"Leave the default settings as they are, if you don't know what to choose." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30 +#: en/securityLevel.xml:30 msgid "" -"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to " -"GMT, also known as UTC." +"After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings " +"in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center." msgstr "" -"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to " -"GMT, also known as UTC." +"After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings " +"in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center." -#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35 +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/selectCountry.xml:13 +msgid "Select your Country / Region" +msgstr "Select your Country / Region" + +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/selectCountry.xml:21 msgid "" -"If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they " -"are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT." +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" -"If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they " -"are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT." +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:17 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/selectCountry.xml:27 msgid "" -"Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> " -"partition" +"Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, " +"like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country " +"can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network." msgstr "" -"Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> " -"partition" +"Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, " +"like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country " +"can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:21 +#: en/selectCountry.xml:32 +msgid "" +"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</" +"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." +msgstr "" +"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</" +"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." + +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/selectCountry.xml:37 +msgid "" +"If your country is only in the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> list, " +"after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the " +"first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real " +"choice." +msgstr "" +"If your country is only in the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> list, " +"after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the " +"first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real " +"choice." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/selectCountry.xml:46 +msgid "Input method" +msgstr "Input method" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/selectCountry.xml:49 +msgid "" +"In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an " +"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input " +"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " +"default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India Live-" +"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method " +"so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input methods(SCIM, " +"GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be installed if you " +"added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." +msgstr "" +"In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an " +"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input " +"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " +"default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India Live-" +"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method " +"so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input methods(SCIM, " +"GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be installed if you " +"added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> +#: en/selectCountry.xml:61 msgid "" -"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" -"application> partition. Choose which one should be made smaller to make " -"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>." +"If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it " +"after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -> " +"\"System\", or by running localedrake as root." msgstr "" -"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" -"application> partition. Choose which one should be made smaller to make " -"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>." +"If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it " +"after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -> " +"\"System\", or by running localedrake as root." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/setupSCSI.xml:11 -msgid "Setup SCSI" -msgstr "Setup SCSI" +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:23 +msgid "Install or Upgrade" +msgstr "Install or Upgrade" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 -#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) -#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the -#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/setupSCSI.xml:26 +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:27 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" width=" -"\"100%\" depth=\"600\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-" -"im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectinstallClass.png\" align=" +"\"center\" width=\"100%\" format=\"PNG\" depth=\"600\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34 +msgid "Install" +msgstr "Install" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:36 +msgid "" +"Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation." +msgstr "" +"Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:41 +msgid "Upgrade" +msgstr "Upgrade" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:43 +msgid "" +"If you have one or more <application>Mageia 2</application> installations on " +"your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the " +"latest release." +msgstr "" +"If you have one or more previous installations of <application>Mageia</" +"application> on your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of " +"them to the latest release." + +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:49 +msgid "" +"If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to " +"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been " +"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " +"the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an " +"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you " +"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " +"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</" +"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." +msgstr "" +"If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to " +"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been " +"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " +"the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an " +"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you " +"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " +"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</" +"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." + +#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:60 +msgid "" +"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you " +"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " +"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</" +"emphasis> do this later in the install." +msgstr "" +"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you " +"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " +"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</" +"emphasis> do this later in the install." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14 +msgid "Keyboard" +msgstr "Keyboard" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupSCSI.xml:32 +#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:17 msgid "" -"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers " -"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " -"fail to recognise the drive." +"DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable " +"keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout." msgstr "" -"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers " -"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " -"fail to recognise the drive." +"DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable " +"keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout." + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" depth=\"600\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"selectKeyboard.png\" width=\"800\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. " +"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications " +"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a " +"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " +"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en." +"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" +msgstr "" +"Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. " +"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications " +"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a " +"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " +"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en." +"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40 +msgid "" +"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</" +"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there." +msgstr "" +"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</" +"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para> +#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45 +msgid "" +"After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, " +"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though " +"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " +"and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the " +"full list." +msgstr "" +"After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, " +"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though " +"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " +"and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the " +"full list." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:55 +msgid "" +"If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an " +"extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin " +"and non-Latin keyboard layouts" +msgstr "" +"If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an " +"extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin " +"and non-Latin keyboard layouts" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:23 +msgid "Please choose a language to use" +msgstr "Please choose a language to use" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupSCSI.xml:36 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:26 msgid "" -"If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) " -"you have." +"Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your " +"continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during " +"the installation and for your installed system." msgstr "" -"If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) " -"you have." +"Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your " +"continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during " +"the installation and for your installed system." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupSCSI.xml:39 -msgid "DrakX should then be able to configure the drive(s) correctly." -msgstr "DrakX should then be able to configure the drive(s) correctly." +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:30 +msgid "" +"If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your " +"system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the " +"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be " +"difficult to add extra language support after installation." +msgstr "" +"If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your " +"system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the " +"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be " +"difficult to add extra language support after installation." + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:36 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " +"width=\"100%\" format=\"PNG\" depth=\"600\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:44 +msgid "" +"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them " +"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " +"marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ." +msgstr "" +"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them " +"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " +"marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:51 +msgid "" +"If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then " +"it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well." +msgstr "" +"If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then " +"it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:57 +msgid "" +"Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the " +"\"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your " +"language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages." +msgstr "" +"Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the " +"\"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your " +"language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:64 +msgid "" +"You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia " +"Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system." +msgstr "" +"You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia " +"Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectMouse.xml:4 @@ -2049,6 +2654,80 @@ msgstr "" "configure the buttons that do not work on a mouse with six or more buttons." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:5 +msgid "Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry" +msgstr "Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:10 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" width=\"800\" depth=\"600\" format=\"PNG\" " +"align=\"center\" xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:17 +msgid "" +"You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the " +"relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen " +"and editing the screen that pops up on top of it." +msgstr "" +"You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the " +"relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen " +"and editing the screen that pops up on top of it." + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:21 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" width=\"800\" depth=\"600\" format=\"PNG\" " +"align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:26 +msgid "" +"Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an " +"entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one." +msgstr "" +"Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an " +"entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:27 +msgid "" +"You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely." +msgstr "" +"You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:28 +msgid "" +"The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a " +"choice while booting up." +msgstr "" +"The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a " +"choice while booting up." + +#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:29 +msgid "" +"Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " +"just try something without knowing what you are doing." +msgstr "" +"Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " +"just try something without knowing what you are doing." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:3 msgid "Bootloader main options" msgstr "Bootloader main options" @@ -2216,787 +2895,107 @@ msgstr "" "guibutton> and check the box for <guilabel>Clean /tmp at each boot</" "guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." -#. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> -#: en/DrakX.xml:1 en/media_selection.xml:1 en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 -msgid "en" -msgstr "tr" - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><title> -#: en/DrakX.xml:3 -msgid "Installation with DrakX" -msgstr "Installation with DrakX" - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> -#: en/DrakX.xml:6 -msgid "<note>" -msgstr "<note>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:7 -msgid "" -"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " -"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " -"while installing." -msgstr "" -"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " -"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " -"while installing." - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:10 -msgid "</note>" -msgstr "</note>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:12 -msgid "" -"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " -"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" -"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." -msgstr "" -"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " -"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" -"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:16 -msgid "" -"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." -msgstr "" -"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:18 -msgid "" -"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" -"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" -"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." -msgstr "" -"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" -"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" -"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11 -msgid "Choose an X Server (Configure your Graphic Card)" -msgstr "Choose an X Server (Configure your Graphic Card)" - -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata width=\"800\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:" -"id=\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" " -"format=\"PNG\" depth=\"600\"/> </imageobject>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21 -msgid "" -"DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually " -"correctly identify your video device." -msgstr "" -"DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually " -"correctly identify your video device." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24 -msgid "" -"If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know " -"which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:" -msgstr "" -"If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know " -"which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69 -msgid "vendor" -msgstr "vendor" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:31 -msgid "then the name of your card" -msgstr "then the name of your card" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:35 -msgid "and the type of card" -msgstr "and the type of card" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:39 -msgid "" -"If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in " -"the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the " -"Xorg category" -msgstr "" -"If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in " -"the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the " -"Xorg category" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card " -"drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the " -"option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities." -msgstr "" -"The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card " -"drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the " -"option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48 -msgid "" -"Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access " -"to the Commandline Interface." -msgstr "" -"Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access " -"to the Commandline Interface." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which " -"may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from " -"the card manufacturers' websites." -msgstr "" -"Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which " -"may only be available in the Non-free or Tainted repositories and in some " -"cases only from the card manufacturers' websites" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The Nonfree repository need to be explicitly enabled to access them. If you " -"didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot." -msgstr "" -"The Non-free and Tainted repositories need to be explicitly enabled to " -"access them, you should do this after your first reboot." - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18 -msgid "Choosing your Monitor" -msgstr "Choosing your Monitor" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:21 -msgid "" -"DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually " -"correctly identify yours." -msgstr "" -"DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually " -"correctly identify yours." - -#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26 -msgid "" -"<emphasis>Selecting a monitor with different characteristics could damage " -"your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing " -"what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor " -"documentation" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis>Selecting a monitor with different characteristics could damage " -"your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing " -"what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor " -"documentation" - -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." -"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" depth=\"600\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"configureX_monitor.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" width=\"800\" xml:id=" -"\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </imageobject>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42 -msgid "<emphasis>Custom</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>Custom</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44 -msgid "" -"This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh " -"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the " -"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are " -"displayed." -msgstr "" -"This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh " -"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the " -"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are " -"displayed." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49 -msgid "" -"It is <emphasis>VERY IMPORTANT</emphasis> that you do not specify a monitor " -"type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you " -"may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and " -"consult your monitor documentation." -msgstr "" -"It is <emphasis>VERY IMPORTANT</emphasis> that you do not specify a monitor " -"type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you " -"may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and " -"consult your monitor documentation." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:55 -msgid "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:58 -msgid "" -"This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the " -"monitor database." -msgstr "" -"This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the " -"monitor database." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63 -msgid "<emphasis>Vendor</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>Vendor</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:65 -msgid "" -"If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which " -"one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:" -msgstr "" -"If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which " -"one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73 -msgid "the monitor manufacturers name" -msgstr "the monitor manufacturers name" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:77 -msgid "the monitor description" -msgstr "the monitor description" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:82 -msgid "<emphasis>Generic</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>Generic</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84 -msgid "" -"selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as " -"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is " -"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver " -"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it " -"may be wise to be conservative in your selections." -msgstr "" -"selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as " -"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is " -"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver " -"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it " -"may be wise to be conservative in your selections." - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4 -msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration" -msgstr "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration" - -#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" -"\" width=\"100%\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" depth=\"600\" xml:id=" -"\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18 -msgid "" -"No matter which graphical environment (also known as desktop environment) " -"you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are " -"all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window " -"System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for " -"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or " -"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</" -"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can " -"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you " -"think the choice is incorrect." -msgstr "" -"No matter which graphical environment (also known as desktop environment) " -"you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are " -"all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window " -"System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for " -"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or " -"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</" -"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can " -"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you " -"think the choice is incorrect." - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31 -msgid "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card " -"from the list if needed." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card " -"from the list if needed." - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37 -msgid "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: You can choose " -"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> when applicable, or choose your monitor " -"from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. " -"Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the " -"horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: You can choose " -"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> when applicable, or choose your monitor " -"from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. " -"Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the " -"horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor." - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> -#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45 -msgid "Incorrect refresh rates may damage your monitor" -msgstr "Incorrect refresh rates may damage your monitor" - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:51 -msgid "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired " -"resolution and color depth of your monitor here." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired " -"resolution and color depth of your monitor here." - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56 -msgid "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not " -"always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your " -"settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your " -"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. " -"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be " -"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " -"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</" -"emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not " -"always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your " -"settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your " -"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. " -"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be " -"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " -"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</" -"emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67 -msgid "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to " -"enable or disable various options." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to " -"enable or disable various options." - #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:5 -msgid "Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry" -msgstr "Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry" - -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:10 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" width=\"800\" depth=\"600\" format=\"PNG\" " -"align=\"center\" xml:id=\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:17 -msgid "" -"You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the " -"relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen " -"and editing the screen that pops up on top of it." -msgstr "" -"You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the " -"relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen " -"and editing the screen that pops up on top of it." +#: en/setupSCSI.xml:11 +msgid "Setup SCSI" +msgstr "Setup SCSI" +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 +#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) +#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the +#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:21 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" width=\"800\" depth=\"600\" format=\"PNG\" " -"align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:26 -msgid "" -"Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an " -"entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one." -msgstr "" -"Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an " -"entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:27 -msgid "" -"You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely." -msgstr "" -"You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:28 -msgid "" -"The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a " -"choice while booting up." -msgstr "" -"The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a " -"choice while booting up." - -#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:29 -msgid "" -"Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " -"just try something without knowing what you are doing." -msgstr "" -"Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " -"just try something without knowing what you are doing." - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/minimal-install.xml:3 -msgid "Minimal Install" -msgstr "Minimal Install" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/minimal-install.xml:9 -msgid "" -"You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the " -"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></" -"xref>." -msgstr "" -"You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the " -"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></" -"xref>." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/minimal-install.xml:10 +#: en/setupSCSI.xml:26 msgid "" -"Minimal Installation is intended for those with specific uses in mind for " -"their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised " -"workstation. You will probably use this option combined with Manual Package " -"Selection, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"Minimal Installation is intended for those with specific uses in mind for " -"their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised " -"workstation. You will probably use this option combined with Manual Package " -"Selection, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" width=" +"\"100%\" depth=\"600\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-" +"im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/minimal-install.xml:14 -msgid "" -"If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer " -"you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X." -msgstr "" -"If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer " -"you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X." - -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/minimal-install.xml:19 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/securityLevel.xml:12 -msgid "Security Level" -msgstr "Security Level" - -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/securityLevel.xml:19 +#: en/setupSCSI.xml:32 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers " +"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " +"fail to recognise the drive." msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/securityLevel.xml:24 -msgid "You can adjust your security level here." -msgstr "You can adjust your security level here." +"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers " +"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " +"fail to recognise the drive." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/securityLevel.xml:27 +#: en/setupSCSI.xml:36 msgid "" -"Leave the default settings as they are, if you don't know what to choose." +"If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) " +"you have." msgstr "" -"Leave the default settings as they are, if you don't know what to choose." +"If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) " +"you have." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/securityLevel.xml:30 -msgid "" -"After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings " -"in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center." -msgstr "" -"After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings " -"in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center." +#: en/setupSCSI.xml:39 +msgid "DrakX should then be able to configure the drive(s) correctly." +msgstr "DrakX should then be able to configure the drive(s) correctly." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/selectCountry.xml:13 -msgid "Select your Country / Region" -msgstr "Select your Country / Region" +#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:4 +msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted" +msgstr "Confirm hard disk to be formatted" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 +#. test comment - johnr +#. 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct +#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I +#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD +#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/selectCountry.xml:21 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/selectCountry.xml:27 +#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19 msgid "" -"Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, " -"like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country " -"can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network." +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" +"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, " -"like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country " -"can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network." +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" +"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/selectCountry.xml:32 -msgid "" -"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</" -"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." -msgstr "" -"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</" -"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." - -#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/selectCountry.xml:37 +#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24 msgid "" -"If your country is only in the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> list, " -"after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the " -"first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real " +"Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your " "choice." msgstr "" -"If your country is only in the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> list, " -"after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the " -"first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real " +"Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your " "choice." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/selectCountry.xml:46 -msgid "Input method" -msgstr "Input method" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/selectCountry.xml:49 -msgid "" -"In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an " -"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input " -"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " -"default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India Live-" -"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method " -"so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input methods(SCIM, " -"GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be installed if you " -"added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." -msgstr "" -"In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an " -"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input " -"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " -"default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India Live-" -"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method " -"so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input methods(SCIM, " -"GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be installed if you " -"added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/selectCountry.xml:61 -msgid "" -"If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it " -"after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -> " -"\"System\", or by running localedrake as root." -msgstr "" -"If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it " -"after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -> " -"\"System\", or by running localedrake as root." - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/media_selection.xml:3 -msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)" -msgstr "Media Selection (Nonfree)" - -#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media) -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong) -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/media_selection.xml:12 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" -"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" -"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/media_selection.xml:18 -msgid "" -"Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are " -"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories " -"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " -"the next steps." -msgstr "" -"Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are " -"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories " -"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " -"the next steps." - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/media_selection.xml:25 -msgid "" -"The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains " -"the base of the distribution." -msgstr "" -"The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains " -"the base of the distribution." - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/media_selection.xml:30 -msgid "" -"The <emphasis>Non-free</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-" -"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source " -"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " -"nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi " -"cards, etc." -msgstr "" -"The <emphasis>Non-free</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-" -"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source " -"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " -"nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi " -"cards, etc." - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/media_selection.xml:38 -msgid "" -"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under " -"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is " -"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. " -"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed " -"to play commercial video DVD, etc." -msgstr "" -"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under " -"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is " -"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. " -"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed " -"to play commercial video DVD, etc." - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:10 -msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)" -msgstr "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)" - -#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" - #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24 +#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 msgid "" -"This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can " -"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The " -"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " -"during the next steps." +"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every " +"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." msgstr "" -"This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can " -"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The " -"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " -"during the next steps." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29 -msgid "For a network source, there are two steps to follow:" -msgstr "For a network source, there are two steps to follow:" +"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every " +"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:33 -msgid "Choosing and activation of the network, if not already up." -msgstr "Choosing and activation of the network, if not already up." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> " +#~ "partition" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> " +#~ "partition" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:37 -msgid "" -"Selecting a mirror or specifying a URL (very first entry). By selecting a " -"mirror, you have access to the selection of all repositories managed by " -"Mageia, like the non-free , the tainted repositories and the updates. With " -"the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS " -"installation." -msgstr "" -"Selecting a mirror or specifying a URL (very first entry). By selecting a " -"mirror, you have access to the selection of all repositories managed by " -"Mageia, like the non-free , the tainted repositories and the updates. With " -"the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS " -"installation." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" +#~ "application> partition. Choose which one should be made smaller to make " +#~ "space for installing <application>Mageia</application>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" +#~ "application> partition. Choose which one should be made smaller to make " +#~ "space for installing <application>Mageia</application>." #~ msgid "Choose hard disk to erase for <application>Mageia</application>" #~ msgstr "Choose hard disk to erase for <application>Mageia</application>" diff --git a/docs/installer/uk.po b/docs/installer/uk.po index cbc179b6..45bcb8ed 100644 --- a/docs/installer/uk.po +++ b/docs/installer/uk.po @@ -6,8 +6,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-07-07 10:48+0400\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-07-07 11:53+0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-10-09 20:39+0400\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-10-09 20:42+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <kde-i18n-uk@kde.org>\n" "Language: uk\n" @@ -88,24 +88,88 @@ msgstr "" "Щоб ознайомитися зі списком нововведень у <application>Mageia</application>, " "натисніть кнопку <guibutton>Нотатки щодо випуску</guibutton>." +#. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 en/media_selection.xml:1 +msgid "en" +msgstr "uk" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:10 +msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)" +msgstr "" +"Вибір носія (налаштовування додаткових носіїв пакунків для встановлення)" + +#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" +"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24 +msgid "" +"This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can " +"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The " +"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " +"during the next steps." +msgstr "" +"На цій сторінці буде наведено список визначених сховищ пакунків. Ви зможете " +"додати інші джерела пакунків, зокрема оптичний носій даних або віддалений " +"сервер у мережі. Набір вказаних сховищ визначає, які з пакунків будуть " +"доступними для вибору на наступних кроках." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29 +msgid "For a network source, there are two steps to follow:" +msgstr "Щоб додати джерело у інтернет, слід виконати два таких кроки:" + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:33 +msgid "Choosing and activation of the network, if not already up." +msgstr "Вибір і вмикання мережі, якщо її ще не було увімкнено." + +#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:37 +msgid "" +"Selecting a mirror or specifying a URL (very first entry). By selecting a " +"mirror, you have access to the selection of all repositories managed by " +"Mageia, like the Nonfree , the Tainted repositories and the Updates. With " +"the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS " +"installation." +msgstr "" +"Вибір дзеркала або визначення адреси (перший запис). Після вибору дзеркала " +"ви отримаєте доступ до вибору сховищ, які використовуються у Mageia, зокрема " +"сховищ невільних пакунків (Nonfree), пакунків з обмеженнями у ліцензуванні " +"(Tainted) та оновлень (Updates). За допомогою визначення адреси ви можете " +"пов’язати з системою певне сховище пакунків або розгорнуту вами за допомогою " +"NFS систему." + #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/addUser.xml:4 msgid "User and Superuser Management" msgstr "Керування обліковими записами користувача і адміністратора" -#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back #. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, but -#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing -#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or +#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing +#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or #. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the previous #. screen), marja, 20120409 #. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't understand -#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? -#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading -#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot -#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note +#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? +#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading +#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot +#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/addUser.xml:27 msgid "" @@ -356,17 +420,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Choose the mount points" msgstr "Виберіть точки монтування" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 #. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE" -#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) -#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes +#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) +#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes #. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans #. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it -#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) -#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done +#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) +#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27 msgid "" @@ -385,8 +449,8 @@ msgid "" "you don't agree with the <application>DrakX</application> suggestions, you " "can change the mount points." msgstr "" -"За допомогою цієї сторінки ви можете переглянути список розділів Linux " -"на вашому комп’ютері. Якщо ви не згодні з пропозиціями <application>DrakX</" +"За допомогою цієї сторінки ви можете переглянути список розділів Linux на " +"вашому комп’ютері. Якщо ви не згодні з пропозиціями <application>DrakX</" "application>, ви можете змінити точки монтування." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> @@ -395,8 +459,8 @@ msgid "" "If you change anything, make sure you still have a <literal>/</literal> " "(root) partition." msgstr "" -"У разі внесення змін не забудьте, що серед розділів обов’язково має " -"бути розділ <literal>/</literal>." +"У разі внесення змін не забудьте, що серед розділів обов’язково має бути " +"розділ <literal>/</literal>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:44 @@ -426,13 +490,13 @@ msgid "" "your films, or <literal>/cauldron-home</literal> for the <literal>/home</" "literal> partition of a cauldron install." msgstr "" -"Якщо у вашій системі багато розділів, за допомогою спадного меню ви " -"зможете вибрати для них різні точки монтування, зокрема такі: <literal>/</" -"literal>, <literal>/home</literal> і <literal>/var</literal>. Крім того, ви " -"можете створити власні точки монтування, наприклад <literal>/video</literal> " -"для розділу, на якому зберігатимуться ваші відео файли або <literal>/" -"cauldron-home</literal> для розділу <literal>/home</literal> встановленої " -"тестової версії системи (cauldron)." +"Якщо у вашій системі багато розділів, за допомогою спадного меню ви зможете " +"вибрати для них різні точки монтування, зокрема такі: <literal>/</literal>, " +"<literal>/home</literal> і <literal>/var</literal>. Крім того, ви можете " +"створити власні точки монтування, наприклад <literal>/video</literal> для " +"розділу, на якому зберігатимуться ваші відео файли або <literal>/cauldron-" +"home</literal> для розділу <literal>/home</literal> встановленої тестової " +"версії системи (cauldron)." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:65 @@ -467,572 +531,695 @@ msgstr "" "розділи згідно пропозицій DrakX чи виконати додаткові дії." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:18 -msgid "DrakX, the Mageia Installer" -msgstr "DrakX, програма для встановлення Mageia" +#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:5 +msgid "Desktop Selection" +msgstr "Вибір стільниці" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:21 +#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11 msgid "" -"Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia " -"Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as " -"possible." +"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine " +"tune your choice." msgstr "" -"Байдуже, є у вас досвід користування GNU-Linux чи немає, програму для " -"встановлення Mageia розроблено таким чином, що вона зробить встановлення або " -"оновлення системи якомога простішим для вас." +"Залежно від вибраного вами за допомогою цієї сторінки варіанта встановлення, " +"програма може запропонувати на подальших сторінка додаткові можливості " +"остаточного налаштування вашої системи." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:29 +#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:13 msgid "" -"The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will " -"start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need." +"After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package " +"installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the " +"<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button" msgstr "" -"На початковому вікні меню встановлення ви побачити пункти варіантів дій. " -"Типовим буде пункт запуску програми для встановлення системи. Зазвичай, це " -"саме той пункт, який вам потрібен." +"Після виконання кроків вибору, ви побачите показ слайдів. Вимкнути показ " +"слайдів можна натисканням кнопки <guilabel>Подробиці</guilabel>." -#. type: Content of: <section><figure><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:35 -msgid "Installation Welcome Screen" -msgstr "Вітальне вікно програми для встановлення" +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:20 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:39 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\"> </imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"Choose whether you prefer to use the <application>KDE</application> or " +"<application>Gnome</application> desktop environment. Both come with a full " +"set of useful applications and tools. Tick <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if " +"you want to use neither or both, or if you want something other than the " +"default software choices for these desktop environments. The " +"<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, " +"sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default." msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\"> </imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"Виберіть бажане для вас графічне середовище, <application>KDE</application> " +"або <application>Gnome</application>. Обидва ці середовища об’єднують " +"повноцінні набори програм та інструментів. Позначте пункт " +"<guilabel>Спеціальний</guilabel> , якщо ви не маєте наміру використовувати " +"жодне з цих середовищ, маєте намір використовувати обидва або хочете вибрати " +"якийсь особливий перелік програмного забезпечення для цих середовищ. " +"Стільничне середовище <application>LXDE</application> є менш вибагливим до " +"ресурсів ніж перші два середовища, але виглядає не так яскраво і типово " +"містить менше корисних програм. Якщо ви не маєте наміру використовувати " +"жодне з цих середовищ, маєте намір використовувати обидва або хочете вибрати " +"якийсь особливий перелік програмного забезпечення для цих середовищ. " +"Стільничне середовище LXDE є менш вибагливим до ресурсів ніж перші два " +"середовища, але виглядає не так яскраво і типово містить менше корисних " +"програм." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure> -#: en/installer.xml:34 en/installer.xml:90 +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:4 +msgid "Package Group Selection" +msgstr "Вибір груп пакунків" + +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:10 msgid "" -"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=" -"\"1\"/>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=" -"\"1\"/>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:47 +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:16 msgid "" -"If there are problems during install, then it may be necessary to use " -"special installation options, see <xref linkend=\"installationOptions\"></" -"xref>." +"Packages have been sorted into groups, to make choosing what you need on " +"your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however " +"more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which " +"become visible as the mouse is hovered over them." msgstr "" -"Якщо під час встановлення у вас виникнуть проблеми, вам доведеться " -"скористатися особливими параметрами встановлення, див. <xref linkend=" -"\"installationOptions\"></xref>." +"Щоб полегшити вибір потрібних вам пакунків, список поділено на групи. " +"Призначення груп можна зрозуміти з їхніх назв, втім, ви також можете " +"отримати підказку щодо вмісту групи у відповідь на наведення вказівника миші " +"на пункт групи у списку." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:52 -msgid "The installation steps" -msgstr "Кроки встановлення" +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:23 +msgid "Workstation." +msgstr "Робоча станція." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:55 +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:27 +msgid "Server." +msgstr "Сервер" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:31 +msgid "Graphical Environment." +msgstr "Графічне середовище." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:35 msgid "" -"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed " -"on the side panel of the screen." +"Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or " +"remove packages." msgstr "" -"Процедуру встановлення поділено на послідовність кроків, перелік яких буде " -"показано на бічній панелі екрана." +"Індивідуальний вибір пакунків: цим варіантом можна скористатися для " +"додавання або вилучення пакунків вручну." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:58 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:39 msgid "" -"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</" -"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options." +"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do " +"a minimal install." msgstr "" -"На кожному кроці вам буде показано одну або декілька сторінок, на яких ви " -"можете побачити кнопку <guibutton>Додатково</guibutton> , за допомогою якої " -"здійснюється доступ до додаткових параметрів, якими користуються не так " -"часто як основними." +"Ознайомтеся з розділом <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref>, де " +"викладено настанови щодо встановлення мінімальної системи." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:62 +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4 +msgid "Choose Individual Packages" +msgstr "Вибір окремих пакунків" + +#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11 msgid "" -"Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further " -"explanations about the current step." +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"На більшості сторінок ви також побачите кнопку <guibutton>Довідка</" -"guibutton>, за допомогою якої можна отримати додаткові пояснення щодо " -"поточного кроку." +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/installer.xml:66 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17 msgid "" -"If somewhere during install you decide to stop the installation, it is " -"possible to reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a " -"partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your " -"computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well " -"leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure " -"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys " -"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " -"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot." +"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation." msgstr "" -"Якщо протягом процедури встановлення ви вирішите припинити встановлення, ви " -"можете перезавантажити комп’ютер. Втім, вам слід ретельно обдумати ваші дії. " -"Після форматування розділу або початку процедури встановлення оновлень ваш " -"комп’ютер перебуватиме у проміжному стані. Перезавантаження може призвести " -"до неможливості користування системою. Якщо, всупереч цим попередженням, ви " -"хочете перезавантажити систему, перейдіть у текстовий термінал натисканням " -"комбінації цих трьох клавіш: <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> одночасно. " -"Після цього, натисніть комбінацію клавіш <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</" -"guibutton> одночасно, щоб перезавантажити комп’ютер." +"За допомогою цього варіанта ви можете вибрати додаткові пакунки, які " +"доповнять встановлену вами систему, або вилучити пакунки, що є частиною " +"типового набору." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:80 -msgid "Installation options" -msgstr "Параметри встановлення" +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20 +msgid "" +"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</" +"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving " +"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same " +"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and " +"choosing to load it." +msgstr "" +"Щойно вибір буде зроблено, ви зможете натиснути <guibutton>піктограму " +"дискети</guibutton> у нижній частині сторінки, щоб зберегти список пакунків " +"(дані можна зберегти на флеш-носієві USB). Після цього збереженим файлом " +"можна буде скористатися для встановлення системи на інші комп’ютери: " +"достатньо буде натиснути ту саму кнопку ще раз під час встановлення і " +"завантажити збережений файл." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:83 +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/configureServices.xml:12 +msgid "Configure your Services" +msgstr "Налаштування ваших служб" + +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/configureServices.xml:21 msgid "" -"If the installation fails then it may be necessary to try again by using one " -"of the extra options available by hitting the <guibutton>F1 (Help)</" -"guibutton> key see <xref linkend=\"dx-welcome\"></xref>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"Якщо програмі для встановлення не вдається виконати своє призначення " -"належним чином, ви можете повторити спробу, скориставшись додатковими " -"варіантами, опис яких можна отримати після натискання клавіші <guibutton>F1 " -"(Довідка)</guibutton> див. <xref linkend=\"dx-welcome\"></xref>." +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:87 -msgid "This will open the following text based help." +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureServices.xml:27 +msgid "" +"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system." msgstr "" -"У відповідь на натискання цієї клавіші буде відкрито таке текстове вікно " -"довідкових даних." +"За допомогою цієї сторінки ви можете визначити, які служби запускатимуться, " +"а які ні, під час завантаження вашої системи." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:91 -msgid "Installation Help Screen" -msgstr "Довідкове вікно системи встановлення" +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureServices.xml:30 +msgid "" +"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and " +"see all services in it." +msgstr "" +"Передбачено чотири групи служб. Щоб розгорнути список кожної з груп, " +"натисніть кнопку з зображенням трикутника перед пунктом групи." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><mediaobject> -#: en/installer.xml:96 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureServices.xml:34 +msgid "The setting DrakX chose are usually good." +msgstr "Зазвичай, потреби у зміні налаштувань, вибраних DrakX, немає." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureServices.xml:37 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info " +"box below." msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" +"Після позначення пункту служби програма покаже додаткові дані щодо служби на " +"інформаційній панелі під списком." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:105 -msgid "Installation Problems and Possible Solutions" -msgstr "Проблеми зі встановленням та можливі шляхи їх вирішення" +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureServices.xml:41 +msgid "Only change things when you know very well what you are doing." +msgstr "Вносьте зміни, лише якщо вам добре відомі наслідки ваших дій." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:111 -msgid "No Graphical Interface" -msgstr "Немає графічного інтерфейсу" +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:12 +msgid "Configure your Timezone" +msgstr "Налаштування часового поясу" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:116 +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 msgid "" -"After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " -"This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low " -"resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt." +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." +"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"Після початкової сторінки не відкривається сторінка вибору мови. Таке може " -"трапитися у системах з деякими графічними картками та застарілих системах. " -"Спробуйте скористатися режимом низької роздільної здатності. Для цього " -"впишіть <code>vgalo</code> у рядок запиту." +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." +"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/installer.xml:123 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26 msgid "" -"If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " -"In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit " -"ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be " -"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit " -"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode.<emphasis></emphasis>" +"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the " +"same time zone." msgstr "" -"Якщо комп’ютер є дуже застарілим, встановлення у графічному режимі може бути " -"просто неможливим. У такому випадку варто скористатися встановленням у " -"текстовому режимі. Щоб скористатися цим режимом, натисніть клавішу Esc, коли " -"буде показано перший вітальний екран, і підтвердіть виконання дії " -"натисканням клавіші Enter. Введіть <code>text</code> і натисніть клавішу " -"Enter. Встановлення буде продовжено у текстовому режимі.<emphasis></emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:135 -msgid "The Install Freezes" -msgstr "Встановлення зупиняється" +"Виберіть ваш часовий пояс. Для цього достатньо вибрати вашу країну або якесь " +"місто поруч з вашим місцем перебування так, щоб це місто було розташовано у " +"тому самому часовому поясі." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:138 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30 msgid "" -"If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a " -"problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of " -"hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type " -"<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with " -"other options as necessary." +"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to " +"GMT, also known as UTC." msgstr "" -"Якщо під час встановлення система припиняє відповідати на ваші запити, " -"ймовірно, виникла проблема з визначенням характеристик обладнання. У такому " -"випадку можна обійти автоматичне визначення характеристик обладнання і " -"виконати його налаштовування пізніше. Щоб перевести засіб встановлення у " -"відповідний режим, введіть до рядка запиту команду <code>noauto</code>. За " -"потреби, цю команду можна поєднати з вищевказаними командами." - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> -#: en/installer.xml:147 -msgid "Kernel Options" -msgstr "Параметри ядра" +"За допомогою наступного розділу ви можете вказати режим роботи апаратного " +"годинника комп’ютера: використання місцевого часу або часу за Гринвічем, " +"також відомого як Всесвітній час." -#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> -#: en/installer.xml:150 +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35 msgid "" -"These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " -"available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " -"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e." -"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." +"If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they " +"are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT." msgstr "" -"Потреба у визначенні параметрів ядра виникає нечасто, але у певних випадках " -"комп’ютер може повідомляти засобу встановлення помилкові дані щодо об’єму " -"оперативної пам’яті. Щоб вказати об’єм оперативної пам’яті вручну, " -"скористайтеся командою <code>mem=xxxM</code>, де xxx правильне значення " -"об’єму оперативної пам’яті, наприклад <code>mem=256M</code> відповідає 256 " -"МБ оперативної пам’яті." +"Якщо на вашому комп’ютері встановлено декілька операційних систем, " +"переконайтеся, що у всіх цих системах використано місцевий час або " +"Всесвітній час (UTC/GMT)." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:23 -msgid "Install or Upgrade" -msgstr "Встановлення або оновлення" +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11 +msgid "Choose an X Server (Configure your Graphic Card)" +msgstr "Вибір графічного сервера (налаштовування вашої графічної картки)" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:27 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34 -msgid "Install" -msgstr "Встановити" +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21 +msgid "" +"DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually " +"correctly identify your video device." +msgstr "" +"У DrakX передбачено дуже повну базу даних графічних карток. Зазвичай, " +"програма може правильно визначити ваш графічний пристрій." -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:36 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24 msgid "" -"Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation." +"If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know " +"which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:" msgstr "" -"Цим варіантом слід скористатися, якщо ви хочете встановити " -"<application>Mageia</application> з нуля." +"Якщо засобу встановлення не вдалося належним чином визначити вашу графічну " +"картку і вам відома назва цієї картки, ви можете вибрати її пункт з " +"ієрархічного списку за такими критеріями:" -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:41 -msgid "Upgrade" -msgstr "Оновити" +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69 +msgid "vendor" +msgstr "виробник" -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:43 +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:31 +msgid "then the name of your card" +msgstr "назва вашої картки" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:35 +msgid "and the type of card" +msgstr "тип вашої картки" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:39 msgid "" -"If you have one or more <application>Mageia 2</application> installations on " -"your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the " -"latest release." +"If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in " +"the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the " +"Xorg category" msgstr "" -"Якщо на вашому комп’ютері встановлено одну або декілька операційних систем " -"<application>Mageia 2</application>, програма для встановлення надасть вам " -"змогу оновити одну зі встановлених систем до найсвіжішої версії." +"Якщо вашої картки немає у списку карток за виробниками (оскільки вона ще не " +"встигла потрапити до бази даних або є надто старою), ви можете знайти " +"відповідний драйвер у категорії «Xorg»." -#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:49 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43 msgid "" -"If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to " -"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been " -"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " -"the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an " -"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you " -"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " -"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</" -"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." +"The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card " +"drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the " +"option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities." msgstr "" -"Якщо протягом процедури встановлення ви вирішите припинити встановлення, ви " -"можете перезавантажити комп’ютер. Втім, вам слід ретельно обдумати ваші дії. " -"Після форматування розділу або початку процедури встановлення оновлень ваш " -"комп’ютер перебуватиме у проміжному стані. Перезавантаження може призвести " -"до неможливості користування системою. Якщо, всупереч цим попередженням, ви " -"хочете перезавантажити систему, перейдіть у текстовий термінал натисканням " -"комбінації цих трьох клавіш: <guilabel>Alt Ctrl F2</guilabel> одночасно. " -"Після цього, натисніть комбінацію клавіш <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</" -"guilabel> одночасно, щоб перезавантажити комп’ютер." +"У категорії «Xorg» ви зможете скористатися одним з понад 40 типових " +"драйверів з відкритим кодом для відеокарт. Якщо вам все ж не вдасться знайти " +"драйвер за назвою, ви можете скористатися драйвером «vesa». Цей драйвер " +"забезпечує базові можливості з показу відео." -#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> -#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:60 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48 msgid "" -"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you " -"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " -"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</" -"emphasis> do this later in the install." +"Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access " +"to the Commandline Interface." msgstr "" -"Якщо ви виявите, що забули встановити пакунки додаткової мови, ви можете " -"повернутися зі сторінки «Встановлення або оновлення» до сторінки вибору мови " -"натисканням комбінації клавіш <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. " -"<emphasis>Не</emphasis> робіть цього під час наступних кроків встановлення." +"Будьте уважними: якщо драйвер буде вибрано помилково, ви зможете отримати " +"доступ лише до інтерфейсу командного рядка." -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14 -msgid "Keyboard" -msgstr "Клавіатура" +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51 +msgid "" +"Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which " +"may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from " +"the card manufacturers' websites." +msgstr "" +"Деякі виробники відеокарт самі створюють пропрієтарні (закриті) драйвери для " +"Linux. Доступ до таких драйверів можна отримати лише за допомогою сховищ " +"пакунків «Nonfree» або сайтів виробників карток." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:17 +#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55 msgid "" -"DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable " -"keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout." +"The Nonfree repository needs to be explicitly enabled to access them. If " +"you didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot." msgstr "" -"DrakX автоматично вибирає відповідну розкладку клавіатури до вибраної вами " -"мови. Якщо у списку програми не виявиться відповідної розкладки, буде " -"використано типову американську розкладку." +"Вам слід явним чином увімкнути сховища «Nonfree», щоб мати до них доступ. " +"Зробити це слід після першого перезавантаження системи." +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4 +msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration" +msgstr "Налаштування графічної картки та монітора" + +#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22 +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" -"\" /> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" +"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18 +msgid "" +"No matter which graphical environment (also known as desktop environment) " +"you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are " +"all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window " +"System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for " +"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or " +"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</" +"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can " +"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you " +"think the choice is incorrect." +msgstr "" +"Байдуже, яке графічне середовище (або стільничне середовище) було вибрано " +"під час встановлення <application>Mageia</application>, всі ці середовища " +"засновано на графічному інтерфейсі, який має назву <acronym>X Window System</" +"acronym> або просто <acronym>X</acronym>. Отже, щоб <acronym>KDE</acronym>, " +"<acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> або будь-яке інше графічне " +"середовище працювало належним чином, вказані нижче параметри роботи сервера " +"<acronym>X</acronym> має бути визначено належним чином. Змінювати значення " +"параметрів слід, якщо помітно, що <application>DrakX</application> зроблено " +"помилковий вибір, або якщо вам здається, що цей вибір є помилковим." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30 +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31 msgid "" -"Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. " -"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications " -"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a " -"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " -"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en." -"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card " +"from the list if needed." msgstr "" -"Переконайтеся, що програма зробила правильний вибір, або виберіть іншу " -"розкладку клавіатури. Якщо ви не можете визначитися з потрібною вам " -"розкладкою, ознайомтеся з документацією до вашого комп’ютера або надішліть " -"запит до його виробника. Крім того, на деяких з клавіатур можна знайти " -"позначку, яка містить дані щодо розкладки клавіатури. Також корисним може " -"бути ознайомлення із вмістом сторінки: <link xlink:href=\"http://uk." -"wikipedia.org/wiki/Розкладка_клавіатури\">uk.wikipedia.org/wiki/" -"Розкладка_клавіатури</link>." +"<emphasis><guibutton>Графічна карта</guibutton></emphasis>: якщо потрібно, " +"виберіть встановлену на вашому комп’ютері графічну картку зі списку." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40 +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37 msgid "" -"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</" -"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there." +"<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: You can choose " +"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> when applicable, or choose your monitor " +"from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. " +"Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the " +"horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor." msgstr "" -"Якщо пункту вашої клавіатури не буде у показаному списку, натисніть кнопку " -"<guibutton>Ще</guibutton> для ознайомлення з повним списком, з якого ви " -"можете вибрати модель клавіатури." +"<emphasis><guibutton>Монітор</guibutton></emphasis>: ви можете вибрати " +"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> якщо вважаєте, що це правильно, або вибрати " +"пункт вашого монітора зі списків <guilabel>Виробник</guilabel> або " +"<guilabel>Загальний</guilabel>. Виберіть пункт <guilabel>Спеціальний</" +"guilabel>, якщо хочете вручну вказати частоту оновлення зображення за " +"вертикаллю та горизонталлю для вашого монітора." -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para> -#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45 +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45 +msgid "Incorrect refresh rates may damage your monitor" +msgstr "" +"Помилково вказані частоти оновлення зображення можуть призвести до " +"пошкодження вашого монітора." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:51 msgid "" -"After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, " -"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though " -"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " -"and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the " -"full list." +"<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired " +"resolution and color depth of your monitor here." msgstr "" -"Після вибору моделі клавіатури за допомогою діалогового вікна <guibutton>Ще</" -"guibutton> ви повернетеся до першого діалогового вікна вибору клавіатури, у " -"якому пункт клавіатури залишиться попереднім. Не зважайте на це: засобу " -"встановлення вже повідомлено, що ви вибрали належну клавіатури з повного " -"списку." +"<emphasis><guibutton>Роздільна здатність</guibutton></emphasis>: за " +"допомогою цього пункту можна вибрати бажану роздільну здатність та глибину " +"кольорів на вашому моніторі." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:55 +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56 msgid "" -"If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an " -"extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin " -"and non-Latin keyboard layouts" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not " +"always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your " +"settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your " +"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. " +"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be " +"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " +"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</" +"emphasis>" msgstr "" -"Якщо вами було вибрано розкладку з нелатинськими символами, програма покаже " -"додаткове діалогове вікно, за допомогою якого ви зможете визначитися зі " -"способом перемикання між латинською і нелатинською розкладками." +"<emphasis><guibutton>Перевірити</guibutton></emphasis>: кнопка перевірки під " +"час встановлення може бути недоступною. Якщо кнопка є доступною, за " +"допомогою її натискання ви можете перевірити, чи правильно вказано " +"параметри. У відповідь на питання щодо правильності параметрів ви можете " +"відповісти «так», щоб зберегти вказані параметри. Якщо ж зображення на " +"моніторі немає, система за деякий час поверне вас до вікна налаштовування, " +"за допомогою якого ви зможете виправити налаштування, аж доки не буде " +"досягнуто бажаного результату. <emphasis>Якщо кнопка перевірки є " +"недоступною, вам слід самостійно потурбуватися про те, щоб вказані параметри " +"були безпечними.</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67 +msgid "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to " +"enable or disable various options." +msgstr "" +"<emphasis><guibutton>Параметри</guibutton></emphasis>: за допомогою цього " +"пункту ви можете увімкнути або вимкнути різноманітні параметри." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/configureServices.xml:12 -msgid "Configure your Services" -msgstr "Налаштування ваших служб" +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18 +msgid "Choosing your Monitor" +msgstr "Вибір монітора" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:21 +msgid "" +"DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually " +"correctly identify yours." +msgstr "" +"У DrakX передбачено дуже повну базу даних моніторів. Зазвичай, програма може " +"правильно визначити ваш монітор." + +#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26 +msgid "" +"<emphasis>Selecting a monitor with different characteristics could damage " +"your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing " +"what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor " +"documentation" +msgstr "" +"<emphasis>Вибір пункту монітора з іншими апаратними характеристиками може " +"призвести до пошкодження вашого монітора або відеоапаратури. Будь ласка, " +"подумайте над вашим вибором.</emphasis> Якщо маєте певні сумніви, зверніться " +"до документації з вашого монітора." -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/configureServices.xml:21 +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureServices.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureServices-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." +"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureServices.xml:27 +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42 +msgid "<emphasis>Custom</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>Спеціальний</emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44 msgid "" -"Here you can set which services should (not) start when you boot your system." +"This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh " +"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the " +"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are " +"displayed." msgstr "" -"За допомогою цієї сторінки ви можете визначити, які служби запускатимуться, " -"а які ні, під час завантаження вашої системи." +"За допомогою цього пункту ви можете встановити значення двох критичних " +"параметрів: вертикальної частоти оновлення та горизонтальної частоти " +"синхронізації. Частота оновлення визначає частоту, з якою оновлюється " +"зображення на екрані, а частота синхронізації є частотою, з якою буде " +"показано лінії зображення." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureServices.xml:30 +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49 msgid "" -"There are four groups, click on the triangle before a group to expand it and " -"see all services in it." +"It is <emphasis>VERY IMPORTANT</emphasis> that you do not specify a monitor " +"type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you " +"may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and " +"consult your monitor documentation." msgstr "" -"Передбачено чотири групи служб. Щоб розгорнути список кожної з груп, " -"натисніть кнопку з зображенням трикутника перед пунктом групи." +"<emphasis>ДУЖЕ ВАЖЛИВО</emphasis> не вказати тип монітора, можливості якого " +"перевищують можливості вашого: інакше ви можете пошкодити ваш монітор. Якщо " +"сумніваєтеся, виберіть мінімальні параметри і уважно ознайомтеся з " +"документацією до вашого монітора." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureServices.xml:34 -msgid "The setting DrakX chose are usually good." -msgstr "Зазвичай, потреби у зміні налаштувань, вибраних DrakX, немає." +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:55 +msgid "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureServices.xml:37 +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:58 msgid "" -"If you highlight a service, some information about it is shown in the info " -"box below." +"This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the " +"monitor database." msgstr "" -"Після позначення пункту служби програма покаже додаткові дані щодо служби на " -"інформаційній панелі під списком." +"Це типовий варіант: програма намагається визначити тип вашого монітора за " +"базою даних моніторів." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureServices.xml:41 -msgid "Only change things when you know very well what you are doing." -msgstr "Вносьте зміни, лише якщо вам добре відомі наслідки ваших дій." - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:23 -msgid "Please choose a language to use" -msgstr "Виберіть, будь ласка, мову" +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63 +msgid "<emphasis>Vendor</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>Виробник</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:26 +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:65 msgid "" -"Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your " -"continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during " -"the installation and for your installed system." +"If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which " +"one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:" msgstr "" -"Виберіть бажану мову інтерфейсу системи. Для цього спочатку розгорніть " -"список країн вашого континенту. <application>Mageia</application> " -"використовуватиме вибрану вами мову під час встановлення та у " -"вже встановленій системі." +"Якщо засобу встановлення не вдалося належним чином визначити ваш монітор і " +"вам відома назва цього монітора, ви можете вибрати її пункт з ієрархічного " +"списку за такими критеріями:" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73 +msgid "the monitor manufacturers name" +msgstr "назва фірми-виробника монітора" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:77 +msgid "the monitor description" +msgstr "опис монітора" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:30 +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:82 +msgid "<emphasis>Generic</emphasis>" +msgstr "<emphasis>Загальний</emphasis>:" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84 msgid "" -"If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your " -"system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the " -"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be " -"difficult to add extra language support after installation." +"selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as " +"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is " +"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver " +"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it " +"may be wise to be conservative in your selections." msgstr "" -"Якщо у вашій системі буде використовуватися декілька мов (вами або іншими " -"користувачами), натисніть кнопку <guibutton>Декілька мов</guibutton> , щоб " -"додати їх. Після встановлення додати підтримку мов буде доволі складно." +"якщо ви виберете цю групу, буде відкрито список з близько 30 типових " +"налаштувань дисплеїв, подібних до 1024x768 @ 60 Гц, до якого включено " +"параметри плоских панелей дисплеїв для ноутбуків. Зазвичай, цією групою " +"варто користуватися, якщо у вас виникла потреба використовувати драйвер " +"«Vesa» для вашої картки, тобто вашу відеокарту не вдалося визначити " +"автоматично. Знову ж таки, варто параметри варто вибирати дуже обережно." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:19 +msgid "Custom disk partitioning with DiskDrake" +msgstr "Нетиповий поділ диска на розділи за допомогою DiskDrake" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:36 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:26 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" +"imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:44 +#: en/diskdrake.xml:33 msgid "" -"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them " -"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " -"marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ." +"If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " +"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The " +"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " +"set, otherwise your system will be unbootable." msgstr "" -"Навіть якщо вами було вибрано декілька мов, вам слід слід спочатку вибрати " -"одну з них як основну мову сторінок програми для встановлення. Крім того, цю " -"мову буде позначено і у вікні вибору декількох мов." +"Якщо на вашому розділі з <literal>/</literal> ви хочете скористатися " +"шифруванням, каталог <literal>/boot</literal> слід зберігати на окремому " +"розділі. Не слід шифрувати каталог <literal>/boot</literal>, інакше " +"завантаження системи стане неможливим." -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:51 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:39 msgid "" -"If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then " -"it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well." +"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, " +"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " +"is in them before you start." msgstr "" -"Якщо розкладка вашої клавіатури не збігається з розкладкою, що " -"використовується для бажаної мови, варто також встановити мовні пакунки для " -"мови, пов’язаної з вибраною розкладкою." +"За допомогою цієї сторінки можна визначити компонування розділів у вашій " +"системі. За її допомогою можна вилучати і створювати розділи, змінювати " +"файлові системи на розділах або розміри розділів і навіть переглядати вміст " +"розділів до внесення змін." -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:57 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:42 msgid "" -"Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the " -"\"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your " -"language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages." +"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an " +"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." msgstr "" -"Типово, у Mageia використовується кодування UTF-8 (Unicode). Це кодування " -"можна вимкнути за допомогою вікна вибору декількох мов, якщо вам наперед " -"відомо, що Unicode є несумісним з вашою мовою. Вимикання UTF-8 " -"стосуватиметься всіх встановлених мов." +"Для кожного виявлено жорсткого диска або іншого носія даних (зокрема картки " +"флеш USB) буде відведено власну вкладку. Приклад: sda, sdb та sdc, якщо буде " +"виявлено три диски." -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/selectLanguage.xml:64 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:45 msgid "" -"You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia " -"Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system." +"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected " +"storage device" msgstr "" -"Змінити мову інтерфейсу системи після встановлення можна за допомогою Центру " -"керування Mageia (Система -> Налаштувати локалізацію системи)." - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:4 -msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted" -msgstr "Підтвердження форматування жорсткого диска" +"Натисніть кнопку <guibutton>Очистити все</guibutton>, щоб всі розділи на " +"вибраному носії даних було вилучено." -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 -#. test comment - johnr -#. 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct -#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I -#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD -#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/diskdrake.xml:47 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" -"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, " +"or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it." msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" -"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"Щоб виконати будь-яку іншу дію, спочатку позначте область відповідного " +"розділу. Потім перегляньте дані щодо розділу, змініть його файлову систему і " +"точку монтування, розміри чи просто витріть увесь розділ." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24 -msgid "" -"Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your " -"choice." +#: en/diskdrake.xml:49 +msgid "Continue until you adjusted everything to your wishes." msgstr "" -"Натисніть кнопку <guibutton>Назад</guibutton>, якщо ви не певні щодо " -"зробленого вибору." +"Повторюйте ці дії для всіх відповідних розділів, аж доки все не набуде " +"потрібних вам обрисів." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 -msgid "" -"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every " -"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." +#: en/diskdrake.xml:51 +msgid "Click <guibutton>Done</guibutton> when you're ready." msgstr "" -"Натисніть кнопку <guibutton>Далі</guibutton>, якщо ви певні і хочете витерти " -"всі розділи, всі операційні системи на диску і всі дані, що зберігаються на " -"цьому диску." +"Натисніть кнопку <guibutton>Виконано</guibutton>, коли налаштовування буде " +"завершено." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:25 @@ -1220,257 +1407,74 @@ msgstr "" "Також слід переконатися, що всі розділи буде створено з парними розмірами у " "мегабайтах." -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:5 -msgid "Desktop Selection" -msgstr "Вибір стільниці" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:11 -msgid "" -"Depending on your selection here, you may be offered further screens to fine " -"tune your choice." -msgstr "" -"Залежно від вибраного вами за допомогою цієї сторінки варіанта встановлення, " -"програма може запропонувати на подальших сторінка додаткові можливості " -"остаточного налаштування вашої системи." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:13 -msgid "" -"After the selection step(s), you will see a slide show during package " -"installation. The slide show can be disabled by pressing the " -"<guilabel>Details</guilabel> button" -msgstr "" -"Після виконання кроків вибору, ви побачите показ слайдів. Вимкнути показ " -"слайдів можна натисканням кнопки <guilabel>Подробиці</guilabel>." - -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:20 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-chooseDesktop.png\" align=\"center\" " -"format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/chooseDesktop.xml:26 -msgid "" -"Choose whether you prefer to use the <application>KDE</application> or " -"<application>Gnome</application> desktop environment. Both come with a full " -"set of useful applications and tools. Tick <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if " -"you want to use neither or both, or if you want something other than the " -"default software choices for these desktop environments. The " -"<application>LXDE</application> desktop is lighter than the previous two, " -"sporting less eye candy and fewer packages installed by default." -msgstr "" -"Виберіть бажане для вас графічне середовище, <application>KDE</application> " -"або <application>Gnome</application>. Обидва ці середовища об’єднують " -"повноцінні набори програм та інструментів. Позначте пункт " -"<guilabel>Спеціальний</guilabel> , якщо ви не маєте наміру використовувати " -"жодне з цих середовищ, маєте намір використовувати обидва або хочете вибрати " -"якийсь особливий перелік програмного забезпечення для цих середовищ. " -"Стільничне середовище <application>LXDE</application> є менш вибагливим до " -"ресурсів ніж перші два середовища, але виглядає не так яскраво і типово " -"містить менше корисних програм. Якщо ви не маєте наміру використовувати " -"жодне з цих середовищ, маєте намір використовувати обидва або хочете вибрати " -"якийсь особливий перелік програмного забезпечення для цих середовищ. " -"Стільничне середовище LXDE є менш вибагливим до ресурсів ніж перші два " -"середовища, але виглядає не так яскраво і типово містить менше корисних " -"програм." - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:4 -msgid "Package Group Selection" -msgstr "Вибір груп пакунків" - -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:10 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackageGroups.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:16 -msgid "" -"Packages have been sorted into groups, to make choosing what you need on " -"your system a lot easier. The groups are fairly self explanatory, however " -"more information about the content of each is available in tool-tips which " -"become visible as the mouse is hovered over them." -msgstr "" -"Щоб полегшити вибір потрібних вам пакунків, список поділено на групи. " -"Призначення груп можна зрозуміти з їхніх назв, втім, ви також можете " -"отримати підказку щодо вмісту групи у відповідь на наведення вказівника миші " -"на пункт групи у списку." - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:23 -msgid "Workstation." -msgstr "Робоча станція." - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:27 -msgid "Server." -msgstr "Сервер" - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:31 -msgid "Graphical Environment." -msgstr "Графічне середовище." - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:35 -msgid "" -"Individual Package Selection: You can use this option to manually add or " -"remove packages." -msgstr "" -"Індивідуальний вибір пакунків: цим варіантом можна скористатися для " -"додавання або вилучення пакунків вручну." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/choosePackageGroups.xml:39 -msgid "" -"Read <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref> for instructions on how to do " -"a minimal install." -msgstr "" -"Ознайомтеся з розділом <xref linkend=\"minimal-install\"></xref>, де " -"викладено настанови щодо встановлення мінімальної системи." - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:4 -msgid "Choose Individual Packages" -msgstr "Вибір окремих пакунків" - -#. 2012-12-26 marja - exported this section from choosePackages.xml to start a new page -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:11 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-choosePackagesTree.png\" align=" -"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:17 -msgid "" -"Here you can add or remove any extra packages to customise your installation." -msgstr "" -"За допомогою цього варіанта ви можете вибрати додаткові пакунки, які " -"доповнять встановлену вами систему, або вилучити пакунки, що є частиною " -"типового набору." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/choosePackagesTree.xml:20 -msgid "" -"After having made your choice, you can click on the <guibutton>floppy icon</" -"guibutton> at the bottom of the page to save your choice of packages (saving " -"to a USB key works, too). You can then use this file to install the same " -"packages on another system, by pressing the same button during install and " -"choosing to load it." -msgstr "" -"Щойно вибір буде зроблено, ви зможете натиснути <guibutton>піктограму " -"дискети</guibutton> у нижній частині сторінки, щоб зберегти список пакунків " -"(дані можна зберегти на флеш-носієві USB). Після цього збереженим файлом " -"можна буде скористатися для встановлення системи на інші комп’ютери: " -"достатньо буде натиснути ту саму кнопку ще раз під час встановлення і " -"завантажити збережений файл." - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:19 -msgid "Custom disk partitioning with DiskDrake" -msgstr "Нетиповий поділ диска на розділи за допомогою DiskDrake" +#. type: Content of: <article><info><title> +#: en/DrakX.xml:3 +msgid "Installation with DrakX" +msgstr "Встановлення за допомогою DrakX" -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:26 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-diskdrake.png\" align=\"center\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> +#: en/DrakX.xml:6 +msgid "<note>" +msgstr "<note>" -#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:33 +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> +#: en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" -"If you wish to use encryption on your <literal>/</literal> partition you " -"must ensure that you have a separate <literal>/boot</literal> partition. The " -"encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " -"set, otherwise your system will be unbootable." +"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " +"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " +"while installing." msgstr "" -"Якщо на вашому розділі з <literal>/</literal> ви хочете скористатися " -"шифруванням, каталог <literal>/boot</literal> слід зберігати на окремому " -"розділі. Не слід шифрувати каталог <literal>/boot</literal>, інакше " -"завантаження системи стане неможливим." +"Всі сторінки, описані у цьому підручнику побачити одразу неможливо. Набір " +"сторінок, які ви побачите залежить від набору обладнання у вашій системі та " +"вибраного вами варіанта встановлення." -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:39 -msgid "" -"Adjust the layout of your disk(s) here. You can remove or create partitions, " -"change the filesystem of a partition or change its size and even view what " -"is in them before you start." -msgstr "" -"За допомогою цієї сторінки можна визначити компонування розділів у вашій " -"системі. За її допомогою можна вилучати і створювати розділи, змінювати " -"файлові системи на розділах або розміри розділів і навіть переглядати вміст " -"розділів до внесення змін." +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakX.xml:10 +msgid "</note>" +msgstr "</note>" -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:42 +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" -"There is a tab for every detected hard disk or other storage device, like an " -"USB key. For example sda, sdb and sdc if there are three of them." +"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " +"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" +"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." msgstr "" -"Для кожного виявлено жорсткого диска або іншого носія даних (зокрема картки " -"флеш USB) буде відведено власну вкладку. Приклад: sda, sdb та sdc, якщо буде " -"виявлено три диски." +"Текст та знімки вікон у цьому підручнику надаються вам відповідно до умов " +"ліцензування CC BY-SA 3.0, <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/" +"licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>ю" -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:45 +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" -"Push <guibutton>Clear all</guibutton> to wipe all partitions on the selected " -"storage device" +"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." msgstr "" -"Натисніть кнопку <guibutton>Очистити все</guibutton>, щоб всі розділи на " -"вибраному носії даних було вилучено." +"Цей підручник було створено за допомогою <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco." +"com\">Calenco CMS</link>, розробленої компанією <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:47 +#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" -"For all other actions: click on the desired partition first. Then view it, " -"or choose a filesystem and a mount point, resize it or wipe it." -msgstr "" -"Щоб виконати будь-яку іншу дію, спочатку позначте область відповідного " -"розділу. Потім перегляньте дані щодо розділу, змініть його файлову систему і " -"точку монтування, розміри чи просто витріть увесь розділ." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:49 -msgid "Continue until you adjusted everything to your wishes." -msgstr "" -"Повторюйте ці дії для всіх відповідних розділів, аж доки все не набуде " -"потрібних вам обрисів." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/diskdrake.xml:51 -msgid "Click <guibutton>Done</guibutton> when you're ready." +"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" +"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" +"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." msgstr "" -"Натисніть кнопку <guibutton>Виконано</guibutton>, коли налаштовування буде " -"завершено." +"Підручник було написано охочими до цього користувачами у вільний від " +"основної роботи час. Будь ласка, зверніться до <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki." +"mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">команди документування</link>, якщо " +"хочете допомогти у покращенні цього підручника." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/exitInstall.xml:4 msgid "Congratulations" msgstr "Вітаємо" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text #. same day, added "s" to "sytems" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/exitInstall.xml:14 @@ -1531,10 +1535,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Formatting" msgstr "Форматування" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18 msgid "" @@ -1595,14 +1599,252 @@ msgstr "" "щоб продовжити роботу з програмою." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:18 +msgid "DrakX, the Mageia Installer" +msgstr "DrakX, програма для встановлення Mageia" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:21 +msgid "" +"Whether you are new to GNU-Linux or an experienced user, the Mageia " +"Installer is designed to help make your installation or upgrade as easy as " +"possible." +msgstr "" +"Байдуже, є у вас досвід користування GNU-Linux чи немає, програму для " +"встановлення Mageia розроблено таким чином, що вона зробить встановлення або " +"оновлення системи якомога простішим для вас." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:29 +msgid "" +"The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will " +"start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need." +msgstr "" +"На початковому вікні меню встановлення ви побачити пункти варіантів дій. " +"Типовим буде пункт запуску програми для встановлення системи. Зазвичай, це " +"саме той пункт, який вам потрібен." + +#. type: Content of: <section><figure><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:35 +msgid "Installation Welcome Screen" +msgstr "Вітальне вікно програми для встановлення" + +#. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject> +#: en/installer.xml:39 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\"> </imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-welcome.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"BId-drakx-intro-im1\"> </imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure> +#: en/installer.xml:34 en/installer.xml:90 +msgid "" +"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=" +"\"1\"/>" +msgstr "" +"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=" +"\"1\"/>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:47 +msgid "" +"If there are problems during install, then it may be necessary to use " +"special installation options, see <xref linkend=\"installationOptions\"></" +"xref>." +msgstr "" +"Якщо під час встановлення у вас виникнуть проблеми, вам доведеться " +"скористатися особливими параметрами встановлення, див. <xref linkend=" +"\"installationOptions\"></xref>." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:52 +msgid "The installation steps" +msgstr "Кроки встановлення" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:55 +msgid "" +"The install process is divided into a number of steps, which can be followed " +"on the side panel of the screen." +msgstr "" +"Процедуру встановлення поділено на послідовність кроків, перелік яких буде " +"показано на бічній панелі екрана." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:58 +msgid "" +"Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</" +"guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options." +msgstr "" +"На кожному кроці вам буде показано одну або декілька сторінок, на яких ви " +"можете побачити кнопку <guibutton>Додатково</guibutton> , за допомогою якої " +"здійснюється доступ до додаткових параметрів, якими користуються не так " +"часто як основними." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:62 +msgid "" +"Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further " +"explanations about the current step." +msgstr "" +"На більшості сторінок ви також побачите кнопку <guibutton>Довідка</" +"guibutton>, за допомогою якої можна отримати додаткові пояснення щодо " +"поточного кроку." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> +#: en/installer.xml:66 +msgid "" +"If somewhere during install you decide to stop the installation, it is " +"possible to reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a " +"partition has been formatted or updates have started to be installed, your " +"computer is no longer in the same state and rebooting it could very well " +"leave you with an unusable system. If in spite of this you are very sure " +"rebooting is what you want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys " +"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> at the same time. After that, press " +"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot." +msgstr "" +"Якщо протягом процедури встановлення ви вирішите припинити встановлення, ви " +"можете перезавантажити комп’ютер. Втім, вам слід ретельно обдумати ваші дії. " +"Після форматування розділу або початку процедури встановлення оновлень ваш " +"комп’ютер перебуватиме у проміжному стані. Перезавантаження може призвести " +"до неможливості користування системою. Якщо, всупереч цим попередженням, ви " +"хочете перезавантажити систему, перейдіть у текстовий термінал натисканням " +"комбінації цих трьох клавіш: <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton> одночасно. " +"Після цього, натисніть комбінацію клавіш <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</" +"guibutton> одночасно, щоб перезавантажити комп’ютер." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:80 +msgid "Installation options" +msgstr "Параметри встановлення" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:83 +msgid "" +"If the installation fails then it may be necessary to try again by using one " +"of the extra options available by hitting the <guibutton>F1 (Help)</" +"guibutton> key see <xref linkend=\"dx-welcome\"></xref>" +msgstr "" +"Якщо програмі для встановлення не вдається виконати своє призначення " +"належним чином, ви можете повторити спробу, скориставшись додатковими " +"варіантами, опис яких можна отримати після натискання клавіші <guibutton>F1 " +"(Довідка)</guibutton> див. <xref linkend=\"dx-welcome\"></xref>." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:87 +msgid "This will open the following text based help." +msgstr "" +"У відповідь на натискання цієї клавіші буде відкрито таке текстове вікно " +"довідкових даних." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:91 +msgid "Installation Help Screen" +msgstr "Довідкове вікно системи встановлення" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><mediaobject> +#: en/installer.xml:96 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../dx-help.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"installer-im2\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:105 +msgid "Installation Problems and Possible Solutions" +msgstr "Проблеми зі встановленням та можливі шляхи їх вирішення" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:111 +msgid "No Graphical Interface" +msgstr "Немає графічного інтерфейсу" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/installer.xml:116 +msgid "" +"After the initial screen you did not reach the language selection screen. " +"This can happen with some graphic cards and older systems. Try using low " +"resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt." +msgstr "" +"Після початкової сторінки не відкривається сторінка вибору мови. Таке може " +"трапитися у системах з деякими графічними картками та застарілих системах. " +"Спробуйте скористатися режимом низької роздільної здатності. Для цього " +"впишіть <code>vgalo</code> у рядок запиту." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/installer.xml:123 +msgid "" +"If the hardware is very old, a graphical installation may not be possible. " +"In this case it is worth trying a text mode installation. To use this hit " +"ESC at the first welcome screen and confirm with ENTER. You will be " +"presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit " +"ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode.<emphasis></emphasis>" +msgstr "" +"Якщо комп’ютер є дуже застарілим, встановлення у графічному режимі може бути " +"просто неможливим. У такому випадку варто скористатися встановленням у " +"текстовому режимі. Щоб скористатися цим режимом, натисніть клавішу Esc, коли " +"буде показано перший вітальний екран, і підтвердіть виконання дії " +"натисканням клавіші Enter. Введіть <code>text</code> і натисніть клавішу " +"Enter. Встановлення буде продовжено у текстовому режимі.<emphasis></emphasis>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:135 +msgid "The Install Freezes" +msgstr "Встановлення зупиняється" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:138 +msgid "" +"If the system appeared to freeze during the installation, this may be a " +"problem with hardware detection. In this case the automatic detection of " +"hardware may be bypassed and dealt with later. To try this, type " +"<code>noauto</code> at the prompt. This option may also be combined with " +"other options as necessary." +msgstr "" +"Якщо під час встановлення система припиняє відповідати на ваші запити, " +"ймовірно, виникла проблема з визначенням характеристик обладнання. У такому " +"випадку можна обійти автоматичне визначення характеристик обладнання і " +"виконати його налаштовування пізніше. Щоб перевести засіб встановлення у " +"відповідний режим, введіть до рядка запиту команду <code>noauto</code>. За " +"потреби, цю команду можна поєднати з вищевказаними командами." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> +#: en/installer.xml:147 +msgid "Kernel Options" +msgstr "Параметри ядра" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><para> +#: en/installer.xml:150 +msgid "" +"These will rarely be needed, but in some cases the hardware may report the " +"available RAM incorrectly. To specify this manually, you can use the " +"<code>mem=xxxM</code> parameter, where xxx is the correct amount of RAM. e." +"g. <code>mem=256M</code> would specify 256MB of RAM." +msgstr "" +"Потреба у визначенні параметрів ядра виникає нечасто, але у певних випадках " +"комп’ютер може повідомляти засобу встановлення помилкові дані щодо об’єму " +"оперативної пам’яті. Щоб вказати об’єм оперативної пам’яті вручну, " +"скористайтеся командою <code>mem=xxxM</code>, де xxx правильне значення " +"об’єму оперативної пам’яті, наприклад <code>mem=256M</code> відповідає 256 " +"МБ оперативної пам’яті." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/installUpdates.xml:3 msgid "Updates" msgstr "Поновлення" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! #. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename -#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installUpdates.xml:13 msgid "" @@ -1642,22 +1884,147 @@ msgstr "" "продовжити роботу з програмою." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/media_selection.xml:3 +msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)" +msgstr "Вибір носія (з пакунками, які не є вільними)" + +#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media) +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong) +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/media_selection.xml:12 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" +"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" +"imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/media_selection.xml:18 +msgid "" +"Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are " +"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories " +"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " +"the next steps." +msgstr "" +"Тут ви побачите список доступних сховищ. Не всі сховища є доступними. Список " +"доступних сховищ залежить від носія, яким ви скористалися для встановлення. " +"Набір сховищ визначає, які з пакунків будуть доступними для вибору на " +"наступних кроках." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/media_selection.xml:25 +msgid "" +"The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains " +"the base of the distribution." +msgstr "" +"Сховище <emphasis>Core</emphasis> не можна вимикати, оскільки у ньому " +"містяться основні пакунки дистрибутива." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/media_selection.xml:30 +msgid "" +"The <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-" +"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source " +"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " +"nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi " +"cards, etc." +msgstr "" +"До сховища <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> включено пакунки, які є " +"безкоштовними, тобто Mageia може поширювати їх, але у них міститься " +"програмне забезпечення з закритим кодом (звідси і назва — Nonfree). У цьому " +"сховищі, наприклад, містяться пакунки закритих драйверів до графічних карток " +"nVidia і ATI, мікропрограми для різноманітних карток WiFi тощо." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/media_selection.xml:38 +msgid "" +"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under " +"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is " +"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. " +"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed " +"to play commercial video DVD, etc." +msgstr "" +"У сховищі <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> зберігаються пакунки, випущені " +"відповідно до вільних ліцензійних угод. Основним критерієм для включення " +"пакунків до цього сховища є те, що їхнє поширення обмежується патентним " +"законодавством та законами про авторські і суміжні права деяких краї. До " +"цього сховища зокрема включено мультимедійні кодеки, потрібні для " +"відтворення різноманітних файлів звукових та відеоданих; пакунки, потрібні " +"для відтворення комерційних відео-DVD тощо." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/minimal-install.xml:3 +msgid "Minimal Install" +msgstr "Мінімальне встановлення" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/minimal-install.xml:9 +msgid "" +"You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the " +"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></" +"xref>." +msgstr "" +"Ви можете вибрати «Мінімальне встановлення» зняттям позначок з усіх пунктів " +"у списку вибору груп пакунків, див. розділ <xref linkend=" +"\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/minimal-install.xml:10 +msgid "" +"Minimal Installation is intended for those with specific uses in mind for " +"their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised " +"workstation. You will probably use this option combined with Manual Package " +"Selection, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." +msgstr "" +"Мінімальний режим призначено для тих, хто має намір використовувати " +"<application>Mageia</application> з якоюсь вузькоспеціалізованою метою, " +"зокрема як сервер або робочу станцію вузького спрямування. Цим варіантом " +"варто користуватися у поєднанні з вибором пакунків вручну, див. <xref " +"linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/minimal-install.xml:14 +msgid "" +"If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer " +"you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X." +msgstr "" +"Якщо ви виберете цей варіант встановлення, на наступній сторінці програми " +"вам буде запропоновано встановити корисні доповнення системи, зокрема " +"документацію та графічний сервер." + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/minimal-install.xml:19 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " +"</imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:3 msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters" msgstr "Резюме щодо інших параметрів" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots #. JohnR 2012-04-25 Added text as requested by Psec :-) -#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages -#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and -#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph -#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. -#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" +#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages +#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and +#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph +#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. +#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" #. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:33 @@ -1878,13 +2245,13 @@ msgstr "<guilabel>Мережа</guilabel>:" msgid "" "You can configure your network here, but for network cards with non-free " "drivers it is better to do that after reboot, in the <application>Mageia " -"Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the non-free media " +"Control Center</application>, if you have not yet enabled the Nonfree media " "repositories." msgstr "" "Цей розділ надасть вам змогу налаштувати мережу. Втім, якщо ви користуєтеся " "картками, для яких потрібні закриті драйвери, краще виконати налаштовування " "після перезавантаження, за допомогою <application>Центру керування Mageia</" -"application>, після вмикання сховищ закритих (non-free) пакунків." +"application>, після вмикання сховищ закритих (Nonfree) пакунків." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:170 @@ -1980,132 +2347,383 @@ msgstr "" "значно знизити рівень захисту вашої системи." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:12 -msgid "Configure your Timezone" -msgstr "Налаштування часового поясу" +#: en/securityLevel.xml:12 +msgid "Security Level" +msgstr "Рівень безпеки" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 +#: en/securityLevel.xml:19 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." -"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureTimezoneUTC." -"png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureTimezoneUTC-im1\"></" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:26 -msgid "" -"Choose your time zone by choosing your country or a city close to you in the " -"same time zone." +#: en/securityLevel.xml:24 +msgid "You can adjust your security level here." msgstr "" -"Виберіть ваш часовий пояс. Для цього достатньо вибрати вашу країну або якесь " -"місто поруч з вашим місцем перебування так, щоб це місто було розташовано у " -"тому самому часовому поясі." +"За допомогою цієї сторінки ви можете змінити рівень захисту вашої системи." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:30 +#: en/securityLevel.xml:27 msgid "" -"In next screen you can choose to set your hardware clock to local time or to " -"GMT, also known as UTC." +"Leave the default settings as they are, if you don't know what to choose." msgstr "" -"За допомогою наступного розділу ви можете вказати режим роботи апаратного " -"годинника комп’ютера: використання місцевого часу або часу за Гринвічем, " -"також відомого як Всесвітній час." +"Якщо ви не певні щодо потрібних вам параметрів, краще не змінюйте типових " +"параметрів." -#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:35 +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/securityLevel.xml:30 msgid "" -"If you have more than one operating system on your computer, make sure they " -"are all set to local time, or all to UTC/GMT." +"After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings " +"in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center." msgstr "" -"Якщо на вашому комп’ютері встановлено декілька операційних систем, " -"переконайтеся, що у всіх цих системах використано місцевий час або " -"Всесвітній час (UTC/GMT)." +"Після встановлення ви завжди зможете змінити параметри захисту за допомогою " +"модуля <guilabel>Безпека</guilabel> Центру керування Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:17 +#: en/selectCountry.xml:13 +msgid "Select your Country / Region" +msgstr "Вибір країни і регіону" + +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/selectCountry.xml:21 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " +"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" +"imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/selectCountry.xml:27 msgid "" -"Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> " -"partition" +"Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, " +"like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country " +"can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network." msgstr "" -"Зміна розмірів розділу <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" -"application>" +"Виберіть країну або регіон. Ваш вибір буде важливим для всіх типів " +"параметрів локалізації системи, зокрема вибору валюти та домену керування " +"бездротовим зв’язком. Помилковий вибір може призвести до неможливості " +"використання бездротового зв’язку." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/resizeFATChoose.xml:21 +#: en/selectCountry.xml:32 +msgid "" +"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</" +"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." +msgstr "" +"Якщо вашої країни немає у списку, натисніть кнопку <guilabel>Інші країни</" +"guilabel> і виберіть країну або регіон за допомогою вікна, яке буде відкрито." + +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/selectCountry.xml:37 msgid "" -"You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" -"application> partition. Choose which one should be made smaller to make " -"space for installing <application>Mageia</application>." +"If your country is only in the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> list, " +"after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the " +"first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real " +"choice." msgstr "" -"У вашій системі декілька розділів <application>Windows<superscript>®</" -"superscript></application>. Виберіть один з них, той, який слід зменшити у " -"розмірах, щоб отримати достатньо місця для встановлення <application>Mageia</" -"application>." +"Якщо пункт вашої країни є лише у списку <guilabel>Інші країни</guilabel> " +"може здатися, що вибрано країну з першого списку. Будь ласка, не зважайте на " +"це, DrakX вже врахував ваш правильний вибір." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> +#: en/selectCountry.xml:46 +msgid "Input method" +msgstr "Спосіб введення" + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> +#: en/selectCountry.xml:49 +msgid "" +"In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an " +"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input " +"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " +"default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India Live-" +"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method " +"so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input methods(SCIM, " +"GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be installed if you " +"added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." +msgstr "" +"За допомогою вікна <guilabel>Інші країни</guilabel> ви також можете вибрати " +"спосіб введення (за допомогою нижньої частини списку). Способи введення " +"надають змогу користувачам вводити символи запису східних мов (китайської, " +"японської, корейської тощо). Типовим способом введення на DVD з Mageia та " +"портативних образах системи для Африки/Індії та Азії є IBus. Для локалей " +"азійських та африканських країн IBus буде визначено типовим способом " +"введення, отже користувачам не доведеться налаштовувати нічого вручну. Інші " +"способи введення (SCIM, GCIN, HIME тощо), які надають користувачам подібні " +"можливості, можна встановити, якщо перед вибором пакунків було додано " +"сховища пакунків HTTP/FTP." + +#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> +#: en/selectCountry.xml:61 +msgid "" +"If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it " +"after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -> " +"\"System\", or by running localedrake as root." +msgstr "" +"Якщо спосіб введення потрібен вам після встановлення системи, ви можете " +"отримати доступ до нього після завантаження встановленої системи за " +"допомогою пункту меню «Налаштувати ваш комп’ютер» -> «Система» або " +"запуску localedrake від імені користувача root." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/setupSCSI.xml:11 -msgid "Setup SCSI" -msgstr "Налаштування SCSI" +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:23 +msgid "Install or Upgrade" +msgstr "Встановлення або оновлення" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 -#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) -#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the -#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/setupSCSI.xml:26 +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:27 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectInstallClass.png\" align=" +"\"center\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:34 +msgid "Install" +msgstr "Встановити" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:36 +msgid "" +"Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation." +msgstr "" +"Цим варіантом слід скористатися, якщо ви хочете встановити " +"<application>Mageia</application> з нуля." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:41 +msgid "Upgrade" +msgstr "Оновити" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:43 +msgid "" +"If you have one or more <application>Mageia 2</application> installations on " +"your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the " +"latest release." +msgstr "" +"Якщо на вашому комп’ютері встановлено одну або декілька операційних систем " +"<application>Mageia 2</application>, програма для встановлення надасть вам " +"змогу оновити одну зі встановлених систем до найсвіжішої версії." + +#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:49 +msgid "" +"If during install you decide to stop the installation, it is possible to " +"reboot, but please think twice before you do this. Once a partition has been " +"formatted or updates have started to be installed, your computer isn't in " +"the same state anymore and rebooting it could very well leave you with an " +"unusable system. If in spite of that you are very sure rebooting is what you " +"want, go to a text terminal by pressing the three keys <guilabel>Alt Ctrl " +"F2</guilabel> at the same time. After that, press <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</" +"guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." +msgstr "" +"Якщо протягом процедури встановлення ви вирішите припинити встановлення, ви " +"можете перезавантажити комп’ютер. Втім, вам слід ретельно обдумати ваші дії. " +"Після форматування розділу або початку процедури встановлення оновлень ваш " +"комп’ютер перебуватиме у проміжному стані. Перезавантаження може призвести " +"до неможливості користування системою. Якщо, всупереч цим попередженням, ви " +"хочете перезавантажити систему, перейдіть у текстовий термінал натисканням " +"комбінації цих трьох клавіш: <guilabel>Alt Ctrl F2</guilabel> одночасно. " +"Після цього, натисніть комбінацію клавіш <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Delete</" +"guilabel> одночасно, щоб перезавантажити комп’ютер." + +#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> +#: en/selectInstallClass.xml:60 +msgid "" +"If you have discovered that you forgot to select an additional language, you " +"can return from the \"Install or Upgrade\" screen to the language choice " +"screen by pressing <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. Do <emphasis>not</" +"emphasis> do this later in the install." +msgstr "" +"Якщо ви виявите, що забули встановити пакунки додаткової мови, ви можете " +"повернутися зі сторінки «Встановлення або оновлення» до сторінки вибору мови " +"натисканням комбінації клавіш <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Home</guilabel>. " +"<emphasis>Не</emphasis> робіть цього під час наступних кроків встановлення." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14 +msgid "Keyboard" +msgstr "Клавіатура" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupSCSI.xml:32 +#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:17 msgid "" -"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers " -"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " -"fail to recognise the drive." +"DrakX selects an appropriate keyboard for your language. If no suitable " +"keyboard is found it will default to a US keyboard layout." msgstr "" -"Зазвичай DrakX визначає параметри дисків правильно. Втім, якщо ви маєте " -"справу із застарілим дисковим контролером SCSI, можливі помилки, через які " -"програма не зможе встановити потрібних драйверів." +"DrakX автоматично вибирає відповідну розкладку клавіатури до вибраної вами " +"мови. Якщо у списку програми не виявиться відповідної розкладки, буде " +"використано типову американську розкладку." + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:22 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:30 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the selection is correct or choose another keyboard layout. " +"If you don't know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications " +"that came with your system, or ask the computer vendor. There may even be a " +"label on the keyboard that identifies the layout. You can also look here: " +"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">en." +"wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>" +msgstr "" +"Переконайтеся, що програма зробила правильний вибір, або виберіть іншу " +"розкладку клавіатури. Якщо ви не можете визначитися з потрібною вам " +"розкладкою, ознайомтеся з документацією до вашого комп’ютера або надішліть " +"запит до його виробника. Крім того, на деяких з клавіатур можна знайти " +"позначку, яка містить дані щодо розкладки клавіатури. Також корисним може " +"бути ознайомлення із вмістом сторінки: <link xlink:href=\"http://uk." +"wikipedia.org/wiki/Розкладка_клавіатури\">uk.wikipedia.org/wiki/" +"Розкладка_клавіатури</link>." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40 +msgid "" +"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</" +"guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there." +msgstr "" +"Якщо пункту вашої клавіатури не буде у показаному списку, натисніть кнопку " +"<guibutton>Ще</guibutton> для ознайомлення з повним списком, з якого ви " +"можете вибрати модель клавіатури." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para> +#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45 +msgid "" +"After choosing a keyboard from the <guibutton>More</guibutton> dialog, " +"you'll return to the first keyboard choice dialog and it will seem as though " +"a keyboard from that screen was chosen. You can safely ignore this anomaly " +"and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the " +"full list." +msgstr "" +"Після вибору моделі клавіатури за допомогою діалогового вікна <guibutton>Ще</" +"guibutton> ви повернетеся до першого діалогового вікна вибору клавіатури, у " +"якому пункт клавіатури залишиться попереднім. Не зважайте на це: засобу " +"встановлення вже повідомлено, що ви вибрали належну клавіатури з повного " +"списку." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectKeyboard.xml:55 +msgid "" +"If you choose a keyboard based on non-Latin characters, you will see an " +"extra dialog screen asking how you would prefer to switch between the Latin " +"and non-Latin keyboard layouts" +msgstr "" +"Якщо вами було вибрано розкладку з нелатинськими символами, програма покаже " +"додаткове діалогове вікно, за допомогою якого ви зможете визначитися зі " +"способом перемикання між латинською і нелатинською розкладками." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:23 +msgid "Please choose a language to use" +msgstr "Виберіть, будь ласка, мову" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupSCSI.xml:36 +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:26 msgid "" -"If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) " -"you have." +"Select your preferred language, by first expanding the list for your " +"continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during " +"the installation and for your installed system." msgstr "" -"Якщо вам трапився саме такий контролер, вам доведеться вручну повідомити " -"DrakX, з яким диском SCSI доведеться мати справу." +"Виберіть бажану мову інтерфейсу системи. Для цього спочатку розгорніть " +"список країн вашого континенту. <application>Mageia</application> " +"використовуватиме вибрану вами мову під час встановлення та у вже " +"встановленій системі." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupSCSI.xml:39 -msgid "DrakX should then be able to configure the drive(s) correctly." +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:30 +msgid "" +"If it is likely that you will require several languages installed on your " +"system, for yourself or other users, then you should use the " +"<guibutton>Multiple languages</guibutton> button to add them now. It will be " +"difficult to add extra language support after installation." msgstr "" -"Після цього, DrakX зможе налаштувати систему на роботу з дисками належним " -"чином." +"Якщо у вашій системі буде використовуватися декілька мов (вами або іншими " +"користувачами), натисніть кнопку <guibutton>Декілька мов</guibutton> , щоб " +"додати їх. Після встановлення додати підтримку мов буде доволі складно." + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:36 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectLanguage.png\" align=\"center\" " +"format=\"PNG\" > </imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:44 +msgid "" +"Even if you choose more than one language, you must first choose one of them " +"as your preferred language in the first language screen. It will also be " +"marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ." +msgstr "" +"Навіть якщо вами було вибрано декілька мов, вам слід слід спочатку вибрати " +"одну з них як основну мову сторінок програми для встановлення. Крім того, цю " +"мову буде позначено і у вікні вибору декількох мов." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:51 +msgid "" +"If your keyboard language is not the same as your preferred language, then " +"it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well." +msgstr "" +"Якщо розкладка вашої клавіатури не збігається з розкладкою, що " +"використовується для бажаної мови, варто також встановити мовні пакунки для " +"мови, пов’язаної з вибраною розкладкою." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:57 +msgid "" +"Mageia uses UTF-8 (Unicode) support by default. This may be disabled in the " +"\"multiple languages\" screen if you know that it is inappropriate for your " +"language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages." +msgstr "" +"Типово, у Mageia використовується кодування UTF-8 (Unicode). Це кодування " +"можна вимкнути за допомогою вікна вибору декількох мов, якщо вам наперед " +"відомо, що Unicode є несумісним з вашою мовою. Вимикання UTF-8 " +"стосуватиметься всіх встановлених мов." + +#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> +#: en/selectLanguage.xml:64 +msgid "" +"You can change the language of your system after installation in the Mageia " +"Control Center -> System -> Manage localization for your system." +msgstr "" +"Змінити мову інтерфейсу системи після встановлення можна за допомогою Центру " +"керування Mageia (Система -> Налаштувати локалізацію системи)." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectMouse.xml:4 msgid "Select mouse" msgstr "Вибір драйвера миші" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! #. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place -#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectMouse.xml:16 msgid "" @@ -2144,11 +2762,85 @@ msgstr "" "більше кнопками." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:5 +msgid "Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry" +msgstr "Додавання пункту меню завантаження та внесення змін у такі пункти" + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:10 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:17 +msgid "" +"You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the " +"relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen " +"and editing the screen that pops up on top of it." +msgstr "" +"Щоб додати запис або внести зміни у позначений запис, натисніть відповідну " +"кнопку на сторінці <emphasis>Налаштування завантажувача</emphasis>. У " +"відповідь буде показано вікно редагування." + +#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:21 +msgid "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" +"setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" +"\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:26 +msgid "" +"Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an " +"entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one." +msgstr "" +"Деякі з дій можна виконувати нічим не ризикуючи. До таких дій належить зміна " +"мітки запису або позначення типового запису у списку." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:27 +msgid "" +"You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely." +msgstr "" +"Ви можете додати до запису належний номер версії або повністю змінити назву " +"запису." + +#. type: Content of: <section><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:28 +msgid "" +"The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a " +"choice while booting up." +msgstr "" +"Типовий пункт — це пункт операційної системи, яка завантажується, якщо " +"користувачем не буде зроблено іншого вибору під час показу меню завантаження." + +#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> +#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:29 +msgid "" +"Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " +"just try something without knowing what you are doing." +msgstr "" +"Редагування інших параметрів може призвести до неможливості завантаження " +"системи. Будь ласка, не експериментуйте з цими параметрами, якщо вам " +"достеменно невідоме їхнє призначення." + +#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:3 msgid "Bootloader main options" msgstr "Основні параметри завантажувача" -#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence. +#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence. #. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11 @@ -2315,805 +3007,110 @@ msgstr "" "<guibutton>Додатково</guibutton> і позначте пункт <guilabel>Очищати /tmp при " "кожному перезавантаженні</guilabel>. Це допоможе зекономити трохи місця." -#. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> -#: en/DrakX.xml:1 en/media_selection.xml:1 en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 -msgid "en" -msgstr "uk" - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><title> -#: en/DrakX.xml:3 -msgid "Installation with DrakX" -msgstr "Встановлення за допомогою DrakX" - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> -#: en/DrakX.xml:6 -msgid "<note>" -msgstr "<note>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:7 -msgid "" -"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " -"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " -"while installing." -msgstr "" -"Всі сторінки, описані у цьому підручнику побачити одразу неможливо. Набір " -"сторінок, які ви побачите залежить від набору обладнання у вашій системі та " -"вибраного вами варіанта встановлення." - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:10 -msgid "</note>" -msgstr "</note>" - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:12 -msgid "" -"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " -"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" -"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." -msgstr "" -"Текст та знімки вікон у цьому підручнику надаються вам відповідно до умов " -"ліцензування CC BY-SA 3.0, <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/" -"licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>ю" - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:16 -msgid "" -"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." -msgstr "" -"Цей підручник було створено за допомогою <link ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco." -"com\">Calenco CMS</link>, розробленої компанією <link ns6:href=\"http://www." -"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." - -#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:18 -msgid "" -"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" -"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" -"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." -msgstr "" -"Підручник було написано охочими до цього користувачами у вільний від " -"основної роботи час. Будь ласка, зверніться до <link ns6:href=\"https://wiki." -"mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">команди документування</link>, якщо " -"хочете допомогти у покращенні цього підручника." - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:11 -msgid "Choose an X Server (Configure your Graphic Card)" -msgstr "Вибір графічного сервера (налаштовування вашої графічної картки)" - -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:16 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"configureX_card_list-im1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_card_list.png\" format=" -"\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:21 -msgid "" -"DrakX has a very comprehensive database of video cards and will usually " -"correctly identify your video device." -msgstr "" -"У DrakX передбачено дуже повну базу даних графічних карток. Зазвичай, " -"програма може правильно визначити ваш графічний пристрій." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:24 -msgid "" -"If the installer has not correctly detected your graphic card and you know " -"which one you have, you can select it from the tree by:" -msgstr "" -"Якщо засобу встановлення не вдалося належним чином визначити вашу графічну " -"картку і вам відома назва цієї картки, ви можете вибрати її пункт з " -"ієрархічного списку за такими критеріями:" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:27 en/configureX_monitor.xml:69 -msgid "vendor" -msgstr "виробник" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:31 -msgid "then the name of your card" -msgstr "назва вашої картки" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:35 -msgid "and the type of card" -msgstr "тип вашої картки" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:39 -msgid "" -"If you cannot find your card in the vendor lists (because it's not yet in " -"the database or it's an older card) you may find a suitable driver in the " -"Xorg category" -msgstr "" -"Якщо вашої картки немає у списку карток за виробниками (оскільки вона ще не " -"встигла потрапити до бази даних або є надто старою), ви можете знайти " -"відповідний драйвер у категорії «Xorg»." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:43 -msgid "" -"The Xorg listing provides more than 40 generic and open source video card " -"drivers. If you still can't find a named driver for your card there is the " -"option of using the vesa driver which provides basic capabilities." -msgstr "" -"У категорії «Xorg» ви зможете скористатися одним з понад 40 типових " -"драйверів з відкритим кодом для відеокарт. Якщо вам все ж не вдасться знайти " -"драйвер за назвою, ви можете скористатися драйвером «vesa». Цей драйвер " -"забезпечує базові можливості з показу відео." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:48 -msgid "" -"Be aware that if you select an incompatible driver you may only have access " -"to the Commandline Interface." -msgstr "" -"Будьте уважними: якщо драйвер буде вибрано помилково, ви зможете отримати " -"доступ лише до інтерфейсу командного рядка." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:51 -msgid "" -"Some video card manufacturers provide proprietary drivers for Linux which " -"may only be available in the Nonfree repository and in some cases only from " -"the card manufacturers' websites." -msgstr "" -"Деякі виробники відеокарт самі створюють пропрієтарні (закриті) драйвери для " -"Linux. Доступ до таких драйверів можна отримати лише за допомогою сховищ " -"пакунків «Nonfree» або сайтів виробників карток." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_card_list.xml:55 -msgid "" -"The Nonfree repository need to be explicitly enabled to access them. If you " -"didn't select it previously, you should do this after your first reboot." -msgstr "" -"Вам слід явним чином увімкнути сховища «Nonfree», щоб мати до " -"них доступ. Зробити це слід після першого перезавантаження системи." - #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:18 -msgid "Choosing your Monitor" -msgstr "Вибір монітора" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:21 -msgid "" -"DrakX has a very comprehensive database of monitors and will usually " -"correctly identify yours." -msgstr "" -"У DrakX передбачено дуже повну базу даних моніторів. Зазвичай, програма може " -"правильно визначити ваш монітор." - -#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:26 -msgid "" -"<emphasis>Selecting a monitor with different characteristics could damage " -"your monitor or video hardware. Please don't try something without knowing " -"what you are doing.</emphasis> If in doubt you should consult your monitor " -"documentation" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis>Вибір пункту монітора з іншими апаратними характеристиками може " -"призвести до пошкодження вашого монітора або відеоапаратури. Будь ласка, " -"подумайте над вашим вибором.</emphasis> Якщо маєте певні сумніви, зверніться " -"до документації з вашого монітора." - -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:34 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." -"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_monitor." -"png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"configureX_monitor-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:42 -msgid "<emphasis>Custom</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>Спеціальний</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:44 -msgid "" -"This option allows you to set two critical parameters, the vertical refresh " -"rate and the horizontal sync rate. Vertical refresh determines how often the " -"screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are " -"displayed." -msgstr "" -"За допомогою цього пункту ви можете встановити значення двох критичних " -"параметрів: вертикальної частоти оновлення та горизонтальної частоти " -"синхронізації. Частота оновлення визначає частоту, з якою оновлюється " -"зображення на екрані, а частота синхронізації є частотою, з якою буде " -"показано лінії зображення." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49 -msgid "" -"It is <emphasis>VERY IMPORTANT</emphasis> that you do not specify a monitor " -"type with a sync range that is beyond the capabilities of your monitor: you " -"may damage your monitor. If in doubt, choose a conservative setting and " -"consult your monitor documentation." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis>ДУЖЕ ВАЖЛИВО</emphasis> не вказати тип монітора, можливості якого " -"перевищують можливості вашого: інакше ви можете пошкодити ваш монітор. Якщо " -"сумніваєтеся, виберіть мінімальні параметри і уважно ознайомтеся з " -"документацією до вашого монітора." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:55 -msgid "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>Plug 'n Play</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:58 -msgid "" -"This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the " -"monitor database." -msgstr "" -"Це типовий варіант: програма намагається визначити тип вашого монітора за " -"базою даних моніторів." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63 -msgid "<emphasis>Vendor</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>Виробник</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:65 -msgid "" -"If the installer has not correctly detected your monitor and you know which " -"one you have, you can select it from the tree by selecting:" -msgstr "" -"Якщо засобу встановлення не вдалося належним чином визначити ваш монітор і " -"вам відома назва цього монітора, ви можете вибрати її пункт з ієрархічного " -"списку за такими критеріями:" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:73 -msgid "the monitor manufacturers name" -msgstr "назва фірми-виробника монітора" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:77 -msgid "the monitor description" -msgstr "опис монітора" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:82 -msgid "<emphasis>Generic</emphasis>" -msgstr "<emphasis>Загальний</emphasis>:" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_monitor.xml:84 -msgid "" -"selecting this group displays nearly 30 display configurations such as " -"1024x768 @ 60Hz and includes Flat panel displays as used in laptops. This is " -"often a good monitor selection group if you need to use the Vesa card driver " -"when your video hardware cannot be determined automatically. Once again it " -"may be wise to be conservative in your selections." -msgstr "" -"якщо ви виберете цю групу, буде відкрито список з близько 30 типових " -"налаштувань дисплеїв, подібних до 1024x768 @ 60 Гц, до якого включено " -"параметри плоских панелей дисплеїв для ноутбуків. Зазвичай, цією групою " -"варто користуватися, якщо у вас виникла потреба використовувати драйвер " -"«Vesa» для вашої картки, тобто вашу відеокарту не вдалося визначити " -"автоматично. Знову ж таки, варто параметри варто вибирати дуже обережно." - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:4 -msgid "Graphic Card and Monitor Configuration" -msgstr "Налаштування графічної картки та монітора" - -#. Marja 2012-08-10, copied setupX.xml to this file and replaced all "setupX" in the code by "configureX_chooser", because this is the correct filename for this page -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:11 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-configureX_chooser.png" -"\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"configureX_chooser-im1\"> </" -"imagedata> </imageobject>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:18 -msgid "" -"No matter which graphical environment (also known as desktop environment) " -"you chose for this install of <application>Mageia</application>, they are " -"all based on a graphical user interface system called <acronym>X Window " -"System</acronym>, or simply <acronym>X</acronym>. So in order for " -"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> or " -"any other graphical environment to work well, the following <acronym>X</" -"acronym> settings need to be correct. Choose the correct settings if you can " -"see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you " -"think the choice is incorrect." -msgstr "" -"Байдуже, яке графічне середовище (або стільничне середовище) було вибрано під " -"час встановлення <application>Mageia</application>, всі ці середовища " -"засновано на графічному інтерфейсі, який має назву <acronym>X Window System</" -"acronym> або просто <acronym>X</acronym>. Отже, щоб <acronym>KDE</acronym>, " -"<acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> або будь-яке інше графічне " -"середовище працювало належним чином, вказані нижче параметри роботи сервера " -"<acronym>X</acronym> має бути визначено належним чином. Змінювати значення " -"параметрів слід, якщо помітно, що <application>DrakX</application> зроблено " -"помилковий вибір, або якщо вам здається, що цей вибір є помилковим." - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31 -msgid "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Graphic card</guibutton></emphasis>: Choose your card " -"from the list if needed." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Графічна карта</guibutton></emphasis>: якщо потрібно, " -"виберіть встановлену на вашому комп’ютері графічну картку зі списку." - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:37 -msgid "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: You can choose " -"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> when applicable, or choose your monitor " -"from the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> or <guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list. " -"Choose <guilabel>Custom</guilabel> if you prefer to manually set the " -"horizontal and vertical refresh rates of your monitor." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Монітор</guibutton></emphasis>: ви можете вибрати " -"<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> якщо вважаєте, що це правильно, або вибрати " -"пункт вашого монітора зі списків <guilabel>Виробник</guilabel> або " -"<guilabel>Загальний</guilabel>. Виберіть пункт <guilabel>Спеціальний</" -"guilabel>, якщо хочете вручну вказати частоту оновлення зображення за " -"вертикаллю та горизонталлю для вашого монітора." - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> -#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45 -msgid "Incorrect refresh rates may damage your monitor" -msgstr "" -"Помилково вказані частоти оновлення зображення можуть призвести до " -"пошкодження вашого монітора." - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:51 -msgid "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Resolution</guibutton></emphasis>: Set the desired " -"resolution and color depth of your monitor here." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Роздільна здатність</guibutton></emphasis>: за " -"допомогою цього пункту можна вибрати бажану роздільну здатність та глибину " -"кольорів на вашому моніторі." - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:56 -msgid "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Test</guibutton></emphasis>: The test button does not " -"always appear during install. If the button is there, you can control your " -"settings by pressing it. If you see a question asking you whether your " -"settings are correct, you can answer \"yes\", and the settings will be kept. " -"If you don't see anything, you'll return to the configuration screen and be " -"able to reconfigure everything until the test is good. <emphasis>Make sure " -"your settings are on the safe side if the test button isn't available</" -"emphasis>" -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Перевірити</guibutton></emphasis>: кнопка перевірки під " -"час встановлення може бути недоступною. Якщо кнопка є доступною, за " -"допомогою її натискання ви можете перевірити, чи правильно вказано " -"параметри. У відповідь на питання щодо правильності параметрів ви можете " -"відповісти «так», щоб зберегти вказані параметри. Якщо ж зображення на " -"моніторі немає, система за деякий час поверне вас до вікна налаштовування, " -"за допомогою якого ви зможете виправити налаштування, аж доки не буде " -"досягнуто бажаного результату. <emphasis>Якщо кнопка перевірки є " -"недоступною, вам слід самостійно потурбуватися про те, щоб вказані параметри " -"були безпечними.</emphasis>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67 -msgid "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Options</guibutton></emphasis>: Here you can choose to " -"enable or disable various options." -msgstr "" -"<emphasis><guibutton>Параметри</guibutton></emphasis>: за допомогою цього " -"пункту ви можете увімкнути або вимкнути різноманітні параметри." - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:5 -msgid "Add or Modify a Boot Menu Entry" -msgstr "Додавання пункту меню завантаження та внесення змін у такі пункти" - -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:10 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"bootloaderConfiguration.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"bootloaderConfiguration-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:17 -msgid "" -"You can add an entry or modify the one you select first, by pressing the " -"relevant button in the <emphasis>Bootloader Configuration</emphasis> screen " -"and editing the screen that pops up on top of it." -msgstr "" -"Щоб додати запис або внести зміни у позначений запис, натисніть відповідну " -"кнопку на сторінці <emphasis>Налаштування завантажувача</emphasis>. У " -"відповідь буде показано вікно редагування." +#: en/setupSCSI.xml:11 +msgid "Setup SCSI" +msgstr "Налаштування SCSI" +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 +#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) +#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the +#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:21 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"setupBootloaderAddEntry.png\" format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=" -"\"setupBootloaderAddEntry-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:26 -msgid "" -"Some things that can be done without any risk, are changing the label of an " -"entry and ticking the box to make an entry the default one." -msgstr "" -"Деякі з дій можна виконувати нічим не ризикуючи. До таких дій належить зміна " -"мітки запису або позначення типового запису у списку." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:27 -msgid "" -"You can add the proper version number of an entry, or rename it completely." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете додати до запису належний номер версії або повністю змінити назву " -"запису." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:28 -msgid "" -"The default entry is the one the systems boots into if you don't make a " -"choice while booting up." -msgstr "" -"Типовий пункт — це пункт операційної системи, яка завантажується, якщо " -"користувачем не буде зроблено іншого вибору під час показу меню завантаження." - -#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> -#: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:29 -msgid "" -"Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " -"just try something without knowing what you are doing." -msgstr "" -"Редагування інших параметрів може призвести до неможливості завантаження " -"системи. Будь ласка, не експериментуйте з цими параметрами, якщо вам " -"достеменно невідоме їхнє призначення." - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/minimal-install.xml:3 -msgid "Minimal Install" -msgstr "Мінімальне встановлення" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/minimal-install.xml:9 -msgid "" -"You can choose a Minimal Installation by de-selecting everything in the " -"Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></" -"xref>." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете вибрати «Мінімальне встановлення» зняттям позначок з усіх пунктів " -"у списку вибору груп пакунків, див. розділ <xref linkend=" -"\"choosePackageGroups\"></xref>." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/minimal-install.xml:10 +#: en/setupSCSI.xml:26 msgid "" -"Minimal Installation is intended for those with specific uses in mind for " -"their <application>Mageia</application>, such as a server or a specialised " -"workstation. You will probably use this option combined with Manual Package " -"Selection, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"Мінімальний режим призначено для тих, хто має намір використовувати " -"<application>Mageia</application> з якоюсь вузькоспеціалізованою метою, " -"зокрема як сервер або робочу станцію вузького спрямування. Цим варіантом " -"варто користуватися у поєднанні з вибором пакунків вручну, див. <xref " -"linkend=\"choosePackagesTree\"></xref>." +"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-setupSCSI.png\" format=" +"\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"setupSCSI-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/minimal-install.xml:14 -msgid "" -"If you choose this installation class, then the related screen will offer " -"you a few useful extras to install, such as documentation and X." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви виберете цей варіант встановлення, на наступній сторінці програми " -"вам буде запропоновано встановити корисні доповнення системи, зокрема " -"документацію та графічний сервер." - -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/minimal-install.xml:19 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-minimal-install.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"minimal-install-im1\"></imagedata> " -"</imageobject>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/securityLevel.xml:12 -msgid "Security Level" -msgstr "Рівень безпеки" - -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/securityLevel.xml:19 +#: en/setupSCSI.xml:32 msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-securityLevel.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"securityLevel-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/securityLevel.xml:24 -msgid "You can adjust your security level here." +"DrakX usually detects hard disks correctly. With some older SCSI controllers " +"it may be unable to determine the correct drivers to use and subsequently " +"fail to recognise the drive." msgstr "" -"За допомогою цієї сторінки ви можете змінити рівень захисту вашої системи." +"Зазвичай DrakX визначає параметри дисків правильно. Втім, якщо ви маєте " +"справу із застарілим дисковим контролером SCSI, можливі помилки, через які " +"програма не зможе встановити потрібних драйверів." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/securityLevel.xml:27 +#: en/setupSCSI.xml:36 msgid "" -"Leave the default settings as they are, if you don't know what to choose." +"If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) " +"you have." msgstr "" -"Якщо ви не певні щодо потрібних вам параметрів, краще не змінюйте типових " -"параметрів." +"Якщо вам трапився саме такий контролер, вам доведеться вручну повідомити " +"DrakX, з яким диском SCSI доведеться мати справу." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/securityLevel.xml:30 -msgid "" -"After install, it will always be possible to adjust your security settings " -"in the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> part of the Mageia Control Center." +#: en/setupSCSI.xml:39 +msgid "DrakX should then be able to configure the drive(s) correctly." msgstr "" -"Після встановлення ви завжди зможете змінити параметри захисту за " -"допомогою модуля <guilabel>Безпека</guilabel> Центру керування Mageia." +"Після цього, DrakX зможе налаштувати систему на роботу з дисками належним " +"чином." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/selectCountry.xml:13 -msgid "Select your Country / Region" -msgstr "Вибір країни і регіону" +#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:4 +msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted" +msgstr "Підтвердження форматування жорсткого диска" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 +#. test comment - johnr +#. 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct +#. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I +#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD +#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/selectCountry.xml:21 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-selectCountry.png\" " -"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"selectCountry-im1\"></imagedata> </" -"imageobject>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/selectCountry.xml:27 +#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19 msgid "" -"Select your country or region. This is important for all kinds of settings, " -"like the currency and wireless regulatory domain. Setting the wrong country " -"can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network." +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" +"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" msgstr "" -"Виберіть країну або регіон. Ваш вибір буде важливим для всіх типів " -"параметрів локалізації системи, зокрема вибору валюти та домену керування " -"бездротовим зв’язком. Помилковий вибір може призвести до неможливості " -"використання бездротового зв’язку." +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-takeOverHdConfirm.png\" format=\"PNG" +"\" align=\"center\" ></imagedata> </imageobject>" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/selectCountry.xml:32 -msgid "" -"If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</" -"guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." -msgstr "" -"Якщо вашої країни немає у списку, натисніть кнопку <guilabel>Інші країни</" -"guilabel> і виберіть країну або регіон за допомогою вікна, яке буде відкрито." - -#. type: Content of: <section><note><para> -#: en/selectCountry.xml:37 +#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:24 msgid "" -"If your country is only in the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> list, " -"after clicking <guibutton>OK</guibutton> it may seem a country from the " -"first list was chosen. Please ignore this, DrakX will follow your real " +"Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you are not sure about your " "choice." msgstr "" -"Якщо пункт вашої країни є лише у списку <guilabel>Інші країни</guilabel> " -"може здатися, що вибрано країну з першого списку. Будь ласка, не зважайте на " -"це, DrakX вже врахував ваш правильний вибір." - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> -#: en/selectCountry.xml:46 -msgid "Input method" -msgstr "Спосіб введення" - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/selectCountry.xml:49 -msgid "" -"In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an " -"input method (at the bottom of the list). Input methods allow users to input " -"multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, Korean, etc). IBus is the " -"default input method in Mageia DVDs, Africa/India and Asia/no-India Live-" -"CDs. For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method " -"so users should not need to configure it manually. Other input methods(SCIM, " -"GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be installed if you " -"added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." -msgstr "" -"За допомогою вікна <guilabel>Інші країни</guilabel> ви також можете вибрати " -"спосіб введення (за допомогою нижньої частини списку). Способи введення " -"надають змогу користувачам вводити символи запису східних мов (китайської, " -"японської, корейської тощо). Типовим способом введення на DVD з Mageia та " -"портативних образах системи для Африки/Індії та Азії є IBus. Для локалей " -"азійських та африканських країн IBus буде визначено типовим способом " -"введення, отже користувачам не доведеться налаштовувати нічого вручну. Інші " -"способи введення (SCIM, GCIN, HIME тощо), які надають користувачам подібні " -"можливості, можна встановити, якщо перед вибором пакунків було додано " -"сховища пакунків HTTP/FTP." - -#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> -#: en/selectCountry.xml:61 -msgid "" -"If you missed the input method setup during installation, you can access it " -"after you boot your installed system via \"Configure your Computer\" -> " -"\"System\", or by running localedrake as root." -msgstr "" -"Якщо спосіб введення потрібен вам після встановлення системи, ви можете " -"отримати доступ до нього після завантаження встановленої системи за " -"допомогою пункту меню «Налаштувати ваш комп’ютер» -> «Система» або " -"запуску localedrake від імені користувача root." - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/media_selection.xml:3 -msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)" -msgstr "Вибір носія (з пакунками, які не є вільними)" - -#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media) -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -#. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong) -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/media_selection.xml:12 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" -"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-media_selection.png" -"\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"media_selection-im1\"/> </" -"imageobject>" - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/media_selection.xml:18 -msgid "" -"Here you have the list of available repositories. Not all repositories are " -"available, according to which media you use for installing. The repositories " -"selection determines which packages will be available for selection during " -"the next steps." -msgstr "" -"Тут ви побачите список доступних сховищ. Не всі сховища є доступними. Список " -"доступних сховищ залежить від носія, яким ви скористалися для встановлення. " -"Набір сховищ визначає, які з пакунків будуть доступними для вибору на " -"наступних кроках." - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/media_selection.xml:25 -msgid "" -"The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains " -"the base of the distribution." -msgstr "" -"Сховище <emphasis>Core</emphasis> не можна вимикати, оскільки у ньому " -"містяться основні пакунки дистрибутива." - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/media_selection.xml:30 -msgid "" -"The <emphasis>Non-free</emphasis> repository includes packages that are free-" -"of-charge, i.e. Mageia may redistribute them, but they contain closed-source " -"software (hence the name - Nonfree). For example this repository includes " -"nVidia and ATI graphics card proprietary drivers, firmware for various WiFi " -"cards, etc." -msgstr "" -"До сховища <emphasis>Non-free</emphasis> включено пакунки, які є " -"безкоштовними, тобто Mageia може поширювати їх, але у них міститься " -"програмне забезпечення з закритим кодом (звідси і назва — Nonfree). У цьому " -"сховищі, наприклад, містяться пакунки закритих драйверів до графічних карток " -"nVidia і ATI, мікропрограми для різноманітних карток WiFi тощо." - -#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/media_selection.xml:38 -msgid "" -"The <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> repository includes packages released under " -"a free license. The main criteria for placing packages in this repository is " -"that they may infringe patents and copyright laws in some countries, e.g. " -"Multimedia codecs needed to play various audio/video files; packages needed " -"to play commercial video DVD, etc." -msgstr "" -"У сховищі <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> зберігаються пакунки, випущені " -"відповідно до вільних ліцензійних угод. Основним критерієм для включення " -"пакунків до цього сховища є те, що їхнє поширення обмежується патентним " -"законодавством та законами про авторські і суміжні права деяких краї. До " -"цього сховища зокрема включено мультимедійні кодеки, потрібні для " -"відтворення різноманітних файлів звукових та відеоданих; пакунки, потрібні " -"для відтворення комерційних відео-DVD тощо." - -#. type: Content of: <section><info><title> -#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:10 -msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)" -msgstr "" -"Вибір носія (налаштовування додаткових носіїв пакунків для встановлення)" - -#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell -#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> -#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18 -msgid "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" -msgstr "" -"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"dx2-" -"add_supplemental_media-im1\"/> </imageobject>" +"Натисніть кнопку <guibutton>Назад</guibutton>, якщо ви не певні щодо " +"зробленого вибору." #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:24 +#: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:27 msgid "" -"This screen gives you the list of already recognized repositories. You can " -"add other sources for packages, like an optical disc or a remote source. The " -"source selection determines which packages will be available for selection " -"during the next steps." +"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you are sure and want to erase every " +"partition, every operating system and all data on that hard disk." msgstr "" -"На цій сторінці буде наведено список визначених сховищ пакунків. Ви зможете " -"додати інші джерела пакунків, зокрема оптичний носій даних або віддалений " -"сервер у мережі. Набір вказаних сховищ визначає, які з пакунків будуть " -"доступними для вибору на наступних кроках." - -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:29 -msgid "For a network source, there are two steps to follow:" -msgstr "Щоб додати джерело у інтернет, слід виконати два таких кроки:" +"Натисніть кнопку <guibutton>Далі</guibutton>, якщо ви певні і хочете витерти " +"всі розділи, всі операційні системи на диску і всі дані, що зберігаються на " +"цьому диску." -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:33 -msgid "Choosing and activation of the network, if not already up." -msgstr "Вибір і вмикання мережі, якщо її ще не було увімкнено." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Resize <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> " +#~ "partition" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Зміна розмірів розділу <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" +#~ "application>" -#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:37 -msgid "" -"Selecting a mirror or specifying a URL (very first entry). By selecting a " -"mirror, you have access to the selection of all repositories managed by " -"Mageia, like the non-free , the tainted repositories and the updates. With " -"the URL, you can designate a specific repository or your own NFS " -"installation." -msgstr "" -"Вибір дзеркала або визначення адреси (перший запис). Після вибору дзеркала " -"ви отримаєте доступ до вибору сховищ, які використовуються у Mageia, зокрема " -"сховищ невільних пакунків, пакунків з обмеженнями у ліцензуванні та " -"оновлень. За допомогою визначення адреси ви можете пов’язати з системою " -"певне сховище пакунків або розгорнуту вами за допомогою NFS систему." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "You have more than one <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" +#~ "application> partition. Choose which one should be made smaller to make " +#~ "space for installing <application>Mageia</application>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "У вашій системі декілька розділів <application>Windows<superscript>®</" +#~ "superscript></application>. Виберіть один з них, той, який слід зменшити " +#~ "у розмірах, щоб отримати достатньо місця для встановлення " +#~ "<application>Mageia</application>." #~ msgid "Choose hard disk to erase for <application>Mageia</application>" #~ msgstr "" diff --git a/docs/installer/uk/add_supplemental_media.xml b/docs/installer/uk/add_supplemental_media.xml index e3a7b253..70a5a8d0 100644 --- a/docs/installer/uk/add_supplemental_media.xml +++ b/docs/installer/uk/add_supplemental_media.xml @@ -37,9 +37,10 @@ xml:id="dx2-add_supplemental_media-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> <listitem> <para>Вибір дзеркала або визначення адреси (перший запис). Після вибору дзеркала ви отримаєте доступ до вибору сховищ, які використовуються у Mageia, зокрема -сховищ невільних пакунків, пакунків з обмеженнями у ліцензуванні та -оновлень. За допомогою визначення адреси ви можете пов’язати з системою -певне сховище пакунків або розгорнуту вами за допомогою NFS систему.</para> +сховищ невільних пакунків (Nonfree), пакунків з обмеженнями у ліцензуванні +(Tainted) та оновлень (Updates). За допомогою визначення адреси ви можете +пов’язати з системою певне сховище пакунків або розгорнуту вами за допомогою +NFS систему.</para> </listitem> </orderedlist> </section> diff --git a/docs/installer/uk/configureX_card_list.xml b/docs/installer/uk/configureX_card_list.xml index 5813bd64..c19d819f 100644 --- a/docs/installer/uk/configureX_card_list.xml +++ b/docs/installer/uk/configureX_card_list.xml @@ -6,12 +6,13 @@ - + <info> <!-- Initiated by Marja 2012-08-08 --> <!-- Further text JohnR 2012-08-29 --> <!-- tproof --> <!-- lproof --> +<!-- Done corrections accordind to tmb remarks. Papoteur --> <title xml:id="configureX_card_list-ti1">Вибір графічного сервера (налаштовування вашої графічної картки)</title> </info> diff --git a/docs/installer/uk/media_selection.xml b/docs/installer/uk/media_selection.xml index 4c116f17..bbfe58e8 100644 --- a/docs/installer/uk/media_selection.xml +++ b/docs/installer/uk/media_selection.xml @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ format="PNG" revision="1" xml:id="media_selection-im1"/> </imageobject></mediaob </listitem> <listitem> - <para>До сховища <emphasis>Non-free</emphasis> включено пакунки, які є + <para>До сховища <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> включено пакунки, які є безкоштовними, тобто Mageia може поширювати їх, але у них міститься програмне забезпечення з закритим кодом (звідси і назва — Nonfree). У цьому сховищі, наприклад, містяться пакунки закритих драйверів до графічних карток diff --git a/docs/installer/uk/misc-params.xml b/docs/installer/uk/misc-params.xml index f1375418..6d41bcdd 100644 --- a/docs/installer/uk/misc-params.xml +++ b/docs/installer/uk/misc-params.xml @@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ align="center" format="PNG" fileref="dx2-summaryBottom.png" /> <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa2" revision="1">Цей розділ надасть вам змогу налаштувати мережу. Втім, якщо ви користуєтеся картками, для яких потрібні закриті драйвери, краще виконати налаштовування після перезавантаження, за допомогою <application>Центру керування -Mageia</application>, після вмикання сховищ закритих (non-free) пакунків.</para> +Mageia</application>, після вмикання сховищ закритих (Nonfree) пакунків.</para> <warning> <para xml:id="misc-params-network-pa3" revision="1">Під час додавання мережевої карти не забудьте разом з нею налаштувати |